sv1za
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March
20, 2006
Securities Act File
No. 333-130326
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
COMPASS DIVERSIFIED TRUST
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
7363 |
|
57-6218917 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
COMPASS GROUP DIVERSIFIED HOLDINGS LLC
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
7363 |
|
20-3812051 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
Sixty One Wilton Road
Second Floor
Westport, CT 06880
(203) 221-1703
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
I. Joseph Massoud
Chief Executive Officer
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC
Sixty One Wilton Road
Second Floor
Westport, CT 06880
(203) 221-1703
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Steven B. Boehm
Cynthia M. Krus
Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP
1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20004
(202) 383-0100
(202) 637-3593 Facsimile |
|
Ralph F. MacDonald, III
Michael P. Reed
Alston & Bird LLP
One Atlantic Center
1201 West Peachtree Street
Atlanta, GA 30309
(404) 881-7000
(404) 253-8272 Facsimile |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this
registration statement
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the
following
box: o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering: o
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not
complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities
until the registration statement filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an
offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer
to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is
not permitted.
|
Subject to Completion, dated March 20,
2006
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Shares
Each Share Represents One Beneficial Interest in the Trust
We
are making an initial public offering
of shares
of Compass Diversified Trust, which we refer to as the trust.
Each share of the trust represents one undivided beneficial
interest in the trust. The purpose of the trust is to hold 100%
of the trust interests of Compass Group Diversified Holdings
LLC, which we refer to as the company. Each beneficial interest
in the trust corresponds to one trust interest of the company.
Compass Group Management LLC, which we have engaged as our
manager, will own 100% of the allocation interests of the
company.
Compass
Group Investments, Inc., through its wholly owned subsidiary,
and Pharos I LLC, an affiliate of our manager, have each
agreed to purchase, in separate private placement transactions
to close in conjunction with the closing of this offering, a
number of shares in the trust having an aggregate purchase price
of approximately $96 million and $4 million,
respectively, at a per share price equal to the initial public
offering price (which will be
approximately shares
and shares,
respectively, assuming the initial public offering price per
share is the mid-point of the expected public offering price
range set forth below).
The
underwriters will reserve up
to shares
for sale pursuant to a directed share program.
We
expect the public offering price to be between
$ and
$ per
share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. We
intend to apply to have the shares quoted on the Nasdaq Global
Market under the symbol CODI.
Investing in the shares involves risks. See the section
entitled Risk Factors beginning on page 14 of
this prospectus for a discussion of the risks and other
information that you should consider before making an investment
in our securities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Public offering price
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
The
underwriters may also purchase up to an
additional shares
from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting
discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus
to cover overallotments.
Neither
the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or
determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
We
expect to deliver the shares to the underwriters for delivery to
investors on or
about ,
2006.
Ferris, Baker Watts
Incorporated
|
|
|
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L.
Lyons, Inc. |
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2006
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not,
authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We,
and the underwriters, are not making an offer of these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.
You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is
accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover
of this prospectus.
In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information and
statistics regarding market data and the industries of the
businesses we own that are obtained from internal surveys,
market research, independent industry publications and other
publicly available information, including publicly available
information regarding public companies. The information and
statistics are based on industry surveys and our managers
and its affiliates experience in the industry.
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve
substantial risks and uncertainties as they are not based on
historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations,
estimates, projections, beliefs and assumptions about our
businesses and the industries in which they operate. These
statements are not guarantees of future performance and are
subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors, some of
which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could
cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed
or forecasted in the forward-looking statements. You should not
place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which
apply only as of the date of this prospectus.
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more complete understanding
of this offering, you should read this entire prospectus
carefully, including the Risk Factors section and
the pro forma condensed combined financial statements, the
financial statements of our initial businesses and the notes
relating thereto and the related Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless
we tell you otherwise, the information set forth in this
prospectus assumes that the underwriters have not exercised
their over-allotment option. Further, unless the context
otherwise indicates, numbers in this prospectus have been
rounded and are, therefore, approximate.
Compass Diversified Trust, which we refer to as the trust,
will acquire and own its businesses through a Delaware limited
liability company, Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, which
we refer to as the company. Except as otherwise specified,
references to Compass Diversified, we,
us and our refer to the trust and the
company and the initial businesses together. An illustration of
our proposed structure is set forth in the diagram on
page 7 of this prospectus. See the section entitled
Description of Shares for more information about
certain terms of the trust shares, trust interests and
allocation interests.
Overview
We have been formed to acquire and manage a group of small to
middle market businesses with stable and growing cash flows that
are headquartered in the United States. Through our structure,
we offer investors an opportunity to participate in the
ownership and growth of businesses that traditionally have been
owned and managed by private equity firms, private individuals
or families, financial institutions or large conglomerates.
Through the acquisition of a diversified group of businesses
with these characteristics, we also offer investors an
opportunity to diversify their own portfolio risk while
participating in the ongoing cash flows of those businesses
through the receipt of distributions.
We will seek to acquire controlling interests in businesses that
we believe operate in industries with long-term macroeconomic
growth opportunities, and that have positive and stable earnings
and cash flows, face minimal threats of technological or
competitive obsolescence and have strong management teams
largely in place. We believe that private company operators and
corporate parents looking to sell their businesses will consider
us an attractive purchaser of their businesses.
Substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the
proceeds from the separate private placement transactions of
approximately $315 million will be used to provide debt
financing to and acquire controlling interests in the following
businesses, which we refer to as the initial businesses, from
certain subsidiaries of Compass Group Investments, Inc., which
we refer to as CGI, its subsidiaries and certain minority owners
of each business:
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries,
which we refer to as CBS Personnel, a human resources
outsourcing firm; |
|
|
|
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and its consolidated
subsidiaries, which we refer to as Crosman, a recreational
products company; |
|
|
|
Compass AC Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary, which
we refer to as Advanced Circuits, an electronic components
manufacturing company; and |
|
|
|
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and its consolidated
subsidiaries, which we refer to as Silvue, a global hardcoatings
company. |
1
We believe that our initial businesses operate in strong markets
and have defensible market shares and long-standing customer
relationships. Importantly, we also believe that our initial
businesses will produce positive and stable earnings and cash
flows, enabling us to make regular quarterly distributions to
our shareholders, regardless of potential future acquisitions.
As a result of this transaction, CGI will receive proceeds of
approximately
$ million.
Through a subsidiary, CGI Diversified Holdings, LP, CGI has
agreed to invest $96 million in the trust shares pursuant
to a private placement transaction to close in conjunction with
the closing of the offering. These shares will be purchased at
the initial offering price. As a result of this investment,
immediately following the offering, CGI will own
approximately %
of our shares. CGI has indirectly held a controlling interest in
each of the initial businesses for varying periods of time as
described herein, and the total gain to CGI on the sale of these
businesses to us will be approximately
$ million.
Following this acquisition, CGI will continue to hold interests
in various unrelated businesses. CGI is indirectly owned by The
Kattegat Trust, whose sole beneficiary is a philanthropic
foundation mandated by the late J. Torben Karlshoej, the
founder of Teekay Shipping Corporation. Teekay Shipping
Corporation is the worlds largest crude oil and petroleum
product marine transportation company with 16 worldwide offices
and approximately $3 billion in market capitalization.
The shares being sold in this offering have been approved for
listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol
CODI.
Our Manager
The companys board of directors will engage Compass Group
Management LLC, who we refer to as our manager, to manage the
day-to-day operations
and affairs of the company, oversee the management and
operations of our businesses and to perform certain other
services for us. We believe our affiliation with our manager
will be a critical factor in our ability to execute our strategy
and meet our goals of growing shareholder distributions and
increasing shareholder value. The company and our manager will
enter into a management services agreement pursuant to which we
will pay our manager, for services performed by our manager, a
quarterly management fee equal to 0.5% (2.0% annualized) of
adjusted net assets. The management fee will be subject to
offset pursuant to fees paid to our manager by our businesses
under management services agreements that our manager intends to
enter into with our businesses, which we refer to as offsetting
management services agreements. See the sections entitled
Management Services Agreement and Our
Manager Our Manager as a Service
Provider Management Fee for further
descriptions of the terms of the management services agreement
and the calculation of the management fee, respectively. The
companys board of directors will have the ability to
terminate its relationship with the manager only under certain
limited circumstances.
Our manager is controlled by Mr. Massoud, our Chief
Executive Officer. Our manager will initially consist of at
least eight experienced professionals, which we refer to as our
management team. See section entitled Our
Manager Key Personnel of Our Manager for a
description of our managers key employees. Our management
team has worked together since 1998 and has overseen, on behalf
of CGI, the acquisition, building and management of nine
separate platform businesses, including our initial businesses,
during that period. Under the guidance of our management team,
these businesses have collectively experienced significant
growth in revenues and cash flows. Collectively, our management
team has approximately 74 years of experience in acquiring
and managing small and middle market businesses and has overseen
the acquisition of over 100 businesses during that time.
We believe our manager is unique in the marketplace in terms of
the success and experience of its employees in acquiring and
managing diverse businesses of the size and general nature of
our initial businesses. We believe this experience will provide
us with a significant advantage in executing our overall
strategy. CGI Diversified Holdings, LP and Sostratus LLC, an
entity owned by our management team and controlled by Mr.
Massoud, the companys Chief Executive Officer, will each
own non-managing interests
2
in our manager. Mr. Massoud also controls Pharos I
LLC, which we refer to as Pharos, an entity that is owned by our
management team. Pharos has agreed to invest approximately
$4 million in shares pursuant to a private placement
transaction to close in conjunction with the closing of this
offering. These shares will be purchased at the initial offering
price.
The companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer will be employees of our manager and will be seconded to
the company, which means that these employees will be assigned
by the manager to work for the company during the term of the
management services agreement. Neither the trust nor the company
will have any other employees. Although our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be employees of our
manager, they will report directly to the companys board
of directors. The management fee paid to our manager will cover
all expenses related to the services performed by our manager
pursuant to the management services agreement, including the
compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other personnel
providing services to us. In addition, the management fee will
also cover all expenses incurred by our manager, which can be
significant, in the identification, diligence and negotiation of
potential acquisitions for which the company fails to submit an
indication of interest to purchase. These expenses will also
include overhead expenses such as rent and communications as
well as travel, attendance at industry events and retention of
outside service providers such as consultants, lawyers and
accountants where appropriate. However, the company will
reimburse our manager for the salary and related costs and
expenses of our Chief Financial Officer and his staff which
salaries will annually be reviewed and approved by our
compensation committee. See the section entitled
Management for more information about the secondment
of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.
Our manager owns 100% of the allocation interests of the
company, which generally will entitle our manager to receive a
20% profit allocation as a form of equity incentive, subject to
a 7% annualized hurdle, on realized company profits. See the
section entitled Our Manager Our Manager as an
Equity Holder Managers Profit
Allocation for further description of the calculation of
the profit allocation to be paid to our manager. In addition, we
intend to enter into a supplemental put agreement with our
manager pursuant to which our manager shall have the right to
cause the company to purchase the allocation interests then
owned by our manager upon termination of the management services
agreement for a price to be determined in accordance with the
supplemental put agreement, which we refer to as the put price.
See the section entitled Our Manager
Supplemental Put Agreement for more information about the
supplemental put agreement. The management fee, profit
allocation and put price will be obligations of the company and,
as a result, will be paid, along with other company obligations,
prior to the payment of distributions to shareholders.
Our Strategy
We will seek to acquire and manage small to middle market
businesses, which we characterize as those that generate annual
cash flows of up to $40 million. We believe that the merger
and acquisition market for small to middle market businesses is
highly fragmented and provides opportunities to purchase
businesses at attractive prices. We also believe, and our
manager has historically found, that significant opportunities
exist to improve the performance and augment the management
teams of these businesses upon their acquisition.
Our goal is to grow distributions to our shareholders steadily
over time and to increase shareholder value. In attempting to
accomplish this, we will first, focus on growing the earnings
and cash flow from the initial businesses that we manage. We
believe that the scale and scope of our initial businesses give
us a diverse base of cash flow from which to further build the
company. Importantly, we believe that our initial businesses
alone will allow us to generate distributions to our
shareholders, independent of whether we acquire any additional
businesses in the future. Second, we intend to identify, perform
due diligence on, negotiate and consummate additional platform
acquisitions of small to middle market businesses in attractive
industry sectors.
3
Our management strategy involves the financial and operational
management of the businesses that we own in a manner that seeks
to grow earnings and distributable cash flow and, in turn, to
grow distributions to our shareholders and to increase
shareholder value. In general, our manager will oversee and
support the management teams of each of our businesses by, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
recruiting and retaining talented managers to operate our
businesses by using structured incentive compensation programs,
including minority equity ownership, tailored to each business; |
|
|
|
regularly monitoring financial and operational performance,
instilling consistent financial discipline, and supporting
management in the development and implementation of information
systems to effectively achieve these goals; |
|
|
|
assisting management in their analysis and pursuit of prudent
organic growth strategies; |
|
|
|
identifying and working with management to execute on attractive
external growth and acquisition opportunities; and |
|
|
|
|
forming strong subsidiary level boards of directors to
supplement management in their development and implementation of
strategic goals and objectives. |
|
Our acquisition strategy involves the acquisition of businesses
in various industries that we expect will produce positive and
stable earnings and cash flows, as well as achieve attractive
returns on our investment. In so doing, we expect to benefit
from our managers ability to identify diverse acquisition
opportunities in a variety of industries, perform diligence on
and value such target businesses, and negotiate the ultimate
acquisition of those businesses. We believe our management team
has a successful track record of acquiring and managing small to
middle market businesses, including our initial businesses. We
also believe that in compiling this track record, our management
team has been able both to access a wide network of sources of
potential acquisition opportunities and to successfully navigate
a variety of complex situations surrounding acquisitions,
including corporate spin-offs, transitions of family-owned
businesses, management buy-outs and reorganizations.
In addition to acquiring businesses, we expect to also sell
businesses that we own from time to time when attractive
opportunities arise. Our decision to sell a business will be
based on our belief that the return on the investment to our
shareholders that would be realized by means of such a sale is
more favorable than the returns that may be realized through
continued ownership. Our acquisition and disposition of
businesses will be consistent with the guidelines to be
established by the companys board of directors from time
to time.
Summary of our Initial Businesses
We will use the net proceeds from this offering to acquire
controlling interests in our initial businesses and make loans
to such businesses. A summary of our initial businesses is as
follows:
|
|
|
Human Resources Outsourcing Firm |
CBS Personnel, headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, is a provider
of temporary staffing services in the United States. In order to
provide its 3,000 clients with tailored staffing services to
fulfill their human
4
resources needs, CBS Personnel also offers employee leasing
services, permanent staffing and
temporary-to-permanent
placement services. CBS Personnel operates 134 branch locations
in various cities in 18 states. CBS Personnel and its
subsidiaries have been associated with quality service in their
markets for more than 30 years.
|
|
|
Recreational Products Company |
Crosman, headquartered in East Bloomfield, New York, was one of
the first manufacturers of airguns and is a manufacturer and
distributor of recreational airgun products and related products
and accessories. The
CrosmanTM
brand is one of the pre-eminent names in the recreational airgun
market and is widely recognized in the broader outdoor sporting
goods industry. Crosmans products are sold in over 6,000
retail locations worldwide through approximately 500 retailers,
which include mass market and sporting goods retailers.
|
|
|
Electronic Components Manufacturing Company |
Advanced Circuits, headquartered in Aurora, Colorado, is a
provider of prototype and quick-turn printed circuit boards, or
PCBs, throughout the United States. PCBs are a vital component
to all electronic equipment supply chains as PCBs serve as the
foundation for virtually all electronic products. The prototype
and quick-turn portions of the PCB industry are characterized by
customers requiring high levels of responsiveness, technical
support and timely delivery. Due to the critical roles that PCBs
play in the research and development process of electronics,
customers often place more emphasis on the turnaround time and
quality of a customized PCB than on other factors such as price.
Advanced Circuits meets this market need by manufacturing and
delivering custom PCBs in as little as 24 hours, providing
its approximately 4,000 customers with approximately 98.5%
error-free production and real-time customer service and product
tracking 24 hours per day.
|
|
|
Global Hardcoatings Company |
Silvue, headquartered in Anaheim, California, is a developer and
producer of proprietary, high performance liquid coating systems
used in the high-end eyewear, aerospace, automotive and
industrial markets. Silvues patented coating systems can
be applied to a wide variety of materials, including plastics,
such as polycarbonate and acrylic, glass, metals and other
surfaces. These coating systems impart properties, such as
abrasion resistance, improved durability, chemical resistance,
ultraviolet, or UV protection, anti-fog and impact resistance,
to the materials to which they are applied. Silvue has sales and
distribution operations in the United States, Europe and Asia,
as well as manufacturing operations in the United States and
Asia.
Corporate Structure
The trust is a recently formed Delaware statutory trust that we
expect to be treated as a grantor trust for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. Your rights as a holder of trust shares,
and the fiduciary duties of the companys board of
directors and executive officers are defined in the documents
governing the trust and the company, and may differ from those
applying to a Delaware corporation. However, the documents
governing the company specify that the duties of its directors
and officers would be consistent with the duties of a director
of a Delaware corporation. In addition, investors in this
offering will be treated as beneficial owners of trust interests
in the company and, as such, will be subject to tax under
partnership income tax provisions.
We are
selling shares
of the trust, each representing one undivided beneficial
interest in the trust. The purpose of the trust is to hold 100%
of the trust interests of the company, which is one of two
5
classes of equity interests in the company that will be
outstanding following this offering. Each beneficial interest in
the trust corresponds to one trust interest of the company. The
trust has the authority to issue shares in one or more series.
The company has two classes of equity interests, the trust
interests, of which 100% will be held by the trust, and
allocation interests, of which 100% are and will be held by our
manager. See the section entitled Description of
Shares for more information about the shares, trust
interests and allocation interests.
The board of directors of the company will oversee the
management of each initial business and the performance by our
manager and, initially, will be composed of seven directors, all
of whom will initially be appointed by our manager, as holder of
the allocation interests. Following this initial appointment,
six of the directors will be elected by our shareholders, at
least four of whom will be the companys independent
directors.
As holder of the allocation interests, our manager will have the
right to appoint one director to the companys board of
directors commencing with the closing of this offering. Our
managers appointed director on the companys board of
directors will not be required to stand for election by the
shareholders. See the section entitled Description of
Shares Voting and Consent Rights Board of Directors
Appointee for more information about the managers
right to appoint a director.
Company Loans and Financing Commitments to Our Initial
Businesses
In connection with this offering, the company will use a portion
of the proceeds of this offering and the related transaction to
make loans and financing commitments to each of our initial
businesses. See the section entitled The Acquisitions of
and Loans to Our Initial Businesses for more information
about the terms and conditions of each of the loans and
financing commitments to be made to our initial businesses.
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at Sixty One Wilton
Road, Second Floor, Westport, Connecticut 06880, and our
telephone number is 203-221-1703. Our website is at
www.CompassDiversifiedTrust.com. The information on our website
is not incorporated by reference and is not part of this
prospectus.
An illustration of our proposed structure is set forth on the
following page.
6
Our Proposed Organizational Structure
|
|
|
(1) |
Mr. Massoud is not a director, officer or member. |
|
|
|
(2) |
Owned by members of our management team, including
Mr. Massoud as managing member. |
|
|
|
(3) |
Mr. Massoud is the managing member. |
|
|
|
(4) |
The allocation interests, which carry the right to receive a
profit allocation, will represent less than a 0.1% equity
interest in the company, assuming we sell all the shares offered
in this offering at the initial public offering price. |
|
7
The Offering
|
|
|
Shares offered by us in this offering |
|
shares
(represents % of
shares and voting power to be outstanding following this
offering) |
|
Shares outstanding after this offering and separate private
placement transactions |
|
shares |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale
of shares
in this offering will be approximately $231.9 million (or
approximately
$ if
the underwriters overallotment option is exercised in
full), based on the initial public offering price of
$ per
share (which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public
offering price range set forth on the cover page on this
prospectus) and after deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions. We intend to use the net proceeds from this
offering and $100 million of proceeds from the separate
private placement transactions, to close in conjunction with
this offering, to: |
|
|
|
|
pay the purchase price and related costs of the
acquisition of our initial businesses of approximately
$138.6 million; |
|
|
|
|
|
make loans to each of the initial businesses to
repay outstanding debt and provide additional capitalization in
an aggregate principal amount of approximately
$176.4 million; |
|
|
|
|
|
pay the transaction costs related to this offering
of approximately $6.0 million; and |
|
|
|
|
|
provide funds for general corporate purposes of
approximately $10.9 million. |
|
|
|
|
See the section entitled Use of Proceeds for more
information about the use of the proceeds of this offering. |
|
|
Nasdaq Global Market symbol |
|
CODI |
|
|
|
Dividend and distribution policy |
|
We intend to declare and pay regular quarterly cash
distributions on all outstanding shares, based on distributions
received by the trust on the trust interests in the company. The
companys board of directors intends to declare and pay an
initial quarterly distribution for the quarter ending
September 30, 2006 of
$ per
share. The companys board of directors also intends to
declare an initial distribution, pro rated for the period from
the completion of this offering to June 30, 2006, at the
pro rata rate as such initial quarterly distribution for the
quarter ending September 30, 2006, which will be paid at
the same time as such initial quarterly distribution. The
companys board of directors has determined this initial
distribution on the basis of the current results of operations
of our initial businesses and the desire to provide sustainable
and then increasing levels of distributions to our shareholders.
The declaration and payment of our initial distribution, initial
quarterly distribution and, if declared, the amount of any
future distribution will be subject to a decision of the
companys board of directors, which will include a majority
of independent directors. Any cash distribution paid by the
company to the trust will, in turn, be paid by the trust to its
shareholders. See the sections entitled Dividend |
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Distribution Policy for a discussion of our intended
distribution rate and Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations for more information about the tax
treatment of distributions by the trust. |
|
|
|
Management fee |
|
The company will pay our manager a quarterly management fee
equal to 0.5% (2.0% annualized) of adjusted net assets, as
defined in the management services agreement, subject to certain
adjustments. Based on the pro forma condensed combined financial
statements set forth in this prospectus at or for the year ended
December 31, 2005, the total management fee, which is
payable on a quarterly basis, that would have been payable for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 would have been
approximately $6.8 million on a pro forma basis, before
taking into account offsetting management fees of approximately
$2.4 million. The companys compensation committee,
which is comprised solely of independent directors, will review
the calculation of the management fee on an annual basis. See
the section entitled Our Manager Our Manager
as a Service Provider Management Fee for more
information about the calculation and payment of the management
fee and the specific definitions of the terms used in such
calculation, as well as an example of the quarterly calculation
of the management fee. |
|
|
Profit allocation |
|
The company will pay a profit allocation to our manager, as
holder of 100% of the allocation interests, upon the occurrence
of certain events if the companys profits exceed certain
hurdles. In calculating the companys profits for
determination of our managers profit allocation, we will
take into consideration both: |
|
|
|
|
a business contribution-based profit, which
generally will be equal to a business aggregate
contribution to the companys profit during the period a
business is owned by the company; and |
|
|
|
|
the companys cumulative gains and losses to
date. |
|
|
|
|
Generally, a profit allocation will be paid in the event that
the companys profits exceed an annualized hurdle rate of
7% in the following manner: (i) 100% of the companys
profits for that amount in excess of the hurdle rate of 7% but
that is less than the hurdle rate of 8.75%, which amount is
intended to provide our manager with an overall profit
allocation of 20% once the hurdle rate of 7% has been surpassed;
and (ii) 20% of the companys profits in excess of the
hurdle rate of 8.75%. The amount of profit allocation that will
be payable in the future cannot be estimated with any certainty
or reliability as of the date of this prospectus. |
|
|
|
|
|
See the section entitled Our Manager Our
Manager as an Equity Holder Managers Profit
Allocation for more information about calculation and
payment of profit allocation and the specific definitions of the
terms used in such calculation. |
|
|
Shares of the trust |
|
Each share of the trust represents an undivided beneficial
interest in the trust, and each share of the trust corresponds
to one underlying trust interest of the company owned by the
trust. Unless the trust is dissolved, it must remain the sole
holder of 100% of the trust interests, and at all times the
company will |
9
|
|
|
|
|
have outstanding the identical number of trust interests as the
number of outstanding shares of the trust. Each outstanding
share of the trust is entitled to one vote on any matter with
respect to which the trust, as a holder of trust interests in
the company, is entitled to vote. The company, as the sponsor of
the trust, will provide to our shareholders proxy materials to
enable our shareholders to exercise, in proportion to their
percentage ownership of outstanding shares, the voting rights of
the trust, and the trust will vote its trust interests in the
same proportion as the vote of holders of shares. The allocation
interests do not grant to our manager voting rights with respect
to the company except in certain limited circumstances. See the
section entitled Description of Shares for
information about the material terms of the shares, the trust
interests and allocation interests. |
|
Anti-takeover provisions |
|
Certain provisions of the management services agreement, the
trust agreement and the LLC agreement, which will become
effective upon the closing of this offering, may make it more
difficult for third parties to acquire control of the trust and
the company by various means. These provisions could deprive the
shareholders of the trust of opportunities to realize a premium
on the shares owned by them. In addition, these provisions may
adversely affect the prevailing market price of the shares. See
the section entitled Description of Shares
Anti-Takeover Provisions for more information about these
anti-takeover provisions. |
|
|
U.S. federal income tax considerations |
|
Subject to the discussion in Material U.S. Federal
Income Tax Considerations, the trust will be classified as
a grantor trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a
result, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, each holder
of shares generally will be treated as the beneficial owner of a
pro rata portion of the trust interests of the company held by
the trust. Subject to the discussion in Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations, the company
will be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income
tax purposes. Accordingly, neither the company nor the trust
will incur U.S. federal income tax liability; rather, each
holder of shares will be required to take into account his or
her allocable share of company income, gain, loss, deduction,
and other items. See the section entitled Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for
information about the potential U.S. federal income tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of
shares. |
|
|
Risk factors |
|
Investing in our shares involves risks. See the section entitled
Risk Factors and read this prospectus carefully
before making an investment decision with the respect to the
shares or the company. |
The number of shares outstanding after the offering assumes
that shares
and shares,
which will represent
approximately %
and % of the total
shares and voting power will be purchased in the private
placement transaction and will be outstanding after this
offering, respectively, assuming that the underwriters
overallotment option is not exercised. If the overallotment
option is exercised in full, we will issue and sell an
additional shares.
10
Summary Financial Data
The company and the trust were formed on November 18, 2005
and have conducted no operations and have generated no revenues
to date. We will use the proceeds of the offering, in part, to
acquire and capitalize our initial businesses.
The following summary financial data represent the historical
financial information for CBS Personnel, Crosman, Advanced
Circuits and Silvue and does not reflect the accounting for
these businesses upon completion of the acquisitions and the
operation of the businesses as a consolidated entity. This
historical financial data does not reflect the recapitalization
of each of these businesses upon acquisition by the company. As
a result, this historical data may not be indicative of these
businesses future performance following their acquisition
by the company and recapitalization. You should read this
information in conjunction with the section entitled
Selected Financial Data, the section entitled
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, the financial
statements and notes thereto, and the unaudited condensed
combined pro forma financial statements and notes which do
reflect the completion of the acquisitions and related
transactions thereto, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The summary financial data for CBS Personnel, at
December 31, 2005, and for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004, were derived from CBS
Personnels audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The summary financial data for Crosman, at June 30, 2005,
and for the year ended June 30, 2005, were derived from
Crosmans audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial
data for Crosman for the period July 1, 2003 to
February 9, 2004 (predecessor), and February 10, 2004
to June 30, 2004 (successor), were derived from the audited
financial statements of Crosman included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The summary financial data of Crosman at
January 1, 2006, and for the six months ended
January 1, 2006 and December 26, 2004, were derived
from Crosmans unaudited consolidated condensed financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The summary financial data for Advanced Circuits, at
December 31, 2005, and for the periods ended
September 20, 2005 to December 31, 2005 (successor)
and January 1, 2005 to September 19, 2005
(predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2004
(predecessor), were derived from Advanced Circuits audited
consolidated and combined financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
The summary financial data for Silvue, at December 31, 2005
and for the year ended December 31, 2005 was derived from
Silvues audited consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data for
Silvue for the period January 1, 2004 to September 2,
2004 (predecessor), and September 3, 2004 (inception) to
December 31, 2004, were derived from the audited financial
statements of Silvue included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The unaudited condensed financial data for Crosman shown below
may not be indicative of the financial condition and results of
operations of Crosman for any other period. The unaudited
financial data, in the opinion of management, include all
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments,
considered necessary for a fair presentation of such data.
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
CBS Personnel |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
315,258 |
|
|
$ |
543,012 |
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
9,450 |
|
|
|
18,453 |
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
7,413 |
|
|
|
8,988 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
141,752 |
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
88,617 |
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
53,135 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
Successor | |
|
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
|
July 1, 2003 | |
|
February 10, | |
|
|
|
Six Months Ended | |
|
|
to | |
|
2004 to | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
| |
|
|
February 9, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
December 26, | |
|
January 1, | |
Crosman |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
38,770 |
|
|
$ |
24,856 |
|
|
$ |
70,060 |
|
|
$ |
38,234 |
|
|
$ |
45,223 |
|
Operating income
|
|
|
6,924 |
|
|
|
3,142 |
|
|
|
8,031 |
|
|
|
6,060 |
|
|
|
7,044 |
|
Net income
|
|
|
3,138 |
|
|
|
810 |
|
|
|
489 |
|
|
|
2,349 |
|
|
|
2,821 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
|
At | |
|
At | |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
84,183 |
|
|
$ |
91,595 |
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
61,837 |
|
|
|
66,417 |
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
22,346 |
|
|
|
25,178 |
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
Successor | |
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
Combined | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
Combined | |
|
January 1, | |
|
September 20, | |
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
2005 to | |
|
2005 to | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
September 19, | |
|
December 31, | |
Advanced Circuits |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
36,642 |
|
|
$ |
29,726 |
|
|
$ |
12,243 |
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
12,211 |
|
|
|
10,931 |
|
|
|
3,935 |
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
12,093 |
|
|
|
10,922 |
|
|
|
1,686 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
79,970 |
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
53,342 |
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
26,628 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
Successor | |
|
|
|
|
January 1, | |
|
September 3, | |
|
|
|
|
2004 to | |
|
2004 to | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
September 2, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
December 31, | |
Silvue |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
7,604 |
|
|
$ |
4,532 |
|
|
$ |
17,093 |
|
Operating income
|
|
|
2,056 |
|
|
|
755 |
|
|
|
4,005 |
|
Net income
|
|
|
1,271 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
1,531 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
31,245 |
|
Total liabilities and cumulative redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
22,396 |
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
8,849 |
|
13
RISK FACTORS
An investment in our shares involves a high degree of risk.
You should carefully read and consider all of the risks
described below, together with all of the other information
contained or referred to in this prospectus, before making a
decision to invest in our shares. If any of the following events
occur, our financial condition, business and results of
operations (including cash flows), may be materially adversely
affected. In that event, the market price of our shares could
decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Throughout this section we refer to our initial businesses and
the businesses we may acquire in the future collectively as
our businesses. For purposes of this section, unless
the context otherwise requires, the term Crosman means,
together, Crosman and its 50%-owned joint venture Diablo
Marketing LLC (d/b/a Game Face Paintball) or, GFP.
Risks Related to Our Business and Structure
|
|
|
We are a new company with no history and we may not be
able to successfully manage our initial businesses on a combined
basis. |
We were formed on November 18, 2005 and have conducted no
operations and have generated no revenues to date. We will use
the net proceeds of this offering, in part, to acquire and
capitalize our initial businesses for cash. The initial
businesses will be managed by our manager. Our management team
has collectively 74 years of experience in acquiring and
managing small and middle market businesses. However, if we do
not develop effective systems and procedures, including
accounting and financial reporting systems, to manage our
operations as a consolidated public company, we may not be able
to manage the combined enterprise on a profitable basis, which
could adversely affect our ability to pay distributions to our
shareholders. In addition, the pro forma condensed combined
financial statements of our initial businesses cover periods
during which some of our initial businesses were not under
common control or management and, therefore, may not be
indicative of our future financial condition, business and
results of operations.
|
|
|
Our audited financial statements will not include
meaningful comparisons to prior years and may differ
substantially from the pro forma condensed combined financial
statements included in this prospectus. |
Our audited financial statements will include consolidated
results of operations and cash flows only for the period from
the date of the acquisition of our initial businesses to
year-end. Because we will purchase our initial businesses only
after the closing of this offering and recapitalization of each
of them, we anticipate that our audited financial statements
will not contain full-year consolidated results of operations
and cash flows until the end of our 2007 fiscal year.
Consequently, meaningful
year-to-year
comparisons will not be available, at the earliest, until two
fiscal years following the completion of this offering.
|
|
|
Our future success is dependent on the employees of our
manager and the executive management teams of our businesses,
the loss of any of whom could adversely affect our financial
condition, business and results of operations. |
Our future success depends, to a significant extent, on the
continued services of the employees of our manager, most of whom
have worked together for a number of years. Because certain
employees of our manager were involved in the acquisitions of
these initial businesses while working for a subsidiary of CGI
and, since such acquisitions, have overseen the operations of
these businesses, the loss of their services may adversely
affect our ability to manage the operation of our initial
businesses. While our manager will have employment agreements
with certain of its employees, including our Chief Financial
Officer, these employment agreements may not prevent the
managers employees from leaving the manager or from
competing with us in the future. Our manager will not have an
employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer.
In addition, the future success of our businesses also depends
on their respective executive management teams because we intend
to operate our businesses on a stand-alone basis, primarily
relying on existing management teams for management of their
day-to-day operations.
Consequently, their
14
operational success, as well as the success of our internal
growth strategy, will be dependent on the continued efforts of
the management teams of the initial businesses of our
businesses. We will seek to provide such persons with equity
incentives in their respective businesses and to have employment
agreements with certain persons we have identified as key to
their businesses. We may also maintain key man life insurance on
certain of these individuals. However, these insurance policies
would not fully offset the loss to our businesses, and our
organization generally, that would result from our losing the
services of these key individuals. As a result, the loss of
services of one or more members of our management team or the
management team at one of our businesses could adversely affect
our financial condition, business and results of operations.
|
|
|
We face risks with respect to the evaluation and
management of future acquisitions. |
A component of our strategy is to acquire additional businesses.
We will focus on small to middle market businesses in various
industries. Because such businesses are held privately, we may
experience difficulty in evaluating potential target businesses
as the information concerning these businesses is not publicly
available. Therefore, our estimates and assumptions used to
evaluate the operations, management and market risks with
respect to potential target businesses may be subject to various
risks. Further, the time and costs associated with identifying
and evaluating potential target businesses and their industries
may cause a substantial drain on our resources and may divert
our management teams attention away from operations for
significant periods of time.
In addition, we may have difficulty effectively managing future
acquisitions. The management or improvement of businesses we
acquire may be hindered by a number of factors including
limitations in the standards, controls, procedures and policies
of such acquisitions. Further, the management of an acquired
business may involve a substantial reorganization of the
businesss operations resulting in the loss of employees
and customers or the disruption of our ongoing businesses. We
may experience greater than expected costs or difficulties
relating to such acquisition, in which case, we might not
achieve the anticipated returns from any particular acquisition,
which may have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition, business and results of operations.
|
|
|
We face competition for acquisitions of businesses that
fit our acquisition strategy. |
We have been formed to acquire and manage small to middle market
businesses. In pursuing such acquisitions, we expect to face
strong competition from a wide range of other potential
purchasers. Although the pool of potential purchasers for such
businesses is typically smaller than for larger businesses,
those potential purchasers can be aggressive in their approach
to acquiring such businesses. Furthermore, we expect that we
will need to obtain third party financing in order to fund some
or all of these potential acquisitions, thereby increasing our
acquisition costs. To the extent that other potential purchasers
do not need to obtain third party financing or are able to
obtain such financing on more favorable terms, they may be in a
position to be more aggressive with their acquisition proposals.
As a result, in order to be competitive, our acquisition
proposals may need to be at price levels that exceed what we
originally determine to be appropriate. Alternatively, we may
determine that we cannot pursue on a cost effective basis what
would otherwise be attractive acquisition opportunities.
|
|
|
We may not be able to successfully fund future
acquisitions of new businesses due to the unavailability of debt
or equity financing on acceptable terms, which could impede the
implementation of our acquisition strategy and adversely impact
our financial condition, business and results of
operations. |
In order to make future acquisitions, we intend to raise capital
for additional acquisitions primarily through debt financing at
the company level, additional equity offerings, the sale of
stock or assets of our businesses, by offering equity in the
trust or our businesses to the sellers of target businesses or
by undertaking a combination of any of the above. Since the
timing and size of acquisitions cannot be readily predicted, we
may need to be able to obtain funding on short notice to benefit
fully from attractive acquisition opportunities. Such funding
may not be available on acceptable terms. In addition, the level
of our indebtedness may impact our ability to borrow at the
company level. Another source of capital for us may be the sale
of additional shares, subject to market conditions, and investor
demand for the shares at
15
prices that we consider to be in the interests of our
shareholders. These risks may adversely affect our ability to
pursue our acquisition strategy successfully.
|
|
|
While we intend to make regular cash distributions to our
shareholders, the companys board of directors has full
authority and discretion over the distributions of the company,
other than the profit allocation, and it may decide to reduce or
eliminate distributions at any time, which may materially
adversely affect the market price for our shares. |
To date, we have not declared or paid any distributions but
intend to declare and pay an initial quarterly distribution of
$ per
share for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 and pro
rated for the period from the completion of this offering to
June 30, 2006. Although we intend to pursue a policy of
paying regular distributions, the companys board of
directors will have full authority and discretion to determine
whether or not a distribution by the company should be declared
and paid to our shareholders, as well as the amount and timing
of any distribution. In addition, the management fee, profit
allocation and put price will be payment obligations of the
company and, as a result, will be paid, along with other company
obligations, prior to the payment of distributions to our
shareholders. The companys board of directors may, based
on their review of our financial condition and results of
operations and pending acquisitions, determine to reduce or
eliminate distributions, which may have an adverse affect on the
market price of our shares.
|
|
|
We will rely entirely on distributions from our businesses
to make distributions to our shareholders. |
The trusts only business is holding trust interests in the
company, which holds controlling interests in our initial
businesses. Therefore, we will be dependent upon the ability of
our initial businesses to generate earnings and cash flows and
distribute them to us in the form of interest and principal
payments on indebtedness and distributions on equity to enable
us, first, to satisfy our financial obligations and, second, to
make distributions to our shareholders. The ability of our
businesses to make distributions to us may be subject to
limitations under laws of the jurisdictions in which they are
incorporated or organized. If, as a consequence of these various
restrictions, we are unable to generate sufficient distributions
from our businesses, we may not be able to declare, or may have
to delay or cancel payment of, distributions to our shareholders.
We do not own 100% of our businesses, and our ownership will
range at the time of the initial acquisition from 70.2%, in the
case of Advanced Circuits, to 95.0%, in the case of CBS
Personnel, of the total equity on a fully diluted basis. While
the company is expected to sweep the cash flows of its
businesses under the terms of its loans to the businesses, any
dividends or distributions paid by our businesses will be shared
pro rata with the minority shareholders of our businesses
and the amounts of distributions made to minority shareholders
will not be available to us for any purpose, including company
debt service or distributions to our shareholders. Any proceeds
from the sale of a business will be allocated among us and the
minority shareholders of the business that is sold.
|
|
|
The companys board of directors will have the power
to change the terms of our shares in its sole discretion in ways
with which you may disagree. |
As an owner of our shares, you may disagree with changes made to
the terms of our shares, and you may disagree with the
companys board of directors decision that the
changes made to the terms of the shares are not materially
adverse to you as a shareholder or that they do not alter the
characterization of the trust. Your recourse, if you disagree,
will be limited because our trust agreement gives broad
authority and discretion to our board of directors. However, the
trust agreement does not relieve the members of our board of
directors from any fiduciary obligation that is imposed on them
pursuant to applicable law. In addition, we may change the
nature of the shares to be issued to raise additional equity and
remain a fixed-investment trust for tax purposes.
16
|
|
|
Certain provisions of the LLC agreement of the company and
the trust agreement make it difficult for third parties to
acquire control of the trust and the company and could deprive
you of the opportunity to obtain a takeover premium for your
shares. |
The LLC agreement of the company, which we refer to as the LLC
agreement, and the trust agreement of the trust, which we refer
to as the trust agreement, contain a number of provisions that
could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or
may discourage a third party from acquiring, control of the
trust and the company. These provisions include:
|
|
|
|
|
restrictions on the companys ability to enter into certain
transactions with our major shareholders, with the exception of
our manager, modeled on the limitation contained in
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or
DGCL; |
|
|
|
|
allowing the chairman of the companys board of directors
to fill vacancies until the election of directors at the second
annual meeting of shareholders (and thereafter allowing the
companys board of directors to fill such vacancies)
following the closing of this offering; |
|
|
|
|
|
allowing only the companys board of directors to fill
newly created directorships, for those directors who are elected
by our shareholders, and allowing only our manager to fill
vacancies with respect to the class of directors appointed by
our manager; |
|
|
|
|
requiring that directors elected or appointed by our
shareholders may be removed with or without cause but only by a
vote of 85% of the trust shareholders; |
|
|
|
requiring that only the companys chairman or board of
directors may call a special meeting of our shareholders; |
|
|
|
prohibiting shareholders from taking any action by written
consent; |
|
|
|
requiring advance notice for nominations of candidates for
election to the companys board of directors or for
proposing matters that can be acted upon by our shareholders at
a shareholders meeting; |
|
|
|
|
requiring greater advance notice for a director or group of
directors to call a special meeting of our board of directors
other than if called by our Chief Executive Officer or chairman; |
|
|
|
|
having a substantial number of additional authorized but
unissued shares; |
|
|
|
providing the companys board of directors with certain
authority to amend the LLC agreement and the trust agreement,
subject to certain voting and consent rights of the holders of
trust interests and allocation interests; and |
|
|
|
providing for a staggered board of directors of the company, the
effect of which could be to deter a proxy contest for control of
the companys board of directors or a hostile takeover. |
These provisions, as well as other provisions in the LLC
agreement and trust agreement may delay, defer or prevent a
transaction or a change in control that might otherwise result
in you obtaining a takeover premium for your shares. See the
section entitled Description of Shares for more
information about voting and consent rights and the
anti-takeover provisions.
|
|
|
We may have conflicts of interest with the minority
shareholders of our businesses. |
The boards of directors of our respective businesses have
fiduciary duties to all their shareholders, including the
company and minority shareholders. As a result, they may make
decisions that are in the best interests of their shareholders
generally but which are not necessarily in the best interest of
the company or our shareholders. In dealings with the company,
the directors of our businesses may have conflicts of interest
and decisions may have to be made without the participation of
directors appointed by the company, and such decisions may be
different from those that we would make.
17
|
|
|
We may incur indebtedness, which could expose us to
additional risks associated with leverage and inhibit our
operating flexibility and reduce funds available for
distributions to our shareholders. |
We will initially have limited net debt outstanding. However, we
expect to increase our level of net debt in the future. The
terms of this debt will contain a number of covenants that,
among other things, require us to:
|
|
|
|
|
satisfy prescribed financial ratios specific to each arrangement; |
|
|
|
maintain a minimum level of tangible net worth; |
|
|
|
maintain a minimum level of liquidity; and |
|
|
|
limit the payment of distributions to our shareholders. |
We expect that such debt will be secured by all or substantially
all of our assets. Our ability to meet our debt service
obligations may be affected by events beyond our control and
will depend primarily upon cash produced by our businesses. Any
failure to comply with the terms of our indebtedness could
materially and adversely affect us, including limiting the
payment of distributions to our shareholders.
|
|
|
We may engage in a business transaction with one or more
target businesses that have relationships with our officers, our
directors, our manager or CGI, which may create potential
conflicts of interest. |
We may decide to acquire one or more businesses with which our
officers, our directors, our manager or CGI have a relationship.
While we might obtain a fairness opinion from an independent
investment banking firm, potential conflicts of interest may
still exist with respect to a particular acquisition, and, as a
result, the terms of the acquisition of a target business may
not be as advantageous to our shareholders as it would have been
absent any conflicts of interest.
|
|
|
CGI may exercise significant influence over the
company. |
Concurrently with this offering, CGI, through a wholly owned
subsidiary, will purchase $96 million or approximately 28%
of our shares in a separate private placement transaction,
assuming we sell all of the shares offered in this offering. As
a result of this investment, CGI may have significant influence
over the election of directors in the future.
|
|
|
The terms and conditions of the stock purchase agreement,
the management services agreement, the loan agreements and other
agreements discussed in this prospectus were negotiated among
entities affiliated with or related to CGI and our manager in
the overall context of this offering, and these terms may be
less advantageous to us than if they had been the subject of
arms-length negotiations. |
We intend to enter into a stock purchase agreement with respect
to our initial businesses and a management services agreement.
The terms of these agreements were negotiated among entities
affiliated with or related to CGI and our manager in the overall
context of this offering. Although we received a fairness
opinion from an independent financial advisor regarding the
fairness, from a financial point of view, of the acquisition
price of the initial businesses and, notwithstanding that the
stock purchase agreement and other agreements were approved by a
majority of our independent directors, the agreements were not
negotiated on an arms-length basis among unaffiliated
third parties. As a result, provisions of these agreements may
be less favorable to us than they might have been had they been
negotiated through arms-length transactions with
unaffiliated third parties.
|
|
|
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a
publicly traded company. |
As a publicly traded company, we will incur legal, accounting
and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic
reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities
are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, or the Exchange Act, recently adopted corporate
governance requirements, including requirements under the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and other rules implemented
relatively recently by the Securities and Exchange Commission,
or the SEC, and The
18
Nasdaq Global Market. We believe that complying with these rules
and regulations will increase substantially our legal and
financial compliance costs and will make some activities more
time-consuming and costly and may divert significant portions of
our management team from operating and acquiring businesses to
these and related matters. We also believe that being a publicly
traded company will make it more difficult and more expensive
for us to obtain directors and officers liability
insurance.
|
|
|
Changes in interest rates could adversely affect
us. |
Any debt we incur is likely to bear interest at floating rates
which will generally change as interest rates change. We bear
the risk that the rates we are charged by our lenders and the
rates we charge on loans to our businesses will increase faster
than the earnings and cash flows of our businesses, which could
reduce profitability and violate debt service and other
covenants in the related loan agreements.
|
|
|
If in the future we cease to control and operate our
businesses, we may be deemed to be an investment company under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. |
Under the terms of the LLC agreement, we have the latitude to
make investments in businesses that we will not operate or
control. If we make significant investments in businesses that
we do not operate or control or cease to operate and control our
businesses, we may be deemed to be an investment company under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the
Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be an investment
company, we would either have to register as an investment
company under the Investment Company Act, obtain exemptive
relief from the SEC or modify our investments or organizational
structure or our contract rights to fall outside the definition
of an investment company. Registering as an investment company
could, among other things, materially adversely affect our
financial condition, business and results of operations,
materially limit our ability to borrow funds or engage in other
transactions involving leverage and require us to add directors
who are independent of us or our manager and otherwise will
subject us to additional regulation that will be costly and
time-consuming.
|
|
|
Risks Relating to Our Manager |
|
|
|
Our Chief Executive Officer, directors, manager and
management team may allocate some of their time to other
businesses, thereby causing conflicts of interest in their
determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs,
which may adversely affect our operations. |
While the members of our management team anticipate devoting a
substantial majority of their time to the affairs of the
company, only Mr. James Bottiglieri, our Chief Financial
Officer, will devote 100% of his time to our affairs. As such,
our Chief Executive Officer, directors, manager and members of
our management team may engage in other business activities.
This may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their
time between our operations and our management and operations of
other businesses. Their other business endeavors may be related
to CGI, which will continue to own several businesses that were
managed by the management team prior to this offering, or its
affiliates as well as other parties. Conflicts of interest that
arise over the allocation of time may not always be resolved in
our favor. See the section entitled Certain Relationships
and Related Party Transactions for a complete discussion
of the potential conflicts of interest of which you should be
aware.
|
|
|
Our manager and its affiliates, including members of our
management team, may engage in activities that compete with us
or our businesses. |
While our management team intends to devote a substantial
majority of its time to the affairs of the company, and while
our manager and its affiliates currently do not manage any other
businesses that are in similar lines of business as our initial
businesses, and while our manager must present all opportunities
that meet the companys acquisition and disposition
criteria to the companys board of directors, our
management team, as well as our manager, is not expressly
prohibited from investing in or managing other entities,
including those that are in the same or similar line of business
as our initial businesses or those related to or affiliated with
CGI. In this regard, the management services agreement and the
obligation to provide management services will not create an
exclusive relationship between our manager and our
19
management team, on the one hand, and the company, on the other.
See the sections entitled Our Manager and
Management Services Agreement for more information
about our relationship with our manager and our management team.
|
|
|
Our Manager need not present an acquisition or disposition
opportunity to us if our manager determines on its own that such
acquisition or disposition opportunity does not meet the
companys acquisition or disposition criteria. |
Our manager will review any acquisition or disposition
opportunity presented to the manager to determine if it
satisfies the companys acquisition or disposition
criteria, as established by the companys board of
directors from time to time. If our manager determines, in its
sole discretion, that an opportunity is attractive and fits our
criteria, our manager will refer the opportunity to the
companys board of directors for its authorization and
approval prior to the consummation thereof; opportunities that
our manager determines do not fit our criteria will not be
presented to the companys board of directors for
consideration. If such an opportunity is ultimately profitable,
we will have not participated in such opportunity. Upon a
determination by the companys board of directors not to
pursue an opportunity presented to it by our manager, our
manager will be unrestricted in its ability to pursue such
opportunity on its own or refer such opportunities to other
entities, including its affiliates.
|
|
|
If we terminate the management services agreement, we will
need to change our name, which may adversely affect our
financial condition, business and results of operations. |
Upon our termination of the management services agreement the
trust and the company have agreed, and the company has agreed to
cause its businesses, to cease using the term
Compass entirely in their businesses and operations
within 180 days of such termination. This agreement would
include changing their names to remove any reference to the term
Compass. This may require the trust, the company and
our businesses to create and market a new name and expend funds
to protect that name, which may adversely affect our financial
condition, business and results of operations.
|
|
|
We cannot remove our manager solely for poor performance,
which could limit our ability to improve our performance and
could adversely affect the market price of our shares. |
Under the terms of the management services agreement, our
manager cannot be removed as a result of underperformance.
Instead, the companys board of directors can only remove
our manager in certain limited circumstances, as discussed in
detail in the section entitled Management Services
Agreement Termination of Management Services
Agreement. Our inability to remove our manager solely for
poor performance could adversely affect our financial condition,
business and results of operations. This may adversely affect
the market price of our shares.
|
|
|
We may have difficulty severing ties with our Chief
Executive Officer, Mr. Massoud. |
Under the management services agreement, the companys
board of directors may, after due consultation with our manager,
at any time request that the manager replace any individual
seconded to the company and our manager will, as promptly as
practicable, replace any such individual. However, because
Mr. Massoud is the managing member of our manager with a
significant ownership interest therein, we may have difficulty
completely severing ties with Mr. Massoud absent
terminating the management services agreement and our
relationship with our manager. See the sections entitled
Our Manager and Management Services
Agreement for more information about our relationship with
our manager.
|
|
|
If the management services agreement is terminated, our
manager, as holder of the allocation interests in the company,
has the right to cause the company to purchase such allocation
interests, which may adversely affect our liquidity and ability
to grow. |
If the management services agreement is terminated at any time
other than as a result of our managers resignation or if
our manager resigns on any date that is at least three years
after the closing of this offering, our manager will have the
right, but not the obligation, for one year from the date of
termination or resignation, as the case may be, to cause the
company to purchase the allocation interests
20
then owned by our manager for the put price; provided,
that if our manager resigns and terminates the management
services agreement, then the company will have the right, in its
sole discretion, to issue a note in lieu of payment of the put
price when due. If our manager elects to cause the company to
purchase its allocation interests, we are obligated to do so
and, until we have done so, our ability to conduct our business,
including incurring debt, would be restricted and, accordingly,
our liquidity and ability to grow may be adversely affected. See
the section entitled Our Manager Supplemental
Put Agreement for more information about our
managers put right and our obligations relating thereto.
|
|
|
Our manager can resign on 90 days notice and we
may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time,
resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely
affect our financial condition, business and results of
operations as well as the market price of our shares. |
Our manager has the right, under the management services
agreement, to resign at any time on 90 days written
notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our
manager resigns, we may not be able to contract with a new
manager or hire internal management with similar expertise and
ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable
terms within 90 days, or at all, in which case our
operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial
condition, business and results of operations as well as our
ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected
and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the
coordination of our internal management, acquisition activities
and supervision of our businesses is likely to suffer if we are
unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single
institution or group of executives having the expertise
possessed by our manager and its affiliates. Even if we are able
to retain comparable management, whether internal or external,
the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity
with our businesses may result in additional costs and time
delays that may adversely affect our financial condition,
business and results of operations.
|
|
|
Future financial performance of our businesses and sale
valuations drive the computation of the management fee and
profit allocation and, as a result, we are not able to quantify
the future amounts of management fee and profit allocation, as
well as the put price, if any, that will ultimately be due and
payable to our manager. |
Pursuant to the management services agreement and the LLC
agreement, the management fee and profit allocation,
respectively, will be calculated by reference to items that will
be affected by the performance of the initial businesses and our
other businesses in the future, as well as future acquisitions
and dispositions. In addition, the profit allocation will be
calculated by reference to items that we are unable to predict
with any certainty at this time, such as the valuation of our
businesses in connection with a sale event, which will affect
the ultimate gain or loss to be realized by the company with
respect to such businesses, or the profit contribution of our
businesses to the companys profit in the future. As a
result, we have not provided examples or other disclosure
describing the management fee or profit allocation, including
the put price as it relates to a calculation of the profit
allocation, that the company will be obligated to pay to the
manager following the closing of this offering. See the section
entitled Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements for more information about the pro forma
management fee based on the acquisition of the initial
businesses; see the section entitled Our Manager for
more information about the calculation of the management fee and
profit allocation, including the put price.
|
|
|
We must pay our manager the management fee regardless of
our performance. |
Our manager is entitled to receive a management fee that is
based on our adjusted net assets, as defined in the management
services agreement, regardless of the performance of our
businesses. The calculation of the management fee is unrelated
to the companys net income. As a result, the management
fee may incentivize our manager to increase the amount of our
assets, through, for example, the acquisition of additional
assets rather than increase the performance of our businesses.
|
|
|
We cannot determine the amount of the management fee that
will be paid over time with any certainty. |
While we estimate that the management fee, on a pro forma basis,
would have been approximately $6.8 million for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2005, the amount of the management
fee with respect to any fiscal quarter or fiscal year can change
dramatically with a change in the companys adjusted net
21
assets. See the section entitled Our Manager
Our Manager as a Service Provider Management
Fee for more information about the calculation of the
management fee. Acquisitions and dispositions of businesses,
which can be significantly influenced by our manager, are likely
to have a substantial impact on the companys adjusted net
assets and, accordingly, the management fee paid to our manager.
The calculation of the management fee is unrelated to the
companys net income. If the performance of the company
declines, assuming adjusted net assets remains the same,
management fees will increase as a percentage of the
companys net income.
|
|
|
We cannot determine the amount of profit allocation that
will be paid over time with any certainty. |
We cannot determine the amount of profit allocation that will be
paid over time with any certainty. Such determination would be
dependent on the potential sale proceeds received for those
businesses and the performance of the company and its businesses
over a multi-year period of time, among other factors that
cannot be predicted at this time. Such factors may have a
significant impact on the amount of any profit allocation to be
paid. Likewise, such determination would be dependent on whether
certain hurdles were surpassed giving rise to a payment of
profit allocation. See the section entitled Our
Manager Our Manager as an Equity Holder
Managers Profit Allocation for more information
about the calculation and payment of profit allocation. Any
amounts paid in respect of the profit allocation are unrelated
to the management fee earned for performance of services under
the management services agreement.
|
|
|
The fees to be paid to our manager pursuant to the
management services agreement, the offsetting management
services agreements and transaction services agreements and the
profit allocation to be paid to our manager, as holder of the
allocation interests, pursuant to the LLC agreement may
significantly reduce the amount of cash available for
distribution to our shareholders. |
Under the management services agreement, the company is
obligated to pay a management fee to and, subject to certain
restrictions, reimburse the costs and
out-of-pocket expenses
of the manager incurred on behalf of the company in connection
with the provision of services to the company. Similarly, our
businesses will be obligated to pay fees to and reimburse the
costs and expenses of the manager pursuant to any offsetting
management services agreements entered into between our manager
and one of our businesses, or any transaction services
agreements to which such businesses are a party. In addition,
our manager, as holder of the allocation interests, is entitled
to receive profit allocations and the put price. While it is
difficult to quantify with any certainty the actual amount of
any such payments in the future, we do expect that such amounts
could be substantial. See the section entitled Our
Manager for more information about these payment
obligations of the company. The management fee, profit
allocation and put price will be payment obligations of the
company and, as a result, will be paid, along with other company
obligations, prior to the payment of distributions to
shareholders. As a result, the payment of these amounts may
significantly reduce the amount of cash available for
distribution to our shareholders.
|
|
|
Our managers influence on conducting our operations,
including on our conducting of transactions, gives it the
ability to increase its fees, which may reduce the amount of
cash available for distribution to our shareholders. |
Under the terms of the management services agreement, our
manager is paid a management fee calculated as a percentage of
the companys net assets adjusted for certain items and is
unrelated to net income or any other performance base or
measure. See the section entitled Our Manager
Our Manager as a Service Provider Management
Fee for more information about the calculation of the
management fee. Our manager, which Mr. Massoud, our Chief
Executive Officer, controls, may advise us to consummate
transactions or conduct our operations in a manner that, in our
managers reasonable discretion, are necessary to the
future growth of our businesses and are in the best interests of
our shareholders. These transactions, however, may increase the
amount of fees paid to our manager and, in turn, increase the
compensation to Mr. Massoud and our management team, whose
compensation is paid by our manager from the management fees.
Such transactions could reduce the amount of cash available for
distribution to our shareholders.
22
|
|
|
Fees paid by our businesses pursuant to offsetting
management services agreements may exceed the management fee
payable by the company under the management services agreement.
In addition, fees paid pursuant to transactions services
agreements do not offset fees payable under the management
services agreement. |
The management services agreement provides that our businesses
may enter into, subject to the approval of the companys
nominating and corporate governance committee, offsetting
management services agreements and transaction services
agreements with our manager pursuant to which our businesses
will pay fees directly to our manager. See the section entitled
Management Services Agreements for more information
about these agreements. The management services agreement
provides that fees paid to our manager with respect to any
fiscal quarter pursuant to offsetting management services
agreements will reduce, on a
dollar-for-dollar
basis, the management fee otherwise payable by the company with
respect to such fiscal quarter under the management services
agreement. However, such fees paid to our manager by our
businesses could exceed the management fee that would otherwise
be payable by the company. If this occurs, the manager will be
paid the full amount of the fees under the offsetting management
services agreements and any excess thereof over the management
fee that would otherwise have been payable to the manager by the
company will not reduce the management fee due from the company
to the manager with respect to future fiscal quarters.
The offsetting management fees to be paid to our manager by our
businesses, including any such fees in excess of the management
fee to be paid by the company, will be paid prior to any
principal, interest or dividend payments to be paid to the
company by our businesses, which will reduce the amount of funds
the company will have available for distributions to
shareholders.
In addition to offsetting management services agreements, our
businesses or the company may enter into, subject to approval of
the companys nominating and corporate governance
committee, transaction services agreements with our manager.
Unlike fees under the offsetting management services agreements,
however, fees that are paid pursuant to such transaction
services agreements will not reduce the management fee payable
by the company under the management services agreement.
In light of the foregoing, the payment of excess
fees under offsetting management services agreements, which
excess would not be credited against the management fees that
are payable by the company with respect to subsequent fiscal
quarters, and the payment of any fees under transaction services
agreements may result in the manager receiving from the company
and our businesses, on an aggregate basis, an amount of fees in
excess of the management fee due and payable under the
management services agreement, which would reduce the amount of
cash available for distribution to our shareholders.
|
|
|
Our managers profit allocation may induce it to make
suboptimal decisions regarding our operations. |
Our manager, as holder of 100% of the allocation interests in
the company, will receive a profit allocation based on ongoing
cash flows and capital gains in excess of a hurdle rate. In this
respect, a calculation and payment of profit allocation may be
triggered upon the sale of one of our businesses. As a result,
our manager may be incentivized to recommend the sale of one or
more of our businesses to the companys board of directors
at a time that is not optimal for our shareholders.
The obligations to pay the management fee and profit
allocation, including the put price, may cause the company to
liquidate assets or incur debt.
If we do not have sufficient liquid assets to pay the management
fee and profit allocation, including the put price, when such
payments are due, we may be required to liquidate assets or
incur debt in order to make such payments. This circumstance
could adversely affect our liquidity and ability to make
distributions to our shareholders. See the section entitled
Our Manager for more information about these payment
obligations of the company.
23
Risks Related to Taxation
|
|
|
Our shareholders will be subject to taxation on their
share of the companys taxable income, whether or not they
receive cash distributions from the trust. |
Our shareholders will be subject to U.S. federal income
taxation and, possibly, state, local and foreign income taxation
on their share of the companys taxable income, whether or
not they receive cash distributions from the trust. There is,
accordingly, a risk that our shareholders may not receive cash
distributions equal to their portion of our taxable income or
sufficient in amount even to satisfy the tax liability that
results from that income. This risk is attributable to a number
of variables such as results of operations, unknown liabilities,
government regulation, financial covenants of the debt of the
company, funds needed for acquisitions and to satisfy short-and
long-term working capital needs of our businesses, and
discretion and authority of the companys board of
directors to pay or modify our distribution policy.
Additionally, payment of the profit allocation to our manager
could result in allocations of taxable income (with no
corresponding cash distributions) to our shareholders, thus
giving rise to phantom income. Because distributions
may reduce your tax basis in our shares, you may realize greater
gain (or smaller loss) on the disposition of your shares than
you may otherwise expect, and you may have a tax gain even if
the price you receive is less than your original cost.
|
|
|
All of the companys income could be subject to an
entity-level tax in the United States, which could result in a
material reduction in cash flow available for distribution to
holders of shares of the trust and thus could result in a
substantial reduction in the value of the shares. |
Our shareholders generally will be treated as beneficial owners
of the trust interests in the company held by the trust.
Accordingly, the company may be regarded as a publicly-traded
partnership, which, under the federal tax laws, would be treated
as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A
publicly traded partnership will not, however, be characterized
as a corporation so long as 90% or more of its gross income for
each taxable year constitutes qualifying income
within the meaning of section 7704(d) of the Code. The
company expects to realize sufficient passive-type, or
qualifying, income to qualify for the qualifying
income exception.
Under current law and assuming full compliance with the terms of
the LLC agreement (and other relevant documents) and based upon
factual representations made by the manager on behalf of the
company, Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP has delivered
an opinion that the company will be classified as a partnership
for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The factual
representations made by us upon which Sutherland
Asbill & Brennan LLP has relied are: (a) the
company has not elected and will not elect to be treated as a
corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and
(b) for each taxable year, more than 90% of the
companys gross income will be income that Sutherland
Asbill & Brennan LLP has opined or will opine is qualifying
income within the meaning of section 7704(d) of the Code.
If the company fails to satisfy this qualifying
income exception, the company will be treated as a
corporation for U.S. federal (and certain state and local)
income tax purposes, and shareholders of the trust would be
treated as shareholders in a corporation. The company would be
required to pay income tax at regular corporate rates on its
income. In addition, the company would likely be liable for
state and local income and/or franchise taxes on its income.
Distributions to the shareholders of the trust would constitute
ordinary dividend income, taxable to such holders to the extent
of the companys earnings and profits. Taxation of the
company as a corporation could result in a material reduction in
distributions to our shareholders and after-tax return and,
thus, would likely result in a substantial reduction in the
value of, or adversely affect the market price of, the shares of
the trust.
|
|
|
If the trust were determined not to be a grantor trust,
the trust may itself be regarded as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the trusts
items of income, gain, loss, and deduction would be reportable
to the shareholders of the trust on IRS Schedules K-1. |
A fixed-investment trust is a type of grantor trust, and the
beneficial owners of grantor trust interests are treated as the
owners of undivided interests in the trust assets. Based upon
the discussion in the
24
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
section, in the opinion of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan
LLP, which states that the opinion is not free from doubt, the
trust will be treated as a grantor trust in which the trustees
have no power to vary the trusts investments. If the trust
were not so treated, it likely would be regarded as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which
would affect the manner in which the trust reports tax
information to the holders of shares of the trust.
|
|
|
If the Trust makes one or more new equity offerings, the
investors participating in those subsequent offerings will be
allocated a portion of any built-in gains (or losses) that exist
at the time of the additional offerings. |
The terms of the LLC agreement generally provide that all
members share equally in any capital gains (or losses) after
payment of any profit allocation to the manager. As a result, if
one of the businesses owned by the company had appreciated in
value and was sold after an additional equity offering in the
trust, the resulting taxable gain from the sale of the business
(after any profit allocation to the manager) would be allocated
to all members, and in turn, to all shareholders, including both
shareholders that purchase shares in this offering (and who
continue to hold their shares) and those shareholders that
purchase shares in the later offering. This is similar to the
concept of purchasing a dividend in a mutual fund.
|
|
|
Because we may incur debt, our shareholders may recognize
a greater taxable gain on a disposition of shares than
anticipated. |
Under partnership tax accounting principles, debt of the company
may be allocable to (and, accordingly, shared by)
our shareholders, and therefore be includible in the tax basis
of their investment. Upon a disposition of shares, then, a
selling shareholders amount realized will include the
portion of the companys debt allocated to the
shareholders shares and be treated as proceeds from the
sale of those shares. This could result in a larger gain (or
smaller loss) upon a disposition of shares by a shareholder than
anticipated.
Risks Relating Generally to Our Businesses
Our
results of operations may vary from quarter to quarter, which
could adversely impact the market price of our shares.
Our results of operations may experience significant quarterly
fluctuations because of various factors, which include, among
others:
|
|
|
|
|
the general economic conditions including employment levels, of
the industry and regions in which each of our businesses operate; |
|
|
|
seasonal shifts in demand for the products and services offered
by certain of our businesses; |
|
|
|
the general economic conditions of the customers and clients of
our businesses; |
|
|
|
the timing and market acceptance of new products and services
introduced by our businesses; and |
|
|
|
the timing of our acquisitions of other businesses. |
Based on the foregoing, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our
consolidated results of operations and the results of operations
of each of our businesses may adversely impact the market price
of our shares. In addition, historical results of operations may
not be a reliable indication of future performance for our
businesses.
|
|
|
Our businesses are or may be vulnerable to economic
fluctuations as demand for their products and services tends to
decrease as economic activity slows. |
Demand for the products and services provided by our businesses
is, and businesses we acquire in the future may be, sensitive to
changes in the level of economic activity in the regions and
industries in which they do business. For example, as economic
activity slows down, companies often reduce their use of
temporary employees and their research and development spending.
In addition, consumer spending on
25
recreational activities also decreases in an economic slow down.
Regardless of the industry, pressure to reduce prices of goods
and services in competitive industries increases during periods
of economic downturns, which may cause compression on our
businesses financial margins. A significant economic
downturn could have a material adverse effect on the business,
results of operations and financial condition of each of our
businesses and therefore on our financial condition, business
and results of operations.
|
|
|
Our businesses are or may be dependent upon the financial
and operating conditions of their customers and clients. If the
demand for their customers and clients products and
services declines, demand for their products and services will
be similarly affected and could have a material adverse effect
on their financial condition, business and results of
operations. |
The success of our businesses customers and
clients products and services in the market and the
strength of the markets in which these customers and clients
operate affect our businesses. Our businesses customers
and clients are subject to their own business cycles, thus
posing risks to these businesses that are beyond our control.
These cycles are unpredictable in commencement, severity and
duration. Due to the uncertainty in the markets served by most
of our businesses customers and clients, our businesses
cannot accurately predict the continued demand for their
customers and clients products and services and the
demands of their customers and clients for their products and
services. As a result of this uncertainty, past operating
results, earnings and cash flows may not be indicative of our
future operating results, earnings and cash flows. If the demand
for their customers and clients products and
services declines, demand for their products and services will
be similarly affected and could have a material adverse effect
on their financial condition, business and results of operations.
|
|
|
The industries in which our businesses compete or may
compete are highly competitive and they may not be able to
compete effectively with competitors. |
Our businesses face substantial competition from a number of
providers of similar services and products. Some industries in
which our businesses compete are highly fragmented and
characterized by intense competition and low margins. They
compete with independent businesses and service providers. Many
of their competitors have substantially greater financial,
manufacturing, marketing and technical resources, have greater
name recognition and customer allegiance, operate in a wider
geographic area and offer a greater variety of products and
services. Increased competition from existing or potential
competitors could result in price reductions, reduced margins,
loss of market share or reduced results of operations and cash
flows.
In addition, current and prospective customers and clients
continually evaluate the merits of internally providing products
or services currently provided by our businesses and their
decision to do so would materially adversely effect the
financial condition, business and results of operations of our
businesses.
|
|
|
Our businesses rely and may rely on their intellectual
property and licenses to use others intellectual property,
for competitive advantage. If our businesses are unable to
protect their intellectual property, are unable to obtain or
retain licenses to use others intellectual property, or if
they infringe upon or are alleged to have infringed upon
others intellectual property, it could have a material
adverse affect on their financial condition, business and
results of operations. |
Each businesses success depends in part on their, or
licenses to use others, brand names, proprietary
technology and manufacturing techniques. These businesses rely
on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade
secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions
to protect their intellectual property rights. The steps they
have taken to protect their intellectual property rights may not
prevent third parties from using their intellectual property and
other proprietary information without their authorization or
independently developing intellectual property and other
proprietary information that is similar. In addition, the laws
of foreign countries may not protect our businesses
intellectual property rights effectively or to the same extent
as the laws of the United States. Stopping unauthorized use of
their proprietary information and intellectual property, and
defending claims that they have made unauthorized use of
others proprietary information or intellectual property,
may be difficult, time-consuming and costly. The use of their
intellectual property and other proprietary information by
others,
26
and the use by others of their intellectual property and
proprietary information, could reduce or eliminate any
competitive advantage they have developed, cause them to lose
sales or otherwise harm their business.
Confidentiality agreements entered into by our businesses with
their employees and third parties could be breached and may not
provide meaningful protection for their unpatented proprietary
manufacturing expertise, continuing technological innovation and
other trade secrets. Adequate remedies may not be available in
the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure of their trade
secrets and manufacturing expertise. Violations by others of
their confidentiality agreements and the loss of employees who
have specialized knowledge and expertise could harm our
businesses competitive position and cause sales and
operating results to decline.
Our businesses may become involved in legal proceedings and
claims in the future either to protect their intellectual
property or to defend allegations that they have infringed upon
others intellectual property rights. These claims and any
resulting litigation could subject them to significant liability
for damages and invalidate their property rights. In addition,
these lawsuits, regardless of their merits, could be time
consuming and expensive to resolve and could divert
managements time and attention. Any potential intellectual
property litigation alleging infringement of a
third-partys intellectual property also could force them
or their customers and clients to:
|
|
|
|
|
temporarily or permanently stop producing products that use the
intellectual property in question; |
|
|
|
obtain an intellectual property license to sell the relevant
technology at an additional cost, which license may not be
available on reasonable terms, or at all; and |
|
|
|
redesign those products or services that use the technology or
other intellectual property in question. |
The costs associated with any of these actions could be
substantial and could have a material adverse affect on their
financial condition, business and results of operations.
|
|
|
The operations and research and development of some of our
businesses services and technology depend on the
collective experience of their technical employees. If these
employees were to leave our businesses and take this knowledge,
our businesses operations and their ability to compete
effectively could be materially adversely impacted. |
The future success of some of our businesses depends upon the
continued service of their technical personnel who have
developed and continue to develop their technology and products.
If any of these employees leave our businesses, the loss of
their technical knowledge and experience may adversely affect
the operations and research and development of current and
future services. We may also be unable to attract technical
individuals with comparable experience because competition for
such technical personnel is intense. If our businesses are not
able to replace their technical personnel with new employees or
attract additional technical individuals, their operations may
suffer as they may be unable to keep up with innovations in
their respective industries. As a result, their ability to
continue to compete effectively and their operations may be
materially adversely affected.
|
|
|
If our businesses are unable to continue the technological
innovation and successful commercial introduction of new
products and services, their financial condition, business and
results of operations could be materially adversely
affected. |
The industries in which our businesses operate, or may operate,
experience periodic technological changes and ongoing product
improvements. Their results of operations depend significantly
on the development of commercially viable new products, product
grades and applications, as well as production technologies and
their ability to integrate new technologies. Our future growth
will depend on their ability to gauge the direction of the
commercial and technological progress in all key end-use markets
and upon their ability to successfully develop, manufacture and
market products in such changing end-use markets. In this
regard, they must make ongoing capital investments.
27
In addition, their customers may introduce new generations of
their own products, require new or increased technological and
performance specifications requiring our businesses to develop
customized products. Our businesses may not be successful in
developing new products and technology that satisfy their
customers demand and their customers may not accept any of
their new products. If our businesses fail to keep pace with
evolving technological innovations or fail to modify their
products in response to their customers needs in a timely
manner, then their financial condition, business and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected as a result of
reduced sales of their products and sunk developmental costs.
These developments may require our personnel staffing business
to seek better educated and trained workers, who may not be
available in sufficient numbers.
|
|
|
Some of our businesses rely and may rely on suppliers for
the timely delivery of materials used in manufacturing their
products. Shortages or price fluctuations in component parts
specified by their customers could limit their ability to
manufacture certain products, delay product shipments, cause
them to breach supply contracts and materially adversely affect
our financial condition, business and results of
operations. |
Our results of operations could be adversely affected if our
businesses are unable to obtain adequate supplies of raw
materials in a timely manner. Strikes, fuel shortages and delays
of providers of logistics and transportation services could
disrupt our businesses and reduce sales and increase costs. Many
of the products our businesses manufacture require one or more
components that are supplied by third parties. Our businesses
generally do not have any long-term supply agreements. At
various times, there are shortages of some of the components
that they used, as a result of strong demand for those
components or problems experienced by suppliers. Suppliers of
these raw materials may from time to time delay delivery, limit
supplies or increase prices due to capacity constraints or other
factors, which could adversely affect our businesses ability to
deliver products on a timely basis. In addition, supply
shortages for a particular component can delay production of all
products using that component or cause cost increases in the
services they provide. Our businesses inability to obtain these
needed materials may require them to redesign or reconfigure
products to accommodate substitute components, which would slow
production or assembly, delay shipments to customers, increase
costs and reduce operating income. In certain circumstances, our
businesses may bear the risk of periodic component price
increases, which could increase costs and reduce operating
income.
In addition, our businesses may purchase components in advance
of their requirements for those components as a result of a
threatened or anticipated shortage. In this event, they will
incur additional inventory carrying costs, for which they may
not be compensated, and have a heightened risk of exposure to
inventory obsolescence. If they fail to manage their inventory
effectively, our businesses may bear the risk of fluctuations in
materials costs, scrap and excess inventory, all of which may
materially adversely affect their financial condition, business
and results of operations.
|
|
|
Our businesses could experience fluctuations in the costs
of raw materials as a result of inflation and other economic
conditions, which fluctuations could have a material adverse
effect on their financial condition, business and results of
operations. |
Changes in inflation could adversely affect the costs and
availability of raw materials used in our manufacturing
businesses, and changes in fuel costs likely will affect the
costs of transporting materials from our suppliers and shipping
goods to our customers, as well as the effective areas from
which we can recruit temporary staffing personnel. For example,
for Advanced Circuits, the principal raw materials consist of
copper and glass and represent approximately 33.3% of its total
raw material purchases volume and approximately 10.2% of its
total cost of goods sold in 2005. Prices for these key raw
materials may fluctuate during periods of high demand. The
ability by these businesses to offset the effect of increases in
raw material prices by increasing their prices is uncertain. If
these businesses are unable to cover price increases of these
raw materials, their financial condition, business and results
of operations could be materially adversely affected.
28
|
|
|
Our businesses do not have and may not have long-term
contracts with their customers and clients and the loss of
customers and clients could materially adversely affect their
financial condition, business and results of operations. |
Our businesses are and may be, based primarily upon individual
orders and sales with their customers and clients. Our
businesses historically have not entered into long-term supply
contracts with their customers and clients. As such, their
customers and clients could cease using their services or buying
their products from them at any time and for any reason. The
fact that they do not enter into long-term contracts with their
customers and clients means that they have no recourse in the
event a customer or client no longer wants to use their services
or purchase products from them. If a significant number of their
customers or clients elect not to use their services or purchase
their products, it could materially adversely affect their
financial condition, business and results of operations.
|
|
|
Damage to our businesses or their customers
and suppliers offices and facilities could increase costs
of doing business and materially adversely affect their ability
to deliver their services and products on a timely basis as well
as decrease demand for their services and products, which could
materially adversely affect their financial condition, business
and results of operations. |
Our businesses have offices and facilities located throughout
the United States, as well as in Europe and Asia. The
destruction or closure of these offices and facilities or
transportation services, or the offices or facilities of our
customers or suppliers for a significant period of time as a
result of: fire; explosion; act of war or terrorism; labor
strikes; trade embargoes or increased tariffs; floods; tornados;
hurricanes; earthquakes; tsunamis; or other natural disasters,
could increase our businesses costs of doing business and
harm their ability to deliver their products and services on a
timely basis and demand for their products and services and,
consequently, materially adversely affect their financial
condition, business and results of operations.
|
|
|
Our businesses are and may be subject to federal, state
and foreign environmental laws and regulations that expose them
to potential financial liability. Complying with applicable
environmental laws requires significant resources, and if our
businesses fail to comply, they could be subject to substantial
liability. |
Some of the facilities and operations of our businesses are and
may be subject to a variety of federal, state and foreign
environmental laws and regulations including laws and
regulations pertaining to the handling, storage and
transportation of raw materials, products and wastes, which
require and will continue to require significant expenditures to
remain in compliance with such laws and regulations currently in
place and in the future. Compliance with current and future
environmental laws is a major consideration for our businesses
as any material violations of these laws can lead to substantial
liability, revocations of discharge permits, fines or penalties.
Because some of our businesses use hazardous materials and
generate hazardous wastes in their operations, they may be
subject to potential financial liability for costs associated
with the investigation and remediation of their own sites, or
sites at which they have arranged for the disposal of hazardous
wastes, if such sites become contaminated. Even if they fully
comply with applicable environmental laws and are not directly
at fault for the contamination, our businesses may still be
liable.
Although our businesses estimate their potential liability with
respect to violations or alleged violations and reserve funds
and obtain insurance for such liability, such accruals may not
be sufficient to cover the actual costs incurred as a result of
these violations or alleged violations, which may include
payment of large insurance deductibles. Additionally, if certain
violations occur, premiums and deductibles for certain insurance
policies may increase substantially and, in some instances,
certain insurance may become unavailable or available only for
reduced amounts of coverage.
The identification of presently unidentified environmental
conditions, more vigorous enforcement by regulatory agencies,
enactment of more stringent laws and regulations, or other
unanticipated events may arise in the future and give rise to
material environmental liabilities, higher than anticipated
levels of operating expenses and capital investment or,
depending on the severity of the impact of the foregoing
factors, costly plant relocation, all of which could have an
adverse effect on our financial condition, business and results
of operations.
29
See the section entitled Risks Related to
Crosman Current and new environmental laws and
regulations may materially adversely affect Crosmans
operations for a discussion of consent orders with the New
York State Department of Environmental Conservation
(DEC) signed by Crosman concerning the investigation
and remediation of soil and groundwater contamination at its
facility in East Bloomfield, New York.
|
|
|
Our businesses are and may be subject to a variety of
federal, state and foreign laws and regulations concerning
employment, health, safety and products liability. Failure to
comply with governmental laws and regulations could subject them
to, among other things, potential financial liability, penalties
and legal expenses which could have a material adverse effect on
our financial condition, business and results of
operations. |
Our businesses are and may be subject to various federal, state
and foreign government employment, health, safety and products
liability regulations. Compliance with these laws and
regulations, which may be more stringent in some jurisdictions,
is a major consideration for our businesses. Government
regulators generally have considerable discretion to change or
increase regulation of our operations, or implement additional
laws or regulations that could adversely affect our businesses.
Noncompliance with applicable regulations and requirements could
subject our businesses to investigations, sanctions, product
recalls, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines,
damages, civil and criminal penalties or injunctions. Suffering
any of these consequences could materially adversely affect our
financial condition, business and results of operations. In
addition, responding to any action will likely result in a
diversion of our managers and our management teams
attention and resources from our operations.
|
|
|
Some of our businesses are and may be operated pursuant to
government permits, licenses, leases, concessions or contracts
that are generally complex and may result in disputes over
interpretation or enforceability. Our failure to comply with
regulations or concessions could subject us to monetary
penalties or result in a revocation of our rights to operate the
affected business. |
Our businesses, to varying degrees, rely and may, in the future,
rely on government permits, licenses, concessions, leases or
contracts. These arrangements are generally complex and require
significant expenditures and attention by management to ensure
compliance. These arrangements may result in disputes, including
arbitration or litigation, over interpretation or
enforceability. If our businesses fail to comply with these
regulations or contractual obligations, our businesses could be
subject to monetary penalties or lose their rights to operate
their respective businesses, or both. Further, our
businesses ability to grow may often require the consent
of government regulators. These consents may be costly to obtain
and we may not be able to obtain them in a timely fashion, if at
all. Failure of our businesses to obtain any required consents
could limit our ability to achieve our growth strategy.
|
|
|
Our businesses are subject to certain risks associated
with their foreign operations or business they conduct in
foreign jurisdictions. |
Some of our businesses have and may have operations or conduct
business in Europe and Asia. Certain risks are inherent in
operating or conducting business in foreign jurisdictions,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
exposure to local economic conditions; |
|
|
|
difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables
through certain foreign legal systems; |
|
|
|
longer payment cycles for foreign customers; |
|
|
|
adverse currency exchange controls; |
|
|
|
exposure to risks associated with changes in foreign exchange
rates; |
|
|
|
potential adverse changes in the political environment of the
foreign jurisdictions or diplomatic relations of foreign
countries with the United States; |
|
|
|
withholding taxes and restrictions on the withdrawal of foreign
investments and earnings; |
30
|
|
|
|
|
export and import restrictions; |
|
|
|
labor relations in the foreign jurisdictions; |
|
|
|
difficulties in enforcing intellectual property rights; and |
|
|
|
required compliance with a variety of foreign laws and
regulations. |
|
|
|
Employees of our businesses may join unions, which may
increase our businesses costs. |
The majority of the employees of our businesses are not subject
to collective bargaining agreements. However, employees who are
not currently subject to collective bargaining agreements may
form or join a union. The unionization of our businesses
workforce could result in increased labor costs. Any work
stoppages or other labor disturbances by our businesses
employees could increase labor costs and disrupt production and
the occurrence of either of these events could have a material
adverse effect on the its business, financial condition, results
of operations and cash available for distributions.
|
|
|
Our initial businesses have recorded a significant amount
of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, which may
never be fully realized. |
Our initial businesses collectively have, as of
December 31, 2005, $305.1 million of goodwill and
other intangible assets on a pro forma basis. On a consolidated
basis, this is 67.1% of our total assets on a pro forma basis.
In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, we are
required to evaluate goodwill and other intangibles for
impairment at least annually. Impairment may result from, among
other things, deterioration in the performance of these
businesses, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in
applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict
the activities of or affect the products and services sold by
these businesses, and a variety of other factors. Depending on
future circumstances, it is possible that we may never realize
the full value of these intangible assets. The amount of any
quantified impairment must be expensed immediately as a charge
to results of operations. Any future determination of impairment
of a material portion of goodwill or other identifiable
intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on these
businesses financial condition and operating results, and
could result in a default under our debt covenants.
|
|
|
The operational objectives and business plans of our
businesses may conflict with our operational and business
objectives or with the plans and objective of another business
we own and operate. |
Our businesses operate in different industries and face
different risks and opportunities depending on market and
economic conditions in their respective industries and regions.
A business operational objectives and business plans may
not be similar to our objectives and plans or the objectives and
plans of another business that we own and operate. This could
create competing demands for resources, such as management
attention and funding needed for operations or acquisitions, in
the future.
|
|
|
The internal controls of our initial businesses have not
yet been integrated and we have only recently begun to examine
the internal controls that are in place for each business. As a
result, we may fail to comply with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act or our auditors may report a material
weakness in the effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting. |
We are required under applicable law and regulations to
integrate the various systems of internal control over financial
reporting of our initial businesses. Beginning with our Annual
Report for the year ending December 31, 2007, pursuant to
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Section 404), we will be required to include
managements assessment of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the
fiscal year. Additionally, our independent registered public
accounting firm will be required to issue a report on
managements assessment of our internal control over
financial reporting and a report on their evaluation of the
operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting.
31
We are evaluating our initial businesses existing internal
controls in light of the requirements of Section 404.
During the course of our ongoing evaluation and integration of
the internal controls of our initial businesses, we may identify
areas requiring improvement, and may have to design enhanced
processes and controls to address issues identified through this
review. Since our initial businesses were not subject to the
requirements of Section 404 before this offering, the
evaluation of existing controls and the implementation of any
additional procedures, processes or controls may be costly. Our
initial compliance with Section 404 could result in
significant delays and costs and require us to divert
substantial resources, including management time, from other
activities and hire additional accounting staff to address
Section 404 requirements. In addition, under
Section 404, we are required to report all significant
deficiencies to our audit committee and independent auditors and
all material weaknesses to our audit committee and auditors and
in our periodic reports. We may not be able to successfully
complete the procedures, certification and attestation
requirements of Section 404 and we or our auditors may have
to report material weaknesses in connection with the
presentation of our financial statements for the fiscal year
ending December 31, 2007.
If we fail to comply with the requirements of Section 404
or if our auditors report such a significant deficiency or
material weakness, the accuracy and timeliness of the filing of
our annual report may be materially adversely affected and could
cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial
information, which could have an adverse effect on the trading
price of the shares.
Risks Related to CBS Personnel
|
|
|
CBS Personnels business depends on its ability to
attract and retain qualified staffing personnel that possess the
skills demanded by its clients. |
As a provider of temporary staffing services, the success of CBS
Personnels business depends on its ability to attract and
retain qualified staffing personnel who possess the skills and
experience necessary to meet the requirements of its clients or
to successfully bid for new client projects. CBS Personnel must
continually evaluate and upgrade its base of available qualified
personnel through recruiting and training programs to keep pace
with changing client needs and emerging technologies. CBS
Personnels ability to attract and retain qualified
staffing personnel could be impaired by rapid improvement in
economic conditions resulting in lower unemployment, increases
in compensation or increased competition. During periods of
economic growth, CBS Personnel faces increasing competition for
retaining and recruiting qualified staffing personnel, which in
turn leads to greater advertising and recruiting costs and
increased salary expenses. If CBS Personnel cannot attract and
retain qualified staffing personnel, the quality of its services
may deteriorate and its financial condition, business and
results of operations may be adversely affected.
|
|
|
Any significant economic downturn could result in clients
of CBS Personnel using fewer temporary employees, which would
materially adversely affect the business of CBS
Personnel. |
Because demand for temporary staffing services is sensitive to
changes in the level of economic activity, CBS Personnels
business may suffer during economic downturns. As economic
activity begins to slow, companies tend to reduce their use of
temporary employees before undertaking any other restructuring
efforts, which may include reduced hiring and changed pay and
working hours of their regular employees, resulting in decreased
demand for temporary personnel. Significant declines in demand,
and thus in revenues, can result in lower profit levels.
|
|
|
Customer relocation of positions filled by CBS Personnel
may materially adversely affect CBS Personnels financial
condition, business and results of operations. |
Many companies have built offshore operations, moved their
operations to offshore sites that have lower employment costs or
outsourced certain functions. If CBS Personnels customers
relocate positions filled by CBS Personnel this would have an
adverse effect on the financial condition, business and results
of operations of CBS Personnel.
32
|
|
|
CBS Personnel assumes the obligation to make wage, tax and
regulatory payments for its employees, and as a result, it is
exposed to client credit risks. |
CBS Personnel generally assumes responsibility for and manages
the risks associated with its employees payroll
obligations, including liability for payment of salaries and
wages (including payroll taxes), as well as group health and
retirement benefits. These obligations are fixed, whether or not
its clients make payments required by services agreements, which
exposes CBS Personnel to credit risks of its clients, primarily
relating to uncollateralized accounts receivables. If CBS
Personnel fails to successfully manage its credit risk, its
financial condition, business and results of operations may be
materially adversely affected.
|
|
|
CBS Personnel is exposed to employment-related claims and
costs and periodic litigation that could materially adversely
affect its financial condition, business and results of
operations. |
The temporary services business entails employing individuals
and placing such individuals in clients workplaces. CBS
Personnels ability to control the workplace environment of
its clients is limited. As the employer of record of its
temporary employees, it incurs a risk of liability to its
temporary employees and clients for various workplace events,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
claims of misconduct or negligence on the part of its employees,
discrimination or harassment claims against its employees, or
claims by its employees of discrimination or harassment by its
clients; |
|
|
|
immigration-related claims; |
|
|
|
claims relating to violations of wage, hour and other workplace
regulations; |
|
|
|
claims relating to employee benefits, entitlements to employee
benefits, or errors in the calculation or administration of such
benefits; and |
|
|
|
possible claims relating to misuse of customer confidential
information, misappropriation of assets or other similar claims. |
CBS Personnel may incur fines and other losses and negative
publicity with respect to any of the situations listed above.
Some the claims may result in litigation, which is expensive and
distracts managements attention from the operations of CBS
Personnels business.
CBS Personnel maintains insurance with respect to many of these
claims. CBS Personnel, however, may not be able to continue to
obtain insurance at a cost that does not have a material adverse
effect upon it. As a result, such claims (whether by reason of
it not having insurance or by reason of such claims being
outside the scope of its insurance) may have a material adverse
effect on CBS Personnels financial condition, business and
results of operations.
|
|
|
CBS Personnels workers compensation loss
reserves may be inadequate to cover its ultimate liability for
workers compensation costs. |
CBS Personnel self-insures its workers compensation
exposure for certain employees. The calculation of the
workers compensation reserves involves the use of certain
actuarial assumptions and estimates. Accordingly, reserves do
not represent an exact calculation of liability. Reserves can be
affected by both internal and external events, such as adverse
developments on existing claims or changes in medical costs,
claims handling procedures, administrative costs, inflation, and
legal trends and legislative changes. As a result, reserves may
not be adequate.
If reserves are insufficient to cover the actual losses, CBS
Personnel would have to increase its reserves and incur charges
to its earnings that could be material.
33
Risks Related to Crosman
|
|
|
Crosman is dependent on key retailers, the loss of which
would materially adversely affect its financial conditions,
businesses and results of operations. |
Crosmans 10 largest retailers accounted for
approximately 71.3% of its gross sales, excluding GFP, for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 and its largest retailer,
Wal-Mart, accounted for
approximately 35.7% of its gross sales, excluding GFP, in such
period. Crosman may be unable to retain listings of its products
at certain existing retailers, or may only be able to retain or
increase product listings at lower prices, reducing
profitability at these key retailers. Specifically, the decision
to list products with specific retailers is not made solely by
Crosman and may be based upon factors beyond its control.
Accordingly, its listings with its current retailers may not
extend into the future, or if extended, the product prices or
other terms may not be acceptable to it. Moreover, the retail
customers who purchase its products may not continue to do so.
Any negative change involving any of its largest retailers,
including but not limited to a retailers financial
condition, desire to carry the their products or desire to carry
the overall airgun, paintball or larger encompassing category
(e.g. sporting goods) would likely have a material adverse
effect on Crosmans financial condition, business and
results of operations.
|
|
|
Crosman may be required to pay remediation costs pursuant
to DEC consent orders if the third-party indemnitor is unable or
unwilling to pay such costs. |
Crosman has signed consent orders with the DEC to investigate
and remediate soil and groundwater contamination at its facility
in East Bloomfield, New York. Pursuant to a contractual
indemnity and related agreements, the costs of investigation and
remediation have been paid by a third-party successor to the
prior owner and operator of the facility, which also has signed
the consent orders with the DEC. In 2002, the DEC indicated that
additional remediation of groundwater may be required. Crosman
and the third party have engaged in discussions with the DEC
regarding the need for additional remediation. To date, the DEC
has not required any additional remediation. The third party may
not have the financial ability to pay or may discontinue
defraying future site remediation costs, which could have a
material adverse effect on Crosman if the DEC requires
additional groundwater remediation.
|
|
|
Crosmans products are subject to governmental
regulations in the United States and foreign
jurisdictions. |
In the United States, recreational airgun and paintball products
are within the jurisdiction of the Consumer Products and Safety
Commission (CPSC). Under federal statutory law and
CPSC regulations, a manufacturer of consumer goods is obligated
to notify the CPSC if, among other things, the manufacturer
becomes aware that one of its products has a defect that could
create a substantial risk of injury. If the manufacturer has not
already undertaken to do so, the CPSC may require a manufacturer
to recall a product, which may involve product repair,
replacement or refund. Crosmans products may also be
subject to recall pursuant to regulations in other jurisdictions
where its products are sold. Any recall of its products may
expose them to product liability claims and have a material
adverse effect on its reputation, brand, and image and on its
financial condition, business and results of operations. On a
state level, Crosman is subject to state laws relating to the
retail sale and use of certain of its products.
The American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), a
non-governmental self-regulating association, has been active in
developing and periodically reviewing, voluntary standards
regarding airguns, airgun ammunition, paintball fields,
paintball face protection, paintball markers and recreational
airguns. Any failure to comply with any current or pending ASTM
standards may have a material adverse effect on its financial
condition, business and results of operations.
Adverse publicity relating to shooting sports or paintball, or
publicity associated with actions by the CPSC or others
expressing concern about the safety or function of its products
or its competitors products (whether or not such publicity
is associated with a claim against it or results in any action
by it or the CPSC), could have a material adverse effect on
their reputation, brand image, or markets, any of which could
have a material adverse effect on Crosman, its financial
condition, business and results of operations.
34
Certain jurisdictions outside of the U.S. have legislation
that prohibit retailers from selling, or places restrictions on
the sale of, certain product categories that are or may be
sufficiently broad enough to include recreational airguns or
paintball markers. Although Crosman is not aware of any state or
federal initiatives to enact comparable legislation, aside from
those state laws relating to retail sale and use of certain of
its products, such legislation may be enacted in the future.
Many jurisdictions outside of the United States, including
Canada, have legislation limiting the power, distribution and/or
use of Crosmans products. Crosman works with its
distributors in each jurisdiction to ensure that it is in
compliance with the applicable rules and regulations. Any change
in the laws and regulations in any of the jurisdictions where
its products are sold that restricts the distribution, sale or
use of its products could have a material adverse effect on
them, their financial condition and results of operations.
|
|
|
The airgun and paintball industries are seasonal, which
could materially adversely affect Crosmans financial
condition, business and results of operations. |
The airgun and paintball industries are subject to seasonal
variations in sales. Specifically, approximately 25% of its
products are sold during October and November as part of the
holiday retail season. The success of sales in the holiday
retail season is dependent upon a number of factors including,
but not limited to, the ability to continue to obtain
promotional listings and the overall retail and consumer
spending macro-economic environment.
The months following the holiday season are the winter months in
North America, which typically result in lower sales of certain
outdoor products. As a result, many outdoor consumer products
companies, other than those focused on outdoor winter products,
historically experience a significant decline in operating
income from January to March. The second fiscal quarter
operating results are typically above Crosmans annual
average and the third fiscal quarter operating results are
typically lower than its annual average. The seasonal nature of
sales requires disproportionately higher working capital
investments from September through January. In addition,
borrowing capacity under its revolving credit facility is
impacted by the seasonal change in receivables and inventory.
Consequently, interim results are not necessarily indicative of
the full fiscal year and quarterly results may vary
substantially, both within a fiscal year and between comparable
fiscal years. The effects of seasonality could have a material
adverse impact on its financial condition, business and results
of operations.
|
|
|
Crosmans products are subject to product safety and
liability lawsuits, which could materially adversely affect its
financial condition, business and results of operations. |
As a manufacturer of recreational airguns, Crosman, other than
GFP, is involved in various litigation matters that occur in the
ordinary course of business. Since the beginning of 1994,
Crosman has been named as a defendant in 56 lawsuits and has
been the subject of 92 other claims made by persons alleging to
have been injured by its products. To date, 96 of these cases
have been terminated without payment and 26 of these cases have
been settled at an aggregate settlement cost of approximately
$1,725,000. As of the date of this prospectus, Crosman is
involved in 4 product liability cases and 22 claims
brought against Crosman by persons alleging to have been injured
by its products.
In addition, GFP has been the subject of three claims made by
persons alleging to be injured by its products. Two of these
claims have been resolved without payment and, as of the date of
this prospectus, the third has not been resolved and remains
active.
Crosmans management believes that, in most cases, these
injuries have been sustained as a result of the misuse of the
product, or the failure to follow the safety instructions that
accompanied the product or the failure to follow well-recognized
common sense rules for recreational airgun safety. In the last
two years, expenses incurred in connection with the defense of
product liability claims have averaged less than $500,000.
35
If any unresolved lawsuits or claims are determined adversely,
they could have a material adverse effect on Crosman, its
financial condition, business and results of operations. As more
of Crosmans products are sold to and used by consumers,
the likelihood of product liability claims being made against it
increases.
Although Crosman provides information regarding safety
procedures and warnings with all of its product packaging
materials, not all users of its products will observe all proper
safety practices. Failure to observe proper safety practices may
result in injuries that give rise to product liability and
personal injury claims and lawsuits, as well as claims for
breach of contract, loss of profits and consequential damages
against both companies.
In addition, the running of statutes of limitations in the
United States for personal injuries to minor children typically
is suspended during the childrens legal minority.
Therefore, it is possible that accidents resulting in injuries
to minors may not give rise to lawsuits until a number of years
later.
While Crosman maintains product liability insurance to insure
against potential claims, there is a risk such insurance may not
be sufficient to cover all liabilities incurred in connection
with such claims and the financial consequences of these claims
and lawsuits will have a material adverse effect on its
business, financial condition, liquidity and results of
operations.
|
|
|
Crosman relies on a limited number of suppliers and as a
result, if suppliers are unable to provide materials on a timely
basis, Crosmans financial condition, business and results
of operations may be materially adversely affected. |
Crosman is aware of only five manufacturers of the
gelatin-encapsulated paintballs necessary for paintball play.
Crosman believes that the cost of equipment and the knowledge
required for the encapsulation process have historically been
significant barriers to the entry of additional paintball
suppliers. Accordingly, additional paintball suppliers may not
exist in the future. Because Crosman does not manufacture its
own paintballs, it has entered into a joint venture with a major
paintball producer. Despite the existence of contractual
arrangements, it is possible that the current supplier will not
be able to supply sufficient quantities of its products in order
to meet Crosmans current needs or to support any growth in
Crosmans sales in the future.
Crosman does not currently have long-term contracts with any of
its suppliers, nor does it currently have multiple suppliers for
all parts, components, tooling, supplies and services critical
to its manufacturing process. Its success will depend, in part,
on its and Crosmans ability to maintain relationships with
its current suppliers and on the ability of these and other
suppliers to satisfy its product requirements. Failure of a key
supplier to meet its product needs on a timely basis or loss of
a key supplier could have a material adverse effect on its
financial condition, business and results of operations.
|
|
|
Crosman cannot control certain of its operating expenses
and as a result, if it is unable to pass on its cost increases,
its financial condition, business and results of operations may
be materially adversely affected. |
Certain costs including, but not limited to, steel, plastics,
labor and insurance may escalate. Although Crosman has the
ability to pass on some price increases to customers,
significant increases in these costs could significantly
decrease the affordability of its products. The cost of
maintaining property, casualty, products liability and
workers compensation insurance, for example, is
significant. As a producer of recreational airguns and paintball
products, Crosman is exposed to claims for personal injury or
death as a result of accidents and misuse or abuse of its
products. Generally, its insurance policies must be renewed
annually. Its ability to continue to obtain insurance at
affordable premiums also depends upon its ability to continue to
operate with an acceptable safety record. Crosman could
experience higher insurance premiums as a result of adverse
claims experience or because of general increases in premiums by
insurance carriers for reasons unrelated to its own claims
experience. A significant increase in the number of claims
against it, the assertion of one or more claims in excess of
policy limits or the inability to obtain
36
adequate insurance coverage at acceptable rates, or at all,
could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition,
business and results of operations.
|
|
|
The members agreement governing GFP has certain covenants
that may have important consequences to Crosman. |
Under the terms of the members agreement governing GFP, Crosman
is subject to certain non-competition and non-solicitation
covenants restricting its participation in the paintball
industry for a period of three years from the date it terminates
its interests in GFP. These covenants restrict its ability,
among other things, to:
|
|
|
|
|
engage in, have any equity or profit interest in, make any loan
to or for the benefit of, or render services to any business
that engages in providing goods or services provided by GFP in
the relevant territory; |
|
|
|
employ any person who was employed by GFP and has not ceased to
be employed for a period of at least one year; |
|
|
|
solicit any current or previous customer of GFP; and |
|
|
|
directly or indirectly engage in the manufacture of paintballs. |
Crosman is restricted in their ability to engage in certain
activities within a defined geographic scope for a period of
three years following termination of its interest in GFP, and
such restrictions could have a material adverse effect on its
financial condition, business and results of operations.
Risks Related to Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
Defects in the products that Advanced Circuits produces
for their customers could result in financial or other damages
to those customers, which could result in reduced demand for
Advanced Circuits services and liability claims against
Advanced Circuits. |
Some of the products Advanced Circuits produces could
potentially result in product liability suits against Advanced
Circuits. While Advanced Circuits does not engage in design
services for its customers, it does manufacture products to
their customers specifications that are highly complex and
may at times contain design or manufacturing defects, errors or
failures, despite its quality control and quality assurance
efforts. Defects in the products it manufactures, whether caused
by a design, manufacturing or materials failure or error, may
result in delayed shipments, customer dissatisfaction, or a
reduction in or cancellation of purchase orders or liability
claims against Advanced Circuits. If these defects occur either
in large quantities or frequently, its business reputation may
be impaired. Defects in its products could result in financial
or other damages to its customers.
If a person were to bring a product liability suit against
Advanced Circuits customers, such person may attempt to
seek contribution from Advanced Circuits. Product liability
claims made against any of these businesses, even if
unsuccessful, would be time consuming and costly to defend. A
customer may also bring a product liability claim directly
against Advanced Circuits. A successful product liability claim
or series of claims against Advanced Circuits in excess of its
insurance coverage, and for which it is not otherwise
indemnified, could have a material adverse effect on its
financial condition, business or results of operations. Although
Advanced Circuits maintains a warranty reserve, this reserve may
not be sufficient to cover its warranty or other expenses that
could arise as a result of defects in its products.
|
|
|
Unless Advanced Circuits is able to respond to
technological change at least as quickly as its competitors, its
services could be rendered obsolete, which could materially
adversely affect its financial condition, business and results
of operations. |
The market for Advanced Circuits services is characterized
by rapidly changing technology and continuing process
development. The future success of its business will depend in
large part upon its ability to maintain and enhance its
technological capabilities, retain qualified engineering and
technical personnel,
37
develop and market services that meet evolving customer needs
and successfully anticipate and respond to technological changes
on a cost-effective and timely basis. Advanced Circuits
core manufacturing capabilities are for 2 to 12 layer printed
circuit boards. Trends towards miniaturization and increased
performance of electronic products are dictating the use of
printed circuit boards with increased layer counts. If this
trend continues Advanced Circuits may not be able to effectively
respond to the technological requirements of the changing
market. If it determines that new technologies and equipment are
required to remain competitive, the development, acquisition and
implementation of these technologies may require significant
capital investments. It may be unable to obtain capital for
these purposes in the future, and investments in new
technologies may not result in commercially viable technological
processes. Any failure to anticipate and adapt to its
customers changing technological needs and requirements or
retain qualified engineering and technical personnel could
materially adversely affect its financial condition, business
and results of operations.
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits customers operate in industries
that experience rapid technological change resulting in short
product life cycles and as a result, if the product life cycles
of its customers slow materially, and research and development
expenditures are reduced, its financial condition, business and
results of operations will be materially adversely
affected. |
Advanced Circuits customers compete in markets that are
characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry
standards and continuous improvement in products and services.
These conditions frequently result in short product life cycles.
As professionals operating in research and development
departments represent the majority of Advanced Circuits
net sales, the rapid development of electronic products is a key
driver of Advanced Circuits sales and operating
performance. Any decline in the development and introduction of
new electronic products could slow the demand for Advanced
Circuits services and could have a material adverse effect
on its financial condition, business and results of operations.
|
|
|
The continued trend of technology companies moving their
operations offshore may materially adversely affect Advanced
Circuits financial conditions, business and results of
operations. |
There is increasing pressure on technology companies to lower
their cost of production. Many have responded to this pressure
by relocating their operations to countries that have lower
production costs. Despite Advanced Circuits focus on
quick-turn and prototype manufacturing, its operations, which
are located in Colorado as well as the electronics manufacturing
industry as a whole, may be materially adversely affected by
U.S. customers moving their operations offshore.
|
|
|
Electronics manufacturing services corporations are
increasingly acting as intermediaries, positioning themselves
between PCB manufacturers and OEMS, which could reduce operating
margins. |
Advanced Circuits OEM customers are increasingly
outsourcing the assembly of equipment to third party
manufacturers. These third party manufacturers typically
assemble products for multiple customers and often purchase
circuit boards from Advanced Circuits in larger quantities than
OEM manufacturers. The ability of Advanced Circuits to sell
products to these customers at margins comparable to historical
averages is uncertain. Any material erosion in margins could
have a material adverse effect on Advanced Circuits
financial condition, business and results of operations.
Risks Related to Silvue
|
|
|
Silvue derives a significant portion of their revenue from
the eyewear industry. Any economic downturn in this market or
increased regulations by the Food and Drug Administration, would
adversely affect its operating results and financial
condition. |
Silvues customers are concentrated in the eyewear
industry, so the economic factors impacting this industry also
impact its operations and revenues. Silvues management
approximates that in 2004 75% of its net sales were from the
premium eyewear industry. Silvues management estimates
that it had
38
approximately 40% share of this market in 2004. Any economic
downturn in this market or increased regulations by the Food and
Drug Administration, would adversely affect its operating
results and financial condition.
Further, Silvues coating technology is utilized primarily
on mid and high value lenses. A decline in the ophthalmic and
sunglass lens industry in general, or a change in
consumers preferences from mid and high value lenses to
low value lenses within the industry, may have a material
adverse effect on its financial condition, business and results
of operations.
|
|
|
Silvues technology is compatible with certain
substrates and processes and competes with a number of products
currently sold on the market. A change in the substrate, process
or competitive landscape could have a material adverse affect on
its financial condition, business and results of
operations. |
Silvue provides material for the coating of polycarbonate,
acrylic, glass, metals and other surfaces. Its business is
dependent upon the continued use of these substrates and the
need for its products to be applied to these substrates. In
addition, Silvues products are compatible with certain
application techniques. New application techniques designed to
improve performance and decrease costs are being developed that
may be incompatible with Silvues coating technologies.
Further, Silvue competes with a number of large and small
companies in the research, development, and production of
coating systems. A competitor may develop a coating system that
is technologically superior and render Silvues products
less competitive. Any of these conditions may have a material
adverse effect on its financial condition, business and results
of operations.
|
|
|
Silvue has international operations and is exposed to
general economic, political and regulatory conditions and risks
in the countries in which they have operations. |
Silvue has facilities located in United Kingdom and Japan.
Conditions such as the uncertainties associated with war,
terrorist activities, social, political and general economic
environments in any of the countries in which Silvue or its
customers operate could cause delays or losses in the supply or
delivery of raw materials and products as well as increased
security costs, insurance premiums and other expenses. Moreover,
changes in laws or regulations, such as unexpected changes in
regulatory requirements (including trade barriers, tariffs,
import or export licensing requirements), or changes in the
reporting requirements of United States, European and Asian
governmental agencies, could increase the cost of doing business
in these regions. Furthermore, in foreign jurisdictions where
laws differ from those in the United States, it may experience
difficulty in enforcing agreements. Any of these conditions may
have a material adverse effect on its financial condition,
business and results of operations.
|
|
|
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates could
materially adversely affect Silvues financial condition,
business and results of operations. |
Approximately half of Silvues net sales are in foreign
currencies. Changes in the relative strength of these currencies
can materially adversely affect Silvues financial
condition, business and results of operations.
|
|
|
Silvue relies upon valuable intellectual property rights
that could be subject to infringement or attack. Infringement of
these intellectual property rights by others could have a
material adverse affect on its financial condition, business and
results of operations. |
As a developer of proprietary high performance coating systems,
Silvue relies upon the protection of its intellectual property
rights. In particular, Silvue derives a majority of its revenues
from products incorporating patented technology. Infringement of
these intellectual property rights by others, whether in the
United States or abroad (where protection of intellectual
property rights can vary widely from jurisdiction to
jurisdiction), could have a material adverse effect on
Silvues financial condition, business and results of
operations. In addition, in the highly competitive hard coatings
market, there can be no guarantee that Silvues competitors
would not seek to invalidate or modify Silvues proprietary
rights,
39
including its 11 patents. While any such effort would be met
with vigorous defense, the defense of any such matters could be
costly and distracting and no assurance can be given that Silvue
would prevail.
Risks Related to this Offering
|
|
|
There is no public market for our shares. You cannot be
certain that an active trading market or a specific share price
will be established, and you may not be able to resell your
shares at or above the initial offering price. |
An application has been filed to list our shares on the Nasdaq
Global Market. However, there currently is no public trading
market for our shares, and an active trading market may not
develop upon completion of this offering or continue to exist if
it does develop. The market price of our shares may also decline
below the initial public offering price. The initial public
offering price per share will be determined by agreement among
us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be
indicative of the market price of our shares after our public
offering.
|
|
|
Future sales of shares may affect the market price of our
shares. |
We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our
shares, or the availability of shares for future sale, will have
on the market price of our shares. Sales of substantial amounts
of our shares in the public market following our initial public
offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could
adversely affect the market price of our shares and may make it
more difficult for you to sell your shares at a time and price
which you deem appropriate. A decline below the initial public
offering price, in the future, is possible. See the section
entitled Securities Eligible for Future Sale for
further information regarding circumstances under which
additional shares may be sold.
We, our manager, CGI, Pharos and participants in the directed
share program have agreed that, with limited exceptions, we and
they will not directly or indirectly, without the prior written
consent of Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated, on behalf of the
underwriters, offer to sell, sell or otherwise dispose of any of
our shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this
prospectus.
|
|
|
We may issue debt and equity securities which are senior
to our shares as to distributions and in liquidation, which
could materially adversely affect the market price of our
shares. |
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources
by entering into debt or debt-like financing that is secured by
all or up to all of our assets, or issuing debt or equity
securities, which could include issuances of commercial paper,
medium-term notes, senior notes, subordinated notes or shares.
In the event of our liquidation, our lenders and holders of our
debt securities would receive a distribution of our available
assets before distributions to our shareholders. Any preferred
securities, if issued by the company, may have a preference with
respect to distributions and upon liquidation, which could
further limit our ability to make distributions to our
shareholders. Because our decision to incur debt and issue
securities in our future offerings will depend on market
conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot
predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future
offerings and debt financing. Further, market conditions could
require us to accept less favorable terms for the issuance of
our securities in the future. Thus, you will bear the risk of
our future offerings reducing the value of your shares and
diluting your interest in us. In addition, we can change our
leverage strategy from time to time without shareholder
approval, which could materially adversely affect the market
share price of our shares.
|
|
|
Our earnings and cash distributions may affect the market
price of our shares. |
Generally, the market value of our shares may be based, in part,
on the markets perception of our growth potential and our
current and potential future cash distributions, whether from
operations, sales, acquisitions or refinancings, and on the
value of our businesses. For that reason, our shares may trade
at prices that are higher or lower than our net asset value per
share. Should we retain operating cash flow for investment
purposes or working capital reserves instead of distributing the
cash flows to our shareholders, the retained funds, while
increasing the value of our underlying assets, may materially
adversely affect the
40
market price of our shares. Our failure to meet market
expectations with respect to earnings and cash distributions
could adversely affect the market price of our shares.
If the market price of our shares declines, you may be unable to
resell your shares at or above the initial public offering
price. We cannot assure you that the market price of our shares
will not fluctuate or decline significantly, including a decline
below the initial public offering price, in the future.
|
|
|
The market price, trading volume and marketability of our
shares may, from time to time, be significantly affected by
numerous factors beyond our control, which may materially
adversely affect the market price of your shares and our ability
to raise capital through future equity financings. |
The market price and trading volume of our shares may fluctuate
significantly. Many factors that are beyond our control may
significantly affect the market price and marketability of our
shares and may adversely affect our ability to raise capital
through equity financings. These factors include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
price and volume fluctuations in the stock markets generally
which create highly variable and unpredictable pricing of equity
securities; |
|
|
|
significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of
securities of companies in the sectors in which our businesses
operate, which may not be related to the operating performance
of these companies and which may not reflect the performance of
our businesses; |
|
|
|
changes and variations in our earnings and cash flows; |
|
|
|
any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses
from levels expected by securities analysts; |
|
|
|
changes in regulation or tax law; |
|
|
|
operating performance of companies comparable to us; |
|
|
|
general economic trends and other external factors including
inflation, interest rates, and costs and availability of raw
materials, fuel and transportation; and |
|
|
|
loss of a major funding source. |
All of our shares sold in this offering will be freely
transferable by persons other than our affiliates and those
persons subject to
lock-up agreements,
without restriction or further registration under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.
41
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus, including the sections entitled
Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and
Business, contains forward-looking statements. We
may, in some cases, use words such as project,
predict, believe,
anticipate, plan, expect,
estimate, intend, should,
would, could, potentially,
or may or other words that convey uncertainty of
future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking
statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus are
subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, some of which
are beyond our control, including, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully operate our initial businesses on a
combined basis, and to effectively integrate and improve any
future acquisitions; |
|
|
|
our ability to remove our manager and our managers right
to resign; |
|
|
|
our trust and organizational structure, which may limit our
ability to meet our dividend and distribution policy; |
|
|
|
our ability to service and comply with the terms of our
indebtedness; |
|
|
|
|
our distributable cash flow after the closing of this offering; |
|
|
|
|
our ability to pay the management fee, profit allocation and put
price when due; |
|
|
|
the acquisition price of each initial business and the loan
amounts to each initial business; |
|
|
|
decisions made by persons who control our initial businesses,
including decisions regarding dividend policies; |
|
|
|
our ability to make and finance future acquisitions, including,
but not limited to, the acquisitions described in this
prospectus; |
|
|
|
our ability to implement our acquisition and management
strategies; |
|
|
|
the regulatory environment in which our initial businesses
operate; |
|
|
|
trends in the industries in which our initial businesses operate; |
|
|
|
changes in general economic or business conditions or economic
or demographic trends in the United States and other countries
in which we have a presence, including changes in interest rates
and inflation; |
|
|
|
environmental risks pertaining to our initial businesses; |
|
|
|
our ability to retain or replace qualified employees; |
|
|
|
costs and effects of legal and administrative proceedings,
settlements, investigations and claims; and |
|
|
|
extraordinary or force majeure events affecting the facilities
of our initial businesses. |
Our actual results, performance, prospects or opportunities
could differ materially from those expressed in or implied by
the forward-looking statements. A description of some of the
risks that could cause our actual results to differ appears
under the section Risk Factors and elsewhere in this
prospectus. Additional risks of which we are not currently aware
or which we currently deem immaterial could also cause our
actual results to differ.
In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, you
should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking
statements. The forward-looking events discussed in this
prospectus may not occur. These forward-looking statements are
made as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no
obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements after the completion of this offering, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as
required by law.
42
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale
of shares
in this offering will be approximately $231.9 million (or
approximately
$ if
the underwriters overallotment option is exercised in
full), based on the initial public offering price of
$ per
share (which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public
offering price range set forth on the cover page on this
prospectus) and after deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions. In addition, CGI and Pharos have each agreed to
purchase in separate private placement transactions to close in
conjunction with the closing of this offering a number of shares
in the trust having an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$96 million and $4 million, respectively, at a per
share price equal to the initial public offering price.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering and the
separate private placement transactions to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
pay the purchase price and related costs of the acquisition of
our initial business of approximately $138.6 million; |
|
|
|
|
|
make loans to each of our initial businesses to repay
outstanding debt and to provide capitalization in an aggregate
principal amount of $176.4 million; |
|
|
|
|
|
pay the transaction costs related to this offering of
approximately $6.0 million; and |
|
|
|
|
|
provide funds for general corporate purposes of approximately of
$10.9 million. |
|
The table below summarizes the expected sources and uses of the
proceeds from this offering and the separate private placement
transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sources of Funds | |
|
|
| |
|
|
($ in millions) | |
Net proceeds from initial public offering
|
|
$ |
231.9 |
|
Investment of Pharos
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
Investment of CGI
|
|
|
96.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Sources
|
|
$ |
331.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Uses of Funds | |
|
|
| |
|
|
($ in millions) | |
Purchase of Equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
$ |
54.9 |
|
|
Crosman
|
|
|
25.4 |
|
|
Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
34.1 |
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
24.2 |
|
Loans to initial
businesses:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
68.6 |
(2) |
|
Crosman
|
|
|
45.2 |
|
|
Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
48.6 |
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
14.0 |
|
Transactional costs related to this
offering(3)
|
|
|
6.0 |
|
General corporate purposes
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Uses
|
|
$ |
331.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
See the liquidity and capital resources discussion for each
initial business in the section entitled Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations for more information about the outstanding debt
of each initial business that will be repaid in connection with
this offering. See the section entitled The Acquisition of
and Loans to Our Initial Businesses for more information
about the loans to each of our initial businesses. |
|
|
(2) |
The $68.6 million will be comprised of approximately
$50.0 million in term loans, approximately
$17.2 million of which will be used to pay down third party
debt and approximately $32.8 million of which represents a
capitalization loan and approximately $18.6 million of a
$42.5 million revolving loan commitment which will be made
to CBS Personnel in conjunction with the closing of this
offering. CBS Personnel will use a portion of the loans to
redeem shares of its Class B and Class C common stock
from certain holders thereof and to make payments to certain of
its option holders as consideration for the termination of a
portion of their options to acquire Class C common stock.
See the section entitled The Acquisition of and Loans to
Our Initial Businesses for more information about the
loans to CBS Personnel. |
|
|
(3) |
This amount will be reimbursed by the company to the manager in
conjunction with the closing of this offering. See the section
entitled Management Services AgreementReimbursement
of Offering Expenses and Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions for more information about the
reimbursement of offering expenses. |
See the section entitled Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
for information about the terms of existing loans for each
business. See the sections entitled The Acquisitions of
and Loans to Our Initial Businesses and Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions for
information about the acquisition of our initial businesses.
44
DIVIDEND AND DISTRIBUTION POLICY
The companys board of directors intends to declare and pay
regular quarterly cash distributions on all outstanding shares.
The companys board of directors intends to declare and pay
an initial quarterly distribution for the quarter ending
September 30, 2006 of approximately
$ per
share. The companys board of directors also intends to
declare an initial distribution, prorated for the period from
the completion of this offering to June 30, 2006, at the
pro rata rate as such initial quarterly distribution for the
quarter ended September 30, 2006, which will be paid at the
same time as such initial quarterly distribution. The
companys board of directors intends to set this initial
distribution on the basis of the current results of operations
of our initial businesses and the desire to provide sustainable
and then increasing levels of distributions to our shareholders.
Our distribution policy is based on the predictable and stable
cash flows of our initial businesses and our intention to make
distributions to our shareholders while reinvesting a portion of
our operating cash flows in our businesses or in the acquisition
of new businesses. If our strategy is successful, we expect to
maintain and increase the level of our distributions to
shareholders in the future.
The declaration and payment of our initial distribution, our
initial quarterly distribution and any future distribution will
be subject to the approval of the companys board of
directors, which will include a majority of independent
directors. The companys board of directors will take into
account such matters as general business conditions, our
financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements
and any contractual, legal and regulatory restrictions on the
payment of distributions by us to our shareholders or by our
subsidiaries to us, and any other factors that the board of
directors deems relevant. However, even in the event that the
companys board of directors were to decide to declare and
pay distributions, our ability to pay such distributions will be
adversely impacted due to unknown liabilities, government
regulations, financial covenants of the debt of the company,
funds needed for acquisitions and to satisfy short- and
long-term working capital needs of our businesses, or if our
initial businesses do not generate sufficient earnings and cash
flow to support the payment of such distributions. In
particular, we may incur debt in the future to acquire new
businesses, which debt will have substantial debt commitments,
which must be satisfied before we can make distributions. These
factors could affect our ability to continue to make
distributions, in the initial quarterly per share amounts or at
all.
We may use cash flows from our initial businesses, the capital
resources of the company, including borrowings under the
companys credit facility, or a reduction in equity to pay
a distribution. See the section entitled Material U.S.
Federal Income Tax Considerations for more information
about the tax treatment of distributions to our shareholders.
Estimated Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the
Year Ended December 31, 2005
We believe that if we had completed this offering on
January 1, 2005, our estimated pro forma cash available for
distribution for the year ended December 31, 2005, based on
our pro forma condensed combined financial statements for the
year ended December 31, 2005, would have been approximately
$28.8 million. At the initial distribution rate of
$ per
share per annum based upon shares outstanding, approximately
$ million
would have been required to make such distributions.
The estimated pro forma cash available for distribution for the
year ended December 31, 2005 is based on pro forma
condensed combined financial statements, which include certain
assumptions and considerations. These statements do not reflect
any internal growth in the cash flows of our businesses from the
period covered until the date of this offering. In addition, the
pro forma financial statements do not purport to present our
results of operations had the transactions contemplated in this
prospectus actually been completed as of the dates indicated.
Furthermore, cash available for distribution is a cash
accounting concept, while our pro forma financial statements
have been prepared on an accrual basis. As a result, you should
only view the amount of pro forma estimated cash available for
distribution as a general indication of the amount of cash we
believe would have been available for distribution that we might
have generated had we owned our initial businesses during these
periods. No assurance can be given that the estimated pro forma
cash available for distribution presented in the prospectus will
actually be produced
45
or, to the extent it is produced, will be sufficient to make the
initial distribution and the initial quarterly distribution or
distributions in subsequent quarters.
Our estimated pro forma cash available for distribution also
includes certain other adjustments, assumptions and
considerations and reflects the amount of cash that we believe
would have been available for distribution to our shareholders
subject to the assumptions described in the table below. The pro
forma cash available for distribution includes management fee
expense of approximately $4.4 million, after taking into
account the offsetting management fee, to be paid to our manager
pursuant to the management services agreement. See the section
entitled Our Manager Our Manager as a Service
Provider Management Fee for more information
about the management fee to be paid to our manager. The
estimated management fee expense is reflected in our pro forma
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005.
The following table sets forth our calculation of the estimated
pro forma cash available for distribution for the year ended
December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
Estimated Cash Available for Distributions |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Net income per pro forma
|
|
$ |
17,263 |
|
|
add:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma depreciation
|
|
|
5,398 |
|
|
|
Pro forma amortization
|
|
|
10,433 |
|
|
|
Pro forma other
loss(1)
|
|
|
2,303 |
|
|
|
Pro forma adjustment to add back in-process R&D expensed at
acquisition date
|
|
|
1,240 |
|
|
|
Pro forma minority interest
|
|
|
3,211 |
|
|
|
Pro forma income tax
expense(2)
|
|
|
11,050 |
|
|
less:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated incremental general and administrative expense
(3)
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
Estimated pro forma cash income tax
expense(2)
|
|
|
12,926 |
|
|
|
Capital expenditures for year ended December 31, 2005:
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
1,018 |
|
|
|
|
Crosman
|
|
|
1,747 |
|
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
1,184 |
|
|
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated pro forma cash available for distribution
|
|
$ |
28,845 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Relates primarily to Crosmans foregone offering costs
associated with its intended public offering in the Canadian
Income Trust market that was ultimately not consummated. |
|
|
|
(2) |
Represents the reversal of our pro forma income tax expense and
the subtraction of our estimated pro forma cash income tax
expense. |
|
|
|
(3) |
Represents ongoing incremental administrative expenses,
professional fees and management fees we expect to incur
annually as a public company such as accounting, legal and other
consultant fees, SEC and listing fees, directors fees and
directors and officers insurance. We currently
estimate these public company costs to be approximately
$5.0 million. |
|
|
|
(4) |
Represents capital expenditures that were funded from operating
cash flow. |
|
This calculation is an estimate of the cash available for
distribution to shareholders on a pro forma basis for 2005 had
the transaction been consummated on January 1, 2005. It
does not include any profit allocation with respect to the
allocation interests held by the manager, as no trigger event
has occurred, or would have occurred on a pro forma basis,
during such period.
46
Restrictions on Distribution Payments
We are a holding company with no operations. We will be
dependent upon the ability of our initial businesses to generate
earnings and cash flows and to make distributions to us in the
form of interest and principal payments on indebtedness and
distributions on equity to enable us to, first, satisfy our
financial obligations including the management fee, profit
allocation and put price, and, second, to make distributions to
our shareholders. There is no guarantee that we will make
quarterly distributions, including the distribution we project
to make in the initial quantities following this offering. Our
ability to make quarterly distributions may be subject to
certain restrictions, including:
|
|
|
|
|
|
The operating results of our initial businesses which are
impacted by factors outside of our control including
competition, inflation and general economic conditions; |
|
|
|
|
|
The ability of our businesses to make distributions to us may be
subject to limitations under laws of the jurisdictions in which
they are incorporated or organized; |
|
|
|
|
|
Insufficient cash to pay distributions due to increases in our
general and administrative expenses, including our quarterly
management fee, principal and interest payments on our
outstanding debt, tax expenses or working capital requirements; |
|
|
|
|
|
The obligation to pay our manager a profit allocation upon the
occurrence of a trigger event; |
|
|
|
|
|
The obligation to pay our manager the put price pursuant to the
supplemental put agreement; |
|
|
|
|
|
The companys board of directors election to keep a
portion of the operating cash flow in the initial businesses or
to use such funds for the acquisition of new businesses; |
|
|
|
|
|
Restrictions on distributions under the credit facility or debt
we will incur as part of this transaction, which may contain
financial tests and covenants that we will have to satisfy in
order to make quarterly or annual distributions; |
|
|
|
|
|
Any dividends or distributions paid by our businesses pro
rata to the minority shareholders of our businesses, which
portion will not be available to us for any purpose, including
for the purpose of making distributions to our shareholders; |
|
|
|
|
|
Possible future issuances of debt or debt-like financing
arrangements that are secured by all or substantially all of our
assets, or issuing debt or equity securities, which could
include issuances of commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior
notes, subordinated notes or shares, which obligations will have
priority over our cash flow; and |
|
|
|
|
|
In the future, the company may issue preferred securities and
holders of such preferred securities may have a preference with
respect to distributions, which could limit our ability to make
distributions to our shareholders. |
|
If, as a consequence of these various restrictions, we are
unable to generate sufficient distributions from our businesses,
we may not be able to declare, or may have to delay or cancel
payment of, distributions to our shareholders.
Because the companys board of directors intends to declare
and pay regular quarterly cash distributions on all outstanding
shares, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that
reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. We
expect that we will rely upon external financing sources,
including issuances of debt or debt-like financing arrangements
and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our
acquisitions and expansion of capital expenditures. As a result,
to the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our
decision to declare and pay regular quarterly distributions will
significantly impair our ability to grow.
Our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future
offerings will depend on market conditions and other factors
beyond our control. Therefore, we cannot predict or estimate the
amount, timing or nature of our future offerings and debt
financings. Likewise, holders of our shares may be diluted
pursuant to additional equity issuances.
47
THE ACQUISITIONS OF AND LOANS TO OUR INITIAL BUSINESSES
The terms and conditions of the stock purchase agreement and
the related documents pursuant to which the company will acquire
controlling interests in the initial businesses, which agreement
and documents are collectively referred to as the stock purchase
agreement in this prospectus, were negotiated among
representatives of CGI, on behalf of CGI, and representatives of
our manager, on behalf of the company, in the overall context of
this offering. The terms and conditions so negotiated relate to,
among others, the acquisition prices of the initial businesses,
the representations and warranties to be provided by CGI and its
affiliates and the indemnity obligations of CGI and its
affiliates following the acquisition of the initial
businesses.
The terms and conditions of the loan agreements pursuant to
which the company will make loans to the initial businesses were
negotiated among representatives of the manager, on behalf of
the company, and representatives of each initial business, on
behalf of such initial business, in the overall context of this
offering. The terms and conditions so negotiated relate to,
among others, the nature of such loans, the aggregate principal
amount of such loans, the interest rate terms of such loans and
the repayment terms and schedules of such loans.
Overview
The company will use a portion of the net proceeds from this
offering and the separate private placement transactions to
acquire controlling interests in the initial businesses from the
sellers for cash, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
approximately 97.9% of CBS Personnel on a primary basis, without
giving effect to conversion of any convertible securities, and
approximately 95.0% on a fully diluted basis, after giving
effect to the exercise of vested and in the money options and
vested non-contingent warrants (as applicable); |
|
|
|
|
approximately 75.4% of Crosman on a primary and fully diluted
basis; |
|
|
|
|
approximately 70.2% of Advanced Circuits on a primary and fully
diluted basis; and |
|
|
|
|
approximately 73.0% of Silvue on a primary and fully diluted
basis, after giving effect to the conversion of preferred stock
of Silvue we acquired. |
CGI, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, is a limited partner
in each of the entities from which the company will acquire
controlling interests in the initial businesses. Navco
Management, Inc., an affiliate of CGI, is the general
partner of each of the entities from which the company will
acquire controlling interests in the initial businesses. See the
section entitled Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions for more information about the relationship
with CGI and its affiliated entities.
The remaining equity interests in each initial business will be
held by the respective senior management of each of our initial
businesses, as well as other minority shareholders. In addition,
the company will use a portion of the proceeds of this offering
and the separate private placement transactions to make loans
and financing commitments to each of our initial businesses, as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $50.0 million in term loans and approximately
$42.5 million in a financing commitment pursuant to a
revolving loan to CBS Personnel. The full amount of the term
loans, of which approximately $32.8 million represents a
capitalization loan, and approximately $18.6 million of the
revolving loan commitment will be funded to CBS Personnel in
conjunction with the closing of this offering. At the closing of
this offering, an aggregate amount of approximately
$68.6 million will be funded to CBS Personnel pursuant to
these loans and financing commitments. |
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $38.6 million in term loans and approximately
$20.0 million in a financing commitment pursuant to a
revolving loan to Crosman. The full amount of the term loans and
approximately $6.8 million of the revolving loan commitment
will be funded to Crosman in conjunction with the closing of
this offering. At the closing of this offering, an aggregate
amount of |
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $45.2 million will be funded to Crosman
pursuant to these loans and financing commitments. |
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $48.6 million in term loans and approximately
$4.0 million in a financing commitment pursuant to a
revolving loan to Advanced Circuits. The full amount of the term
loans and none of the revolving loan commitment will be funded
to Advanced Circuits in conjunction with the closing of this
offering. At the closing of this offering, an aggregate amount
of approximately $48.6 million will be funded to Advanced
Circuits pursuant to these loans and financing commitments. |
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $14.0 million in term loans and approximately
$4.0 million in a financing commitment pursuant to a
revolving loan to Silvue. The full amount of the term loans and
none of the revolving loan commitment will be funded to Silvue
in conjunction with the closing of this offering. At the closing
of this offering, an aggregate amount of approximately
$14.0 million will be funded to Silvue pursuant to these
loans and financing commitments. |
|
The acquisition of and the making of the loans and financing
commitments to each of our initial businesses will be
conditioned upon the closing of this offering. Each of the loans
and the financing commitments are discussed in more detail
below. The terms, including pricing, and conditions of the stock
purchase agreement reviewed and approved by the independent
directors of the company and the directors of each of the
initial businesses who are not affiliated with our management
team and our board of directors. The composition of the board of
directors of each of the initial businesses will remain the same
following the companys acquisition of such business. In
addition, the composition of the management team of each of the
initial businesses will remain the same following the
companys acquisition thereof.
The terms and conditions of the loan agreements were reviewed
and approved by the independent directors of the company and the
directors of each of the initial businesses who are not
affiliated with either our management team or the companys
board of directors. While this process of review and approval is
designed to ensure that the terms of the loans will be fair to
the initial businesses, it is not necessarily designed to
protect you. The company believes that the terms and conditions
of the loans will be substantially similar to those that the
initial businesses would be able to obtain from unaffiliated
third parties. In addition, the company believes that the terms
of the loans will be fair and reasonable given the leverage and
risk profiles of each of the initial businesses.
Although we received a fairness opinion from an independent
financial advisor regarding the fairness, from a financial point
of view, of the acquisition price of the initial businesses and,
notwithstanding that the stock purchase agreement and the loan
agreements were approved by a majority of our independent
directors and the directors of each of the initial businesses,
neither the stock purchase agreement nor the loan agreements
were negotiated on an arms-length basis. As a result, such
terms and conditions may be less favorable to the company than
they might have been had they been negotiated at
arms-length with unaffiliated persons. See the section
entitled Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions CGI for more information.
CBS Personnel
In conjunction with the closing of this offering, the company
will acquire approximately 97.9%, on a primary basis, and 95.0%,
on a fully diluted basis, of the equity of CBS Personnel for
approximately $54.9 million. This approximation is based
upon an agreed upon enterprise value for CBS Personnel and
assumes projected levels of debt and net working capital as of
the closing of this offering. The actual purchase price will be
based upon such agreed upon enterprise value and the actual
levels of debt and net working capital at closing. Therefore, if
the actual debt level at closing is less than such projected
debt level, then the actual purchase price will be greater than
such approximation. With respect to net working capital, the
actual purchase price will be increased if the estimated net
working capital of CBS Personnel as of the closing of the
offering exceeds an agreed upon range, or decreased if such net
working capital is less than such agreed upon range (with the
adjustment, in either case, to be in an amount equal to the
difference between such estimated net working capital and the
mid-point of such agreed upon range). For
49
a description of the formula for determining net working capital
and the agreed upon range thereof, see the section below
entitled Additional Acquisition Terms.
In addition, in connection with such acquisition and
concurrently with the closing of the offering, the company will
lend approximately $68.6 million to CBS Personnel. The
proceeds of the companys debt and equity investments will
be used to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
retire approximately $31.9 million of existing CBS
Personnel debt, plus pay an early redemption premium of
approximately $0.4 million; |
|
|
|
|
|
purchase, in the aggregate, approximately $54.9 million of
equity from Compass CS Partners, L.P. and Compass CS II
Partners, L.P., subsidiaries of CGI which we together refer to
as Compass CS Partners; |
|
|
|
|
|
redeem approximately $36.0 million of equity from Compass
CS Partners and certain unaffiliated minority
stockholders; and |
|
|
|
|
|
make option termination payments aggregating approximately
$0.3 million to members of CBS Personnels management
team. |
|
The company will acquire from Compass CS Partners
2,830,909 shares of CBS Personnels Class A
common stock and 1,472,473 of shares of CBS Personnels
Class B common stock. In addition, CBS Personnel will
redeem 825,037 shares of Class B common stock held by
Compass CS Partners, 2,197,325 shares of Class B common
stock held by Robert Lee Brown, the founder of a predecessor to
CBS Personnel and a member of CBS Personnels board since
October 6, 2000 and who we refer to as Mr. Brown, and
172,800 shares of CBS Personnels Class C common
stock held by certain directors and former directors of CBS
Personnel. Our ownership interest may be diluted by future
options, if any, granted at the discretion of the CBS Personnel
board of directors.
As of March 1, 2006, the issued and outstanding capital of
CBS Personnel consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
2,830,909 shares of Class A common stock, all of which
were held by Compass CS Partners; |
|
|
|
3,548,384 shares of Class B common stock, 2,274,052 of
which were held by Compass CS Partners and 1,274,332 of which
were held by Mr. Brown; |
|
|
|
|
249,833 shares of Class C common stock, all of which
were held by members of CBS Personnels management team and
certain other investors in CBS Personnel; |
|
|
|
|
warrants to acquire 23,457.15 shares of Class B common
stock, all of which were held by Compass CS Partners and are
expected to be exercised prior to the closing of this offering; |
|
|
|
warrants to acquire 922,993.45 shares of Class B
common stock, all of which were held by Mr. Brown and are
expected to be exercised prior to the closing of this
offering; and |
|
|
|
|
options to purchase 486,917 shares of Series C commons
stock, all of which were held by members of CBS Personnels
management team and certain other investors. |
|
The rights of the holders of such Class A, Class B and
Class C shares are substantially identical except that each
holder of Class A common stock is entitled to 10 votes per
share, whereas each holder of Class B common stock and
Class C common stock is entitled to only one vote per share.
Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, CGI and Compass CS
Partners make certain representations, warranties and covenants
for the companys benefit and provide the company with
certain rights to receive indemnification. See the section below
entitled Additional Acquisition Terms
for a more detailed discussion of such terms and provisions of
the stock purchase agreement. See also the section below
entitled Stockholders Agreements
for a discussion of certain rights and restrictions of the
stockholders of CBS Personnel.
50
The company will make term loans to CBS Personnel, consisting of
a senior secured term loan in the principal amount of
approximately $20.0 million and a senior subordinated
secured term loan in the principal amount of approximately
$30.0 million, pursuant to a credit agreement by and
between the company and CBS Personnel. The proceeds of the term
loans will be used, in part, to prepay all of the outstanding
debt obligations of CBS Personnel and, in part as a
capitalization loan, to redeem shares of Class B and
Class C common stock of CBS Personnel and to terminate
options to purchase Class C common stock held by certain
members of CBS Personnels management team. Interest on the
senior term loan and the senior subordinated term loan will
accrue at the per annum rates of LIBOR plus 3.5% and LIBOR plus
10.0% (or substantially equivalent rates based on the prime
rate), respectively, and will be due and payable monthly in
arrears on the last day of each calendar month. The senior term
loan and the senior subordinated term loan will have bullet
maturities at the end of the 60th month and
72nd month, respectively, subsequent to the funding thereof
but, in each case, will be pre-payable, without premium or
penalty, at any time at the option of CBS Personnel. The credit
agreement will contain customary covenants and events of
default, and will require that a substantial portion of any
excess cash flow generated by CBS Personnel be applied to repay
the senior and senior subordinated term loans and then to repay
any amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility.
The aggregate principal amount of the term loans will be
adjusted to give effect to payments made by or other borrowings
of CBS Personnel from December 31, 2005 until the closing
of this offering, and may be adjusted to achieve a specific
leverage with respect to CBS Personnel.
See the section below entitled
Collateralization of Loans to Our Initial
Businesses for a description of the collateral securing
the loans to our initial businesses.
The company will, pursuant to a revolving credit facility by and
between the company and CBS Personnel, make available to CBS
Personnel a secured revolving loan commitment of approximately
$42.5 million, of which approximately $18.6 million
will be funded and approximately $20.0 million will support
the issuance of
letters-of-credit.
Interest on outstanding revolving loans will accrue at a rate of
LIBOR plus 3.5% per annum (or a substantially equivalent
rate based on the prime rate) and will be payable monthly in
arrears on the last day of each calendar month. In addition, CBS
Personnel will be charged a fee equal to 3.5% per annum of
the face amount of all
letters-of-credit
issued and outstanding and a commitment fee equal to
0.5% per annum on the unused balance of the revolving loan
commitment amount. The revolving loan commitment will expire,
and all revolving loans will mature, at the end of the
60th month subsequent to the effective date of the
commitment, but such revolving loans will be pre-payable,
without premium or penalty, at any time at the option of CBS
Personnel. The revolving credit facility will contain customary
covenants and events of default. The revolving credit facility
will replace an existing revolving credit facility provided by a
third party lending group. CBS Personnel will use this revolving
credit facility to finance its working capital needs and for
general corporate purposes.
The revolving loan commitment will be adjusted to give effect to
payments made by or other borrowings of CBS Personnel from
December 31, 2005 until the closing of this offering, and
may be adjusted to achieve a specific leverage with respect to
CBS Personnel.
See the section below entitled
Collateralization of Loans to Our Initial
Businesses for a description of the collateral securing
the loans to our initial businesses.
Crosman
In conjunction with the closing of this offering, the company
will acquire, on both a primary basis and a fully diluted basis,
approximately 75.4% of the equity of Crosman for approximately
$25.4 million. This approximation is based upon an agreed
upon enterprise value for Crosman and assumes projected levels
of debt and net working capital as of the closing of this
offering. The actual purchase price will be based
51
upon such agreed upon enterprise value and the actual levels of
debt and net working capital at closing. Therefore, if the
actual debt level at closing is less than such projected debt
level, then the actual purchase price will be greater than such
approximation. With respect to net working capital, the actual
purchase price will be increased if the estimated net working
capital of Crosman as of the closing of the offering exceeds an
agreed upon range, or decreased if such net working capital is
less than such agreed upon range (with the adjustment, in either
case, to be in an amount equal to the difference between such
estimated net working capital and the mid-point of such agreed
upon range). For a description of the formula for determining
net working capital and the agreed upon range thereof, see the
section below entitled Additional Acquisition
Terms. In addition, in connection with such acquisition
and concurrently with the closing of the offering, the company
will lend approximately $45.2 million to, and assume
$0.2 million of capital leases from, Crosman. The proceeds
of the companys debt and equity investments will be used
to purchase approximately $24.9 million of such equity from
Compass Crosman Partners, LP, a subsidiary of CGI, which we
refer to as Compass Crosman Partners, and approximately
$0.4 million of equity from individuals affiliated with the
manager.
The company will acquire from Compass Crosman Partners
428,292 shares of Crosman common stock and certain
contingent, unvested warrants. In addition, the company will
acquire 6,825 shares of common stock owned by employees of
our manager and a former director of Crosman. The companys
ownership interest in Crosman may be diluted by future options,
if any, granted at the discretion of the Crosman board of
directors.
As of March 1, 2006, the issued and outstanding capital
stock of Crosman consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
577,360 shares of a single class of common stock, 428,292
of which were held by Compass Crosman Partners and the balance
of which was held by members of Crosmans management team
and certain other stockholders of Crosman; and |
|
|
|
options to purchase 30,000 additional shares of
Crosmans common stock, all of which were held by a member
of Crosmans management team. |
Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, CGI and Compass
Crosman Partners make certain representations, warranties and
covenants for the companys benefit and provide the company
with certain rights to receive indemnification. See the section
below entitled Additional Acquisition
Terms for a more detailed discussion of such terms and
provisions of the stock purchase agreement. See also the section
below entitled Stockholders
Agreements for a discussion of certain rights and
restrictions of the stockholders of Crosman.
The company will make term loans to Crosman, consisting of a
senior secured term loan in the principal amount of
approximately $24.5 million and a senior subordinated
secured term loan in the principal amount of approximately
$14.0 million, pursuant to a credit agreement by and
between the company and Crosman. The proceeds of the term loans
will be used to prepay all of the outstanding debt obligations
of Crosman. Interest on the senior term loan and the senior
subordinated term loan will accrue at a floating rate of LIBOR
plus 3.5% per annum and a fixed rate of 16.5% per
annum, respectively, and will be payable monthly in arrears the
last day of each calendar month. The senior term loan and the
senior subordinated term loan will have bullet maturities at the
end of the 60th month and 72nd month, respectively,
subsequent to the funding thereof but, in each case, will be
pre-payable, without premium or penalty, at any time at the
option of Crosman. The credit agreement will contain customary
covenants and events of default, and will require that a
substantial portion of any excess cash flow generated by Crosman
be applied to repay the senior and senior subordinated term
loans and then to repay any amounts outstanding under the
revolving credit facility.
52
The aggregate principal amount of term loans will be adjusted to
give effect to payments made by or other borrowings of Crosman
from January 1, 2006 until the closing of this offering.
See the section below entitled
Collateralization of Loans to Our Initial
Businesses for a description of the collateral securing
the loans to our initial businesses.
The company will, pursuant to a revolving credit facility by and
between the company and Crosman, make available to Crosman a
secured revolving loan commitment of approximately
$20.0 million, of which approximately $6.7 million
will be funded. Interest on outstanding revolving loans will
accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.5% per annum (or a
substantially equivalent rate based on the prime rate), and will
be payable monthly in arrears on the last day of each calendar
month. In addition, Crosman will be charged a commitment fee
equal to 0.5% per annum on the unused balance of the
revolving loan commitment amount. The revolving loan commitment
will expire, and all revolving loans will mature, at the end of
the 60th month subsequent to the effective date of the
commitment, but such revolving loans will be pre-payable,
without premium or penalty, at any time at the option of
Crosman. The revolving credit facility will contain customary
covenants and events of default. The revolving credit facility
will replace an existing revolving credit facility provided by a
third party lending group. Crosman will use this revolving
credit facility to finance its working capital needs and for
general corporate purposes.
The revolving loan commitment will be adjusted to give effect to
payments made by or other borrowings of Crosman from
January 1, 2006 until the closing of this offering.
See the section below entitled
Collateralization of Loans to Our Initial
Businesses for a description of the collateral securing
the loans to our initial businesses.
Advanced Circuits
In conjunction with the closing of this offering, the company
will acquire, on both a primary basis and a fully diluted basis,
approximately 70.2% of the equity of Advanced Circuits for
approximately $34.1 million. This approximation is based
upon an agreed upon enterprise value for Advanced Circuits and
assumes projected levels of debt and net working capital as of
the closing of this offering. The actual purchase price will be
based upon such agreed upon enterprise value and the actual
levels of debt and net working capital at closing. Therefore, if
the actual debt level at closing is less than such projected
debt level, then the actual purchase price will be greater than
such approximation. With respect to net working capital, the
actual purchase price will be increased if the estimated net
working capital of Advanced Circuits as of the closing of the
offering exceeds an agreed upon range, or decreased if such net
working capital is less than such agreed upon range (with the
adjustment, in either case, to be in an amount equal to the
difference between such estimated net working capital and the
mid-point of such agreed upon range). For a description of the
formula for determining net working capital and the agreed upon
range thereof, see the section below entitled
Additional Acquisition Terms.
In addition, in connection with such acquisition and
concurrently with the closing of the offering, the company will
lend approximately $48.6 million to Advanced Circuits. The
proceeds of the companys debt and equity investments will
be used to purchase approximately $32.2 million of such
equity from Compass Advanced Partners, LP, a subsidiary of CGI
which we refer to as Compass Advanced Partners,
approximately $0.4 million of such equity from individuals
affiliated with our manager and approximately $1.5 million
of such equity from an unaffiliated minority stockholder.
The company will acquire from Compass Advanced Partners
882,120 shares of Advanced Circuits Series B
common stock. In addition, the company will acquire
11,880 shares of Series B common stock from an entity
owned by employees of our manager and 40,000 shares of
Advanced Circuits Series A
53
common stock from a lender to Advanced Circuits. The
companys ownership interest may be diluted by future
options, if any, granted at the discretion of the Advanced
Circuits board of directors.
As of March 1, 2006, the issued and outstanding capital of
Advanced Circuits consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
425,729 shares of Series A common stock, all of which
were held by members of Advanced Circuits management team
and certain other stockholders of Advanced Circuits; and |
|
|
|
|
904,000 shares of Series B common stock, 882,120 of
which were held by Compass Advanced Partners, and the balance of
which were held by certain other investors. |
|
The rights of all holders of common stock are substantially
identical except that each holder of Series A common stock
is entitled to only one vote per share, whereas each holder of
Series B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share.
Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, CGI and Compass
Advanced Partners make certain representations, warranties and
covenants for the companys benefit and provide the company
with certain rights to receive indemnification. See the section
below entitled Additional Acquisition
Terms for a more detailed discussion of such terms and
provisions of the stock purchase agreement. See also the section
below entitled Stockholders
Agreements for a discussion of certain rights and
restrictions of the stockholders of Advanced Circuits.
The company will make term loans to Advanced Circuits,
consisting of a senior secured term loan in the principal amount
of approximately $33.1 million and a senior subordinated
secured term loan in the principal amount of approximately
$15.5 million, pursuant to a credit agreement by and
between the company and Advanced Circuits. The proceeds of the
term loans will be used to prepay all of the outstanding debt
obligations of Advanced Circuits. Interest on the senior term
loan and the senior subordinated term loan will accrue at the
per annum rates of LIBOR plus 3.75% and LIBOR plus 7.5% (or
substantially equivalent rates based on the prime rate),
respectively, and will be due and payable monthly in arrears on
the last day of each calendar month. The senior term loan and
the senior subordinated term loan will have bullet maturities at
the end of the 60th month and 72nd month,
respectively, subsequent to the funding thereof but, in each
case, will be pre-payable, without premium or penalty, at any
time at the option of Advanced Circuits. The credit agreement
will contain customary covenants and events of default, and will
require that a substantial portion of any excess cash flow
generated by Advanced Circuits be applied to repay the senior
and senior subordinated term loans and then to repay any amounts
outstanding under the revolving credit facility.
The aggregate principal amount of term loans will be adjusted to
give effect to payments made by or other borrowings of Advanced
Circuits from December 31, 2005 until the closing of this
offering.
See the section below entitled
Collateralization of Loans to Our Initial
Businesses for a description of the collateral securing
the loans to our initial businesses.
The company will, pursuant to a revolving credit facility by and
between the company and Advanced Circuits, make available to
Advanced Circuits a secured revolving loan commitment of
approximately $4.0 million, of which none will be funded.
Interest on outstanding revolving loans will accrue at a rate of
LIBOR plus 3.75% per annum (or a substantially equivalent
rate based on the prime rate), and will be payable monthly in
arrears on the last day of each calendar month. In addition,
Advanced Circuits will be charged a commitment fee equal to
0.5% per annum on the unused balance of the revolving loan
commitment amount. The revolving loan commitment will expire,
and all revolving loans will mature, at the end of the
60th month
subsequent to the effective date of the commitment, but such
revolving loans will be pre-payable, without premium or penalty,
at any time at the option of Advanced Circuits. The revolving
credit facility will contain customary covenants and events of
default. The revolving credit facility
54
will replace an existing revolving credit facility provided by a
third party lending group. Advanced Circuits will use this
revolving credit facility to finance its working capital needs
and for general corporate purposes.
The revolving loan commitment will be adjusted to give effect to
payments made by or other borrowings of Advanced Circuits from
December 31, 2005 until the closing of this offering.
See the section below entitled
Collateralization of Loans to Our Initial
Businesses for a description of the collateral securing
the loans to our initial businesses.
Silvue
In conjunction with the closing of this offering, the company
will acquire common and preferred equity securities of Silvue,
representing approximately 73.0% interest in Silvues
equity capital, after giving effect to the conversion of
preferred stock of Silvue to be acquired by the company, for
approximately $24.2 million. This approximation is based
upon an agreed upon enterprise value for Silvue and assumes
projected levels of debt and net working capital as of the
closing of this offering. The actual purchase price will be
based upon such agreed upon enterprise value and the actual
levels of debt and net working capital at closing. Therefore, if
the actual debt level at closing is less than such projected
debt level, then the actual purchase price will be greater than
such approximation. With respect to net working capital, the
actual purchase price will be increased if the estimated net
working capital of Silvue as of the closing of the offering
exceeds an agreed upon range, or decreased if such net working
capital is less than such agreed upon range (with the
adjustment, in either case, to be in an amount equal to the
difference between such estimated net working capital and the
mid-point of such agreed upon range). For a description of the
formula for determining net working capital and the agreed upon
range thereof, see the section below entitled
Additional Acquisition Terms. In
addition, in connection with such acquisition and concurrently
with the closing of the offering, the company will lend
approximately $14.0 million to Silvue. The company is
purchasing approximately $23.4 million of such equity from
Compass Silvue Partners, L.P., a subsidiary of CGI, which we
refer to as Compass Silvue Partners, approximately
$0.5 million of such equity from individuals affiliated
with the manager and approximately $0.9 million of such
equity from unaffiliated minority investors.
The company will acquire from Compass Silvue Partners
1,716 shares of Silvues Series A common stock,
4,901.4 shares of Silvues Series B common stock
and 21,521.85 shares of Silvues Series A
convertible preferred stock. In addition, the company will
acquire 1,465.72 shares of Silvues Series A
common stock, 98.6 shares of Silvues Series B
common stock and 552.42 shares of Silvues
Series A convertible preferred stock from an entity owned
by employees of our manager, a retiring manager of Silvue and
certain individuals affiliated with an investment banking firm.
Such shares of common stock to be acquired by the company will
represent, on both a primary basis and a fully diluted basis,
approximately 43.0% of the then issued and outstanding shares,
approximately 73.0% of the issued and outstanding shares after
giving effect to the conversion of preferred stock of Silvue to
be acquired by the company, and approximately 87.0% of the
voting power of all series of stock of Silvue after giving
effect to the conversion of preferred stock of Silvue to be
acquired by the company. The companys ownership interest
may be diluted by future options, if any, granted at the
discretion of the Silvue board of directors.
As of March 1, 2006, Silvues issued and outstanding
capital consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
14,036.72 shares of Series A common stock, all of
which were held by members of Silvues management team and
other stockholders of Silvue; |
|
|
|
5,000 shares of Series B common stock, 4,901.4 of
which were held by Compass Silvue Partners and the remainder of
which were held by certain other stockholders of Silvue; |
|
|
|
22,432.23 shares of Series A convertible preferred
stock, 21,521.85 of which were held by CGIs subsidiary and
the remainder of which were held by certain stockholders of
Silvue; and |
55
|
|
|
|
|
4,500 shares of Series B redeemable preferred stock,
all of which were held by members of Silvues management
team. |
Prior to the closing of this offering, Compass Silvue Partners
will acquire 1,716 shares of Silvues Series A
common stock from a retiring Silvue manager. In addition, as of
March 1, 2006, certain members of the management team,
employees and directors of Silvue held options to
purchase 1,581 additional shares of Series A common
stock of Silvue, all of which were unvested.
The rights of all holders of common stock are substantially
identical except that each holder of Series A common stock
is entitled to only one vote per share, whereas each holder of
Series B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share.
Among other rights, each share of Series A convertible
preferred stock is convertible into both (i) one share of
Series A common stock and (ii) that number of shares
of Series B redeemable preferred stock which equals the
product of (x) the product of (A) 15.714
multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Series A
convertible preferred stock, multiplied by (y) 1.13,
reflecting a 13% return compounded annually, from the date of
issuance of such shares to the date of conversion. In each
following years, the number of shares of Series B
redeemable preferred stock would equal the product of
(x) prior years calculated number of Series B
redeemable preferred stock, multiplied by (y) 1.13.
Among other rights, each share of Series B redeemable
preferred stock is entitled to a redemption preference equal to
the face amount of the shares multiplied by 20 plus a 13%
return, compounded annually, from the date of issuance of such
share to the date of redemption.
Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, CGI and CGls
subsidiary make certain representations, warranties and
covenants for the companys benefit and provide the company
with certain rights to receive indemnification. See the section
below entitled Additional Acquisition
Terms for a more detailed discussion of such terms and
provisions of the stock purchase agreement. See also the section
below entitled Stockholders
Agreements for a discussion of certain rights and
restrictions of the stockholders of Silvue.
The company will make term loans to Silvue, consisting of a
senior secured term loan in the principal amount of
approximately $11.0 million and a senior subordinated
secured term loan in the principal amount of approximately
$3.0 million, pursuant to a credit agreement by and between
the company and Silvue. The proceeds of the term loans will be
used to prepay all of the outstanding debt obligations of
Silvue. Interest on the senior term loan and the senior
subordinated term loan will accrue at the per annum rates of
LIBOR plus 3.0% and LIBOR plus 8.5% (or substantially equivalent
rates based on the prime rate), respectively, and will be due
and payable monthly in arrears on the last day of each calendar
month. The senior term loan and the senior subordinated term
loan will have bullet maturities at the end of the
60th month and 72nd month, respectively, subsequent to
the funding thereof but, in each case, will be pre-payable,
without premium or penalty, at any time at the option of Silvue.
The credit agreement will contain customary covenants and events
of default, and will require that a substantial portion of any
excess cash flow generated by Silvue be applied to repay the
senior and senior subordinated term loans and then to repay any
amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility.
The aggregate principal amount of term loans will be adjusted to
give effect to payments made by or other borrowings of Silvue
from December 31, 2005 until the closing of this offering.
See the section below entitled
Collateralization of Loans to Our Initial
Businesses for a description of the collateral securing
the loans to our initial businesses.
The company will, pursuant to a revolving credit facility by and
between the company and Silvue, make available to Silvue a
secured revolving loan commitment of approximately
$4.0 million, of which none will be funded. Interest on
outstanding revolving loans will accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus
3.0% per annum (or a substantially equivalent rate based on
the prime rate), and will be payable monthly in arrears
56
on the last day of each calendar month. In addition, Silvue will
be charged a commitment fee equal to 0.5% per annum on the
unused balance of the revolving loan commitment amount. The
revolving loan commitment will expire, and all revolving loans
will mature, at the end of the 60th month subsequent to the
effective date of the commitment, but such revolving loans will
be pre-payable, without premium or penalty, at any time at the
option of Silvue. The revolving credit facility will contain
customary covenants and events of default. The revolving credit
facility will replace an existing revolving credit facility
provided by a third party lending group. Silvue will use this
revolving credit facility to finance its working capital needs
and for general corporate purposes.
The revolving loan commitment will be adjusted to give effect to
payments made by or other borrowings of Silvue from
December 31, 2005 until the closing of this offering.
See the section below entitled
Collateralization of Loans to Our Initial
Businesses for a description of the collateral securing
the loans to our initial businesses.
Additional Acquisition Terms
Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, the purchase price to
be paid by the company for each of the initial businesses will
be increased if the estimated net working capital of such
business, agreed upon by the company and the sellers immediately
prior to the acquisition thereof, exceeds an agreed upon range,
or decreased if such estimated net working capital is less than
such range. The amount of such increase or decrease, as the case
may be, will be equal to the difference between the mid-point of
the agreed upon range and such estimated net working capital.
For purposes of this adjustment, net working capital for each of
the initial businesses is defined as the excess at any time,
calculated on a consolidated basis taking into account
intercompany eliminations, of (i) all current assets
(exclusive of deferred income taxes) of such business at such
time, over (ii) all current liabilities (exclusive of
current maturities on long-term debt and deferred income taxes)
of such business at such time, including, in the case of CBS
Personnel, all workers compensation liabilities, as determined
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
whether short-term or long-term.
Further, pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, with respect
to the companys acquisition of each of the initial
businesses, CGI and the applicable selling CGI subsidiary or
subsidiaries, as the case may be, jointly and severally
represent and warrant to the company, among other matters, as to
the due organization, valid existence and good standing of such
businesses, their authority to enter into the stock purchase
agreement and their legal, valid, binding and enforceable
obligations thereunder, the capitalization of such businesses
and ownership of the shares, the accuracy of the financial
statements of such businesses, the good and marketable title of
such business to their assets and properties, the good condition
and sufficiency of the assets and properties of such businesses,
compliance by such businesses with applicable legal
requirements, the absence of any material adverse change to the
assets or results of operations of such businesses, legal
proceedings, insurance and intellectual property. Additionally,
CGI and Compass CS Partners jointly and severally represent and
warrant to the company as to labor matters, CGI and Compass
Crosman Partners jointly and severally represent and warrant to
the company as to labor matters, environmental matters and
customer and supplier contracts, CGI and Compass Advanced
Partners jointly and severally represent and warrant to the
company as to labor and environmental matters and permits and
compliance with laws, and CGI and Compass Silvue Partners
jointly and severally represent and warrant to the company as to
labor and environmental matters. In addition, the companys
acquisition of the initial businesses is subject to customary
conditions precedent and regulatory approval, including
expiration or early termination of the applicable waiting period
under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976.
Except for representations and warranties with respect to due
organization and valid existence of each of the initial
businesses and their subsidiaries, capitalization and ownership
of shares, authority to enter into the stock purchase agreement
and their legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations
under the stock purchase agreement, which representations and
warranties will survive for the periods of any applicable
statutes of limitations, all representations and warranties and
covenants of CGI and its selling
57
subsidiaries will survive the closing of the applicable
acquisition for fifteen months, and the applicable sellers and
CGI agree to indemnify the company for their proportionate
shares of any damages arising from a breach of any such
representation, warranty or covenant by any of CGI and the
selling subsidiaries, in each case in respect only of that
business which the company is acquiring from them. CGIs
obligation to indemnify the company will be secured by its
pledge of the trust shares acquired by it pursuant to the
private placement transaction while there is no security for the
other sellers obligations to indemnify the company. The
parties to the stock purchase agreement also indemnify each
other against claims for brokerage or finders fees or
commissions in connection with the purchase and sale of the
applicable initial business. The indemnification obligations of
the parties (except in respect of breaches of representations
and warranties as to due organization and valid existence of
each of the initial businesses and their subsidiaries,
capitalization and ownership of shares, authority to enter into
the stock purchase agreement and their legal, valid, binding and
enforceable obligations under the stock purchase agreement) are
subject to a threshold above which claims must aggregate prior
to the availability of recovery and a cap on the maximum
potential indemnification liability.
In addition to the indemnification provisions described above:
|
|
|
|
|
the company will indemnify CGI and Compass Crosman Partners for
any damages arising pursuant to a partial guaranty by Compass
Crosman Partners of an obligation of Crosman to pay to the
former owners of Crosman an earn-out under the agreement
pursuant to which CGI acquired control of Crosman. Such earn-out
would be triggered if Crosman meets certain financial
performance benchmarks for the fiscal year ending June 30,
2006. If triggered, we do not anticipate that such earn-out
would be material to our results of operations or financial
condition. A similar earn-out with respect to the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2005 was not triggered. |
|
|
|
|
CGI and Compass Advanced Partners will indemnify the company
against any damages resulting from a breach of any
representation, warranty, covenant or obligation of Compass
Advanced Partners or Advanced Circuits under the agreement
pursuant to which CGI originally acquired control of Advanced
Circuits, or any failure by either of them to perform any
obligation under such original purchase agreement after the date
of the closing of CGIs original acquisition and through
the closing of this offering. This separate indemnification
obligation is not subject to a threshold or cap. |
|
|
|
|
CGI and Compass Silvue Partners will indemnify the company
against any damages resulting from a breach of any
representation, warranty, covenant or obligation of Compass
Silvue Partners or Silvue under the agreement pursuant to which
CGI originally acquired control of Silvue, or any failure by
either of them to perform any obligation under such original
purchase agreement after the date of the closing of CGIs
original acquisition and through the closing of this offering.
This separate indemnification obligation is not subject to a
threshold or cap. |
The representations and warranties set forth in each of the
stock purchase agreement and each other agreement filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement were made exclusively for
the benefit of the parties to such agreement and not for the
benefit of any other person, including those persons seeking to
make an investment decision with respect to us or the shares.
Such representations and warranties will be made solely for the
purpose of consummating the transactions contemplated by the
applicable agreement and allocating risk among the parties
thereto, and for no other purpose. In this respect, such
representations and warranties are not an indication of the
actual state of facts at the time made or otherwise. Further,
such representations and warranties will be made as of a
specific date or dates as opposed to generally. Likewise, such
representations and warranties will be subject to the
limitations negotiated by the parties to the applicable
agreement, including those relating to materiality, substantive
limitations as to the scope and nature of such representations
and warranties and limitations arising out of disclosures
between the parties during the negotiation process. Standards of
materiality set forth in such representations or warranties or
which are used for determining satisfaction of such
representations or warranties do not correspond to standards of
materiality with respect to disclosures made in a registration
statement or made to the public generally. As a result, you
should not place any reliance on any such
58
representations and warranties in the course of making an
investment decision with respect to us or the shares.
Stockholders Agreements
With respect to each of our initial businesses, the respective
stockholders are party to one or more stockholders
agreements that restrict the rights of some or all of such
stockholders to transfer the shares held by them, and grant to
the applicable selling CGI subsidiary or subsidiaries certain
rights with respect to shares held by minority stockholders.
Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by the stock
purchase agreement, the company will succeed to the rights and
interests of the applicable selling CGI subsidiaries under such
stockholders agreements.
In the case of CBS Personnel, there is a stockholders
agreement among the holders of Class A common stock and
Class B common stock. However, pursuant to the stock
purchase agreement, the company will acquire all outstanding
shares of Class A common stock and Class B common
stock and, therefore, such stockholders agreement relating
to Class A and Class B common stock will have no legal
effect. In addition, each holder of Class C common stock of
CBS Personnel is party to a stockholders agreement among
such holder, CBS Personnel and Compass CS Partners. Pursuant to
each such Class C stockholders agreement, the company
will have the benefit of both the right, which we refer to as a
right of first refusal, upon a proposed sale by a holder of
shares to an unaffiliated person, to acquire such shares on the
same terms as offered to such unaffiliated person, and the
right, referred to as a drag-along right, upon a proposed sale
by the company of some or all of its shares, to cause the other
holders of shares to sell, on the same terms, a proportionate
number of such shares held by such other holders. Such
drag-along right will enable the company to cause the complete
disposition of CBS Personnel. These Class C
stockholders agreements do not restrict the companys
ability to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of its shares.
The holders of Crosman common stock are party to a
stockholders agreement among such holders and Crosman,
pursuant to which the company will have rights of first refusal
and drag-along rights, which drag-along rights will enable the
company to cause the complete disposition of Crosman. Pursuant
to this stockholders agreement, the company will be
permitted to sell or otherwise dispose of its shares to
unaffiliated persons subject, however, to the right, which we
refer to as a drag-along right, of each other stockholder to
sell, on the same terms available to the company, a
proportionate number of its shares to such proposed purchaser.
In addition, this stockholders agreement permits the
company to pledge its controlling interest in Crosman as
security for loans to the company.
The holders of Advanced Circuits common stock and Silvue common
and preferred stock are party to stockholders agreements
among such holders and the applicable initial business, pursuant
to which the company will have drag-along rights, which
drag-along rights will enable the company to cause the complete
disposition of either or both Advanced Circuits or Silvue, and
the other stockholders will have tag-along rights. These
stockholders agreements do not permit stockholders other
than the company to sell shares to unaffiliated persons. In
addition, these stockholders agreements permit the company
to pledge its controlling interest in the applicable initial
business as security for loans to the company.
Collateralization of Loans to Our Initial Businesses
The senior secured term loans and the revolving loans to each of
our initial businesses will be secured by a first priority lien
on all properties and assets of such businesses. The senior
subordinated secured term loans to each of our initial
businesses will be secured by a second priority lien on all
properties and assets of such businesses.
59
OUR MANAGER
Overview of Our Manager
Our manager is a newly created entity that is owned and
controlled by its sole and managing member, our Chief Executive
Officer, Mr. Massoud. Following this offering, CGI, through
a subsidiary, and Sostratus LLC, an entity owned by our
management team, will become non-managing members of our
manager. CGI will be issued the non-management interest in our
manager in conjunction with the closing of this offering and
will not pay any cash consideration for this interest; CGI will
receive this consideration as part of the overall consideration
for participating and engaging in the transactions contemplated
by this offering. Sostratus LLC has paid $100,000 for its
non-management interest in our manager.
Our Relationship With Our Manager
Our relationship with our manager is based on our manager having
two distinct roles: first, as a service provider to us; and
second, as an equity holder of the allocation interests.
As a service provider, our manager will perform a variety of
services for us, which will entitle it to receive a management
fee. As holder of the companys allocation interests, our
manager has the right to a preferred distribution in the form of
a profit allocation. Our manager paid $100,000 for the
allocation interests. In addition, our manager will have the
right to cause the company to purchase the allocation interests
then owned by our manager upon termination of the management
services agreement.
These relationships with our manager will be governed
principally by the following agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the management services agreement relating to the services our
manager will perform for us and the businesses we own; |
|
|
|
|
|
the companys LLC agreement relating to our managers
rights with respect to the allocation interests it owns; and |
|
|
|
|
|
the supplemental put agreement relating to our managers
right to cause the company to purchase the allocation interests
it owns. |
|
We also expect that our manager will enter into offsetting
management services agreements and transaction services
agreements with our businesses directly. These agreements, and
some of the material terms relating thereto, are discussed in
more detail in the section entitled Management Services
Agreement. The management fee, profit allocation and put
price under the supplemental put agreement will be payment
obligations of the company and, as a result, will be paid, along
with other company obligations, prior to the payment of
distributions to shareholders.
|
|
|
Our Manager as a Service Provider |
The companys board of directors will engage our manager to
manage the day-to-day
operations and affairs of the company, oversee the management
and operations of our businesses and perform certain other
services for us. The company will enter into a management
services agreement which will set forth the services to be
performed by our manager and the fees to be paid to our manager
for providing such services. Generally, the company will pay our
manager a quarterly management fee equal to 0.5% (2.0%
annualized) of our adjusted net assets, as discussed in more
detail below. See the section entitled Management Services
Agreement for more information about the material terms of
the management services agreement.
Management Fee
Subject to any adjustments discussed below, for performing
management services under the management services agreement
during any fiscal quarter, the company will pay our manager a
management fee with respect to such fiscal quarter. The
management fee to be paid with respect to any fiscal quarter
will be calculated as of the last day of such fiscal quarter,
which we refer to as the
60
calculation date. The management fee will be calculated by an
administrator, which will be our manager so long as the
management services agreement is in effect. The amount of any
management fee payable by the company as of any calculation date
with respect to any fiscal quarter will be (i) reduced
by the aggregate amount of any offsetting management fees,
if any, received by our manager from any of our businesses with
respect to such fiscal quarter, (ii) reduced
(or increased) by the amount of any
over-paid (or
under-paid) management
fees received by (or owed to) our manager as of such calculation
date, and (iii) increased by the amount of any
outstanding accrued and unpaid management fees.
Management services performed for the company will be provided
at our managers cost. Furthermore, all costs and expenses
incurred by our manager, which can be significant, in the
identification, diligence and negotiation of potential
acquisitions of new businesses for which the company does not
submit an indication of interest to pursue such acquisition will
also be at our managers cost and expense. Such costs and
expenses may relate to travel, attendance of industry events and
retention of outside service providers such as lawyers,
consultants and accountants, as appropriate. In addition, the
management fee will cover the compensation of our Chief
Executive Officer and any other personnel providing services
pursuant to the management services agreement, including
personnel seconded to the company. However, the company will
reimburse our manager for the compensation and related costs and
expenses of our Chief Financial Officer and his staff, as
discussed in more detail below.
As an obligation of the company, the management fee will be paid
prior to the payment of distributions to our shareholders. If we
do not have sufficient liquid assets to pay the management fee
when due, we may be required to liquidate assets or incur debt
in order to pay the management fee.
Example of Calculation of Management Fee
Based on the pro forma condensed combined financial statements
set forth in this prospectus at or for the quarter ended
December 31, 2005, the quarterly management fee that would
have been payable under the management services agreement, on a
pro forma basis, would be calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In | |
|
|
thousands) | |
Total Management fee:
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Total assets
|
|
$ |
454,950 |
|
|
2. Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
3. Adjusted total liabilities
|
|
|
113,979 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Adjusted net assets
(1 2 3)
|
|
|
340,971 |
|
|
5. Quarterly management fee (0.5% * 4)
|
|
|
1,705 |
|
|
Offsetting management fees:
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. CBS Personnel
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
7. Crosman
|
|
|
145 |
|
|
8. Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
9. Silvue
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
|
|
10. Total offsetting management fees
(6 + 7 + 8 + 9)
|
|
|
608 |
|
|
|
|
|
11. Management fee payable by the company
(5 10)
|
|
$ |
1,097 |
|
|
|
|
|
Assuming the information above remained constant for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2005, the total management fee, on
a pro forma basis, that would have been due for such fiscal year
would have been approximately $6.8 million (4 x line 5),
with total offsetting management fees of approximately
$2.4 million, resulting in a management fee payable by the
company of approximately $4.4 million. There were no
transaction services agreements during this period.
61
For purposes of this provision:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted net assets will be equal to, with respect
to the company as of any calculation date, the sum of
(i) consolidated total assets (as determined in accordance
with GAAP) of the company as of such calculation date, plus
(ii) the absolute amount of accumulated amortization
(as determined in accordance with GAAP) for the company as of
such calculation date, minus (iii) the absolute
amount of adjusted total liabilities of the company as of such
calculation date. |
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted total liabilities will be equal to, with
respect to the company as of any calculation date, the
companys consolidated total liabilities (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) as of such calculation date after
excluding the effect of any outstanding third party indebtedness
of the company. |
|
|
|
|
|
The management fee will be equal to, as of any
calculation date, the product of (i) management fee
percentage, multiplied by (ii) the companys
adjusted net assets as of such calculation date; provided,
however, that, with respect to the fiscal quarter in which
the closing of this offering occurs, the company will pay our
manager a management fee with respect to such fiscal quarter
equal to the product of (i)(x) management fee
percentage, multiplied by (y) the companys
adjusted net assets as of such calculation date, multiplied
by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of days from and including the date of closing to and
including the last day of such fiscal quarter and the
denominator of which is the number of days in such fiscal
quarter; provided, further, however, that, with respect
to any fiscal quarter in which the management services agreement
is terminated, the company will pay our manager a management fee
with respect to such fiscal quarter equal to the product
of (i)(x) the management fee percentage, multiplied by
(y) the companys adjusted net assets as of such
calculation date, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of days from and including the
first day of such fiscal quarter to but excluding the date upon
which the management services agreement is terminated and the
denominator of which is the number of days in such fiscal
quarter. |
|
|
|
|
|
The management fee percentage will be equal to 0.5%
(2.0% annualized) of adjusted net assets. |
|
|
|
|
|
The companys third party indebtedness means
any indebtedness of the company owed to third party lenders that
are not affiliated with the company. |
|
|
|
|
Our Manager as an Equity Holder |
Our manager will own 100% of the allocation interests of the
company, which generally will entitle our manager to receive a
20% profit allocation as a form of preferred distribution,
subject to a 7% annualized hurdle, on realized company profits.
The calculation of the profit allocation and the rights of our
manager, as the holder of the allocation interests, are governed
by the LLC agreement. See the section entitled Description
of Shares for more information about the LLC agreement.
Managers Profit Allocation
The profit allocation to be paid to our manager is intended to
reflect our ability to generate ongoing cash flows and capital
gains in excess of a hurdle rate. In general, such profit
allocation is designed to pay our manager 20% of the
companys profits upon clearance of a 7% annual hurdle. The
companys audit committee, which is comprised solely of
independent directors, will have the opportunity to review and
approve the calculation of managers profit allocation when
it becomes due and payable. Our manager will not receive a
profit allocation on an annual basis. Instead, our manager will
be paid a profit allocation upon the occurrence of either:
|
|
|
|
|
the sale of a material amount, as determined by our manager in
its reasonable discretion and approved by the companys
board of directors, of the capital stock or assets of one of our
businesses or a subsidiary of one of our businesses, which event
we refer to as a sale event; or |
62
|
|
|
|
|
at the option of our manager, for the 30-day period following
the fifth anniversary of the date upon which we acquired a
controlling interest in a business, which event we refer to as a
holding event. If our manager elects to forego declaring a
holding event with respect to such business, then our manager
may only declare a holding event with respect to such business
on the 30day period following each anniversary of the
holding event with respect to such business. Once declared, our
manager may only declare another holding event with respect to a
business following the fifth anniversary of the date upon which
the manager previously declared a holding event to have occurred
with respect to such business. |
We refer to the sale event and holding event, collectively, as
trigger events. We believe this allocation timing more
accurately reflects the long-term performance of each of our
businesses rather than a method that provides for annual
allocations, and is consistent with our intent to hold, manage
and grow our businesses over the long term. We refer generally
to the obligation to make this payment to our manager as the
profit allocation and, specifically, to the amount
of any particular profit allocation as the managers
profit allocation; definitions used in and an example of
the calculation of profit allocation are set forth in more
detail below.
The amount of the managers profit allocation will be based
on the extent to which the total profit allocation amount with
respect to any business, as of the last day of any fiscal
quarter in which a trigger event occurs, which date we refer to
as the calculation date, exceeds the relevant hurdle amounts
with respect to such business, as of such calculation date.
Managers profit allocation will be calculated by an
administrator, which will be the manager so long as the
management services agreement is in effect. For this purpose,
total profit allocation amount will be equal to,
with respect to any business as of any calculation date, the
sum of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the contribution-based profit of such business as of such
calculation date, which will be calculated upon the occurrence
of any trigger event with respect to such business; plus |
|
|
|
|
|
the cumulative gains and losses of the company as of such
calculation date, which will only be calculated upon the
occurrence of a sale event with respect to such business. We
generally expect this component to be the most significant
component in calculating total profit allocation amount. |
|
Specifically, the managers profit allocation will be
calculated by the administrator, which will be the manager,
subject to review and approval by our Audit Committee, and paid
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
managers profit allocation will not be paid with
respect to a trigger event relating to any business if the total
profit allocation amount, as of any calculation date, does
not exceed such business level 1 hurdle amount
(7% annualized), as of such calculation date; and |
|
|
|
|
|
managers profit allocation will be paid with
respect to a trigger event relating to any business if the total
profit allocation amount, as of any calculation date, exceeds
such business level 1 hurdle amount (7%
annualized), as of such calculation date. Our managers
profit allocation to be paid with respect to such calculation
date will be equal to the sum of the following: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% of such business total profit allocation amount, as
of such calculation date, with respect to that portion of the
total profit allocation amount that exceeds such business
level 1 hurdle amount (7% annualized) but is less than or
equal to such business level 2 hurdle amount (8.75%
annualized), in each case, as of such calculation date. We refer
to this portion of the total profit allocation amount as the
catch-up.
The
catch-up is
intended to provide our manager with an overall profit
allocation of 20% once the level 1 hurdle amount has been
surpassed; plus |
|
|
|
|
|
20% of the total profit allocation amount, as of such
calculation date, that exceeds such business level 2
hurdle amount (8.75% annualized) as of such calculation date;
minus |
|
|
|
|
|
our managers high water mark allocation, if any, as of
such calculation date. The effect of deducting the high water
mark allocation is to take into account allocations our manager
has already received in respect of past gains and losses. |
|
63
The administrator will calculate managers profit
allocation on or promptly following the relevant calculation
date, subject to a true-up calculation upon
availability of audited or unaudited consolidated financial
statements, as the case may be, of the company to the extent not
available on such calculation date. Any adjustment necessitated
by the true-up calculation will be made in connection with the
next calculation of managers profit allocation.
Once calculated, the administrator will submit the calculation
of managers profit allocation to the companys audit
committee, which is comprised solely of independent directors,
for its review and approval. The audit committee will have ten
business days to review and approve the calculation, which
approval shall be automatic absent disapproval by the majority
of the independent directors comprising the audit committee.
Managers profit allocation will be paid five business days
after such approval.
If the audit committee disapproves of the administrators
calculation of managers profit allocation, then it will be
required to present a recalculation of managers profit
allocation to the administrator and pay the lower amount of the
managers profit allocation as calculated by the
administrator or recalculated by the audit committee to our
manager, in each case, within ten business days of such
disapproval. If the administrator disagrees with the audit
committees recalculation of managers profit
allocation so presented, then the administrator will have the
right to direct the audit committee to engage, at the
companys cost and expense, an independent accounting firm
to calculate managers profit allocation within twenty
business days. The calculation of such accounting firm will be
based on the most recent audited or unaudited consolidated
financial statements of the company and its businesses and its
calculation shall be conclusive and binding on the company and
the manager. Any difference in the amount so calculated and the
amount of managers profit allocation paid to the manager
will be paid immediately if an additional amount of profit
allocation is due according to the independent accounting firm
calculation. If, per the independent accounting firms
calculation, the managers profit allocation amount paid
exceeded the independent accounting firms calculation, the
amount of overpayment will be accounted for as an offset in
connection with the next payment of managers profit
allocation or the payment of the put price.
We will also pay a tax distribution to our manager if our
manager is allocated taxable income by the company but does not
realize distributions from the company at least equal to the
taxes payable by our manager resulting from allocations of
taxable income. Any such tax distributions will be calculated,
reviewed, approved and paid in the same manner as profit
allocations.
For any fiscal quarter in which a trigger event occurs with
respect to more than one business, the calculation of the
managers profit allocation, including the components
thereof, will be made with respect to each business in the order
in which controlling interests in such businesses were acquired
or obtained by the company and the resulting amounts shall be
aggregated to determine the total amount of managers
profit allocation.
As obligations of the company, profit allocations and tax
distributions will be paid prior to the payment of distributions
to our shareholders. If we do not have sufficient liquid assets
to pay the profit allocations or tax distributions when due, we
may be required to liquidate assets or incur debt in order to
pay such profit allocation. The manager will have the right to
elect to defer the payment of the managers profit
allocation due on any payment date. Once deferred, the manager
may demand payment thereof upon 20 business days prior written
notice.
Termination of the management services agreement, by any means,
will not affect our managers rights with respect to the
allocation interest in the company that it owns, including its
right to receive profit allocations.
64
|
|
|
Example of Calculation of Managers Profit Allocation |
The manager will receive a profit allocation at the end of the
fiscal quarter in which a trigger event occurs, as follows (all
dollar amounts are in millions):
|
|
|
|
Assumptions |
|
|
|
|
Year 1: |
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Company A (Company A) |
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Company B (Company B) |
|
|
|
|
Year 3 |
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Company C (Company C) |
|
|
|
|
Year 4 |
|
|
|
|
Company A (or assets thereof) sold for $20 capital gain over
book value of assets at time of sale, which is a qualifying
trigger event |
|
|
|
|
Company As average allocated share of our consolidated net
equity over its ownership is $40 |
|
|
|
|
Company As holding period in quarters is 12 |
|
|
|
|
Company As contribution-based profit since acquisition is
$8.5 |
|
|
|
|
Year 6: |
|
|
|
|
Company Bs contribution-based profit since acquisition is
$4.5 |
|
|
|
|
Company Bs average allocated share of our consolidated net
equity over its ownership is $30 |
|
|
|
|
Company Bs holding period in quarters is 20 |
|
|
|
|
Manager elects to have holding period measured for purposes of
profit allocation for Company B |
|
|
|
|
Year 7: |
|
|
|
|
Company B (or assets thereof) is sold for $5 capital loss under
book value of assets at time of sale |
|
|
|
|
Company Bs average allocated share of our consolidated net
equity over its ownership is $30 |
|
|
|
|
Company Bs holding period in quarters is 24 |
|
|
|
|
Company Bs contribution-based profit since acquisition is
$8.5 |
|
|
|
|
Company C (or assets thereof) is sold for $12 capital gain over
book value of assets at time of sale |
|
|
|
|
Company Cs average allocated share of our consolidated net
equity over its ownership is $35 |
|
|
|
|
Company Cs holding period in quarters is 16 |
|
|
|
|
Company Cs contribution-based profit since acquisition is
$8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With Respect to Relevant Business |
|
Year 4 | |
|
Year 6 | |
|
Year 7 | |
|
Year 7 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
A, due to | |
|
B, due to | |
|
B, due to | |
|
C, due to | |
|
|
|
|
sale | |
|
5 year hold | |
|
sale | |
|
sale | |
1
|
|
Contribution-based profit since acquisition for respective
subsidiary |
|
$ |
8.5 |
|
|
$ |
4.5 |
|
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
2
|
|
Gain/ Loss on sale of company |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
12 |
|
3
|
|
Cumulative gains and losses |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
4
|
|
High water mark prior to transaction |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
5
|
|
Total Profit Allocation Amount (1 + 3) |
|
|
28.5 |
|
|
|
24.5 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
6
|
|
Business holding period in quarters since ownership or
last measurement due to holding event |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
7
|
|
Business average allocated share of consolidated net equity |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
8
|
|
Business level 1 hurdle amount (1.75% * 6 * 7) |
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
9
|
|
Business excess over level 1 hurdle amount (5 - 8) |
|
|
20.1 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
13.9 |
|
|
|
25.2 |
|
10
|
|
Business level 2 hurdle amount (125% * 8) |
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
|
13.125 |
|
|
|
2.625 |
|
|
|
12.25 |
|
11
|
|
Allocated to manager as catch-up (10 - 8) |
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
2.625 |
|
|
|
0.525 |
|
|
|
2.45 |
|
12
|
|
Excess over level 2 hurdle amount (9 - 11) |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
11.375 |
|
|
|
13.375 |
|
|
|
22.75 |
|
13
|
|
Allocated to manager from excess over level 2 hurdle amount
(20% * 12) |
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
2.275 |
|
|
|
2.675 |
|
|
|
4.55 |
|
14
|
|
Cumulative allocation to manager (11 +13) |
|
|
5.7 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
15
|
|
High water mark allocation (20% * 4) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Managers Profit Allocation for Current Period
(14 - 15,> 0) |
|
$ |
5.7 |
|
|
$ |
0.9 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
For purposes of calculating profit allocation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
An entitys adjusted net assets will be equal
to, as of any date, the sum of (i) such
entitys consolidated total assets (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) as of such date, plus (ii) the
absolute amount of such entitys accumulated amortization
(as determined in accordance with GAAP) as of such date,
minus (iii) the absolute amount of such
entitys adjusted total liabilities as of such date. |
|
|
|
|
|
An entitys adjusted total liabilities will be
equal to, as of any date, such entitys consolidated total
liabilities (as determined in accordance with GAAP) as of such
date after excluding the effect of any outstanding third party
indebtedness of such entity. |
|
|
|
|
|
A business allocated share of the companys
overhead will be equal to, with respect to any measurement
period as of any calculation date, the aggregate amount of such
business quarterly share of the companys overhead
for each fiscal quarter ending during such measurement period. |
|
|
|
|
|
A business average allocated share of our
consolidated equity will be equal to, with respect to any
measurement period, the average (i.e., arithmetic mean)
of a business quarterly allocated share of our
consolidated equity for each fiscal quarter ending during such
measurement period. |
|
|
|
|
|
Capital gains (i) means, with respect to any
entity, capital gains (as determined in accordance with GAAP)
that are calculated with respect to the sale of capital stock or
assets of such entity and which sale gave rise to a sale event
and the calculation of profit allocation and (ii) will be
equal to the amount, adjusted for minority interests, by which
(x) the net sales price of such capital stock or assets, as
the case may be, exceeded (y) the net book value (as
determined in accordance with GAAP) of such capital stock or
assets, as the case may be, at the time of such sale, as
reflected on the companys consolidated balance sheet
prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, that such
amount shall not be less than zero. |
|
|
|
|
|
Capital losses (i) means, with respect to any
entity, capital losses (as determined in accordance with GAAP)
that are calculated with respect to the sale of capital stock or
assets of such entity and which sale gave rise to a sale event
and the calculation of profit allocation and (ii) will be
equal to the amount, adjusted for minority interests, by which
(x) the net book value (as determined in accordance with
GAAP) of such capital stock or assets, as the case may be, at
the time of such sale, as reflected on the companys
consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP,
exceeded (y) the net sales price of such capital
stock or assets, as the case may be; provided, that the
absolute amount thereof shall not be less than zero. |
|
|
|
|
|
A business contribution-based profits will be
equal to, for any measurement period as of any calculation date,
the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of such
business net income (loss) (as determined in accordance
with GAAP and as adjusted for minority interests) with respect
to such measurement period (without giving effect to any capital
gains or capital losses of such business that arise with respect
to the sale of capital stock or assets held by such business and
which sale gave rise to a sale event and the calculation of
profit allocation to the extent included in the calculation of
net income (loss)), plus (ii) the absolute aggregate
amount of such business loan expense with respect to such
measurement period, minus (iii) the absolute
aggregate amount of such business allocated share of the
companys overhead with respect to such measurement period. |
|
|
|
|
|
The companys consolidated net equity will be
equal to, as of any date, the sum of (i) the
companys consolidated total assets (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) as of such date, plus (ii) the
aggregate amount of asset impairments (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) that were taken relating to any businesses
owned by the company as of such date, minus
(iii) the companys consolidated total liabilities
(as determined in accordance with GAAP), as of such date. |
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
The companys cumulative capital gains will be
equal to, as of any calculation date, the aggregate amount of
capital gains realized by the company as of such calculation
date, after giving effect to any capital gains realized by the
company on such calculation date, since its inception. |
|
|
|
|
|
The companys cumulative capital losses will be
equal to, as of any calculation date, the aggregate amount of
capital losses realized by the company as of such calculation
date, after giving effect to any capital losses realized by the
company on such calculation date, since its inception. |
|
|
|
|
|
The companys cumulative gains and losses
will be equal to, as of any calculation date, the sum
of (i) the amount of cumulative capital gains as of
such calculation date, minus (ii) the absolute
amount of cumulative capital losses as of such calculation date. |
|
|
|
|
|
The high water mark will be equal to, as of any
calculation date, the highest positive amount of the
companys cumulative capital gains and losses as of such
calculation date that were calculated in connection with a
qualifying trigger event that occurred prior to such calculation
date. |
|
|
|
|
|
Our managers high water mark allocation will
be equal to, as of any calculation date, the product of
(i) the amount of the high water mark as of such
calculation date, multiplied by (ii) 20%. |
|
|
|
|
|
A business level 1 hurdle amount will be
equal to, as of any calculation date, the product of
(i) (x) the quarterly hurdle rate of 1.75% (7%
annualized), multiplied by (y) the number of fiscal
quarters ending during such business measurement period as
of such calculation date, multiplied by (ii) a
business average allocated share of our consolidated
equity for each fiscal quarter ending during such measurement
period, as of such calculation date. |
|
|
|
|
|
A business level 2 hurdle amount will be
equal to, as of any calculation date, the product of
(i) (x) the quarterly hurdle rate of 2.1875% (8.75%
annualized, which is 125% of the 7% annualized hurdle rate),
multiplied by (y) the number of fiscal quarters
ending during such business measurement period as of such
calculation date, multiplied by (ii) a
business average allocated share of our consolidated
equity for each fiscal quarter ending during such measurement
period, as of such calculation date. |
|
|
|
|
|
A business loan expense will be equal to, with
respect to any measurement period as of any calculation date,
the aggregate amount of all interest or other expenses paid by
such business with respect to indebtedness of such business to
either the company or other company businesses with respect to
such measurement period. |
|
|
|
|
|
The measurement period will mean, with respect to
any business as of any calculation date, the period from and
including the later of (i) the date upon which the company
acquired a controlling interest in such business and
(ii) the immediately preceding calculation date as of which
contribution-based profits were calculated with respect to such
business and with respect to which profit allocation were paid
by the company up to and including such calculation date. |
|
|
|
|
|
The companys overhead will be equal to, with
respect to any fiscal quarter, the sum of (i) that
portion of the companys operating expenses (as determined
in accordance with GAAP), including any management fees actually
paid by the company to our manager, with respect to such fiscal
quarter that are not attributable to any of the businesses owned
by the company (i.e., operating expenses that do not correspond
to operating expenses of such businesses with respect to such
fiscal quarter), plus (ii) the companys
accrued interest expense (as determined in accordance with GAAP)
on any outstanding third party indebtedness of the company with
respect to such fiscal quarter. |
|
|
|
|
|
An entitys third party indebtedness means any
indebtedness of such entity owed to third party lenders that are
not affiliated with such entity. |
|
|
|
|
|
A qualifying trigger event will mean, with respect
to any business, a trigger event that gave rise to a calculation
of total profit allocation with respect to such business as of
any calculation date and |
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) where the amount of total profit allocation so
calculated as of such calculation date exceeded such
business level 2 hurdle amount as of such calculation
date. |
|
|
|
|
|
A business quarterly allocated share of our
consolidated equity will be equal to, with respect to any
fiscal quarter, the product of (i) the
companys consolidated net equity as of the last day of
such fiscal quarter, multiplied by (ii) a fraction,
the numerator of which is such business adjusted net
assets as of the last day of such fiscal quarter and the
denominator of which is the sum of (x) the
companys adjusted net assets as of the last day of such
fiscal quarter, minus (y) the aggregate amount of
any cash on hand at the company that is not taken into account
in the calculation of any business adjusted net assets as
of the last day of such fiscal quarter. |
|
|
|
|
|
A business quarterly share of the companys
overhead will be equal to, with respect to any fiscal
quarter, the product of (i) the absolute amount of
the companys overhead with respect to such fiscal quarter,
multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of
which is such business adjusted net assets as of the last
day of such fiscal quarter and the denominator of which is the
companys adjusted net assets as of the last day of such
fiscal quarter. |
|
Supplemental Put Agreement
In addition to the provisions discussed above, in consideration
of our managers acquisition of the allocation interests,
we intend to enter into a supplemental put agreement with our
manager pursuant to which our manager will have the right to
cause the company to purchase the allocation interests then
owned by our manager upon termination of the management services
agreement.
If (i) the management services agreement is terminated at
any time other than as a result of our managers
resignation or (ii) our manager resigns on any date that is
at least three years after the closing of this offering, then
the manager will have the right, but not the obligation, for one
year from the date of such termination or resignation, as the
case may be, to elect to cause the company to purchase all of
allocation interests then owned by the manager for the put price
as of the put exercise date.
For purposes of this provision, the put price shall
be equal to, as of any exercise date, (i) if we terminate
the management services agreement, the sum of two
separate, independently made calculations of the aggregate
amount of managers profit allocation as of such exercise
date or (ii) if our manager resigns, the average of
two separate, independently made calculations of the aggregate
amount of managers profit allocation as of such exercise
date, in each case, calculated assuming that (x) all of the
businesses are sold in an orderly fashion for fair market value
as of such exercise date in the order in which the controlling
interest in each business was acquired or otherwise obtained by
the company, (y) the last day of the fiscal quarter ending
immediately prior to such exercise date is the relevant
calculation date for purposes of calculating managers
profit allocation as of such exercise date. Each of the two
separate, independently made calculations of the managers
profit allocation for purposes of calculating the put price
shall be performed by a different investment bank that is
engaged by the company within fifteen business days of the
exercise date.
The manager and the company can mutually agree to permit the
company to issue a note in lieu of payment of the put price when
due; provided, that if our manager resigns and terminates
the management services agreement, then the company will have
the right, in its sole discretion, to issue a note in lieu of
payment of the put price when due. In either case the note would
have an aggregate principal amount equal to the put price, would
bear interest at a rate of 8.00% per annum and would mature on
the first anniversary of the date upon which the put price was
initially due.
The companys obligations under the supplemental put
agreement are absolute and unconditional. In addition, the
company will be subject to certain obligations and restrictions
upon exercise of the managers put right until such time as
the companys obligations under the supplemental put
agreement, including any related note, have been satisfied in
full, including:
|
|
|
|
|
subject to the companys right to issue a note in the
circumstances described above, the company must use commercially
reasonable efforts to raise sufficient debt or equity financing
to permit the |
68
|
|
|
|
|
|
company to pay the put price or note when due and obtain
approvals, waivers and consents or otherwise remove any
restrictions imposed under contractual obligations or applicable
law or regulations that have the effect of limiting or
prohibiting the company from satisfying its obligations under
the supplemental put agreement or note; |
|
|
|
|
|
the manager will have the right to have a representative observe
meetings of the companys board of directors and have the
right to receive copies of all documents and other information
furnished to the board of directors; |
|
|
|
|
|
the company and its businesses will be restricted in their
ability to sell or otherwise dispose of their property or assets
or any businesses they own and in their ability to incur
indebtedness (other than in the ordinary course of business)
without granting a first priority lien on the proceeds therefrom
to the manager, which lien will secure the companys
obligations under the supplemental put agreement or note; |
|
|
|
|
|
the company will be restricted in its ability to (i) engage
in certain mergers or consolidations, (ii) sell, transfer
or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its
business, property or assets or all or a substantial portion of
the stock or beneficial ownership of its businesses or a portion
thereof, (iii) liquidate, wind-up or dissolve,
(iv) acquire or purchase the property, assets, stock or
beneficial ownership or another person, or (v) declare and
pay distributions. |
|
The company also has agreed to indemnify the manager for any
losses or liabilities it incurs or suffers in connection with,
arising out of or relating to its exercise of its put right or
any enforcement of terms and conditions of the supplemental put
agreement.
As an obligation of the company, the put price will be paid
prior to the payment of distributions to our shareholders. If we
do not have sufficient liquid assets to pay the put price when
due, we may be required to liquidate assets or incur debt in
order to pay the put price.
Termination of the management services agreement, by any means,
will not affect our managers rights with respect to the
allocation interests in the company that it owns. In this
regard, our manager will retain its put right and its allocation
interest after ceasing to serve as our manager.
69
PRO FORMA CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our unaudited pro forma
capitalization, assuming the underwriters overallotment
option is not exercised, after giving effect to the closing of
this offering and sale of our shares at the assumed public
offering price of
$ per
share and the application of the estimated net proceeds of such
sale (after deducting underwriting and our estimated offering
expenses) as well as the proceeds from the separate private
placement transactions. The pro forma capitalization gives
effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
loans retiring; |
|
|
|
debt issuances; |
|
|
|
minority interests; and |
|
|
|
acquisitions. |
See the section entitled Use of Proceeds for more
information.
You should read this information in conjunction with the
financial statements and the notes related thereto, the
unaudited pro forma financial statements and the notes related
thereto and Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations, all of
which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
|
Pro Forma As of | |
|
|
December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
15,731 |
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares: (no par
value); shares
authorized; shares
issued and
outstanding; shares
issued and outstanding as adjusted for the
offering(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
$ |
324,635 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$ |
324,635 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Each trust share representing one undivided beneficial interest
in the trust. |
70
PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Compass Diversified Trust and Compass Group Diversified Holdings
LLC were organized on November 18, 2005 for the purpose of
making the acquisitions described below, using the net proceeds
from this offering and from the related private placement
transactions. The following unaudited pro forma condensed
combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2005, gives
effect to the acquisition of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
approximately 95.0% of CBS Personnel; |
|
|
|
|
approximately 75.4% of Crosman; |
|
|
|
|
approximately 70.2% of Advanced Circuits; and |
|
|
|
|
approximately 73.0% of Silvue, |
each on a fully diluted basis, as if all these transactions had
been completed as of December 31, 2005. The purchase prices
for certain of these acquisitions are subject to adjustment. The
actual amount of such adjustments, which we do not expect to be
material, will depend upon the actual closing date for the
acquisition. Each of these acquisitions requires the
satisfaction of conditions precedent set forth in the related
stock purchase agreement. See the section entitled The
Acquisitions of and Loans to Our Initial Businesses for a
further discussion of the calculation of the percentage of
equity interest we are acquiring of each initial business and
the conditions to be satisfied for each acquisition.
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements
of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005, gives
effect to these transactions as if they all had occurred at the
beginning of the fiscal period presented. The as
reported financial information in the unaudited pro forma
condensed combined balance sheet at December 31, 2005, and
for the year ended December 31, 2005, for CBS Personnel,
Advanced Circuits and Silvue are derived from the audited
financial statements for the periods indicated therein of each
of the businesses, all of which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The as reported financial information in
the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet at
January 1, 2006, for Crosman is derived from unaudited
financial statements that are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The as reported financial information in
the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of
operations for the year ended December 31, 2005, for
Crosman are derived from unaudited financial statements that are
not included elsewhere in this prospectus. These financial
statements reflect the combination of the unaudited financial
information for the period from July 1, 2005 to
January 1, 2006 with the unaudited financial information
for the period from January 1, 2005 to June 30, 2005.
This combination was required due to Crosman having a June 30th
fiscal year-end. The as reported financial
information for Compass Diversified Trust at December 31,
2005, is derived from the audited financial statements of
Compass Diversified Trust as of December 31, 2005, which is
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We refer to CBS Personnel, Crosman, Advanced Circuits and Silvue
as the consolidated businesses, and the following unaudited pro
forma condensed combined financial statements, or the pro forma
financial statements, have been prepared assuming that our
acquisitions of the consolidated businesses will be accounted
for under the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase
method of accounting, the asset acquired and the liabilities
assumed will be recorded at their respective fair value at the
date of acquisition. The total purchase price has been allocated
to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on
estimates of their respective fair values, which are subject to
revision if the finalization of the respective fair values
results in a material difference to the preliminary estimate
used.
71
The company will enter into the management services agreement
with our manager, pursuant to which our manager will provide
management services for a management fee. In addition, our
manager will receive a profit allocation as a holder of 100% of
the allocation interests in the company. See the section
entitled Our Manger Our Manager as a Service
Provider Management Fee for a discussion of
how the management fee will be calculated and Our
Manager Our Manager as an Equity Holder
Managers Profit Allocation for a discussion of how
the profit allocation of our manager will be calculated.
We also expect that our manager will enter into offsetting
management services agreements, transaction services agreements
and other agreements, in each case, with some or all of the
businesses that we own. In this respect, we expect that The
Compass Group International LLC, which we refer to as The
Compass Group, will cause its affiliates to assign any
outstanding management services agreements with our initial
businesses to our manager in connection with the closing of this
offering. The Compass Group is the entity for which our
management team worked prior to the closing of this offering and
which is a subsidiary of CGI. See the section entitled
Management Services Agreement for information about
these agreements.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of
operations are not necessarily indicative of operating results
that would have been achieved had the transactions described
above been completed at the beginning of the period presented
and should not be construed as indicative of future operating
results.
You should read these unaudited pro forma financial statements
in conjunction with the accompanying notes, the financial
statements of the initial businesses to be acquired and the
consolidated financial statements for the trust and the company,
including the notes thereto, and the section entitled
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations located elsewhere in
this prospectus.
72
Compass Diversified Trust
Condensed Combined Pro Forma Balance Sheet
at December 31, 2005
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
Compass | |
|
|
|
CBS | |
|
|
|
Advanced | |
|
|
|
|
|
Combined | |
|
|
Diversified | |
|
|
|
Personnel | |
|
Crosman | |
|
Circuits | |
|
Silvue | |
|
|
|
Compass | |
|
|
Trust | |
|
|
|
As | |
|
As | |
|
As | |
|
As | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
Diversified | |
|
|
As Reported | |
|
Offering* | |
|
Reported | |
|
Reported** | |
|
Reported | |
|
Reported | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
Trust | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
|
|
|
Assets |
Current Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
331,875 |
|
|
$ |
992 |
|
|
$ |
796 |
|
|
$ |
1,602 |
|
|
$ |
1,516 |
|
|
$ |
(321,150 |
) (1) |
|
$ |
15,731 |
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,840 |
|
|
|
19,794 |
|
|
|
2,847 |
|
|
|
2,240 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87,721 |
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,316 |
|
|
|
328 |
|
|
|
627 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,271 |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,472 |
|
|
|
2,302 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
343 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,249 |
|
|
Deferred offering cost
|
|
|
3,308 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,308 |
) (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,525 |
|
|
|
1,262 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
398 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,296 |
|
|
Current assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
901 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
901 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
3,408 |
|
|
|
331,875 |
|
|
|
68,829 |
|
|
|
36,470 |
|
|
|
5,020 |
|
|
|
6,025 |
|
|
|
(324,458 |
) |
|
|
127,169 |
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,876 |
|
|
|
10,069 |
|
|
|
3,185 |
|
|
|
1,257 |
|
|
|
722 |
(3) |
|
|
18,109 |
|
Investment in subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,803 |
(4) |
|
|
3,323 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,295 |
|
|
|
30,951 |
|
|
|
50,659 |
|
|
|
11,266 |
|
|
|
15,816 |
(5) |
|
|
167,987 |
|
Intangible and other assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,525 |
|
|
|
13,585 |
|
|
|
21,106 |
|
|
|
12,697 |
|
|
|
80,222 |
(6) |
|
|
137,135 |
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,227 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,227 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
3,408 |
|
|
$ |
331,875 |
|
|
$ |
141,752 |
|
|
$ |
91,595 |
|
|
$ |
79,970 |
|
|
$ |
31,245 |
|
|
$ |
(224,895 |
) |
|
$ |
454,950 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and shareholders equity |
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,037 |
|
|
$ |
4,100 |
|
|
$ |
3,875 |
|
|
$ |
1,621 |
|
|
$ |
(11,633 |
) (7) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,777 |
|
|
|
5,863 |
|
|
|
848 |
|
|
|
465 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,953 |
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
3,309 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,700 |
|
|
|
4,635 |
|
|
|
2,551 |
|
|
|
3,596 |
|
|
|
(3,308 |
) (8) |
|
|
44,483 |
|
|
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
291 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
291 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
3,309 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,514 |
|
|
|
14,598 |
|
|
|
7,274 |
|
|
|
5,973 |
|
|
|
(14,941 |
) |
|
|
60,727 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,154 |
|
|
|
47,605 |
|
|
|
45,688 |
|
|
|
11,591 |
|
|
|
(136,038 |
) (9) |
|
|
|
|
Workers compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,949 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,949 |
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,522 |
|
|
|
249 |
|
|
|
4,489 |
|
|
|
30,967 |
(10) |
|
|
39,227 |
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
692 |
|
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,076 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
3,309 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88,617 |
|
|
|
66,417 |
|
|
|
53,342 |
|
|
|
22,306 |
|
|
|
(120,012 |
) |
|
|
113,979 |
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,237 |
(11) |
|
|
16,336 |
|
Redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
(90 |
)(12) |
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
331,875 |
|
|
|
53,135 |
|
|
|
25,178 |
|
|
|
26,628 |
|
|
|
8,849 |
|
|
|
(121,030 |
) (13) |
|
|
324,635 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$ |
3,408 |
|
|
$ |
331,875 |
|
|
$ |
141,752 |
|
|
$ |
91,595 |
|
|
$ |
79,970 |
|
|
$ |
31,245 |
|
|
$ |
(224,895 |
) |
|
$ |
454,950 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Reflects the issuance of shares and the net proceeds from this
offering (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions
of $18,125) and net proceeds from the separate private placement
transactions. |
|
|
** |
Information is as of January 1, 2006. |
73
Compass Diversified Trust
Condensed Combined Pro Forma Statement of Operations
for the year ended December 31, 2005
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
CBS | |
|
|
|
Advanced | |
|
|
|
|
|
Combined | |
|
|
Personnel | |
|
Crosman | |
|
Circuits | |
|
Silvue | |
|
|
|
Compass | |
|
|
As | |
|
As | |
|
As | |
|
As | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
Diversified | |
|
|
Reported | |
|
Reported* | |
|
Reported | |
|
Reported | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
Trust | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Net Sales
|
|
$ |
543,012 |
|
|
$ |
77,049 |
|
|
$ |
41,969 |
|
|
$ |
17,093 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
679,274 |
|
Cost of Sales
|
|
|
441,685 |
|
|
|
57,319 |
|
|
|
18,102 |
|
|
|
3,816 |
|
|
|
481 |
(2) |
|
|
521,554 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
101,327 |
|
|
|
19,730 |
|
|
|
23,867 |
|
|
|
13,277 |
|
|
|
(481 |
) |
|
|
157,720 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staffing Expense
|
|
|
54,249 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,249 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
26,723 |
|
|
|
10,029 |
|
|
|
8,283 |
|
|
|
7,491 |
|
|
|
(2,080 |
) (4) |
|
|
57,265 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,819 |
(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,072 |
|
|
|
1,240 |
(6) |
|
|
2,312 |
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
1,902 |
|
|
|
686 |
|
|
|
717 |
|
|
|
709 |
|
|
|
6,419 |
(1) |
|
|
10,433 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
18,453 |
|
|
|
9,015 |
|
|
|
14,867 |
|
|
|
4,005 |
|
|
|
(12,879 |
) |
|
|
33,461 |
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4,453 |
) |
|
|
(5,097 |
) |
|
|
(1,491 |
) |
|
|
(1,439 |
) |
|
|
12,480 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
138 |
|
|
|
(2,531 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,303 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and minority
interest
|
|
|
14,138 |
|
|
|
1,387 |
|
|
|
13,609 |
|
|
|
2,656 |
|
|
|
(399 |
) |
|
|
31,391 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
5,150 |
|
|
|
426 |
|
|
|
1,001 |
|
|
|
1,258 |
|
|
|
3,215 |
(7) |
|
|
11,050 |
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133 |
|
Minority interest in income of subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,211 |
(8) |
|
|
3,211 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
8,988 |
|
|
$ |
961 |
|
|
$ |
12,608 |
|
|
$ |
1,531 |
|
|
$ |
(6,825 |
) |
|
$ |
17,263 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,333 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation Expense
|
|
$ |
1,426 |
|
|
$ |
2,203 |
|
|
$ |
884 |
|
|
$ |
404 |
|
|
$ |
481 |
|
|
$ |
5,398 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Expenditures
|
|
$ |
1,018 |
|
|
$ |
1,747 |
|
|
$ |
1,184 |
|
|
$ |
178 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
4,127 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Reflects the combination of the unaudited financial information
for the period from July 1, 2005 to January 1, 2006
with the unaudited financial information for the period from
January 1, 2005 to June 30, 2005. This combination was
required due to Crosman having a June 30th fiscal year-end. |
74
Notes To Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
This information in Note 1 provides all of the pro forma
adjustments from each line item in the pro forma Condensed
Combined Financial Statements. Note 2 describes how the
adjustments were derived for each of the initial businesses that
we are acquiring. Unless otherwise noted, all amounts are in
thousands of dollars ($000).
|
|
Note 1. |
Pro Forma Adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds from offering and private placement transactions to
finance acquisitions |
|
$ |
(315,150 |
)a |
|
Compass Diversified Trust |
|
|
(6,000 |
)f |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(321,150 |
) |
|
|
|
|
2. Deferred Offering Costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust |
|
$ |
(3,308 |
)f |
|
|
|
|
3. Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
Crosman |
|
$ |
(141 |
)c(1) |
|
Silvue |
|
|
863 |
e(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
722 |
|
|
|
|
|
4. Investment in subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Crosman |
|
$ |
2,803 |
c(1) |
|
|
|
|
5. Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel |
|
$ |
500 |
b(1) |
|
Crosman |
|
|
(6,256 |
) c(1) |
|
Advanced Circuits |
|
|
12,471 |
d(1) |
|
Silvue |
|
|
9,101 |
e(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
15,816 |
|
|
|
|
|
6. Intangible and other assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel |
|
$ |
63,941 |
b(1) |
|
Crosman |
|
|
4,495 |
c(1) |
|
Advanced Circuits |
|
|
(406 |
)d(1) |
|
Silvue |
|
|
13,432 |
e(1) |
|
Silvue |
|
|
(1,240 |
)g(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
80,222 |
|
|
|
|
|
7. Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel |
|
$ |
(2,037 |
)b(1) |
|
Crosman |
|
|
(4,100 |
)c(1) |
|
Advanced Circuits |
|
|
(3,875 |
)d(1) |
|
Silvue |
|
|
(1,621 |
)e(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(11,633 |
) |
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. Accrued Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust |
|
$ |
(3,308 |
)f |
|
|
|
|
|
9. Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel |
|
$ |
(31,154 |
)b(1) |
|
|
Crosman |
|
|
(47,605 |
)c(1) |
|
|
Advanced Circuits |
|
|
(45,688 |
)d(1) |
|
|
Silvue |
|
|
(11,591 |
)e(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(136,038 |
) |
|
|
|
|
10. Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel |
|
$ |
24,298 |
b(1) |
|
|
Crosman |
|
|
1,708 |
c(1) |
|
|
Silvue |
|
|
4,961 |
e(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
30,967 |
|
|
|
|
|
11. Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel |
|
$ |
2,983 |
b(1) |
|
|
Crosman |
|
|
5,275 |
c(1) |
|
|
Advanced Circuits |
|
|
5,502 |
d(1) |
|
|
Silvue |
|
|
2,477 |
e(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,237 |
|
|
|
|
|
12. Redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue |
|
$ |
(90 |
)e(1) |
|
|
|
|
13. Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel |
|
$ |
(53,135 |
)b(1) |
|
|
Crosman |
|
|
(25,178 |
)c(1) |
|
|
Advanced Circuits |
|
|
(26,628 |
)d(1) |
|
|
Silvue |
|
|
(8,849 |
)(1) |
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust |
|
|
(6,000 |
)f |
|
|
Silvue |
|
|
(1,240 |
)g(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(121,030 |
) |
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
1. Amortization expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel |
|
$ |
3,898 |
a(1) |
|
Crosman |
|
|
(168 |
)b(1) |
|
Advanced Circuits |
|
|
1,944 |
c(1) |
|
Silvue |
|
|
745 |
d(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
6,419 |
|
|
|
|
|
2. Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
Crosman |
|
$ |
116 |
b(3) |
|
Silvue |
|
|
365 |
d(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
481 |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel |
|
$ |
4,453 |
a(2) |
|
Crosman |
|
|
5,097 |
b(2) |
|
Advanced Circuits |
|
|
1,491 |
c(2) |
|
Silvue |
|
|
1,439 |
d(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
12,480 |
|
|
|
|
|
4. Elimination of prior management fee
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel |
|
$ |
(1,011 |
)a(3) |
|
Crosman |
|
|
(580 |
)b(4) |
|
Advanced Circuits |
|
|
(139 |
)c(3) |
|
Silvue |
|
|
(350 |
)d(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(2,080 |
) |
|
|
|
|
5. New management fee
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust |
|
$ |
6,819 |
e |
|
|
|
|
6. Research and development expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue |
|
$ |
1,240 |
f |
|
|
|
|
7. Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust |
|
$ |
3,215 |
g |
|
|
|
|
8. Minority interest in income of
subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust |
|
$ |
3,211 |
h |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 2. |
Pro Forma Adjustments by Acquisition |
As a further illustration, we have grouped the pro forma
adjustments detailed in Note 1 to the Pro Forma Condensed
Financial Statements by each initial business to show the
combined effect of the pro forma adjustments on each initial
business.
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reflects the use of net proceeds from the offering to finance
acquisitions, including equity redemptions, and debt repayments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
$ |
123,486 |
|
|
Crosman
|
|
|
70,801 |
|
|
Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
82,754 |
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
38,109 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
315,150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b. |
CBS Personnel Acquisition |
The following information represents the pro forma adjustments
made by us in Note 1 to reflect our acquisition of a 95.0%
equity interest in, and loans to, CBS Personnel for a total cash
investment of approximately $123.5 million in cash. This
investment of $123.5 million was assigned to assets of
$206.2 million, current liabilities of $42.5 million
consisting of the historical carrying values for accounts
payable and accrued expenses, $37.3 million to deferred tax
and other liabilities and $2.9 million to minority
interest. The asset allocation represents $68.8 million of
current assets valued at their historical carrying values,
property and equipment of $2.9 million valued through a
preliminary asset appraisal, $74.8 million of intangible
and other assets and $59.7 million of goodwill representing
the excess of the purchase price over identifiable assets. The
preliminary intangible asset values consist principally of
customer relationships valued at $61.6 million, trade names
valued at $10.4 million and non-piracy covenants of
$0.6 million.
The trade names were valued at $10.4 million using a
royalty savings methodology, in which an asset is valuable to
the extent that ownership of the asset relieves the company from
the obligation of paying royalties for the benefits generated by
the asset. The key assumptions in this analysis were a royalty
rate equal to 0.25% of revenues, a royalty revenue base equal to
100% of CBSs revenues, a risk-adjusted discount rate of
15.5%, and an indefinite remaining useful life.
The non-piracy covenants were valued at $0.6 million using
an excess earnings methodology, in which an asset is valuable to
the extent that the asset enables its owner to earn a return in
excess of the required returns on, and of the other assets
utilized in, the business. The non-piracy covenants protect CBS
from a loss of revenue due to former employees during the
12 months after their termination date. The key assumptions
in this analysis were an economic margin of approximately 1.8%
(on average) of the revenues protected by the non-piracy
covenants, an estimate that 65% of CBSs revenues were
initially protected by the non-piracy covenants (reflecting the
revenue base attributable to the covenantors), a covenantor
attrition (reflecting the rate at which the employment of
CBSs employees subject to non-piracy covenants is expected
to terminate) of 50% per annum, a risk-adjusted discount rate of
18%, and a remaining useful life of three years.
The customer relationships were valued at $61.6 million
using an excess earnings methodology, in which an asset is
valuable to the extent that the asset enables its owner to earn
a return in excess of the required returns on, and of the other
assets utilized in, the business. The key assumptions in this
analysis were an economic margin of approximately 3.5% (on
average) of revenues attributable to CBSs customer
relationships, an estimate that 90% of CBSs revenues come
from recurring customers, a customer attrition rate (reflecting
the rate at which CBSs customer relationships are lost) of
12.5% per annum, a risk-adjusted discount rate of 20%, and a
remaining useful life of 11 years.
78
The value assigned to minority interest was derived from the
historical equity value at December 31, 2005 multiplied by
the minority interest ownership percentage calculated on a fully
diluted basis.
|
|
|
|
1. Reflects (1) purchase accounting
adjustments to reflect CBS Personnel assets acquired and
liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values,
(2) redemption of existing debt of CBS Personnel and
(3) elimination of historical shareholders
equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$ |
500 |
|
Intangible and other assets
|
|
|
63,941 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
2,037 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
31,154 |
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
(24,298 |
) |
Establishment of minority interest
|
|
|
(2,983 |
) |
Elimination of historical shareholders equity
|
|
|
53,135 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
123,486 |
|
|
|
|
|
The following information represents the pro forma adjustments
made by us in Note 1 to reflect our acquisition of a 75.4%
equity interest in, and loans to, Crosman for a total cash
investment of approximately $70.8 million in cash. This
investment of $70.8 million was assigned to assets of
$92.5 million, current liabilities of $10.5 million
consisting of the historical carrying values for accounts
payable and accrued expenses, $5.9 million to deferred tax
and other liabilities and $5.3 million to minority
interest. The asset allocation represents $36.5 million of
current assets valued at their historical carrying values,
property and equipment of $9.9 million valued through a
preliminary asset appraisal, $3.3 million for the
investment in a subsidiary, $18.1 million of intangible and
other assets and $24.7 million of goodwill representing the
excess of the purchase price over identifiable assets. The
preliminary intangible asset values consist principally of
$0.8 million for technology, licenses agreements valued at
$1.1 million, distributor relationships of
$2.9 million and trade names valued at $13.3 million.
The trade names were valued at $13.3 million using a
royalty savings methodology, in which an asset is valuable to
the extent that ownership of the asset relieves the company from
the obligation of paying royalties for the benefits generated by
the asset. The key assumptions in this analysis were a royalty
rate equal to 4% of sales, a royalty sales base equal to
approximately 94% of Crosmans total sales, a risk-adjusted
discount rate of 20.0%, and an indefinite remaining useful life.
The technology (consisting of a specific product technology) was
valued at $0.8 million using a royalty savings methodology,
in which an asset is valuable to the extent that ownership of
the asset relieves the company from the obligation of paying
royalties for the benefits generated by the asset. The key
assumptions in this analysis were a royalty rate equal to 3% of
sales, an initial royalty sales base equal to approximately
$10.6 million per annum (representing sales of products
utilizing the technology), an obsolescence factor (reflecting
the rate at which the utility of the core technology degrades
relative to time) of 10% per annum, a risk-adjusted discount
rate of 25%, and a remaining useful life of 11 years.
The licensing agreement (representing Crosmans right to
use the Remington name on the sale of certain products) was
valued at $1.1 million using an excess earnings
methodology, in which an asset is valuable to the extent that
the asset enables its owner to earn a return in excess of the
required returns on, and of the other assets utilized in, the
business. The key assumptions in this analysis were an economic
margin of approximately 5.3% (on average) of sales made pursuant
to the licensing agreement (which is net of a 4.5% royalty
payable to the licensor), next-year sales under the agreement of
$4.7 million with 3% growth per annum during the remaining
term of the agreement, the expected renewal of the agreement for
a subsequent four-year term starting at the end of 2007, a
risk-adjusted discount rate of 20%, and a remaining useful life
of 6 years.
79
The distributor relationships were valued at $2.9 million
using an excess earnings methodology, in which an asset is
valuable to the extent that the asset enables its owner to earn
a return in excess of the required returns on and of the other
assets utilized in the business. The key assumptions in this
analysis were an economic margin of approximately 6.5% (on
average) of sales attributable to Crosmans distributor
relationships, an estimate that 2006 sales to these distributors
would be $10.5 million, an attrition rate (reflecting the
rate at which Crosmans distributor relationships are lost)
of 10% per annum, a risk-adjusted discount rate of 20%, and a
remaining useful life of 11 years.
The value assigned to minority interest was derived from the
historical equity value at December 31, 2005 multiplied by
the minority interest ownership percentage calculated on a fully
diluted basis. The Crosman minority interest was reduced by an
outstanding loan in the amount of $1.2 million due from the
minority holders in connection with the issuance of their equity
interest.
|
|
|
|
1. Reflects (1) purchase accounting
adjustments to reflect Crosman assets acquired and liabilities
assumed at their estimated fair values, (2) redemption of
existing debt of Crosman and (3) elimination of historical
shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
$ |
(141 |
) |
Investment in subsidiary
|
|
|
2,803 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
(6,256 |
) |
Intangible and other assets
|
|
|
4,495 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
4,100 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
47,605 |
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
(1,708 |
) |
Establishment of minority interest
|
|
|
(5,275 |
) |
Elimination of historical shareholders equity
|
|
|
25,178 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
70,801 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d. |
Advanced Circuits Acquisition |
The following information represents the pro forma adjustments
made by us in Note 1 to reflect our acquisition of a 70.2%
equity interest in, and loans to, Advanced Circuits for a total
cash investment of approximately $82.8 million in cash.
This investment of $82.8 million was assigned to assets of
$92.0 million, current liabilities of $3.4 million
consisting of the historical carrying values for accounts
payable and accrued expenses, deferred tax and other liabilities
of $0.3 million and $5.5 million to minority interest. The
asset allocation represents $5.0 million of current assets
valued at their historical carrying values, property and
equipment of $3.2 million valued through a preliminary
asset appraisal, $20.7 million of intangible and other
assets and $63.1 million of goodwill representing the
excess of the purchase price over identifiable assets. The
preliminary intangible asset values consist principally of
customer relationships valued at $18.1 million and
technology valued at $2.6 million.
The technology was valued at $2.6 million using a royalty
savings methodology, in which an asset is valuable to the extent
that ownership of the asset relieves the company from the
obligation of paying royalties for the benefits generated by the
asset. The key assumptions in this analysis were a royalty rate
equal to 7% of sales, an initial royalty sales base equal to
100% of ACIs sales, an obsolescence factor (reflecting the
rate at which the utility of the technology degrades relative to
time) of 50% per annum, a risk-adjusted discount rate of 18%,
and a remaining useful life of four years.
The customer relationships were valued at $18.1 million
using an excess earnings methodology, in which an asset is
valuable to the extent that the asset enables its owner to earn
a return in excess of the required returns on, and of the other
assets utilized in, the business. The key assumptions in this
analysis were an economic margin of approximately 18.5% (on
average) of sales attributable to ACIs customer
relationships, an estimate that 75% of ACIs sales come
from recurring customers, a customer attrition rate
80
(reflecting the rate at which ACIs customer relationships
are lost) of 20% per annum, a risk-adjusted discount rate of
18%, and a remaining useful life of nine years.
The value assigned to minority interest was derived from the
historical equity value at December 31, 2005 multiplied by
the minority interest ownership percentage calculated on a fully
diluted basis. The Advanced Circuits minority interest was
reduced by an outstanding loan in the amount of
$3.5 million due from the minority holders in connection
with the issuance of their equity interest.
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Reflects (1) purchase accounting adjustments to reflect
Advanced Circuits assets acquired and liabilities assumed at
their estimated fair values, (2) redemption of existing
debt of Advanced Circuits and (3) elimination of historical
shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$ |
12,471 |
|
Intangible and other assets
|
|
|
(406 |
) |
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
3,875 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
45,688 |
|
Establishment of minority interest
|
|
|
(5,502 |
) |
Elimination of historical shareholders equity
|
|
|
26,628 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
82,754 |
|
|
|
|
|
The following information represents the pro forma adjustments
made by us in Note 1 to reflect our acquisition of a 73.0%
equity interest in, and loans to, Silvue for a total cash
investment of approximately $38.1 million. This investment
of $38.1 million was assigned to assets of
$54.7 million, current liabilities of $4.4 million
consisting of the historical carrying values for accounts
payable and accrued expenses, $9.7 million to deferred tax
and other liabilities and $2.5 million to minority
interest. The asset allocation represents $6.0 million of
current assets valued at their historical carrying values,
property and equipment of $2.1 million valued through a
preliminary asset appraisal, $26.2 million of intangible
and other assets and $20.4 million of goodwill representing
the excess of the purchase price over identifiable assets. The
preliminary intangible asset values consist principally of
customer relationships of $18.7 million, core technology of
$3.7 million, trade names of $1.7 million and in
process research and development of $1.2 million.
The trade names were valued at $1.7 million using a royalty
savings methodology, in which an asset is valuable to the extent
that ownership of the asset relieves the company from the
obligation of paying royalties for the benefits generated by the
asset. The key assumptions in this analysis were a royalty rate
equal to 1% of sales, a royalty sales base equal to 100% of
Silvues sales, a risk-adjusted discount rate of 13.0%, and
an indefinite remaining useful life.
The core technology was valued at $3.7 million using a
royalty savings methodology, in which an asset is valuable to
the extent that ownership of the asset relieves the company from
the obligation of paying royalties for the benefits generated by
the asset. The key assumptions in this analysis were a royalty
rate equal to 5% of sales, an initial royalty sales base equal
to 100% of Silvues sales, an obsolescence factor
(reflecting the rate at which the utility of the core technology
degrades relative to time) of 10% per annum, a risk-adjusted
discount rate of 12%, and a remaining useful life of
13 years.
The customer relationships were valued at $18.7 million
using an excess earnings methodology, in which an asset is
valuable to the extent that the asset enables its owner to earn
a return in excess of the required returns on, and of the other
assets utilized in, the business. The key assumptions in this
analysis were an economic margin of approximately 16.0% (on
average) of sales attributable to Silvues customer
relationships, an estimate that 90% of Silvues sales come
from recurring customers, a customer attrition
81
rate (reflecting the rate at which Silvues customer
relationships are lost) of 5% per annum, a risk-adjusted
discount rate of 14%, and a remaining useful life of
16 years.
The IPR&D projects backside coating and
Gen-3 were valued at $0.7 million and
$0.5 million, respectively, using an excess earnings
methodology, in which an asset is valuable to the extent that
the asset enables its owner to earn a return in excess of the
required returns on and of the other assets utilized in the
business.
The key assumptions in the analysis of the backside coating
project were remaining development costs of $100,000, a product
launch in the last half of 2006, peak market share of 33% by
2010, 33% EBITDA margins and economic margins of approximately
6.9% (on average) of sales of the product, an obsolescence
factor (reflecting the rate at which the utility of the
products technology degrades relative to time) of 10% per
annum starting in 2013, and a risk-adjusted discount rate of 25%.
The key assumptions in the analysis of the Gen-3 project were
remaining development costs of $600,000, a product launch in
2008 with immediate incremental sales, 33% EBITDA margins and
economic margins of approximately 7.5% (on average) of
incremental sales, an obsolescence factor (reflecting the rate
at which the utility of the products technology degrades
relative to time) of 10% per annum starting in 2013, and a
risk-adjusted discount rate of 20%.
The value assigned to minority interest was derived from the
historical equity value at December 31, 2005 multiplied by
the minority interest ownership percentage calculated on a fully
diluted basis.
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Reflects (1) purchase accounting adjustments to reflect
Silvue assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their
estimated fair values, (2) redemption of existing debt of
Silvue and (3) elimination of historical shareholders
equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
$ |
863 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
9,101 |
|
Intangible and other assets
|
|
|
13,432 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
1,621 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
11,591 |
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
(4,961 |
) |
Repayment of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
90 |
|
Establishment of minority interest
|
|
|
(2,477 |
) |
Elimination of historical shareholders equity
|
|
|
8,849 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
38,109 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
f. |
Purchase Accounting Adjustment |
The following pro forma adjustment made by us in Note 1
reflects the payment of the public offering costs:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$ |
(6,000 |
) |
Accrued Expenses
|
|
|
3,308 |
|
Deferred Offering Cost
|
|
|
(3,308 |
) |
Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g. |
In-Process Research & Development |
Reflects the expensing of the in-process research and
development (IPR&D) identified as part of the
Silvue acquisition. This amount was expensed as of the date of
acquisition since the IPR&D had no alternative use.
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders Equity |
|
$ |
1,240 |
|
|
|
Intangible and Other Assets |
|
|
(1,240 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statements of Operations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
A.
|
|
The following entries represent the pro forma adjustments made
by us in Note 1 to reflect the effect of our acquisition of
CBS Personnel upon the results of their operations for the year
ended December 31, 2005 as if we had acquired CBS Personnel
at the beginning of the fiscal year presented: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Additional amortization expense of
intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of CBS
Personnel: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships of $61,600
which will be amortized over 11 years |
|
$ |
5,600 |
|
|
|
Non-piracy covenants of $600 which
will be amortized over 3 years |
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
5,800 |
|
|
|
Amortization included in
historical financial statements |
|
|
(1,902 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,898 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Reduction of interest expense with respect
to the $33.2 million long-term debt redeemed in connection
with the acquisition of CBS Personnel |
|
$ |
(4,453 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Elimination of management fees paid to prior
owner of CBS Personnel in connection with management service
contract |
|
$ |
(1,011 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
The following entries represent the pro forma adjustments made
by us in Note 1 to reflect the effect of our acquisition of
Crosman upon the results of their operations for the year ended
December 31, 2005 as if we had acquired Crosman at the
beginning of the fiscal year presented: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Additional amortization expense of
intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of Crosman: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology of $780 which will be
amortized over 11 years |
|
$ |
71 |
|
|
|
License agreement of $1,100 which
will be amortized over 6 years |
|
|
183 |
|
|
|
Distributor relationships of
$2,900 which will be amortized over 11 years |
|
|
264 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
518 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization included in
historical financial statements |
|
|
(686 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(168 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Reduction of interest expense with respect
to $51.7 million debt redeemed in connection with
acquisition of Crosman |
|
$ |
(5,097 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Additional depreciation expense resulting
from the acquisition of Crosman |
|
$ |
116 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Elimination of management fees paid to prior
owner of Crosman in connection with prior management services
contract |
|
$ |
(580 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
C.
|
|
The following entries represent the pro forma adjustments made
by us in Note 1 to reflect the effect of our acquisition of
Advanced Circuits upon the results of their operations for the
year ended December 31, 2005 as if we had acquired Advanced
Circuits at the beginning of the fiscal year presented: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Additional amortization expense of
intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of Advanced
Circuits: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships of $18,100
which will be amortized over 9 years |
|
$ |
2,011 |
|
|
|
Technology of $2,600 which will be
amortized over 4 years |
|
|
650 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
$ |
2,661 |
|
|
|
|
Amortization
included in historical financial statements |
|
|
(717 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,944 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Reduction of interest expense with respect
to $49.6 million of debt redeemed in connection with the
acquisition of Advanced Circuits |
|
$ |
(1,491 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Elimination of management fee paid to prior
owner of Advanced Circuits in connection with prior management
service contract |
|
$ |
(139 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D.
|
|
The following entries represent the pro forma adjustments made
by us in Note 1 to reflect the effect of our acquisition of
Silvue upon the results of their operations for the year ended
December 31, 2005 as if we had acquired Silvue at the
beginning of the fiscal year presented: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Additional amortization expense of
intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of Silvue: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships of $18,700
which will be amortized over 16 years |
|
$ |
1,169 |
|
|
|
Core technology of $3,700 which
will be amortized over 13 years |
|
|
285 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
1,454 |
|
|
|
Amortization included in
historical financial statements |
|
|
(709 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
745 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Reduction of interest expense with respect
to $13.2 million of debt redeemed in connection with the
acquisition of Silvue |
|
$ |
(1,439 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Additional depreciation expense resulting
from the acquisition of Silvue |
|
$ |
365 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Elimination of management fees paid to prior
owner of Silvue in connection with management service contract
not assumed by us |
|
$ |
(350 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
E.
|
|
Adjustment to record the estimated management fee expense
pursuant to the Management Services Agreement to be incurred in
connection with the closing of this offering. This amount will
represent the total management fee to be paid to the manager. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amounts were determined by using the combined pro forma
balance sheet at December 31, 2005 and was calculated as
follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
454,950 |
|
|
|
Less: Total Liabilities |
|
|
113,979 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted Net Assets |
|
|
340,971 |
|
|
|
Management Fee % |
|
|
2.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
6,819 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F.
|
|
Adjustment to record expensing of the IPR&D acquired in
connection with the acquisition of Silvue on January 1,
2005 since the IPR&D had no alternative use. |
|
$ |
1,240 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G.
|
|
Adjustment to record the estimated tax expense associated with
the pro forma adjustments to pre-tax income to reflect income
tax expense for Advanced Circuits due to its change from a
Subchapter S corporation. The amounts were calculated as
follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits income before provision for income taxes |
|
$ |
13,609 |
|
|
|
Pro Forma Amortization Applicable to Advanced Circuits |
|
|
(1,944 |
) |
|
|
Pro Forma Management Fee Applicable to Advanced Circuits |
|
|
(362 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted Pre-Tax Income |
|
|
11,303 |
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
4,216 |
|
|
|
Historical Provision for income taxes |
|
|
(1,001 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,215 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H.
|
|
Adjustment to record the minority interest in net income. The
adjustment for minority interest was calculated by applying the
minority ownership percentage for each business to the net
income applicable to the minority interest holders. |
|
$ |
3,211 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 3. |
Pro Forma Income from Continuing Operations per Share |
Pro forma net income per share is $0.74 for the year ended
December 31, 2005, reflecting the shares issued from this
offering and the private placement transactions as if such
shares were outstanding from the beginning of the respective
periods and was calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income |
|
$ |
17,263 |
|
|
|
Pro Forma Weighted Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
Outstanding(1) |
|
|
23,333 |
|
|
|
Pro Forma Net Income Per Share |
|
$ |
0.74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Pro Forma weighted average number of shares outstanding was
derived by dividing the estimated gross proceeds from the
offering and private placement of $350 million by the
assumed initial price per share of $15. |
In addition to the pro forma adjustments above, we expect to
incur incremental administrative expenses, professional fees and
management fees as a public company after the consummation of
the transactions described above. Such fees and expenses include
accounting, legal and other consultant fees, SEC and listing
fees, directors fees and directors and
officers insurance. We currently estimate these fees and
expenses will total approximately $5.0 million per year.
The actual amount of these expenses and fees could vary
significantly.
85
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The company and the trust were formed on November 18, 2005
and have conducted no operations and have generated no revenues
to date. We will use the proceeds of the offering, in part, to
acquire and capitalize our initial businesses.
The following summary financial data represent the historical
financial information for CBS Personnel, Crosman, Advanced
Circuits and Silvue and does not reflect the accounting for
these businesses upon completion of the acquisitions and the
operation of the businesses as a consolidated entity. You should
read this information in conjunction with the section entitled
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, the financial
statements and notes thereto, and the unaudited condensed
combined pro forma financial statements and notes thereto, all
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The selected financial data for CBS Personnel at
December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for fiscal years ended
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were derived from the
audited consolidated financial statements of CBS Personnel
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The selected financial data for Crosman at June 30, 2005
and 2004, and for fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 were
derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of
Crosman included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected
financial data for Crosman for the year ended June 30, 2003
(predecessor) and for the periods July 1, 2003 to
February 9, 2004 (predecessor) and February 10,
2004 to June 30, 2004 (successor) were derived from the
audited financial statements of Crosman. The selected financial
data of Crosman at January 1, 2006 and for the six months
ended January 1, 2006 and December 26, 2004 were
derived from Crosmans unaudited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The selected financial data for Advanced Circuits at
December 31, 2005 (successor) and 2004 (predecessor), and
for the periods September 20, 2005 to December 31,
2005 (successor) and January 1, 2005 to September 19,
2005 (predecessor) and for the years ended December 31,
2004 and 2003 (predecessor) were derived from Advanced
Circuits audited consolidated and combined financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The selected financial data for Silvue at December 31, 2005
and 2004 (restated), and for fiscal years ended
December 31, 2005 were derived from the audited
consolidated financial statements of Silvue included elsewhere
in this prospectus. The selected financial data for Silvue for
the period January 1, 2004 to September 2, 2004
(predecessor) and September 3, 2004
(inception) to December 31, 2004 and for the year
ended December 31, 2003 (predecessor) were derived from the
audited financial statements of Silvue.
The unaudited financial data for Crosman shown below may not be
indicative of the financial condition and results of operations
of Crosman for any other period. The unaudited financial data,
in the opinion of management, include all adjustments,
consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary
for a fair presentation of such data.
86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
CBS Personnel |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
194,717 |
|
|
$ |
315,258 |
|
|
$ |
543,012 |
|
Direct cost of revenues
|
|
|
155,368 |
|
|
|
254,987 |
|
|
|
441,685 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
39,349 |
|
|
|
60,271 |
|
|
|
101,327 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staffing
|
|
|
23,081 |
|
|
|
31,974 |
|
|
|
54,249 |
|
Selling, general and Administrative
|
|
|
12,132 |
|
|
|
17,796 |
|
|
|
26,723 |
|
Amortization
|
|
|
491 |
|
|
|
1,051 |
|
|
|
1,902 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
3,645 |
|
|
|
9,450 |
|
|
|
18,453 |
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2,929 |
) |
|
|
(2,100 |
) |
|
|
(4,453 |
) |
Other Income
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
138 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
940 |
|
|
|
7,498 |
|
|
|
14,138 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(117 |
) |
|
|
(85 |
) |
|
|
(5,150 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
823 |
|
|
$ |
7,413 |
|
|
$ |
8,988 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
3,944 |
|
|
|
6,581 |
|
|
|
14,654 |
|
Cash (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(302 |
) |
|
|
(30,059 |
) |
|
|
(1,018 |
) |
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(3,736 |
) |
|
|
23,970 |
|
|
|
(13,176 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash
|
|
$ |
(94 |
) |
|
$ |
492 |
|
|
$ |
460 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation Expense
|
|
$ |
1,431 |
|
|
$ |
1,344 |
|
|
$ |
1,426 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
$ |
66,371 |
|
|
$ |
68,829 |
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
3,081 |
|
|
|
2,876 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
59,307 |
|
|
|
59,295 |
|
Other intangibles, net and other assets
|
|
|
11,228 |
|
|
|
10,752 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
139,987 |
|
|
|
141,752 |
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
41,499 |
|
|
|
44,514 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
43,893 |
|
|
|
31,154 |
|
Workers Compensation and other liabilities
|
|
|
10,684 |
|
|
|
12,949 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
96,076 |
|
|
|
88,617 |
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
43,911 |
|
|
|
53,135 |
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
|
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
Successor | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year | |
|
July 1, 2003 | |
|
February 10, | |
|
Year | |
|
Six Months Ended | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
to | |
|
2004 to | |
|
Ended | |
|
| |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
February 9, | |
|
June 30 | |
|
June 30, | |
|
December 26, | |
|
January 1, | |
Crosman |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
53,333 |
|
|
$ |
38,770 |
|
|
$ |
24,856 |
|
|
$ |
70,060 |
|
|
$ |
38,234 |
|
|
$ |
45,223 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
37,382 |
|
|
|
26,382 |
|
|
|
17,337 |
|
|
|
50,874 |
|
|
|
26,471 |
|
|
|
32,916 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
15,951 |
|
|
|
12,388 |
|
|
|
7,519 |
|
|
|
19,186 |
|
|
|
11,763 |
|
|
|
12,307 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
8,749 |
|
|
|
5,394 |
|
|
|
4,119 |
|
|
|
10,526 |
|
|
|
5,393 |
|
|
|
4,896 |
|
Amortization
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
629 |
|
|
|
310 |
|
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
7,070 |
|
|
|
6,924 |
|
|
|
3,142 |
|
|
|
8,031 |
|
|
|
6,060 |
|
|
|
7,044 |
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1,978 |
) |
|
|
(402 |
) |
|
|
(1,588 |
) |
|
|
(4,638 |
) |
|
|
(2,236 |
) |
|
|
(2,695 |
) |
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
424 |
|
|
|
(1,560 |
) |
|
|
(281 |
) |
|
|
(2,792 |
) |
|
|
(68 |
) |
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
5,516 |
|
|
|
4,962 |
|
|
|
1,273 |
|
|
|
601 |
|
|
|
3,756 |
|
|
|
4,542 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(2,122 |
) |
|
|
(1,824 |
) |
|
|
(463 |
) |
|
|
(112 |
) |
|
|
(1,407 |
) |
|
|
(1,721 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
3,394 |
|
|
$ |
3,138 |
|
|
$ |
810 |
|
|
$ |
489 |
|
|
$ |
2,349 |
|
|
$ |
2,821 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$ |
4,360 |
|
|
$ |
8,551 |
|
|
$ |
89 |
|
|
$ |
3,110 |
|
|
$ |
(6,133 |
) |
|
$ |
647 |
|
Cash (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(572 |
) |
|
|
(1,181 |
) |
|
|
(65,809 |
) |
|
|
(2,014 |
) |
|
|
(944 |
) |
|
|
(677 |
) |
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(3,865 |
) |
|
|
(7,146 |
) |
|
|
65,905 |
|
|
|
(527 |
) |
|
|
7,346 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash
|
|
$ |
(77 |
) |
|
$ |
224 |
|
|
$ |
185 |
|
|
$ |
569 |
|
|
$ |
269 |
|
|
$ |
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation Expense
|
|
$ |
2,295 |
|
|
$ |
1,205 |
|
|
$ |
847 |
|
|
$ |
2,146 |
|
|
$ |
1,069 |
|
|
$ |
1,121 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
|
At June 30, | |
|
At | |
|
|
| |
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
$ |
25,497 |
|
|
$ |
28,622 |
|
|
$ |
36,470 |
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
10,583 |
|
|
|
10,513 |
|
|
|
10,069 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
30,951 |
|
|
|
30,951 |
|
|
|
30,951 |
|
Intangible and other assets
|
|
|
14,900 |
|
|
|
14,097 |
|
|
|
14,105 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
81,931 |
|
|
|
84,183 |
|
|
|
91,595 |
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
10,072 |
|
|
|
11,001 |
|
|
|
14,598 |
|
Notes payable under revolving line of credit
|
|
|
7,138 |
|
|
|
10,385 |
|
|
|
11,329 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
37,917 |
|
|
|
35,334 |
|
|
|
35,033 |
|
Capitalized lease obligations and other liabilities
|
|
|
4,878 |
|
|
|
5,117 |
|
|
|
5,457 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
60,005 |
|
|
|
61,837 |
|
|
|
66,417 |
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
21,926 |
|
|
|
22,346 |
|
|
|
25,178 |
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
Successor | |
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
January 1, | |
|
September 20, | |
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
2005 to | |
|
2005 to | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
September 19, | |
|
December 31, | |
Advanced Circuits |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
27,796 |
|
|
$ |
36,642 |
|
|
$ |
29,726 |
|
|
$ |
12,243 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
14,568 |
|
|
|
17,867 |
|
|
|
12,960 |
|
|
|
5,143 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
13,228 |
|
|
|
18,775 |
|
|
|
16,766 |
|
|
|
7,100 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
5,521 |
|
|
|
6,564 |
|
|
|
5,835 |
|
|
|
2,448 |
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
717 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
7,707 |
|
|
|
12,211 |
|
|
|
10,931 |
|
|
|
3,935 |
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
|
(204 |
) |
|
|
(242 |
) |
|
|
(173 |
) |
|
|
(1,318 |
) |
Interest income
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
7,534 |
|
|
|
12,093 |
|
|
|
10,922 |
|
|
|
2,687 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,001 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
7,534 |
|
|
$ |
12,093 |
|
|
$ |
10,922 |
|
|
$ |
1,686 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
8,021 |
|
|
$ |
12,689 |
|
|
$ |
11,503 |
|
|
$ |
3,170 |
|
Cash (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(2,167 |
) |
|
|
(1,310 |
) |
|
|
(502 |
) |
|
|
(74,724 |
) |
Cash (used in) provided financing activities
|
|
|
(4,458 |
) |
|
|
(8,830 |
) |
|
|
(17,453 |
) |
|
|
73,156 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash
|
|
$ |
1,396 |
|
|
$ |
2,549 |
|
|
$ |
(6,452 |
) |
|
$ |
1,602 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation Expense
|
|
$ |
729 |
|
|
$ |
869 |
|
|
$ |
715 |
|
|
$ |
169 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
$ |
9,564 |
|
|
$ |
5,020 |
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
6,669 |
|
|
|
3,185 |
|
Goodwill and other assets
|
|
|
556 |
|
|
|
71,765 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
16,789 |
|
|
|
79,970 |
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
3,422 |
|
|
|
7,274 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
2,787 |
|
|
|
45,688 |
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
380 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
6,340 |
|
|
|
53,342 |
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
10,449 |
|
|
|
26,628 |
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
Successor | |
|
|
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
January 1, | |
|
September 3, | |
|
Successor | |
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
2004 to | |
|
2004 to | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
September 2, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
December 31, | |
Silvue |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
10,446 |
|
|
$ |
7,604 |
|
|
$ |
4,532 |
|
|
$ |
17,093 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
1,555 |
|
|
|
1,094 |
|
|
|
611 |
|
|
|
3,816 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
8,891 |
|
|
|
6,510 |
|
|
|
3,921 |
|
|
|
13,277 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
5,276 |
|
|
|
4,006 |
|
|
|
2,320 |
|
|
|
7,491 |
|
Research and Development costs
|
|
|
550 |
|
|
|
448 |
|
|
|
637 |
|
|
|
1,072 |
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
709 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
3,065 |
|
|
|
2,056 |
|
|
|
756 |
|
|
|
4,005 |
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(366 |
) |
|
|
(1,439 |
) |
Other income
|
|
|
377 |
|
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
3,419 |
|
|
|
2,231 |
|
|
|
525 |
|
|
|
2,656 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
1,062 |
|
|
|
735 |
|
|
|
472 |
|
|
|
1,257 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
2,357 |
|
|
|
1,496 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
1,399 |
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(843 |
) |
|
|
(225 |
) |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
1,514 |
|
|
$ |
1,271 |
|
|
$ |
112 |
|
|
$ |
1,531 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
1,853 |
|
|
$ |
1,378 |
|
|
$ |
867 |
|
|
$ |
2,338 |
|
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(859 |
) |
|
|
(210 |
) |
|
|
(8,460 |
) |
|
|
24 |
|
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(228 |
) |
|
|
(3,045 |
) |
|
|
7,264 |
|
|
|
(1,692 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash
|
|
$ |
766 |
|
|
$ |
(1,876 |
) |
|
$ |
(329 |
) |
|
$ |
670 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation Expense
|
|
$ |
196 |
|
|
$ |
219 |
|
|
$ |
104 |
|
|
$ |
404 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
$ |
4,743 |
|
|
$ |
6,025 |
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
1,257 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
9,109 |
|
|
|
11,266 |
|
Other Intangibles, net and other assets
|
|
|
13,899 |
|
|
|
12,697 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
28,501 |
|
|
|
31,245 |
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
4,679 |
|
|
|
5,973 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
11,788 |
|
|
|
11,591 |
|
Deferred income tax liability and other liabilities
|
|
|
4,458 |
|
|
|
4,742 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
20,925 |
|
|
|
22,306 |
|
Cumulative redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
7,486 |
|
|
|
8,849 |
|
90
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
We are and will be dependent upon the earnings of and cash flow
from the businesses that we own to meet our corporate overhead
and management fee expenses and to make distributions. These
earnings, net of any minority interests in these businesses,
will be available:
|
|
|
|
|
first, to meet capital expenditure requirements, management fees
and corporate overhead expenses of the businesses that we own,
the company and the trust; |
|
|
|
second, to fund distributions by the company to the
trust; and |
|
|
|
third, to be distributed by the trust to shareholders. |
Acquisition of Initial Businesses
We will use the net proceeds of this offering, and the related
private placements, to acquire controlling interests in our
initial businesses in a single transaction for approximately
$315 million in cash from subsidiaries of CGI and certain
minority investors. In addition, we will use the net proceeds of
this offering, and the related private placements, to make loans
to each of our initial businesses. The terms and conditions of
the stock purchase agreement were negotiated among
representatives of CGI, on behalf of CGI, and representatives of
our manager, on behalf of the company in the overall context of
this offering. The acquisition of each of the initial businesses
will be conditioned upon the consummation of our acquisition of
each of the other initial businesses.
In connection with this offering, the company will use a portion
of the proceeds from this offering to acquire controlling
interests in:
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel; |
|
|
|
Crosman; |
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits; and |
|
|
|
Silvue. |
See the section entitled The Acquisitions of and Loans to
Our Initial Businesses for more information about the
calculation of the percentages of equity interest we are
acquiring of each initial business.
In connection with this offering, the company will use a portion
of the proceeds of this offering and the related transactions to
make loans and financing commitments to each of our initial
businesses. The following sets forth the amounts we expect to be
outstanding at each of our initial businesses in connection with
the closing of this offering:
|
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate amount of approximately $68.6 million will be
funded to CBS Personnel. |
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate amount of approximately $45.2 million will be
funded to Crosman. |
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate amount of approximately $48.6 million will be
funded to Advanced Circuits. |
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate amount of approximately $14.0 million will be
funded to Silvue. |
|
The term loans will be used to repay all of the debt outstanding
at each of our initial businesses immediately prior to the
offering and to recapitalize each initial business. The
revolving loans will be used to provide a source of revolving
credit for each of our initial businesses, as necessary. See the
section entitled The Acquisitions of and Loans to Our
Initial Businesses for more information regarding the
percentage of equity interest we are acquiring of each business
and the loans made by the company to each initial business.
91
We intend to incur debt financing at the company level which
will consist of a revolving credit facility and a term loan
facility. The revolving loan commitments will be used to fund
the working capital needs of the businesses and for general
corporate purposes. The term loan facility will be used to
acquire additional businesses. We would expect that these
facilities would have customary terms and covenants. Working
capital will be provided to our initial businesses through
revolving lines of credit either provided by us or by our third
party lender.
Our loans to our initial businesses will be structured with
standard third party terms, security and covenants. We expect
these loans to have bullet maturities and substantial sweeps of
excess cash flows at those businesses.
Critical Accounting Policies
The following discussion relates to critical accounting policies
for the company, the trust and each of our initial businesses.
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with
GAAP will require management to adopt accounting policies and
make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in
the financial statements and accompanying notes. Upon the
completion of the acquisitions contemplated in the offering, we
will base our estimates on historical information and experience
and on various other assumptions that we believe to be
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ
from these estimates under different assumptions and judgments
and uncertainties, and potentially could result in materially
different results under different conditions. Our critical
accounting policies are discussed below. These policies are
generally consistent with the accounting policies followed by
the businesses we plan to acquire. These critical accounting
policies will be reviewed by our independent auditors and the
audit committee of the companys board of directors.
Revenue Recognition
The company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable
and earned. The company considers revenue realized or realizable
and earned when it has persuasive evidence of an arrangement,
the product has been shipped or the services have been provided
to the customer, the sales price is fixed or determinable and
collectibility is reasonably assured. Provisions for customer
returns and other allowances based on historical experience are
recognized at the time the related sale is recognized.
In addition, CBS Personnel recognizes revenue for temporary
staffing services at the time services are provided by CBS
Personnel employees and reports revenue based on gross billings
to customers. Revenue from CBS Personnel employee leasing
services is recorded at the time services are provided. Such
revenue is reported on a net basis (gross billings to clients
less worksite employee salaries, wages and payroll-related
taxes). The company believes that net revenue accounting for
leasing services more closely depicts the transactions with its
leasing customers and is consistent with guidelines outlined in
Emerging Issue Task Force (EITF)
No. 99-19,
Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an
Agent. The effect of using this method of accounting is to
report lower revenue than would be otherwise reported.
The acquisitions contemplated in the offering and future
acquisitions of businesses that we will control will be
accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The
amounts assigned to the identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed in connection with acquisitions will be
based on estimated fair values as of the date of the
acquisition, with the remainder, if any, to be recorded as
identifiable intangibles or goodwill. The fair values will be
determined by our management team, taking into consideration
information supplied by the management of the acquired entities
and other relevant information. Such information will include
valuations supplied by independent appraisal experts for
significant business combinations. The valuations will generally
be based upon future cash flow projections for the acquired
assets, discounted to present value. The determination of fair
values requires significant judgment both by our management team
and by outside experts engaged to assist in this process. This
92
judgment could result in either a higher or lower value assigned
to amortizable or depreciable assets. The impact could result in
either higher or lower amortization and depreciation expense.
|
|
|
Goodwill, Intangible Asset and Property and
Equipment |
Significant assets that will be acquired in connection with the
contemplated acquisitions will include customer relationships,
noncompete agreements, trademarks, technology, property and
equipment and goodwill.
Trademarks are considered to be indefinite life intangibles.
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of the assets acquired. Trademarks and goodwill will
not be amortized. However, we will be required to perform
impairment reviews at least annually and more frequently in
certain circumstances.
The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process, which will
require management to make judgments in determining what
assumptions to use in the calculation. The first step of the
process consists of estimating the fair value of each of our
reporting units based on a discounted cash flow model using
revenue and profit forecasts and comparing those estimated fair
values with the carrying values, which include the allocated
goodwill. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying
value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the
impairment by determining an implied fair value of
goodwill. The determination of a reporting units
implied fair value of goodwill requires the
allocation of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to
the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. Any
unallocated fair value represents the implied fair
value of goodwill, which will then be compared to its
corresponding carrying value. The impairment test for trademarks
requires the determination of the fair value of such assets. If
the fair value of the trademark is less than its carrying value,
an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to the
difference. We cannot predict the occurrence of certain future
events that might adversely affect the reported value of
goodwill and/or intangible assets. Such events include, but are
not limited to, strategic decisions made in response to economic
and competitive conditions, the impact of the economic
environment on our customer base, and material adverse effects
in relationships with significant customers.
The implied fair value of reporting units will be
determined by our management and will generally be based upon
future cash flow projections for the reporting unit, discounted
to present value. We will use outside valuation experts when
management considers that it would be appropriate to do so.
Intangibles subject to amortization, including customer
relationships, noncompete agreements and technology are
amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the intangible assets, which we will determine
based on the consideration of several factors including the
period of time the asset is expected to remain in service. We
will evaluate the carrying value and remaining useful lives of
intangibles subject to amortization whenever indications of
impairment are present.
Property and equipment are initially stated at cost.
Depreciation on property and equipment will be computed using
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
property and equipment after consideration of historical results
and anticipated results based on our current plans. Our
estimated useful lives represent the period the asset is
expected to remain in service assuming normal routine
maintenance. We will review the estimated useful lives assigned
to property and equipment when our business experience suggests
that they may have changed from our initial assessment. Factors
that lead to such a conclusion may include physical observation
of asset usage, examination of realized gains and losses on
asset disposals and consideration of market trends such as
technological obsolescence or change in market demand.
We will perform impairment reviews of property and equipment,
when events or circumstances indicate that the value of the
assets may be impaired. Indicators include operating or cash
flow losses, significant decreases in market value or changes in
the long-lived assets physical condition. When indicators
of impairment are present, management determines whether the sum
of the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated
by those assets is less than the carrying amount of those
assets. In
93
this circumstance, the impairment charge is determined based
upon the amount by which the carrying value of the assets
exceeds their fair value. The estimates of both the undiscounted
future cash flows and the fair values of assets require the use
of complex models, which require numerous highly sensitive
assumptions and estimates.
|
|
|
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts |
The company records an allowance for doubtful accounts on an
entity-by-entity basis with consideration for historical loss
experience, customer payment patterns and current economic
trends. The company reviews the adequacy of the allowance for
doubtful accounts on a periodic basis and adjusts the balance,
if necessary. The determination of the adequacy of the allowance
for doubtful accounts requires significant judgment by
management. The impact of either over or under estimating the
allowance could have a material effect on future operating
results.
The table below summarizes the allowance for doubtful accounts
as a percentage of net sales and accounts receivable,
respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2005 | |
|
June 30, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
CBS Personnel | |
|
Advanced Circuits(2) | |
|
Silvue | |
|
Crosman(1) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Net Sales
|
|
$ |
543,012 |
|
|
$ |
41,969 |
|
|
$ |
17,093 |
|
|
$ |
70,060 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
2,646 |
|
|
$ |
105 |
|
|
$ |
5 |
|
|
$ |
998 |
|
% of Revenue
|
|
|
0.48 |
% |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
1.42 |
% |
Accounts Receivable
|
|
$ |
65,969 |
|
|
$ |
2,952 |
|
|
$ |
2,245 |
|
|
$ |
14,745 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
2,646 |
|
|
$ |
105 |
|
|
$ |
5 |
|
|
$ |
998 |
|
% of Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
4.01 |
% |
|
|
3.56 |
% |
|
|
0.22 |
% |
|
|
6.77 |
% |
|
|
(1) |
For presentation of annualized amounts, it was necessary to
reflect amounts as of June 30, 2005 due to Crosman having a
June 30th fiscal year end. |
|
|
(2) |
Computed as net sales for predecessor combined January 1,
2005 through September 19, 2005 plus consolidated successor
September 20, 2005 through December 31, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
Workers Compensation Liability |
CBS Personnel self-insures its workers compensation
exposure for certain employees. CBS Personnel establishes
reserves based upon its experience and expectations as to its
ultimate liability for those claims using developmental factors
based upon historical claim experience. CBS Personnel
continually evaluates the potential for change in loss estimates
with the support of qualified actuaries. As of December 31,
2005, CBS Personnel had approximately $20.8 million of
workers compensation liability. The ultimate settlement of
this liability could differ materially from the assumptions used
to calculate this liability, which could have a material adverse
effect on future operating results.
Several of the contemplated acquisitions have deferred tax
assets recorded at December 31, 2005 which in total amount
to approximately $3.3 million. These deferred tax assets
are largely comprised of workers compensation liabilities
not currently deductible for tax purposes. The temporary
differences that have resulted in the recording of these tax
assets may be used to offset taxable income in future periods,
reducing the amount of taxes we might otherwise be required to
pay. Realization of the deferred income tax assets is dependent
on generating sufficient future taxable income. Based upon the
expected future results of operations, the company believes it
is more likely than not that the company will generate
sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit of
existing temporary differences, although there can be no
assurance of this. The impact of not realizing these deferred
tax assets would result in an increase in income tax expense for
such period when the determination was made that the assets are
not realizable.
94
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The following discussion relates to recent accounting
pronouncements for the company, the trust and each of our
initial businesses.
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued a revised FAS No. 123(R)
entitled Share-Based Payment.
FAS No. 123(R) sets accounting requirements for
share-based compensation to employees and requires
companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date
fair value of the stock options and other equity-based
compensation. FAS No. 123(R) is effective in annual
periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Crosman adopted
FAS No. 123(R) for the quarter ended October 2,
2005. Our other initial businesses will be required to adopt
FAS No. 123(R) in the first quarter of 2006. Crosman
currently discloses and the businesses that we will own will
disclose the effect on net income and earnings per share of the
fair value recognition provisions of FAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, in the
notes to the consolidated financial statements. The company is
currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of
FAS No. 123(R) on its financial position and results
of operations, including the valuation methods and support for
the assumptions that underlie the valuation of awards, but does
not expect that the adoption of FAS No. 123(R) will
have a material impact on the financial condition and results of
operations of the other initial businesses that we will own.
In November 2004, the FASB issues FAS No. 151 entitled
Inventory Costs. This Statement amends the guidance
in ARB No. 43, Inventory Pricing, to clarify
the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense,
freight handling costs and wasted material (spoilage). The
provisions of this Statement will be effective for inventory
costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15,
2005. We do not expect the adoption of FAS No. 151 to
have a material impact on the financial condition or results of
operations of the businesses that we will own.
In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47
(FIN 47) Accounting for Conditional Asset
Retirement Obligations. This Interpretation clarifies that
an entity is required to recognize a liability for the fair
value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred
if the liabilitys fair value can be reasonably estimated.
The provisions of this Interpretation shall be effective no
later than the end of fiscal years ending after
December 31, 2005, for calendar-year companies. We are
currently evaluating the impact for the contemplated
acquisitions of the adoption of FIN 47 on the financial
condition, business and results of operation of the businesses
that we will own.
In May 2005, FASB issued SFAS No. 154,
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections
(SFAS 154), which establishes retrospective
application as the required method for reporting a change in
accounting principle, unless impracticable, in the absence of
explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted
accounting principle. The statement provides guidance for
determining whether retrospective application of a change in
accounting principle is impracticable. The statement also
addresses the reporting of a correction of error by restating
previously issued financial statements. SFAS 154 is
effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made
in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We do
not expect adoption of this statement to have a material impact
on the financial condition or results of operations of the
businesses that we will own.
We do not plan to generate any revenues apart from those
generated by our businesses. We may generate interest income on
the investment of available funds but expect such earnings to be
minimal. Our investment in our initial businesses will typically
be in the form of loans from the company to our businesses, as
well as equity interests in those companies. Cash flow coming to
us will be the result of interest payments on those loans,
amortization of those loans and, potentially, dividends on our
equity ownership. However, on a GAAP basis, these loans will be
consolidated.
95
Our operating expenses will primarily consist of the salary and
related costs and expenses of our Chief Financial Officer and
his staff and for the cost of professional services and for
other expenses. These other expenses will include the cost of
audit fees, directors and officers insurance premiums paid
and tax preparation services. We estimate that our operating
expenses will be approximately $5.0 million during our
first full year of operation.
In addition, pursuant to the management services agreement, the
company will pay our manager a quarterly management fee equal to
0.5% (2.0%) of our adjusted net assets, which is defined in the
management services agreement. We will accrue for the management
fee on a quarterly basis. Based on the pro forma condensed
combined financial statements set forth in this prospectus at or
for the quarter ended December 31, 2005, the quarterly
management fee payable would have been approximately
$1.7 million on a pro forma basis. Assuming no change in
the quarterly financial information, the annual management fee
at or for the year ended December 31, 2005, would have been
approximately $6.8 million on a pro forma basis,
representing approximately 28.3% of the pro forma net income of
the company before the management fee. Neither the company nor
the initial businesses are planning any transactions in the near
future that will materially alter the adjusted net assets, which
would impact the management fee. See the section entitled
Our Manager Our Manager as a Service
Provider Management Fee for more information
about the calculation, an example of such calculation and
payment of the management fee and the specific definitions of
the terms used in such calculation.
|
|
|
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital
Resources |
At the closing of this offering, our capital will consist of net
proceeds from this offering of approximately $15.7 million
in cash and a third-party credit facility of approximately
$ million.
This amount does not take into account the exercise of the
over-allotment option.
We will generate cash from the receipt of interests and
principal on the loans to our businesses, as described below, in
addition to any dividends received from the businesses. In the
future, we may also fund acquisitions through borrowings from
banks and issuances of senior securities.
Our primary use of funds will be for the payment of public
company expenses, cash distributions to our shareholders,
investments in future acquisitions, payments to our manager
pursuant to the management services agreement, potential payment
of profit allocations to our manager and potential put price to
our manager in respect of the allocation interests it owns. The
management fee, expenses, potential profit allocation and
potential put price are paid before distributions to
shareholders and may be significant and exceed the funds held by
the company, which may require the company to dispose of assets
or incur debt to fund such expenditures. See the section
entitled Our Manager, for more information
concerning the management fee, the profit allocation and put
price.
We intend to finance our acquisition strategy primarily through
a combination of issuing new equity and incurring debt as well
as cash generated by operations. We expect all or most of the
new debt to be incurred at the company level.
Loans to our initial businesses
At the closing of this offering, we will have the following
outstanding loans due from each of our initial business:
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel Approximately $68.6 million; |
|
|
|
|
|
Crosman Approximately $45.2 million; |
|
|
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits Approximately
$48.6 million; and |
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue Approximately $14.0 million. |
|
96
We will receive interest and principal payments from each
business as a result of the above loans. Each loan will have a
scheduled maturity and each business is able to repay the entire
principal prior to maturity.
Dividend and Distribution Policy
We intend to pursue a policy of making regular distributions on
our outstanding shares. Our policy is based on the liquidity and
capital of our initial businesses and on our intention to pay
out as distributions to our shareholders the majority of cash
resulting from the ordinary operation of our businesses, and not
to retain significant cash balances in excess of what is prudent
for the company or our businesses, or as may be prudent for the
consummation of attractive acquisition opportunities.
We intend to declare and pay an initial quarterly distribution
for the quarter ending September 30, 2006 of approximately
$ per
share. We also intend to pay an initial distribution, prorated
for the period from the completion of this offering to
June 30, 2006, on the same basis as such initial quarterly
distribution that will be paid at the same time as the initial
quarterly distribution.
We will require approximately
$ million
to pay the initial distribution and
$ million
to pay the initial quarterly distribution on the shares
outstanding immediately following this offering, assuming the
offering closes before June 30, 2006. Subject to the
assumptions and considerations set forth in the pro forma
condensed combined financial statements, we believe that if we
had completed this offering on January 1, 2005 our
estimated cash available for distribution for the year ended
December 31, 2005 would have been approximately
$28.8 million. If we continue to pay quarterly
distributions at the same rate that we expect to pay the initial
quarterly distribution we will need
$ million
to pay the initial distribution and future quarterly
distributions for 2006.
On a quarterly basis, the company is expected to sweep the cash
flows of our initial businesses. The cash payments will be in
the form of interest and debt repayment and inter-company debt
amortization or possibly from distributions or dividends from
each of the individual businesses. The company anticipates using
such cash received to make debt payments, pay operating
expenses, including the management fee, and to make
distributions. We may use such cash from our initial businesses
or the capital resources of the company, including borrowings
under the companys credit facility to pay a distribution.
See the section entitled Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations for more information about the tax
treatment of distributions to our shareholders.
Our ability to pay distributions is constrained by our operating
expenses, which includes the management fee to be paid to our
manager pursuant to the management services agreement. Other
constraints on our ability to pay distributions include unknown
liabilities, government regulations, financial covenants of the
debt of the company, funds needed for acquisitions and to
satisfy short- and long-term working capital needs of our
businesses, or if our initial businesses do not generate
sufficient earnings and cash flow to support the payment of such
distributions. In particular, we may incur debt in the future to
acquire new businesses, which debt will have substantial debt
commitments, which must be satisfied before we can make
distributions. These factors could affect our ability to
continue to make distributions, in the initial quarterly per
share amounts or at all. In addition, as we will not own 100% of
our businesses, any dividends or distributions paid by our
businesses and any proceeds from a sale of a business will be
shared pro rata with the minority shareholders of
our businesses and the amounts paid to minority shareholders
will not be available to us for any purpose, including company
debt service, payment of operating expenses or distributions to
our shareholders.
As holder of allocation interests in the company, the manager is
entitled to a profit allocation.
Our manager will not receive a profit allocation on an annual
basis but only upon the occurrence of a trigger event. Payments
of profit allocation will be accounted for as distributions with
respect to a class of equity by the company. When such an event
does occur, we are obligated to pay the profit allocation to our
manager prior to making any distributions to our shareholders.
Accordingly, the cash available for distribution to shareholders
will be reduced by the payment of profit allocation to our
manager upon the
97
occurrence of a trigger event. See the section entitled
Our Manager Our Manager as an Equity
Holder Managers Profit Allocation for more
information about the profit allocation.
In addition, we intend to enter into a supplemental put
agreement with our manager pursuant to which our manager shall
have the right to cause the company to purchase the allocation
interests then owned by our manager upon termination of the
management services agreement. The companys obligations
under the supplemental put agreement are absolute and
unconditional. In addition, the supplemental put agreement
places certain additional obligations on the company upon
exercise of the managers put right until such time as the
companys obligations under the supplemental put agreement
have been satisfied, including limitations on declaring and
paying any distributions. See the section entitled Our
Manager Supplemental Put Agreement for more
information.
Contractual Obligations
We will engage our manager to manage the day-to-day operations
and affairs of the company. Our relationship with our manager
will be governed principally by the following two agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
the management services agreement relating to the management
services our manager will perform for us and the businesses we
own and the management fee to be paid to our manager in respect
thereof; and |
|
|
|
the companys LLC agreement setting forth our
managers rights with respect to the allocation interests
it owns, including the right to receive profit allocations from
the company. |
In addition, we intend to enter into a supplemental put
agreement with our manager pursuant to which our manager shall
have the right to cause the company to purchase the allocation
interests then owned by our manager upon termination of the
management services agreement. The relationships created by
these agreements are discussed in more detail below.
We also expect that our manager will enter into off-setting
management services agreements, transaction services agreements
and other agreements, in each case, with some or all of the
businesses that we own. In this respect, we expect that The
Compass Group will cause its affiliates to assign any
outstanding agreements with our initial businesses to our
manager in connection with the closing of this offering. See the
sections entitled Management Services Agreement and
Description of Shares for information about these
and other agreements the company intends to enter into with our
manager.
Concurrently with the closing of this offering, all the
employees of The Compass Group will become employees of our
manager. Our management team intends to devote a substantial
majority of their time to the affairs of our company. However,
our manager expects to remain affiliated with CGI after closing
of this offering. It is further expected that our manager, our
management team and CGI may pursue joint business endeavors.
The company has agreed to reimburse our manager and its
affiliates, within five business days after the closing of this
offering, for certain costs and expenses incurred or to be
incurred prior to and in connection with the closing of this
offering in the aggregate amount of approximately
$6.0 million. See the section entitled Management
Services Agreement Reimbursement of Expenses
for more information about the reimbursement of our
managers fees and expenses.
CBS Personnel
CBS Personnel, a provider of temporary staffing services in the
United States, provides a wide range of human resources
services, including temporary staffing services, employee
leasing services, permanent staffing and
temporary-to-permanent
placement services. CBS Personnel derives a majority of its
revenues from its temporary staffing services, which generated
approximately 97.1% and 96.9% of revenues for fiscal years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. CBS Personnel
serves over 3,000 corporate and small business clients and
during an average week places over 21,000 temporary employees in
a broad
98
range of industries, including manufacturing, transportation,
retail, distribution, warehousing, automotive supply,
construction, industrial, healthcare and financial sectors.
As a result of strong economic conditions, CBS Personnels
revenues have grown during the past three years as it has
experienced increased demand from both existing and new clients.
In addition to organic growth, the acquisition of Venturi
Staffing Partners, or VSP, in September 2004 contributed
significantly to CBS Personnels revenue growth. As the
salaries of temporary employees represent the largest costs of
providing staffing services, the increase in number of temporary
workers on hire has resulted in a corresponding increase in CBS
Personnels costs of services. Based on forecasts of
continued economic growth, CBS Personnels management
believes the demand for temporary staffing services will
continue to grow.
CBS Personnels business strategy includes increasing the
number of offices in each of its existing markets and expanding
organically into contiguous markets where it can benefit from
shared management and administrative expenses. CBS Personnel
typically enters into new markets through acquisitions. The
acquisition of VSP, for example, gave CBS Personnel a presence
in numerous new markets in which it did not previously operate.
While no specific acquisitions are currently contemplated, CBS
Personnel continues to view acquisitions as an attractive means
to enter new geographic markets.
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005 as Compared to
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 |
The table below summarizes the consolidated statement of
operations data for CBS Personnel for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Revenues
|
|
$ |
315,258 |
|
|
$ |
543,012 |
|
Direct cost of revenues
|
|
|
254,987 |
|
|
|
441,685 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
60,271 |
|
|
|
101,327 |
|
Staffing expense
|
|
|
31,974 |
|
|
|
54,249 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
17,796 |
|
|
|
26,723 |
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
1,051 |
|
|
|
1,902 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
9,450 |
|
|
|
18,453 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2,100 |
) |
|
|
(4,453 |
) |
Other income
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
138 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
7,498 |
|
|
|
14,138 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
5,150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
7,413 |
|
|
$ |
8,988 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005 were
approximately $543.0 million as compared to approximately
$315.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004,
an increase of approximately $227.8 million or
approximately 72.2%. This increase was primarily due to both
increased demand from new and existing customers and the
acquisition of VSP on September 30, 2004. The acquisition
of VSP contributed approximately $209.4 million of the
increase in revenues. The increase in revenues attributable to
VSP were in large part due to operations in California and
Texas, which accounted for approximately $62.6 million and
$54.5 million of total revenue growth, respectively. In
addition to revenue growth from the VSP acquisition, revenue
increased by $18.4 million, due mainly to revenue increases
in Ohio. Revenues from clerical and administrative staffing were
approximately $210.3 million in the year ended
99
December 31, 2005 as compared to approximately
$85.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately $125.2 million or approximately
147.1%.
Direct cost of revenues for the year ended December 31,
2005 was approximately $441.7 million as compared to
approximately $255.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, an increase of $186.7 million or
approximately 73.2%. The acquisition of VSP accounted for
approximately $170.4 million of the increase. The increase
in cost of services was primarily due to an increase in hours
worked by CBS Personnels temporary personnel. The largest
component of cost of services is wages paid to temporary
employees. Temporary employees are typically paid on an hourly
basis and therefore increases in number of hours billed directly
impact cost of services. For the year ended December 31,
2005 temporary employees at CBS Personnel billed a total of
35.6 million hours as compared to 21.9 million hours
in 2004, an increase of 13.7 million or 62.3%. As a
percentage of revenue, direct cost for the year ended
December 31, 2005 was approximately 81.3% as compared to
approximately 80.9% for the year ended December 31, 2004.
Direct cost of revenues increased as a percentage of revenue,
primarily due to increases in workers compensation expenses and
from higher unemployment tax rates. These factors were partially
offset by increased permanent placement revenue, primarily
attributable to the acquisition of VSP.
Staffing expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 was
approximately $54.2 million as compared to approximately
$32.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately $22.3 million or 69.7%. This
increase was primarily due to direct costs associated with the
acquisition of VSP, which was approximately $21.0 million
of the increase. The additional increase in staffing expense was
due to additional employees to support the business growth and
for merit increases for existing staff.
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2005 were approximately $26.7 million as
compared to approximately $17.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, an increase of approximately
$8.9 million or approximately 50.1%. This increase was
primarily due to the acquisition of VSP, which was approximately
$8.9 million of the increase. Nonrecurring restructuring
and integration costs associated with the acquisition totaled
approximately $0.8 million and approximately
$1.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2005 and
2004, respectively.
Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2005
was approximately $1.9 million as compared to approximately
$1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately $0.9 million or approximately
81.0%.
This increase was primarily due to the amortization of
intangibles acquired in connection with the acquisition of VSP.
As part of the VSP acquisition the company allocated
$8.2 million of the purchase price to intangible assets
with finite lives. These intangible assets are amortized over a
period ranging from 4 to 9 years. The acquisition of VSP
resulted in the incurrence of $1.0 million in additional
amortization expense over the year ended December 31, 2004.
Income from operations was approximately $18.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to
approximately $9.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, an increase of approximately
$9.0 million or approximately 95.3%. This increase was
primarily due to the acquisition of VSP, which contributed
approximately $8.3 million of the increase. The remaining
increase was due to organic income growth partially offset by
additional overhead costs to support the VSP acquisition.
100
Interest expense was approximately $4.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to approximately
$2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately $2.4 million or approximately
112.0%. This increase was primarily due to higher borrowing
levels associated with the financing of VSP as approximately
$22.0 million of long-term debt was issued in connection
with the acquisition.
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
The provision for income taxes for the year ended
December 31, 2005 was approximately $5.2 million as
compared to approximately $0.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, an increase of approximately
$5.1 million. The provision for income taxes includes a tax
benefit in the amount of approximately $2.5 million for the
reduction of the deferred tax valuation allowance during the
year ended December 31, 2004. The remaining increase is due
to higher taxable income at statutory rates.
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2005 was
approximately $9.0 million as compared to approximately
$7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately $1.6 million or 21.2%. The
increase in net income was principally due to the acquisition of
VSP, but was offset by increased interest expense and a higher
provision for income taxes.
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 as Compared to
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2003 |
The table below summarizes the consolidated statement of
operations data for CBS Personnel Holdings for the year ending
December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Revenues
|
|
$ |
194,717 |
|
|
$ |
315,258 |
|
Direct cost of revenues
|
|
|
155,368 |
|
|
|
254,987 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
39,349 |
|
|
|
60,271 |
|
Staffing expense
|
|
|
23,081 |
|
|
|
31,974 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
12,132 |
|
|
|
17,796 |
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
491 |
|
|
|
1,051 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
3,645 |
|
|
|
9,450 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2,929 |
) |
|
|
(2,100 |
) |
Other income
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
940 |
|
|
|
7,498 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
823 |
|
|
$ |
7,413 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004 were
approximately $315.3 million as compared to approximately
$194.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003,
an increase of approximately $120.5 million or 61.9%. This
increase was due to both increased demand from new and existing
customers and the acquisition of VSP on September 30, 2004.
Revenue from existing operations increased by approximately
$50.9 million or 26.1% due largely to increasing demand for
staffing services as a result of improvements in economic
conditions and increases in U.S. payroll employment during
2004. This growth
101
was most evident in operations in Indiana and South Carolina,
which contributed approximately $13.8 million and
$11.0 million of the increase, respectively. The
acquisition of VSP contributed approximately $70.6 million
of the increase driven primarily by revenues in California and
Texas. Increases in revenues from clerical and administrative
staffing and light industrial staffing accounted for
approximately $55.1 million and $47.9 million of the
increase in revenue, respectively.
Direct cost of revenues for the year ended December 31,
2004 was approximately $255.0 million as compared to
approximately $155.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003, an increase of approximately
$99.6 million or approximately 64.1%. This increase was
primarily due to an increase in hours worked by CBS temporary
personnel. In 2004, temporary employees billed a total of
approximately 21.9 million hours as compared to
approximately 14.2 million hours in 2004, an increase of
approximately 7.8 million hours or 54.9%. The acquisition
of VSP accounted for approximately $56.8 million of the
increase. As a percentage of revenue, direct cost for the year
ended December 31, 2004 was approximately 80.9% as compared
to approximately 79.8% for the year ended December 31,
2003. Direct cost of revenues increased as a percentage of
revenue, primarily due to increases in workers compensation
expenses and from higher unemployment tax rates. These factors
were partially offset by increased permanent placement revenue.
Staffing expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 was
approximately $32.0 million as compared to approximately
$23.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an
increase of approximately $8.9 million or approximately
38.5%. This increase was primarily due to direct costs
associated with the acquisition of VSP, which was approximately
$7.2 million of the increase. Staffing expense also
increased by approximately $1.1 million due to an increase
in variable compensation related to improved results.
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2004 were approximately $17.8 million as
compared to approximately $12.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003, an increase of approximately
$5.7 million or approximately 46.7%. This increase was
primarily due to the acquisition of VSP, which was approximately
$3.4 million of the increase. Additional reasons for this
increase include nonrecurring integration costs associated with
the acquisition of approximately $1.1 million.
Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2004
was approximately $1.1 million as compared to approximately
$0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an
increase of approximately $0.6 million or approximately
114.1%. This increase was primarily due to the amortization of
intangibles and fixed assets acquired in connection with the
acquisition of VSP. As part of the VSP acquisition the company
allocated $8.2 million of the purchase price to intangible
assets. These intangible assets are amortized over a period
ranging from 4 to 9 years. The acquisition of VSP resulted
in the incurrence of $0.3 million in additional
amortization expense over the year ended December 31, 2003.
Income from operations was approximately $9.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to
approximately $3.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003, an increase of approximately
$5.8 million or approximately 159.3%. The increase was
primarily due to increased demand as a result of improving
economic conditions and the acquisition of VSP, which
contributed approximately $1.7 million of the increase.
102
Interest expense was approximately $2.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to approximately
$2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, a
decrease of approximately $0.8 million or approximately
27.6%. Interest expense decreased due to a lower effective
interest rate associated with a revised credit agreement entered
into in 2004. These benefits were offset by higher borrowing
levels in the fourth quarter of the year as a result of the VSP
acquisition.
Other income was approximately $0.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2004 as compared to approximately
$0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, a
decrease of approximately $76 thousand. This decrease was
primarily due to the loss on a sale of a building.
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
The provision for income taxes for the year ended
December 31, 2004 was approximately $0.1 million as
compared to approximately $0.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003. The provision for income taxes includes
a tax benefit in the amount of approximately $2.5 million
for the reversal of the deferred tax valuation during fiscal
2004.
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2004 was
approximately $7.4 million as compared to approximately
$0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an
increase of approximately $6.6 million or 800.7%. This
increase was principally due to increased demand as a result of
improving economic conditions, the acquisition of VSP and a
lower level of interest expense.
|
|
|
Liquidity and Capital Resources |
|
|
|
Impact of proposed acquisition by the company |
The following discussion reflects CBS Personnels liquidity
and capital resources prior to the closing of this offering.
Upon the closing of this offering, the company will loan CBS
Personnel approximately $68.6 million, approximately
$32.3 million of which will be used to repay currently
outstanding loans from third parties, including a prepayment
penalty but excluding the revolving credit facility related to
the letters of credits, and approximately $36.3 million
representing a capitalization loan. We expect the terms and
covenants of the intercompany loans to CBS Personnel to be
substantially similar to those currently in place. The proposed
transaction, and related intercompany loans, should not
significantly impact CBS Personnels liquidity and capital
resources, exclusive of the capitalization loan.
|
|
|
Sources of and uses for Cash |
Historically, CBS Personnel has financed its operations through
cash generated by operating activities and third party debt. As
highlighted in the Statements of Cash Flows, CBS
Personnels liquidity and available capital resources are
impacted by four key components: cash and equivalents, operating
activities, investing activities and financing activities.
The ability of CBS Personnel to satisfy its obligations will
depend on its future performance, which will be subject to
prevailing economic, financial, business and other factors, most
of which are beyond its control. To the extent future capital
requirements exceed cash flows from operating activities, CBS
Personnel anticipates that:
|
|
|
|
|
|
working capital will be financed by CBS Personnels
revolving credit facility as discussed below and repaid from
subsequent reductions in current assets or from subsequent
earnings; |
|
|
|
|
|
capital expenditures will be financed by the use of the
revolving credit facility; and |
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
third-party long-term debt will be repaid with long-term debt
with similar terms. |
CBS Personnel believes that its current cash balances, combined
with future cash flows from operations will be sufficient to
meet its anticipated cash needs for operations for the next
12 months. CBS Personnel is unaware of any known material
trends or uncertainties that may require it to make cash
management decisions that will impair its operating capabilities
during the next year.
Cash and equivalents totaled approximately $1.0 million at
December 31, 2005, an increase of approximately
$0.5 million from approximately $0.5 million at
December 31, 2004. As further described below, during the
year ended December 31, 2005, CBS Personnel generated
approximately $14.7 million of cash from operating
activities, used approximately $1 million of cash in
investing activities and approximately $13.2 million in
financing activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, CBS Personnel
generated approximately $14.7 million in cash from its
operating activities as compared to approximately
$6.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. The
most significant reasons for the change in cash generated from
operations for the year ended December 31, 2005, were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in net income of approximately $1.6 million
principally due to higher operating income as a result of the
acquisition of VSP partially offset by increases in interest
expense and taxes. |
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in non-cash charges included in net income of
approximately $2.0 million. Significant components of this
increase are an increase of approximately $0.9 million in
depreciation and amortization primarily due to the amortization
of intangibles acquired in connection with the acquisition of
VSP, approximately $0.6 million of deferred interest charge
in the year ended December 31, 2005, associated with the loan
incurred in connection with the acquisition of VSP, and a
decrease in deferred taxes of approximately $0.5 million. |
|
|
|
|
|
An increase of approximately $1.6 million in accounts
receivable for the year ended December 31, 2005, as
compared to an increase of approximately $6.9 million in
the year ended December 31, 2004. The greater increase in the
year ended December 31, 2004, was primarily related to a
large increase in revenue and number of customers served as a
result of the VSP acquisition. Accounts receivables totaled
approximately $62.8 million at December 31, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
|
An increase of approximately $0.6 million in prepaid
expenses and other assets for the year ended December 31,
2005, as compared to an increase of approximately
$1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. The
greater increase in the year ended December 31, 2004, was
primarily related to assets acquired as part of the VSP
acquisition. |
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of
approximately $3.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to a decrease in accounts
payable of approximately $1.6 million in the year ended
December 31, 2004. The increase in accounts payable is
primarily due to CBS Personnels purchase of goods and
services in the year ended December 31, 2005 at more
favorable terms. Accounts payable totaled approximately
$8.8 million at December 31, 2005. |
|
As of December 31, 2005, CBS Personnel had working capital
of approximately $24.3 million.
Cash used in investing activities was approximately
$1.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2005,
compared to cash used in investing activities of approximately
$30.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2004.
Cash used in investing activities in the year ended
December 31, 2005, was primarily used in purchases of
property and equipment and is representative of CBS
Personnels capital expenditures activities. The
significant decrease in cash used in investing activities in the
year ended December 31,
104
2005, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2004, is
primarily related to approximately $30.3 million of cash
used in the acquisition of VSP in the year ended
December 31, 2004.
Capital spending in fiscal year 2006 is expected to total
between approximately $1.3 million and approximately
$1.7 million. Future capital requirements for CBS Personnel
are expected to be provided by cash flows from operating
activities and cash on hand at December 31, 2005. However,
a large acquisition of a business could require it to incur
additional debt financing, which may not be available on
acceptable terms, or at all. No such activities are anticipated
at this time.
Cash used in financing activities was approximately
$13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 as
compared to cash provided by financing activities of
approximately $24.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004.
In connection with the acquisition of VSP in September 2004, CBS
Personnel issued long-term debt of approximately
$20 million and drew down approximately $11.9 million
from its revolving line of credit. Cash used in financing
activities in the year ended December 31, 2005, included
approximately $3.8 million for the repayment of long-term
debt and approximately $9.5 million for the repayment of
CBS Personnels revolving credit facility.
At December 31, 2005, CBS Personnel had a senior credit
facility that consisted of a $50.0 million revolving credit
facility and a term loan. The revolving credit facility allows
for the issuance of letters of credit and expires on
June 30, 2009. At December 31, 2005, approximately
$6.8 million of borrowings and approximately
$18.6 million of letters of credit were outstanding under
this facility, leaving availability of approximately
$24.6 million at December 31, 2005. The term loan,
which matures on June 30, 2008, had a balance outstanding
of approximately $5.8 million at December 31, 2005 of
which approximately $2.0 million was classified as current.
At December 31, 2005, CBS Personnel also had other
long-term debt outstanding of approximately $20.6 million.
This other long-term debt consisted of a $20.0 million term
loan that was incurred as part of the acquisition of VSP and
bears interest at 12% plus a margin of 2.5% based on defined
debt to EBITDA ratios. The margin is payable either quarterly or
at maturity at the discretion of the senior lender. As of
December 31, 2005, the long-term debt includes deferred
interest of approximately $0.6 million. The note is due in
full on December 31, 2009 and is subordinate to borrowings
under the senior credit facility described above.
|
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies |
CBS Personnels principal commitments at December 31,
2005 consisted primarily of its commitments related to the
long-term debt and for obligations incurred under operating
leases.
The following table summarizes CBS Personnels contractual
obligations for the repayment of debt and payment of other
contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Less than | |
|
|
|
More than | |
|
|
Total | |
|
1 Year | |
|
2-3 Years | |
|
4-5 Years | |
|
5 Years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Long-term debt
|
|
$ |
33,191 |
|
|
$ |
2,037 |
|
|
$ |
3,757 |
|
|
$ |
27,397 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
$ |
13,977 |
|
|
$ |
4,709 |
|
|
$ |
6,216 |
|
|
$ |
2,321 |
|
|
$ |
731 |
|
Compensation due under employment agreements
|
|
$ |
408 |
|
|
$ |
350 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual cash obligations
|
|
$ |
47,576 |
|
|
$ |
7,096 |
|
|
$ |
10,031 |
|
|
$ |
29,718 |
|
|
$ |
731 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On September 30, 2004, CBS Personnel entered into an
interest rate swap agreement to manage its exposure to interest
rate movements in its variable rate debt. CBS Personnel pays
interest at a fixed rate of
105
3.07% and receives interest from the counter-party at one month
LIBOR (4.38% at December 31, 2005). The notional principal
amount was $10.4 million at December 31, 2005. The
agreement terminates on September 30, 2007. With the
repayment of the third party loans upon the close of this
transaction, CBS Personnel intends to terminate the interest
rate swap agreement with no expected adverse effect.
CBS Personnel currently has a management services agreement in
place with an affiliate of CGI pursuant to which it makes
quarterly payments of approximately $250 thousand. CBS
Personnels quarterly management fee is derived from its
total gross revenues for that quarter. Upon the closing of this
offering, the management services agreement will be assigned to
our manager. See the section entitled Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions for more
information.
CBS Personnel believes that, for the foreseeable future, it will
have sufficient cash resources to meet the commitments described
above and for current anticipated working capital and capital
expenditure requirements. CBS Personnels future liquidity
and capital requirements will depend upon numerous factors,
including retention of customers at current volume and revenue
levels, ability to repay long-term debt at acceptable terms and
competing technological and market developments.
|
|
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market
Risk |
CBS Personnel is exposed to interest rate risk primarily through
its senior credit facilities since these instruments all bear
interest at variable interest rates. At December 31, 2005,
CBS Personnel had outstanding borrowings under these debt
instruments that totaled approximately $12.6 million. This
exposure is minimal as most of this debt is hedged to minimize
exposure to interest rate movements on CBS Personnels
variable rate debt.
CBS Personnel also selectively uses derivative financial
instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on
its variable rate debt. See the section entitled
Commitments and Contingencies for a description of
the interest rate swap agreement.
Crosman
Crosman is a manufacturer and distributor of recreational airgun
products and related accessories. To a lesser extent, Crosman
also designs, markets and distributes paintball products and
related accessories through GFP. Crosmans products are
sold through approximately 500 retailers in over 6,000 retail
locations in 44 countries. The United States market, however,
continues to be Crosmans primary market, accounting for
approximately 87% of net sales for the fiscal year ended June
30, 2005.
The recreational airgun market continues to experience slow but
steady growth. Crosmans net sales, however, have increased
at a faster pace over the past three fiscal years, largely due
to its introduction of new products to market. For example,
since the introduction of its soft air airguns in May 2002,
sales for this product have grown steadily and are now a
significant component of Crosmans sales, representing
approximately 35% of net sales for the quarter ended
October 2, 2005. Net sales of new products introduced since
2001 represent 48% of net revenues for fiscal year ended
June 30, 2005. Crosmans management believes that its
proven capability to successfully introduce new products into
the market will allow Crosman to continue to experience growth
in its net sales exceeding that of its industry.
The sporting goods industry is experiencing a consolidation of
certain sporting goods retailers worldwide, which has made
access to distribution channels very important. Due to its
established and long-term relationship with its retailers,
Crosman management does not anticipate such consolidation to
impact its net sales significantly. Crosman will continue to
take steps to cement its relationships with its retailers
including engaging in marketing and sales initiatives to assist
its retailers sales. Approximately 86% of Crosmans
net sales are to retailers.
106
Crosmans business is seasonal in nature, with sales,
operating income and net income peaking in the second quarter
from holiday sales as reflected by the table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Q1 | |
|
Q2 | |
|
Q3 | |
|
Q4 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
15,511 |
|
|
|
22,723 |
|
|
|
12,897 |
|
|
|
18,929 |
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
1,533 |
|
|
|
4,527 |
|
|
|
820 |
|
|
|
1,151 |
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
347 |
|
|
|
2,002 |
|
|
|
(471 |
) |
|
|
(1,389 |
) |
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
13,315 |
|
|
|
20,056 |
|
|
|
13,112 |
|
|
|
17,143 |
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
1,766 |
|
|
|
4,803 |
|
|
|
1,059 |
|
|
|
2,438 |
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
1,036 |
|
|
|
3,145 |
|
|
|
(1,311 |
) |
|
|
1,078 |
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
13,397 |
|
|
|
16,048 |
|
|
|
9,201 |
|
|
|
14,687 |
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
1,312 |
|
|
|
3,473 |
|
|
|
324 |
|
|
|
1,961 |
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
502 |
|
|
|
1,602 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
1,232 |
|
Crosman operates on a 4-4-5 method whereby the first eleven
months of the fiscal year close on a Sunday. Eight of
Crosmans fiscal months have four weeks; three of the
months have five weeks. July generally has less than four weeks
to ensure the month ends on a Sunday, and June generally has
more than four weeks as the fiscal year always ends on
June 30, regardless of the day of the week. The quarter
ended October 2, 2005 contained one extra week as compared
to the quarter ended September 26, 2004. However,
Crosmans management does not believe the extra week to be
material for comparison purposes.
On February 10, 2004, Crosman was acquired by a subsidiary
of CGI. To facilitate comparisons, the results of Crosman and
the predecessor company for fiscal year ended June 30, 2004
were combined as applicable. During fiscal year ended
June 30, 2005, Crosman considered a public offering in the
Canadian Income Trust market that was ultimately not completed.
|
|
|
Six Months Ended January 1, 2006 Compared to Six Months
Ended December 26, 2004 |
The table below summarizes the consolidated statement of
operations data for Crosman for the six months ended
January 1, 2006 and the six months ended December 26,
2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
|
Six Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 26, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
38,234 |
|
|
$ |
45,223 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
26,471 |
|
|
|
32,916 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
11,763 |
|
|
|
12,307 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
5,393 |
|
|
|
4,896 |
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
310 |
|
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
6,060 |
|
|
|
7,044 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
2,236 |
|
|
|
2,695 |
|
Foregone offering costs
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in losses of joint venture
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
(225 |
) |
|
|
(217 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
3,756 |
|
|
|
4,542 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
1,407 |
|
|
|
1,721 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
2,349 |
|
|
$ |
2,821 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107
Net sales for the six months ended January 1, 2006 was
approximately $45.2 million as compared to approximately
$38.2 million for the six months ended December 26,
2004, an increase of approximately $7.0 million or 18.3%.
This increase was primarily due to the growth in revenues from
Soft Air products which increased by approximately
$6.4 million over the prior period and by increased airgun
sales of approximately $0.6 million. Crosman began selling
its Soft Air products in May 2002 and by leveraging its customer
relationships, distribution and brand name, Crosman was able to
take advantage of growth in the overall soft air market. Net
sales of consumables, accessories and other products for the six
months ended January 1, 2006 decreased by approximately
$0.6 million as compared to the six months ended
December 26, 2004.
Cost of sales for the six months ended January 1, 2006 was
approximately $32.9 million as compared to approximately
$26.5 million for the six months ended December 26,
2004, an increase of approximately $6.4 million or 24.3%.
This increase was primarily due to the increase in net sales.
Gross profit margin decreased by approximately 3.5% from 30.7%
to 27.2% primarily due to a shift in revenue mix. The revenue
mix was impacted by Soft Air products sales, which have a lower
overall margin than Crosmans manufactured products, as
Soft Air products made up a larger percentage of sales in the
current period than in the comparable prior period.
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the six months
ended January 1, 2006 were approximately $4.9 million
as compared to approximately $5.4 million for the six
months ended December 26, 2004, a decrease of approximately
$0.5 million or 9.2%. Selling, general and administrative
expenses decreased due to the settlement of a product liability
case for $0.5 million in the six months ended
December 26, 2004.
As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative
expenses decreased to approximately 10.8% in the first half of
fiscal 2006 from approximately 14.1% in the first half of fiscal
2006. The primary reasons for the decrease in the costs as a
percentage of revenues are the $0.5 million product
liability settlement in the first half of fiscal year 2005 and
Crosmans operating leverage allowing it to increase
revenue without significantly increasing selling, general and
administrative costs other than for increased commission expense.
Amortization expense for the six months ended January 1,
2006 was approximately $0.4 million as compared to
approximately $0.3 million for the six months ended
December 26, 2004, an increase of approximately
$57 thousand or 18.4%. This increase was primarily due to
additional amortization related to fees paid in connection with
the refinancing of Crosmans debt in August 2005.
Operating income for the six months ended January 1, 2006
was approximately $7.0 million as compared to approximately
$6.0 million for the six months ended December 26,
2004, an increase of approximately $1.0 million or 16.2%.
This increase was primarily due to increased revenues from Soft
Air products as described above.
Interest expense for the six months ended January 1, 2006
was approximately $2.7 million as compared to approximately
$2.2 million for the six months ended December 26,
2004, an increase of approximately $0.5 million or 20.5%.
This increase was primarily due to increases in the interest
rates charged to Crosman on its variable rate debt.
108
|
|
|
Equity in losses of joint venture |
Equity in losses of joint venture for the six months ended
January 1, 2006 was a loss of approximately
$24 thousand as compared to a loss of approximately
$132 thousand for the six months ended December 26,
2004, a decreased loss of approximately $108 thousand or
81.8%. The lower losses were primarily due to increased sales at
GFP with slightly lower operating costs.
Other income for the six months ended January 1, 2006 was
approximately $0.2 million, approximately the same as the
$0.2 million for the comparable period in fiscal year 2005.
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
Provision for income taxes for the six months ended
January 1, 2006 was approximately $1.7 million as
compared to approximately $1.4 million for the six months
ended December 26, 2004, an increase of approximately
$0.3 million or 22.3%. This increase was primarily due to
the higher pre-tax income for the six months ended
January 1, 2006. The effective tax rate increased from
approximately 37.5% in the first six months of fiscal 2005 to
the rate of approximately 37.9% in the first half of fiscal year
2006 due primarily to significant investment tax credits earned
in the first half of fiscal 2005 associated with investments in
machinery and equipment.
Net income for the six months ended January 1, 2006 was
approximately $2.8 million as compared to approximately
$2.3 million for the six months ended December 26,
2004, an increase of approximately $0.5 million or 20.1%.
This increase was primarily due the increase in operating income
partially offset by higher interest expense and provision for
income taxes.
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2005 Compared to Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2004 |
The table below summarizes the consolidated statement of
operations data for Crosman for the fiscal years ending
June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004(1) | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
63,626 |
|
|
$ |
70,060 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
43,719 |
|
|
|
50,874 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
19,907 |
|
|
|
19,186 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
9,513 |
|
|
|
10,526 |
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
328 |
|
|
|
629 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
10,066 |
|
|
|
8,031 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1,990 |
|
|
|
4,638 |
|
Equity in (income) loss of joint venture
|
|
|
(56 |
) |
|
|
241 |
|
Recapitalization and foregone offering costs
|
|
|
2,497 |
|
|
|
3,022 |
|
Other (income)
|
|
|
(600 |
) |
|
|
(471 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
6,235 |
|
|
|
601 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,287 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
3,948 |
|
|
$ |
489 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The results of the predecessor and successor companies were
combined to facilitate this comparison for fiscal year ended
June 30, 2004. |
109
Net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 was
approximately $70.1 million as compared to approximately
$63.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2004, an
increase of approximately $6.4 million or 10.1%. This
increase was primarily due to an increase in revenue from Soft
Air products which increased by approximately $9.8 million
over the prior period. This increase was partially offset by a
reduction in revenue from airgun rifle and pistol products of
approximately $3.1 million due primarily to a change in
promotional strategies at some of Crosmans key accounts.
Cost of sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 was
approximately $50.9 million as compared to approximately
$43.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004,
an increase of approximately $7.2 million or 16.4%. This
increase was primarily due to the increase in net sales and from
increased raw material costs. Gross profit margin decreased by
approximately 3.9% to approximately 27.4% in fiscal 2005 from
approximately 31.3% in fiscal 2004 as a result of revenue mix
and a liquidation of certain inventories at lower than standard
margins. The revenue mix was impacted by Soft Air products
sales, which have a lower overall margin than Crosmans
manufactured products, as Soft Air products made up a larger
percentage of sales in the current period than in the comparable
prior year.
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2005 were approximately $10.5 million
as compared to approximately $9.5 million for the year
ended June 30, 2004, an increase of approximately
$1.0 million or 10.6%. This increase was primarily due to
increased royalties paid on new product sales, additional
commissions paid due to the increase in net sales and from
increased sales and marketing personnel required to support
Crosmans growth.
Amortization expense for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2005 was approximately $0.6 million as compared to
approximately $0.3 million for the year ended June 30,
2004, an increase of approximately $0.3 million or 91.8%.
This increase was primarily due to a full year of amortization
of the intangibles acquired in February 2004.
Operating income was approximately $8.0 million for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to
approximately $10.1 million for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2004, a decrease of approximately
$2.0 million or 20.2%. This decrease was primarily due to
the lower gross profit and increased selling, general and
administrative and amortization expenses as described above.
Interest expense was approximately $4.6 million for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to
approximately $2.0 million for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2004 an increase of approximately
$2.6 million or 133.1%. This increase was primarily due to
increased debt levels associated with Crosmans acquisition
by a subsidiary of CGI.
|
|
|
Equity in (income) loss of joint venture |
Equity in (income) loss of joint venture for the year ended
June 30, 2005 was a loss of approximately $0.2 million
as compared to income of approximately $0.1 million for the
year ended June 30, 2004, a decrease of approximately
$0.3 million or 530.4%. The increased loss was primarily
due to decreased sales at GFP as sales were negatively impacted
by higher inventories at customer locations resulting from
curtailed purchases.
110
|
|
|
Recapitalization and foregone offering costs |
Recapitalization and foregone offering costs was approximately
$3.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005
as compared to approximately $2.5 million for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2004, an increase of approximately
$0.5 million or 21.0%. These expenses were driven in the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 by Crosmans
contemplated equity offering and in fiscal 2004 by the
recapitalization associated with the acquisition by a subsidiary
of CGI.
Other income was approximately $0.5 million for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to approximately
$0.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004,
a decrease of approximately $0.1 million or 21.5%. This
decrease was primarily due to lower billings to GFP associated
with decreased sales at GFP as described above.
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
Provision for income taxes was approximately $0.1 million
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to
approximately $2.3 million for the year ended June 30,
2004, a decrease of approximately $2.2 million or 95.1%.
This decrease was primarily due to the lower pre-tax income for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005. The effective tax rate
in fiscal 2005 was approximately 18.6% due primarily to
significant investment tax credits earned during the year.
Net income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 was
approximately $0.5 million as compared to approximately
$3.9 million for fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, a
decrease of approximately $3.4 million or 87.6%. This
decrease was primarily due to the decrease in operating income
combined with increased interest expense and increased other
expenses, partially offset by the lower provision for income
taxes.
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2004 Compared to Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2003 |
The table below summarizes the consolidated statement of
operations data for Crosman for the fiscal years ending
June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004(1) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
53,333 |
|
|
$ |
63,626 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
37,382 |
|
|
|
43,719 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
15,951 |
|
|
|
19,907 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
8,749 |
|
|
|
9,513 |
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
328 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
7,070 |
|
|
|
10,066 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1,978 |
|
|
|
1,990 |
|
Equity in (income) of joint venture
|
|
|
(158 |
) |
|
|
(56 |
) |
Recapitalization and foregone offering costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,497 |
|
Other (income)
|
|
|
(266 |
) |
|
|
(600 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
5,516 |
|
|
|
6,235 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,122 |
|
|
|
2,287 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
3,394 |
|
|
$ |
3,948 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The results of the predecessor and successor companies were
combined to facilitate this comparison for fiscal year ended
June 30, 2004. |
111
Net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 was
approximately $63.6 million as compared to approximately
$53.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2003, an
increase of approximately $10.3 million or 19.3%. This
increase was primarily due to the growth in net sales from Soft
Air products of approximately $4.7 million and from
increased sales of Soft Air airgun rifles and pistols of
approximately $3.3 million primarily resulting from new
product placement at many of Crosmans larger customer
accounts. Sales of consumables increased by approximately
$2.0 million as a result of the corresponding increase in
the sales of Soft Air and airgun products.
Cost of sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 was
approximately $43.7 million as compared to approximately
$37.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003,
an increase of approximately $6.3 million or 17.0%. This
increase was primarily due to the increase in net sales. Gross
profit margins increased by approximately 1.4% to approximately
31.3% in fiscal 2004 from approximately 29.9% in fiscal 2003 as
a result of product mix and by increased operating leverage
partially offset by increased steel costs due to higher
worldwide steel prices.
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2004 were approximately $9.5 million as
compared to approximately $8.7 million for the year ended
June 30, 2003, an increase of approximately
$0.8 million or 8.7%. This increase was primarily due to
increased royalty payments on new product sales, additional
sales commissions as a result of increased sales levels and
increased executive compensation expense as a result of
Crosmans improved performance. As a percentage of
revenues, selling general and administrative expenses decreased
to approximately 15.0% in fiscal 2004 from approximately 16.4%
in fiscal 2003. Crosmans operating leverage allowed it to
incur the increased costs described above without increases in
its costs as a percentage of revenues.
Amortization expense for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2004 was approximately $0.3 million as compared to
approximately $0.1 million for the year ended June 30,
2003, an increase of approximately $0.2 million or 148.5%.
This increase was primarily due to the amortization of the
intangibles acquired in February 2004.
Operating income was approximately $10.1 million for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to
approximately $7.1 million for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2003, an increase of approximately
$3.0 million or 42.4%. This increase was largely due to
increased net sales levels and reduced operating cost as a
percentage of net sales.
Interest expense was approximately $2.0 million for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to
approximately $2.0 million for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2003, an increase of approximately
$12 thousand or 0.6%. Interest expense in fiscal 2004
includes a write-off of approximately $0.6 million for the
unamortized original issue discount resulting from the
recapitalization in 2004. Interest expense otherwise decreased
as higher rate subordinated debt comprised a greater percentage
of total debt in fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 than it
did in fiscal year ended June 30, 2004.
112
|
|
|
Equity in (income) of joint venture |
Equity in income of joint venture for the year ended
June 30, 2004 was approximately $0.1 million as
compared to approximately $0.2 million for the year ended
June 30, 2003, a decrease of approximately
$0.1 million. Despite increased sales at GFP in fiscal year
ended June 30, 2004, GFPs net income decreased due to
higher operating costs.
|
|
|
Recapitalization and foregone offering costs |
Recapitalization and foregone offering costs was approximately
$2.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004.
These expenses were driven in fiscal year 2004 by the
recapitalization associated with the acquisition by a subsidiary
of CGI.
Other income was approximately $0.6 million for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to income of
approximately $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2003 an increase of approximately
$0.3 million or 125.6%. This increase was primarily due to
higher billings to GFP associated with increased sales at GFP as
described above.
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
Provision for income taxes for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2004 was approximately $2.3 million as
compared to approximately $2.1 million for the year ended
June 30, 2003, an increase of approximately
$0.2 million or 7.8%. This increase was primarily due to
the higher pre-tax income for fiscal year ended June 30,
2004. The effective rate in 2004 decreased to approximately
36.7% from approximately 38.5% primarily as a result of more
investment tax credits generated in 2004 than in 2003.
Net income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 was
approximately $3.9 million as compared to approximately
$3.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003,
an increase of approximately $0.6 million or 16.3%. This
increase was primarily due to the increase in operating income
as described above partially offset by increased
recapitalization expense and higher income taxes.
|
|
|
Liquidity and Capital Resources |
|
|
|
Impact of proposed acquisition by the company |
The following discussion reflects Crosmans liquidity and
capital resources prior to the closing of this offering. Upon
the closing of this offering, the company will loan to Crosman
approximately $45.2 million, the proceeds of which will be
used to repay currently outstanding loans from third parties. We
expect the terms and covenants of this loan to Crosman to be
substantially similar to those currently in place. The proposed
transaction and loan should not significantly impact
Crosmans liquidity and capital resources.
|
|
|
Sources of and uses for Cash |
Historically, Crosman has financed its operations through cash
generated by operating activities and third party debt. As
highlighted in the Statements of Cash Flows, Crosmans
liquidity and available capital resources are impacted by four
key components: cash and equivalents, operating activities,
investing activities and financing activities.
The ability of Crosman to satisfy its obligations will depend on
its future performance, which will be subject to prevailing
economic, financial, business and other factors, most of which
are beyond its control.
113
To the extent future capital requirements exceed cash flows from
operating activities, Crosman anticipates that:
|
|
|
|
|
|
working capital will be financed by Crosmans revolving
credit facility as discussed below and repaid from subsequent
reductions in current assets or from future earnings; |
|
|
|
|
|
capital expenditures will be financed from the revolving credit
facility; and |
|
|
|
|
|
long-term debt will be repaid with long-term debt with similar
terms. |
|
Crosman believes that its current cash balances, combined with
future cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet its
anticipated cash needs for operations for the next
12 months. Crosman is unaware of any known material trends
or uncertainties that may require it to make cash management
decisions that will impair its operating capabilities during the
next year.
|
|
|
Six Months Ended January 1, 2006 Compared to Six Months
Ended December 26, 2004 |
Cash and equivalents totaled approximately $0.6 million at
January 1, 2006, an increase of approximately
$0.3 million from cash and equivalents of approximately
$0.5 million at December 26, 2004. As further
described below, during the six months ended January 1,
2006, Crosman generated approximately $0.6 million of cash
from operating activities and used approximately
$0.7 million of cash in investing activities while
financing activities provided approximately $53 thousand in cash.
For the six months ended January 1, 2006, Crosman generated
approximately $0.6 million in cash from its operating
activities as compared approximately $6.1 million used for
the six months ended December 26, 2004. The most
significant reasons for the change in cash generated from
operations for the six months ended January 1, 2006 were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in net income of approximately $0.5 million
principally due to increased sales of Soft Air products. |
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in inventory of approximately $1.3 million for
the six months ended January 1, 2006 as compared to an
increase of approximately $6.2 million for the six months
ended December 26, 2004. The current year increase in
inventory is consistent with the increase in sales. The prior
year increase in inventory resulted from purchasing certain
products to support Crosmans sales growth objectives. The
inventory growth in the first half of the fiscal year 2005 was
offset by a reduction of approximately $4.9 million in the
second half of the year. |
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of
approximately $2.6 million for the six months ended
January 1, 2006 as compared to an increase of approximately
$1.9 million for the six months ended December 26,
2004. Accounts payable and accrued expenses provided more cash
in the first half of fiscal year 2006 than fiscal year 2005 due
primarily to a large bonus that was paid in the first half of
fiscal year 2005 that was accrued for at June 30, 2004. There
was no such bonus paid for fiscal year 2005 in the first half of
fiscal year 2006. Accounts payable and accrued expenses totaled
$9.2 million at the end of the six months ended
January 1, 2006. |
|
The impact of changes in operating assets and liabilities may
change in further periods, depending on the timing of each
period end in relation to items such as internal payroll and
billing cycles, payments from customers, payments to vendors and
interest payments. The seasonal nature of Crosmans sales
requires significantly higher working capital investments from
September through January than the average working capital
requirements of Crosman. Consequently, interim results for
Crosman are not necessarily indicative of the full fiscal year
and quarterly results may vary substantially, both within a
fiscal year and between comparable fiscal years. The effects of
seasonality could have a material adverse impact on
Crosmans financial condition and results of operations.
114
As of January 1, 2006, Crosman had a working capital of
approximately $21.9 million.
Cash used in investing activities was approximately
$0.7 million in the six months ended January 1, 2006,
compared to cash used in investing activities of approximately
$0.9 million in the six months ended December 26,
2004. Cash used in investing activities in the six months ended
January 1, 2006, was primarily used in capital expenditures
and is consistent with the six months ended December 26,
2004.
Capital spending for fiscal year 2006 is expected to total
between approximately $1.7 million and approximately
$2.0 million, including amounts spent thus far. Future
capital requirements for Crosman are expected to be provided by
cash flows from operating activities and cash on hand. However,
a large acquisition of a business could require it to incur
additional debt financing, which may not be available on
acceptable terms, or at all. No such activities are anticipated
at this time.
Cash provided by financing activities was approximately $53
thousand for the six months ended January 1, 2006 as
compared to cash provided by financing activities of
approximately $7.3 million for the six months ended
December 26, 2004.
In connection with refinancing its senior credit facility on
August 4, 2005, Crosman paid in full the then outstanding
balance of approximately $23.7 million under the then
outstanding term loan and received approximately
$26 million under the current outstanding term loan. The
net proceeds from the above were used to pay transaction
expenses of the failed offering and to reduce the borrowings
under Crosmans revolving credit facility.
At January 1, 2006, Crosman had a $20.0 million
revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility expires
in December 2008. At January 1, 2006, approximately
$11.3 million of borrowings was outstanding under the
revolving credit facility.
At January 1, 2006, Crosman had approximately
$39.1 million of long-term debt outstanding of which
approximately $4.1 million was classified as current. The
entire amount of this debt was incurred as part of the
acquisition by a subsidiary of CGI. Approximately
$25.1 million of the long-term debt is a senior term
loan and bears interest based on LIBOR and is due in various
installments through December 2008. Crosman intends to fund the
repayment of the current maturity of approximately
$4.1 million with proceeds generated from operations.
$14.0 million of long-term debt outstanding was also
incurred as part of the acquisition by a subsidiary of CGI and
is due to a 14% stockholder of Crosman. This long-term debt is a
senior subordinated note that bears interest at 16.5%, of which
12% is payable currently and 4.5% is deferred until February,
2009. The principal is due on February 10, 2010.
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2005 Compared to Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2004 |
For the year ended June 30, 2005, Crosman generated
approximately $3.1 million in cash from its operating
activities as compared to approximately $8.6 million used
for year ended June 30, 2004. The most significant reasons
for the change in cash generated from operations for the year
ended June 30, 2005 were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
A decrease in net income of approximately $3.5 million due
principally to lower gross margin on sales and higher interest
expense associated with the acquisition of Crosman by a
subsidiary of CGI. |
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in inventory of approximately $1.4 million for
the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to an increase of
approximately $2.9 million for the year ended June 30,
2004. Inventory increased at a lower rate in fiscal year 2005
because the sales increase for the year ended June 30, 2005
was less than the increase for the year ended June 30, 2004. |
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
A decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of
approximately $1.0 million for the year ended June 30,
2005 as compared to an increase of approximately
$3.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2004. The change
in accounts payable and accrued expenses is primarily due to two
items. First, bonuses accrued at June 30, 2004 were paid in
fiscal year 2005. There was only a de minimus bonus accrual at
June 30, 2005. Second, accounts payable and accrued
expenses declined due to the timing of Crosmans payments
to its suppliers. As described above, in 2005 Crosman purchased
a significant portion of its inventory requirements for the
second half of its fiscal year during the first half of its
fiscal year. Therefore, a greater percentage of the inventory on
hand had already been paid for on June 30, 2005 than on
June 30, 2004. |
Cash used in investing activities was approximately
$2.0 million in the year ended June 30, 2005, compared
to cash used in investing activities of approximately
$67.0 million in the year ended June 30, 2004. The
primary use of cash in investing activities in the year ended
June 30, 2004 was the approximate $64.7 million
acquisition of Crosman by a subsidiary of CGI. The only use of
cash for investing activities in fiscal year 2005 was for
capital expenditures.
Cash used in financing activities was approximately
$0.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2005 as
compared to cash provided by financing activities of
approximately $58.8 million for the year ended
June 30, 2004. In fiscal year 2005, Crosman incurred
approximately $1.3 million in cash expenses in connection
with a foregone public offering in the Canadian Income Trust
market. Debt increased approximately $0.8 million during
the year. For the year ended June 30, 2004, the cash
provided by financing activities was used to fund the
acquisition of Crosman by a subsidiary of CGI, including
additional debt of $41.0 million, an equity investment of
approximately $21.1 million. Approximately
$1.3 million of the above was used to pay the associated
expenses.
In connection with acquisition of Crosman by a subsidiary of
CGI, Crosman paid all of its outstanding debt at the time and
incurred new debt of $41 million. $27 million of the
new debt was in the form of a senior term loan due in various
installments through December 2008 that bears interest based on
LIBOR. $14.0 million of the new debt is in the form of a
senior subordinated note that bears interest at 16.5%, of which
12% is payable currently and 4.5% is deferred until February,
2009. The principal is due on February 10, 2010. At
June 30, 2005, approximately $23.9 million and
$14.0 million were outstanding on the senior term loan and
senior subordinated loan, respectively.
At June 30, 2005, Crosman had an $18.0 million
revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility expires
in December 2008. At June 30, 2005, approximately
$10.4 million of borrowings was outstanding under the
revolving credit facility.
|
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies |
Crosmans principal commitments at January 1, 2006
consisted primarily of its commitments related to the long-term
debt incurred as part of the acquisition and for obligations
incurred under operating leases. Crosman is contingently liable
for additional purchase price consideration for fiscal 2006 if
certain
116
milestones are achieved. These milestones were not achieved in
fiscal 2005 and have not been included in the following table.
The following table summarizes Crosmans contractual
obligations as of January 1, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than | |
|
|
|
More than |
|
|
Total | |
|
1 Year | |
|
1-3 Years | |
|
3-5 Years | |
|
5 Years |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands) |
Long-term debt
|
|
$ |
39,133 |
|
|
$ |
4,100 |
|
|
$ |
21,033 |
|
|
$ |
14,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Revolving line of credit
|
|
|
11,239 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,239 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred interest
|
|
|
1,243 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,243 |
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
171 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
608 |
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
366 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual cash obligations
|
|
$ |
52,394 |
|
|
$ |
4,385 |
|
|
$ |
32,720 |
|
|
$ |
15,289 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excluding the purchase price consideration described above,
Crosman did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements at
January 1, 2006. This is due to the expectation that all of
Crosmans long-term debt will be repaid as part of the
contemplated transaction. However, Crosman has used and would
investigate using interest rate swap agreements to manage its
exposure to interest rate movements on its variable rate debt if
the proposed transaction did not occur.
Crosman currently has a management services agreement in place
with an affiliate of CGI pursuant to which it makes quarterly
payments to such affiliate of approximately $145 thousand. Upon
the closing of this offering, the management services agreement
will be assigned to our manager. See the section entitled
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
for more information.
Crosman believes that, for the foreseeable future, it will have
sufficient cash resources to meet the commitments described
above and for current anticipated working capital and capital
expenditure requirements. Crosmans future liquidity and
capital requirements will depend upon numerous factors,
including retention of customers at current volume and revenue
levels, ability to repay long-term debt at acceptable terms and
competing technological and market developments.
|
|
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Discussion about Market
Risk |
Crosman is exposed to interest rate risk primarily through its
revolving and term loan credit facilities since these
instruments all bear interest based off of variable interest
rates. At January 1, 2006, Crosman had approximately
$36.5 million outstanding under these facilities. In the
event that interest rates associated with these instruments were
to increase by 100 basis points, the impact on future cash
flows would be a decrease of approximately $0.4 million
annually.
Advanced Circuits
Advanced Circuits is a provider of prototype, quick-turn and
volume production PCBs to customers throughout the United
States. Collectively, prototype and quick-turn PCBs represent
66.0% of Advanced Circuits gross revenues. Prototype and
quick-turn PCBs typically command higher margins than volume
production given that customers require high levels of
responsiveness, technical support and timely delivery with
respect to prototype and quick-turn PCBs and are willing to pay
a premium for them. In the fiscal year ended December 31,
2005, an order requiring production in one day commanded an
average price of over three times that of a similar order placed
with four weeks lead time. Advanced Circuits is able to meet its
customers demands by manufacturing custom PCBs in as
little as 24 hours, while maintaining an approximately
98.5% error-free production rate and real-time customer service
and product tracking 24 hours per day.
117
While global demand for PCBs has remained strong in recent
years, industry wide domestic production has declined by
approximately 60% since 2000. In contrast, Advanced
Circuits revenues have increased steadily as its
customers prototype and quick-turn PCB requirements, such
as small quantity orders and rapid turnaround, are less able to
be met by low cost volume manufacturers in Asia and elsewhere.
Advanced Circuits management anticipates that demand for
its prototype and quick-turn printed circuit boards will remain
strong.
Over the past three years, Advanced Circuits has continued to
improve its internal production efficiencies and enhance its
service capabilities, resulting in increased profit margins.
Additionally, Advanced Circuits has benefited from increased
production capacity as a result of a facility expansion that was
completed in 2003.
Advanced Circuits does not depend or expect to depend upon any
customer or group of customers, with no single customer
accounting for more than 2% of its net sales. Each month,
Advanced Circuits receives orders from approximately 4,000
customers and adds over 200 new customers.
In September 2005, a subsidiary of CGI acquired Advanced
Circuits, Inc. along with R.J.C.S. LLC, an entity previously
established solely to hold Advanced Circuits real estate
and equipment assets. Immediately following the acquisitions,
R.J.C.S. LLC was merged into Advanced Circuits, Inc. The results
for the year ended December 31, 2005, the year ended
December 31, 2004, and for the year ended December 31,
2003 reflect the combined results of the two businesses. The
following section discusses the historical financial performance
of the combined entities.
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2004 |
The table below summarizes the combined statement of operations
for Advanced Circuits for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
36,642 |
|
|
$ |
41,969 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
17,867 |
|
|
|
18,102 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
18,775 |
|
|
|
23,867 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
6,564 |
|
|
|
8,283 |
|
Amortization of Intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
717 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
12,211 |
|
|
|
14,867 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(242 |
) |
|
|
(1,491 |
) |
Interest income
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
233 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
12,093 |
|
|
|
13,609 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
12,093 |
|
|
$ |
12,608 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales for the year ended December, 31 2005 was approximately
$42.0 million as compared to approximately
$36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately $5.3 million or 14.5%. The
increase in net sales was largely due to increased sales in
quick-turn production PCBs, which increased by approximately
$3.1 million, and the addition of new customers due to
increased marketing efforts. Quick-turn production PCBs
represented approximately 32.0% of gross sales for the year
ended December 31, 2005 as compared to approximately 29.6%
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
118
Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2005 was
approximately $18.1 million as compared to approximately
$17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately $0.2 million or 1.3%. The
increase in cost of sales was largely due to the increase in
production volume.
Gross profit margin increased by approximately 5.6% to
approximately 56.9% for the year ended December 31, 2005 as
compared to approximately 51.2% for the year ended
December 31, 2004. The increase is due to increased
capacity utilization at Advanced Circuits Aurora facility
and a shift in its sales mix to the higher margin prototype and
quickturn PCBs, which typically requires delivery within
10 days of order. These benefits were partially offset by
increased costs of laminates, Advanced Circuits primary
raw material.
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2005 were approximately $8.2 million as
compared to approximately $6.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, an increase of approximately
$1.7 million or 26.2%. Approximately $0.6 million of
the increase was due to deferred compensation payments provided
to Advanced Circuits management associated with CGIs
acquisition of Advanced Circuits and improved financial
performance. Additionally, approximately $0.2 million of
the increase was due to increased advertising expenditures with
the remainder due to increased compensation and other
professional fee increases due to the larger size of operations.
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible |
Amortization of intangibles for the year ended December 31,
2005 was approximately $0.7 million and was due to the
amortization of intangibles acquired as a result of the
acquisition on September 20,2005.
Income from operations was approximately $14.9 million for
the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to
approximately $12.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, an increase of approximately
$2.7 million or 21.8%. The increase in income from
operations was principally due to the increase in quick-turn
production PCB sales which is one of the high margin products of
Advanced Circuits business.
Interest expense was approximately $1.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to approximately
$0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately $1.3 million or 516%. This
increase was primarily due to interest expense incurred as a
result of the financing for the acquisition of Advanced
Circuits. The acquisition resulted in the issuance of
approximately $50.5 million of long-term debt which was
only outstanding since September 20, 2005.
Interest income was approximately $0.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 2005 as compared to approximately
$42 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately $0.2 million or 454%. Interest
income increased primarily due to higher interest rates.
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
Provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31,
2005 was approximately $1.0 million as compared to no
provision for the year ended December 31, 2004. The
increase in provision for income taxes was due to Advanced
Circuits conversion to a C-corporation on September 20,
2005 as part of the acquisition by a subsidiary of CGI.
119
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2005 was
approximately $12.6 million as compared to approximately
$12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately $0.5 million or 4.3%. This was
primarily a result of increased sales in prototype and
quick-turn PCBs and new customers and was partially offset by
increased selling, general and administrative expenses, interest
expense and provision for income taxes.
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2003 |
The table below summarizes the combined statement of operations
data for Advanced Circuits for the years ending
December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
27,796 |
|
|
$ |
36,642 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
14,568 |
|
|
|
17,867 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
13,228 |
|
|
|
18,775 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
5,521 |
|
|
|
6,564 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
7,707 |
|
|
|
12,211 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(204 |
) |
|
|
(242 |
) |
Interest income
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
7,534 |
|
|
$ |
12,093 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 was approximately
$36.6 million as compared to approximately
$27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an
increase of approximately $8.8 million or 31.8%. Advanced
Circuits sales in 2004 grew in each of its products and services
as it was able to fully utilize the additional production
capacity provided by its 2003 plant expansion. Revenue growth
was most evident in sales of quick-turn production PCBs which
accounted for approximately 29.6% of revenue in the year ended
December 31, 2004 as compared to approximately 27.7%
of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2003. In
addition, long lead production increased to 19.0% of sales in
the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to 17.0% in
the year ended December 31, 2003 as Advanced Circuits added
EMS customers who value this type of product. Also contributing
to revenue growth in 2004 was an increase in the average layer
count of PCBs produced, which resulted in higher revenue per
panel.
Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 was
approximately $17.9 million as compared to approximately
$14.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an
increase of approximately $3.3 million or 22.6%. This
increase was due to greater production volume due to increased
capacity resulting from the 2003 plant expansion.
Gross profit margin increased by approximately 3.6% to
approximately 51.2% for the year ended December 31, 2004 as
compared to approximately 47.6% for the year ended
December 31, 2003. The increase is due to higher sales and
production volume while costs did not increase proportionately
due to Advanced Circuits ability to leverage its fixed
production costs. Gross profit margin also was favorably
impacted by improved margins associated with volume production
external partners.
120
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2004 were approximately $6.6 million as
compared to approximately $5.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003, an increase of approximately
$1.0 million or 18.9%. Selling, general and administrative
expenses increased by approximately $0.7 million due to
higher management compensation, mainly in the form of bonuses,
associated with performance improvements in 2004.
Income from operations was approximately $12.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to
approximately $7.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003, an increase of approximately
$4.5 million or 58.4%. This increase was largely due to
increased levels of sales and improved margins associated with
volume production external partners.
Interest expense was approximately $0.2 million for the
year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to approximately
$0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an
increase of approximately $38 thousand.
Interest income was approximately $42 thousand for the year
ended December 31, 2004 as compared to approximately $16
thousand for the year ended December 31, 2003, an increase
of approximately $26 thousand or 162.5%. This increase was
primarily due to an increase in average levels of cash held on
Advanced Circuits balance sheet.
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2004 was
approximately $12.1 million as compared to approximately
$7.5 million, an increase of approximately
$4.6 million or 60.5%. Net income improved primarily due to
growth in sales as Advanced Circuits increased production
capacity at its Aurora, Colorado-based facility.
|
|
|
Liquidity and Capital Resources |
|
|
|
Impact of proposed acquisition by the company |
The following discussion reflects Advanced Circuits
liquidity and capital resources prior to the closing of this
offering. Upon the closing of this offering, the company will
loan to Advanced Circuits approximately $48.6 million, the
proceeds of which will be used to repay currently outstanding
loans from third parties. We expect the terms and covenants of
this loan to Advanced Circuits to be substantially similar to
those currently in place. The proposed transaction and loan
should not significantly impact Advanced Circuits
liquidity and capital resources.
|
|
|
Sources of and uses for Cash |
Historically, Advanced Circuits has financed its operations
through cash generated by operating activities and third party
debt. As highlighted in the Statements of Cash Flows, Advanced
Circuits liquidity and available capital resources are
impacted by four key components: cash and equivalents, operating
activities, investing activities and financing activities.
The ability of Advanced Circuits to satisfy its obligations will
depend on its future performance, which will be subject to
prevailing economic, financial business and other factors, most
of which are beyond its
121
control. To the extent future capital requirements exceed cash
flows from operating activities, Advanced Circuits anticipates
that:
|
|
|
|
|
|
working capital will be financed by Advanced Circuits line of
credit facility as discussed below and repaid from subsequent
reductions in current assets or from subsequent earnings; |
|
|
|
|
|
capital expenditures will be financed from the line of credit
facility; and |
|
|
|
|
|
long-term debt will be repaid with long-term debt with similar
terms. |
|
Advanced Circuits believes that its current cash balances,
combined with future cash flows from operations will be
sufficient to meet its anticipated cash needs for operations for
the next 12 months. Advanced Circuits is unaware of any
known material trends or uncertainties that may require it to
make cash management decisions that will impair its operating
capabilities during the next year.
Cash and equivalents totaled approximately $1.6 million at
December 31, 2005, a decrease of approximately
$5.0 million from cash and equivalents of approximately
$6.6 million at December 31, 2004. As further
described below, during the year ended December 31, 2005,
Advanced Circuits generated approximately $14.7 million of
cash from operating activities and used approximately
$75.2 million of cash in investing activities while
financing activities provided approximately $55.7 million
of cash.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, Advanced Circuits
generated approximately $14.7 million in cash from its
operating activities as compared to approximately
$12.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. The
most significant reasons for the change in cash generated from
operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in net income of approximately $0.5 million
principally due to increased sales in prototype and quick-turn
PCBs partially offset by higher operating expenses, greater
interest expense and increased tax expenses. |
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in non-cash charges included in net income of
approximately $1.0 million. This increase was comprised
primarily of an increase of approximately $0.7 million in
amortization expense related to the amortization of intangibles
acquired in connection with the acquisition of Advanced Circuits
in September 2005, an increase of approximately
$0.1 million in deferred tax benefit and an increase of
approximately $0.1 million in compensation cost for options
granted to management. |
|
|
|
|
|
An increase of approximately $0.3 million in accounts
receivable for the year ended December 31, 2005, as
compared to an increase of approximately $0.7 million in
the year ended December 31, 2004. The larger increase in
the year ended December 31, 2004, was primarily related to
greater sales growth in the year ended December 31, 2004,
as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. Accounts
receivables totaled approximately $2.8 million at
December 31, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
|
A decrease of approximately $0.4 million in accounts
payable for the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared
to an increase in accounts payable of approximately
$0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The
decrease in accounts payable is primarily due to slightly
stricter payment terms received from vendors in the year ended
December 31, 2005. Accounts payable totaled
$0.8 million at December 31, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
|
An increase of approximately $0.9 million in income taxes
payable for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase
in income tax is primarily due to Advanced Circuits
conversion to a C-corporation on September 20, 2005, as
part of the acquisition. |
|
122
The impact of changes in operating assets and liabilities may
change in further periods, depending on the timing of each
period end in relation to items such as internal payroll and
billing cycles, payments from customers, payments to vendors and
interest payments.
As of December 31, 2005, Advanced Circuits had a negative
working capital of approximately $2.3 million.
Cash used in investing activities was approximately
$75.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2005,
compared to cash used in investing activities of approximately
$1.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. Cash
used in investing activities in the year ended December 31,
2005, was primarily related to the acquisition of Advanced
Circuits by a subsidiary of CGI in September 2005. Simultaneous
with the acquisition of Advanced Circuits, the Aurora, Colorado
facility was sold to an independent third party and leased back
by Advanced Circuits as part of a sale-leaseback transaction.
Advanced Circuits received approximately $5.0 million of
proceeds from the sale. The lease of the building is being
accounted for as an operating lease.
Capital spending for fiscal year 2006 is expected to total
between approximately $0.8 million and approximately
$1.2 million. Future capital requirements for Advanced
Circuits are expected to be provided by cash flows from
operating activities and cash on hand. However, a large
acquisition of a business could require it to incur additional
debt financing, which may not be available on acceptable terms,
or at all. No such activities are anticipated at this time.
Cash provided by financing activities was approximately
$55.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, as
compared to cash used in financing activities of approximately
$8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
In connection with the acquisition of Advanced Circuits,
approximately $50.5 million in term loans were issued and
approximately $25.0 million in cash was used. These sources
were offset by a distribution of approximately
$17.0 million to a former shareholder.
At December 31, 2005, Advanced Circuits had an
approximately $4.0 million revolving line of credit. The
line of credit facility expires in September 2010. At
December 31, 2005 there were no borrowings outstanding
under the line of credit.
At December 31, 2005, Advanced Circuits had approximately
$49.6 million of long-term debt outstanding of which
approximately $3.9 million was classified as current. This
entire amount was incurred as part of the acquisition of
Advanced Circuits and bears interest based on LIBOR or a base
rate and is due in various installments through March 2012.
Advanced Circuits intends to fund the repayment of the current
maturity of approximately $3.9 million with proceeds
generated from operations.
|
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies |
Advanced Circuits principal commitments at
December 31, 2005 consisted primarily of its commitments
related to the long-term debt incurred as part of the
acquisition and for obligations incurred under operating leases.
123
The following table summarizes Advanced Circuits
contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Less than | |
|
1-3 | |
|
3-5 | |
|
More than | |
|
|
Total | |
|
1 Year | |
|
Years | |
|
Years | |
|
5 Years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Long-term debt
|
|
$ |
49,563 |
|
|
$ |
3,875 |
|
|
$ |
9,563 |
|
|
$ |
12,750 |
|
|
$ |
23,375 |
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
7,101 |
|
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
965 |
|
|
|
965 |
|
|
|
4,689 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual cash obligations
|
|
$ |
56,664 |
|
|
$ |
4,357 |
|
|
$ |
10,528 |
|
|
$ |
13,715 |
|
|
$ |
28,064 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits currently has a management services agreement
in place with an affiliate of CGI pursuant to which it makes
quarterly payments of $125 thousand. Upon the closing of this
offering, the management services agreement will be assigned to
our manager. See the section entitled Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions for more
information.
Advanced Circuits did not have any off-balance sheet
arrangements at December 31, 2005. This is due to the
expectation that all of Advanced Circuits debt will be
repaid as part of the contemplated transaction. However,
Advanced Circuits would investigate using interest rate swap
agreements to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on
its variable rate debt if the proposed transaction did not occur.
Advanced Circuits believes that, for the foreseeable future, it
will have sufficient cash resources to meet the commitments
described above and for current anticipated working capital and
capital expenditure requirements. Advanced Circuits future
liquidity and capital requirements will depend upon numerous
factors, including retention of customers at current volume and
revenue levels, ability to repay long-term debt at acceptable
terms and competing technological and market developments.
|
|
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Discussion about Market
Risk |
Advanced Circuits is exposed to interest rate risk primarily
through its revolving and long-term loan facilities since these
instruments all pay interest based off of variable interest
rates. At December 31, 2005, Advanced Circuits had
approximately $49.6 million outstanding under these
facilities. In the event that interest rates associated with
these instruments were to increase by 100 basis points, the
impact on future cash flows would be a decrease of approximately
$0.5 million annually.
Silvue
Silvue is a developer and producer of proprietary, high
performance liquid coating systems used in the high-end eyewear,
aerospace, automotive and industrial markets. Silvues
coating systems, which impart properties such as abrasion
resistance, improved durability, chemical resistance,
ultraviolet, or UV protection, can be applied to a wide variety
of materials, including plastics, such as polycarbonate and
acrylic, glass, metals and other surfaces.
Silvues management believes that the hardcoatings industry
will experience significant growth as the use of existing
materials requiring hardcoatings continues to grow, new
materials requiring hardcoatings are developed and new uses of
hardcoatings are discovered. Silvues management expects
additional growth in the industry as manufacturers continue to
outsource the development and application of hardcoatings used
on their products.
To respond to increasing demand for coating systems, Silvue is
focused on growth through the development of new products
providing either greater functionality or better value to its
customers. Silvue currently owns 11 patents relating to its
coatings portfolio and continues to invest in the research and
development of additional proprietary products. Further, driven
by input from customers and the changing demands of the
marketplace, Silvue actively endeavors to identify new
applications for its existing products.
124
On August 31, 2004, Silvue was formed by CGI and management
to acquire SDC Technologies, Inc. and on September 2, 2004,
it acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of SDC Technologies,
Inc. Following this acquisition, on April 1, 2005, SDC
Technologies, Inc. purchased the remaining 50% it did not
previously own of Nippon Arc Co. LTD (Nippon ARC),
which was formerly operated as a joint venture with Nippon Sheet
Glass, LTD.
The results for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005,
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 and the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2003 reflect the results of Silvue
Technologies and its predecessor company, SDC Technologies.
Results prior to April 1, 2005 reflect income from the
Nippon ARC joint venture under the equity method of accounting.
Results subsequent to April 1, 2005 fully incorporate all
operations of Nippon ARC. To facilitate comparisons, the results
of Silvue and the predecessor company were combined as
applicable. In November 2005, Silvues management made the
strategic decision to halt operations at its application
facility in Henderson, Nevada. The operations included
substantially all of Silvues application services
business, which has historically applied Silvues coating
systems and other coating systems to customers products
and materials. Silvues results have been presented to
exclude these discontinued operations.
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year
Ended December 31, 2004 |
The table below summarizes the consolidated statement of
operations for Silvue for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005 and for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
12,137 |
|
|
$ |
17,093 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
1,707 |
|
|
|
3,816 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
10,430 |
|
|
|
13,277 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
6,325 |
|
|
|
7,491 |
|
Research and development costs
|
|
|
1,085 |
|
|
|
1,072 |
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
709 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
2,812 |
|
|
|
4,005 |
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
Equity in net income of joint venture
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(372 |
) |
|
|
(1,439 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(56 |
) |
|
|
(1,349 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before provision for income
taxes
|
|
|
2,756 |
|
|
|
2,656 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(1,207 |
) |
|
|
(1,257 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
1,549 |
|
|
|
1,399 |
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(166 |
) |
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
1,383 |
|
|
$ |
1,531 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2005 was
approximately $17.1 million as compared to approximately
$12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately
125
$5.0 million or 40.8%. This increase was primarily due to
the acquisition of Nippon ARC of approximately
$4.4 million, growth within Silvues core ophthalmic
business and expansion in sales of Silvues coating systems
of approximately $0.3 million to manufacturers of aluminum
wheels.
Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2005 was
approximately $3.8 million as compared to approximately
$1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately $2.1 million or 123.5%. This
increase was primarily due to cost of sales associated with the
acquisition of Nippon ARC of approximately $2.2 million. As
a percentage of sales, cost of sales increased over the
comparable prior period primarily due to the acquisition of
Nippon ARC, whose margins have historically been lower than
those realized in the United States or Europe.
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense |
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2005 were approximately $7.5 million as
compared to approximately $6.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2005, an increase of approximately
$1.2 million or 18.4%. The increase in selling, general and
administrative expenses was primarily due to the inclusion of
Nippon ARC, which had selling and general administrative
expenses of $1.5 million.
|
|
|
Research and development costs |
Research and development costs for the year ended
December 31, 2005 were approximately $1.1 million as
compared to approximately $1.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2004, a decrease of approximately $13
thousand or 1.2%. Included in research and development costs for
2004 is a write-off of in-process research and development costs
of approximately $0.5 million related to the acquisition of
Silvue. Were this cost excluded, research and development costs
would have increased by approximately $0.5 million in the
year ended December 31, 2005 due to increased development
efforts for new coating applications.
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles |
Amortization of intangibles for the year ended December 31,
2005 was approximately $0.7 million as compared to
approximately $0.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, an increase of approximately
$0.5 million or 241%. The increase in amortization of
intangibles was primarily due to a full year of amortization on
the intangible assets established with the acquisition in
September 2004 and for the amortization of intangibles
associated with the Nippon ARC acquisition in April 2005.
Income from operations was approximately $4.0 million for
the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to
approximately $2.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, an increase of approximately
$1.2 million or 42.4%. This increase was primarily due to
the acquisition of Nippon ARC which accounted for approximately
$0.7 million, additional operating income from the growth
in revenues from existing ophthalmic customers and from
customers focused on manufacturing aluminum wheels.
|
|
|
Equity in net income of joint venture |
Equity in net income of joint venture was approximately
$0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 as
compared to approximately $0.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, a decrease of approximately
$0.2 million. This decrease was primarily due to
Silvues acquisition of the stake it did not previously own
in its Japanese operations and a resulting change in accounting.
126
Interest expense was approximately $1.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to approximately
$0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an
increase of approximately $1.1 million. This increase was
primarily due to the acquisition of Silvue and the resulting
recapitalization. The recapitalization resulted in the issuance
of approximately $12.8 million of floating rate debt.
Interest expense also increased by approximately
$0.3 million due to the acquisition of Nippon ARC.
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
The provision for income taxes for the year ended
December 31, 2005 was approximately $1.3 million as
compared to approximately $1.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, an increase of approximately $50
thousand or 4.1% as pre-tax income remained relatively flat
compared to the prior year.
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations |
Income from continuing operations for the year ended
December 31, 2005 was approximately $1.4 million as
compared to approximately $1.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, a decrease of approximately
$0.1 million. The change was primarily due to the increase
in operating income offset by the increase in interest expense.
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2003 |
The table below summarizes the consolidated statement of
operations for Silvue Technologies for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
10,446 |
|
|
$ |
12,137 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
1,555 |
|
|
|
1,707 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
8,891 |
|
|
|
10,430 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
5,276 |
|
|
|
6,325 |
|
Research and development costs
|
|
|
549 |
|
|
|
1,085 |
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
3,065 |
|
|
|
2,812 |
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
Equity in net income of joint venture
|
|
|
377 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
(372 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other (expense) income
|
|
|
354 |
|
|
|
(56 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
3,419 |
|
|
|
2,756 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(1,062 |
) |
|
|
(1,207 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
2,357 |
|
|
|
1,549 |
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(843 |
) |
|
|
(166 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
1,514 |
|
|
$ |
1,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 was
approximately $12.1 million as compared to approximately
$10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an
increase of approximately $1.7 million or 16.2%. This
increase was primarily due to increased coating sales to
existing customers including approximately $0.4 million in
increased sales to a European manufacturer of sunglasses and
approximately $0.3 million in increased sales to
manufacturers of aluminum wheels.
Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 was
approximately $1.7 million as compared to approximately
$1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an
increase of approximately $0.1 million or 9.8%. This
increase was primarily due to the growth in net sales. As a
percentage of sales, cost of sales was 14.1% for the year ended
December 31, 2004 as compared to 14.9% for the year ended
December 31, 2003.
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2004 were approximately $6.3 million as
compared to approximately $5.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003, an increase of approximately
$1.0 million or 19.9%. This increase was primarily due to
increases in payroll and related personnel costs as Silvue added
new personnel to keep pace with the growth in revenues and due
to higher commissions on the increase in net sales.
|
|
|
Research and development costs |
Research and development costs for the year ended
December 31, 2004 were approximately $1.1 million as
compared to approximately $0.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003, an increase of approximately
$0.5 million or 97.5%. This increase was primarily due to a
write-off of in process research and development costs of
$0.5 million related to the acquisition of Silvue.
Income from operations was approximately $2.8 million for
the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to
approximately $3.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003, a decrease of approximately
$0.3 million or 8.3%. This decrease was primarily due to
increases in operating expenses mentioned above partially offset
by increased gross profit.
|
|
|
Equity in net income of joint venture |
Equity in net income of joint venture was approximately
$0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 as
compared to approximately $0.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003, a decrease of approximately
$0.1 million or 28.6% primarily due to lower sales at the
Japanese joint venture due to the loss of certain customers in
Japan and Korea.
Interest expense was approximately $0.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to approximately
$31 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2003, an
increase of approximately $0.3 million. This increase was
primarily due to the acquisition of Silvue and the resulting
recapitalization. The recapitalization resulted in the issuance
of approximately $12.8 million of floating rate debt that
was outstanding for about a third of fiscal 2004.
128
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
The provision for income taxes for the year ended
December 31, 2004 was approximately $1.2 million as
compared to approximately $1.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003, an increase of approximately
$0.1 million or 13.7%. This increase was primarily due to
higher foreign taxes.
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations |
Income from continuing operations for the year ended
December 31, 2004 was approximately $1.5 million as
compared to approximately $2.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003, a decrease of approximately
$0.8 million or 34.3%. This decrease was primarily due to
the increase in operating expenses as mentioned above, higher
interest expense and higher income tax expense partially offset
by an increase in gross profit.
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations |
Loss from discontinued operations for the year ended
December 31, 2004, was approximately $0.2 million as
compared to a loss of approximately $0.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2003, a decrease of approximately
$0.7 million or 80.3%. This decreased loss was primarily
due to increased revenues in discontinued operations as several
large application customers were added. Despite this increased
revenue growth, discontinued operations remained unprofitable
due to significant fixed costs and relatively low profit margins
associated with the applications business.
|
|
|
Liquidity and Capital Resources |
|
|
|
Impact of proposed acquisition by the company |
The following discussion reflects Silvues liquidity and
capital resources prior to the closing of this offering. Upon
the closing of this offering, the company will loan to Silvue
approximately $14.0 million, the proceeds of which will be
used by Silvue to repay currently outstanding loans from third
parties. We expect the terms and covenants of this loan to
Silvue to be substantially similar to those currently in place.
The proposed transaction and loan should not significantly
impact Silvues liquidity and capital resources.
|
|
|
Sources of and uses for Cash |
Historically, Silvue has financed its operations through cash
generated by operating activities and third party debt. As
highlighted in the Statements of Cash Flows, Silvues
liquidity and available capital resources are impacted by four
key components: cash and equivalents, operating activities,
investing activities and financing activities.
The ability of Silvue to satisfy its obligations will depend on
its future performance, which will be subject to prevailing
economic, financial, business and other factors, most of which
are beyond its control. To the extent future capital
requirements exceed cash flows from operating activities, Silvue
anticipates that:
|
|
|
|
|
|
working capital will be financed by Silvues line of credit
facility as discussed below and repaid from subsequent
reductions in current assets or from subsequent earnings; |
|
|
|
|
|
capital expenditures will be financed by the use of the
equipment line of credit as described below or from the line of
credit facility; and |
|
|
|
|
|
long-term debt will be repaid with long-term debt with similar
terms. |
|
Silvue believes that its current cash balances, combined with
future cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet its
anticipated cash needs for operations for the next
12 months. Silvue is unaware of any known material trends
or uncertainties that may require it to make cash management
decisions that will impair its operating capabilities during the
next year.
129
Cash and equivalents totalled approximately $1.5 million at
December 31, 2005, an increase of approximately
$0.5 million from cash and equivalents of approximately
$1.0 million at December 31, 2004. As further
described below, during the year ended December 31, 2005,
Silvue generated approximately $2.3 million of cash from
operating activities and approximately $24 thousand of cash from
investing activities and used approximately $1.7 million of
cash in financing activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, Silvue generated
approximately $2.3 million in cash from its operating
activities as compared to approximately $2.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 2004. Although there was not a
significant difference in the amount of cash generated from
operating activities from years ended December 31, 2005 and
2004, there were significant fluctuations within the components
of operating activities including:
|
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in net income of approximately $0.1 million
principally due to the acquisition of Nippon ARC. |
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in non-cash charges included in net income of
approximately $0.2 million. Depreciation and amortization
increased in the year ended December 31, 2005, by
approximately $0.6 million primarily due to the
amortization of intangibles acquired in connection with the
Nippon ARC acquisition and due to a full year of amortization in
2005 for the acquisition of the company. This increase in
depreciation and amortization expense in year ended
December 31, 2005, was offset by a charge of approximately
$0.5 million in in-process research and development
expenses in the year ended December 31, 2004, related to
the acquisition of Silvue. This amount was expensed as of the
date of acquisition since the IPR&D had no alternative use.
No such charge was included for the year ended December 31,
2005. |
|
|
|
|
|
A decrease in accounts receivable of approximately $32 thousand
for year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to an
increase of approximately $1.0 million in the year ended
December 31, 2004. The larger increase in year ended
December 31, 2004, was primarily related to the timing of
cash receipts. Accounts receivables totaled approximately
$2.2 million at December 31, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
|
A decrease of approximately $0.4 million in accounts
payable for the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared
to an increase in accounts payable of approximately
$0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The
decrease in accounts payable is primarily due to the timing of
cash payments. Accounts payable totaled $0.5 million at
December 31, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
|
A decrease of approximately $0.1 million in income taxes
payable for the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared
to an increase of $0.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, as income tax expense remained
relatively flat as opposed to the significant increase in 2004
over 2003 income tax expense. |
|
The impact of changes in operating assets and liabilities may
change in further periods, depending on the timing of each
period end in relation to items such as internal payroll and
billing cycles, payments from customers, payments to vendors and
interest payments.
As of December 31, 2005, Silvue had a working capital of
approximately $1.1 million, excluding current assets and
liabilities of discontinued operations and current maturities of
long-term debt.
Cash provided by investing activities was approximately $24
thousand in the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to
cash used in investing activities of approximately
$8.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. Cash
used in investing activities in the year ended December 31,
2004 consisted primarily of approximately $8.9 million
related to the acquisition of controlling interest in Silvue by
a subsidiary of CGI in September 2004. Cash provided by
investing activities in the year ended
130
December 31, 2005, included approximately $0.5 million
in cash acquired as part of the acquisition of Nippon ARC and
approximately $0.1 million in cash provided by discontinued
operations, partially offset by the purchase of approximately
$0.2 million of equipment and closing cost of approximately
$0.4 million for Nippon ARC. In addition, no dividends were
recorded from Nippon ARC in year ended December 31, 2005,
due to Silvues acquisition of the remaining 50% of that
joint venture it did not previously own.
Capital spending for fiscal year 2006 is expected to total
between approximately $0.3 million and approximately
$0.4 million. Future capital requirements for Silvue are
expected to be provided by cash flows from operating activities
and cash on hand. However, a large acquisition of a business
could require it to incur additional debt financing, which may
not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. No such
activities are anticipated at this time.
Cash used in financing activities was approximately
$1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, as
compared to cash provided by financing activities of
approximately $4.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004.
Cash used in financing activities in the year ended
December 31, 2005, related exclusively to principal
payments of long-term debt. In connection with the acquisition
of Silvue in September 2004, approximately $7.5 million was
received as capital contribution partially offset by dividends
paid to the former shareholders of approximately
$3.0 million and the principal payments of long-term debt
of approximately $0.3 million.
At December 31, 2005, Silvue had an approximately
$2.0 million revolving line of credit. The line of credit
facility expires in September 2010. At December 31, 2005
Silvue had no borrowings outstanding under the line of credit.
Silvue also has an approximately $0.5 million equipment
line of credit, of which approximately $0.1 million was
outstanding, and of which approximately $22 thousand was
classified as current.
At December 31, 2005, Silvue had approximately
$13.2 million of long-term debt outstanding of which
approximately $1.6 million was classified as current.
Approximately $11.1 million of the outstanding amount was
incurred as part of the acquisition of Silvue and bears interest
based on LIBOR and is due in various installments through
September 2010. The remaining approximately $2.1 million
was incurred as part of the Nippon ARC acquisition. This note
which is payable to the former joint venture partner for Nippon
ARC is for 400 million Japanese Yen note and is
non-interest bearing. Silvue recorded this note by discounting
the note using a weighted average interest rate. The note is due
in various installments through 2010.
|
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies |
Silvues principal commitments at December 31, 2005
consisted primarily of its commitments related to the long-term
debt incurred as part of the acquisition of Silvue and for the
acquisition of Nippon ARC and for obligations incurred under
operating leases.
The following table summarizes Silvues contractual
obligations as of December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Less than | |
|
|
|
More than | |
|
|
Total | |
|
1 Year | |
|
1-3 Years | |
|
3-5 Years | |
|
5 Years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
($ in thousands) | |
Long-term debt
|
|
$ |
13,338 |
|
|
$ |
1,621 |
|
|
$ |
3,499 |
|
|
$ |
8,218 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
$ |
1,034 |
|
|
$ |
210 |
|
|
$ |
435 |
|
|
$ |
249 |
|
|
$ |
140 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual cash obligations
|
|
$ |
14,372 |
|
|
$ |
1,831 |
|
|
$ |
3,934 |
|
|
$ |
8,467 |
|
|
$ |
140 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In December 2004, Silvue entered into an interest rate swap
agreement to manage its exposure to interest rate movements in
its variable rate debt. Silvue pays interest at a fixed rate of
3.6% and receives
131
interest from the counter-party at three month LIBOR (2.56% at
December 31, 2004). The notional principal amount was
approximately $8.5 million at December 31, 2004 and
decreases to $4.4 million over the term of the agreement.
The agreement terminates on September 30, 2007. Upon
repayment of the third party loans in connection with the
closing of this offering, Silvue intends to terminate interest
rate swap agreement with no expected adverse effect.
Silvue currently has a management services agreement in place
with an affiliate of CGI pursuant to which it makes quarterly
payments to such affiliate of approximately $88 thousand.
Upon the closing of this offering, the management services
agreement will be assigned to our manager. See the section
entitled Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions for more information.
Silvue believes that, for the foreseeable future, it will have
sufficient cash resources to meet the commitments described
above and for current anticipated working capital and capital
expenditure requirements. Silvues future liquidity and
capital requirements will depend upon numerous factors,
including retention of customers at current volume and net sales
levels, ability to repay long-term debt at acceptable terms and
competing technological and market developments.
|
|
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market
Risk |
Silvue is exposed to currency risk on cash flows it receives
from operations located outside of the United States
(principally in Japan and the United Kingdom) and on the
translation of earnings. Silvues current policy is not to
hedge the currency risk associated with foreign currency
denominated income and cash flows, due to the size and uncertain
timing of the distributions that Silvue expects to receive.
Foreign currency translation losses were approximately $8
thousand and $19 thousand, during the year ended
December 31, 2005 and for the year ended December 31,
2004, respectively, and are reflected in accumulated other
comprehensive loss. At December 31, 2005, Silvue had
approximately $3.1 million of assets located overseas.
Silvue is exposed to interest rate risk primarily through its
bank equipment and revolving credit facilities and on its bank
note payables since these instruments all pay interest based off
of variable interest rates. At December 31, 2005, Silvue
had outstanding borrowings under these debt instruments that
totaled approximately $11.1 million. In the event that
interest rates associated with these instruments were to
increase by 100 basis points, the impact on future cash flows
would be a decrease of approximately $0.1 million annually.
Silvue also selectively uses derivative financial instruments to
manage its exposure to interest rate movements on its variable
rate debt. See the section entitled Commitments and
Contingencies above for a description of the interest rate
swap agreement.
132
BUSINESS
Overview
We have been formed to acquire and manage a group of small to
middle market businesses with stable and growing cash flows that
are headquartered in the United States. Through our structure,
we offer investors an opportunity to participate in the
ownership and growth of businesses that traditionally have been
owned and managed by private equity firms, private individuals
or families, financial institutions or large conglomerates.
Through the acquisition of a diversified group of businesses
with these characteristics, we also offer investors an
opportunity to diversify their own portfolio risk while
participating in the ongoing cash flows of those businesses
through the receipt of distributions.
We will seek to acquire controlling interests in businesses that
we believe operate in industries with long-term macroeconomic
growth opportunities, and that have positive and stable cash
flows, face minimal threats of technological or competitive
obsolescence and have strong management teams largely in place.
We believe that private company operators and corporate parents
looking to sell their businesses may consider us an attractive
purchaser of their businesses because of our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
provide ongoing strategic and financial support for their
businesses; |
|
|
|
maintain a long-term outlook as to the ownership of those
businesses where such an outlook is required for maximization of
our shareholders return on investment; and |
|
|
|
consummate transactions efficiently without being dependent on
third-party financing on a transaction-by-transaction basis. |
In particular, we believe that our ability to be long-term
owners will alleviate the concern that many private company
operators and parent companies may have with regard to their
businesses going through multiple sale processes in a short
period of time or the potential that their businesses may be
sold at unfavorable points in the overall market cycle. In
addition, we believe that our ownership outlook provides us the
significant opportunity for, and advantage of, developing a
comprehensive strategy to grow the earnings and cash flows of
our businesses, which we expect will better enable us to meet
our long-term objective of growing distributions to our
shareholders and increasing shareholder value.
We will use approximately $315 million of the net proceeds
of this offering and the related transactions to retire the
third-party debt of, and acquire controlling interests in, the
initial businesses, from certain subsidiaries of CGI, as well as
certain minority owners of such businesses:
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel, a human resources outsourcing firm; |
|
|
|
Crosman, a recreational products company; |
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits, an electronic components manufacturing
company; and |
|
|
|
Silvue, a global hardcoatings company. |
We believe that our initial businesses operate in strong markets
and have defensible market shares and long-standing customer
relationships. As a result, we also believe that our initial
businesses should produce stable growth in earnings and
long-term cash flows to meet our objective of growing
distributions to our shareholders and increasing shareholder
value.
We intend to acquire a controlling interest in each of our
initial businesses in conjunction with the closing of this
offering. The acquisitions will be subject to certain closing
conditions that will need to be satisfied prior to this
offering. See the section entitled The Acquisitions of and
Loans to Our Initial Businesses for further information
about the acquisition of our initial businesses.
Our Manager
We will engage our manager to manage the
day-to-day operations
and affairs of the company and to execute our strategy, as
discussed below. Our manager will initially consist of at least
eight experienced
133
professionals. Our management team, while working for a
subsidiary of CGI, acquired our initial businesses and has
overseen their operations prior to this offering. Our management
team has worked together since 1998. Collectively, our
management team has approximately 74 years of experience in
acquiring and managing small and middle market businesses. We
believe our manager is unique in the marketplace in terms of the
success and experience of its employees in acquiring and
managing diverse businesses of the size and general nature of
our initial businesses. We believe this experience will provide
us with a significant advantage in executing our overall
strategy. Our management team intends to devote a majority of
its time to the affairs of our Company.
Our manager will own 100% of the allocation interests of the
company, for which it paid $100,000. Separately, the company and
our manager will enter into a management services agreement
pursuant to which our manager will manage the
day-to-day operations
and affairs of the company and will oversee the management and
operations of our businesses. We will pay our manager a
quarterly management fee for the services performed by our
manager. In addition, our manager will receive a profit
allocation with respect to its allocation interests in the
company. See the section entitled Our Manager for
further descriptions of the management fees and profit
allocation to be paid to our manager. In consideration of our
managers acquisition of the allocation interests, we
intend to enter into a supplemental put agreement with our
manager pursuant to which our manager shall have the right to
cause the company to purchase the allocation interests then
owned by our manager upon termination of the management services
agreement. See the section entitled Our
Manager Supplemental Put Agreement for more
information about the supplemental put agreement.
The companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer will be employees of our manager and will be seconded to
the company. Neither the trust nor the company will have any
other employees. Although our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer will be employees of our manager, they will
report directly to the companys board of directors. The
management fee paid to our manager will cover all expenses
related to the services performed by our manager, including the
compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other personnel
providing services to us. In addition, the management fee will
also cover all expenses incurred by our manager, which can be
significant, in the identification, diligence and negotiation of
acquisition targets for which the Company fails to submit an
indication of interest to purchase on behalf of the Company. The
expenses covered will also include overhead expenses such as
rent and communications, as well as travel, attendance of
industry events and retention of outside service providers such
as consultants, lawyers and accountants where appropriate.
However, the company will reimburse our manager for the salary
and related costs and expenses of our Chief Financial Officer,
who will dedicate 100% of his time to the affairs of the Company
and his staff whose salaries will annually be approved by our
compensation committee. See the section entitled
Management for more information about our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.
Market Opportunity
We will seek to acquire and manage small to middle market
businesses. We characterize small to middle market businesses as
those that generate annual cash flows of up to $40 million.
We believe that the merger and acquisition market for small to
middle market businesses is highly fragmented and provides more
opportunities to purchase businesses at attractive prices. For
example, according to Mergerstat, during the twelve month period
ended December 31, 2005, businesses that sold for less than
$100 million were sold for a median of approximately 7.5x
the trailing twelve months of earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization as compared to a median of
approximately 10.5x for businesses that were sold for over
$300 million. We believe that the following factors
contribute to lower acquisition multiples for small to middle
market businesses:
|
|
|
|
|
there are fewer potential acquirers for these businesses; |
|
|
|
third-party financing generally is less available for these
acquisitions; |
|
|
|
sellers of these businesses frequently consider non-economic
factors, such as continuing board membership or the effect of
the sale on their employees; and |
134
|
|
|
|
|
these businesses are less frequently sold pursuant to an auction
process. |
We believe that our management teams strong relationship
with business brokers, investment and commercial bankers,
accountants, attorneys and other potential sources of
acquisition opportunities offers us substantial opportunities to
purchase small to middle market businesses.
We also believe that significant opportunities exist to augment
the management teams and improve the performance of the
businesses upon their acquisition. In the past, our management
team has acquired businesses that are often formerly owned by
seasoned entrepreneurs or large corporate parents. In these
cases, our management team has frequently found that there have
been opportunities to further build upon the management teams of
acquired businesses beyond those in existence at the time of
acquisition. In addition, our management team has frequently
found that financial reporting and management information
systems of acquired businesses may be improved, both of which
can lead to substantial improvements in earnings and cash flow.
Finally, because these businesses tend to be too small to have
their own corporate development efforts, we believe
opportunities exist to assist these businesses in meaningful
ways as they pursue organic or external growth strategies that
were often not pursued by their previous owners.
Our Strategy
We have two primary strategies that we will use in seeking to
grow distributions to our shareholders and increase shareholder
value. First, we will focus on growing the earnings and cash
flow from our businesses. We believe that the scale and scope of
our initial businesses give us a diverse base of cash flow from
which to further build the company. Importantly, we believe that
our initial businesses alone will allow us to generate
distributions to our shareholders, independent of whether we
acquire any additional businesses in the future. Second, we will
identify, perform due diligence on, negotiate and consummate
additional platform acquisitions of small to middle market
businesses in attractive industry sectors in accordance with
acquisition criteria that will be established by the
companys board of directors from time to time.
Our management strategy involves the financial and operational
management of the businesses that we own in a manner that seeks
to grow distributions to our shareholders and increase
shareholder value. In general, our manager will oversee and
support the management teams of each of our businesses by, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
recruiting and retaining talented managers to operate our
businesses by using structured incentive compensation programs,
including minority equity ownership, tailored to each business; |
|
|
|
regularly monitoring financial and operational performance; |
|
|
|
instilling consistent financial discipline; |
|
|
|
assisting management in their analysis and pursuit of prudent
organic growth strategies; and |
|
|
|
working with management to identify possible external growth
strategies and acquisition opportunities. |
Specifically, while our businesses have different growth
opportunities and potential rates of growth, we expect our
manager to work with the management teams of each of our
businesses to increase the value of, and cash generated by, each
business through various initiatives, including:
|
|
|
|
|
making selective capital investments to expand geographic reach,
increase capacity, or reduce manufacturing costs of our
businesses; |
|
|
|
investing in product research and development for new products,
processes or services for customers; |
|
|
|
improving and expanding existing sales and marketing programs; |
135
|
|
|
|
|
pursuing reductions in operating costs through improved
operational efficiency or outsourcing of certain processes and
products; and |
|
|
|
consolidating or improving management of certain overhead
functions. |
Our businesses may also acquire and integrate complementary
businesses. We believe that complementary acquisitions will
improve our overall financial and operational performance by
allowing us to:
|
|
|
|
|
leverage manufacturing and distribution operations; |
|
|
|
leverage branding and marketing programs, as well as customer
relationships; |
|
|
|
add experienced management or management expertise; |
|
|
|
increase market share and penetrate new markets; and |
|
|
|
realize cost synergies by allocating the corporate overhead
expenses of our businesses across a larger number of businesses
and by implementing and coordinating improved management
practices. |
We intend to incur debt financing primarily at the company
level, which we may use, in combination with our equity capital,
to provide debt financing to each of our businesses or to
acquire additional businesses. We believe this financing
structure will be beneficial to the financial and operational
activities of each of our businesses by aligning our interests
as both equity holders of, and a lender to, our businesses in a
fashion that we believe is more efficient than our businesses
borrowing from third-party lenders.
Pursuant to this strategy, we expect to be able to, over the
long-term, grow distributions to our shareholders and increase
shareholder value.
Our acquisition strategy involves the acquisition of businesses
that we expect will produce stable growth in earnings and cash
flows, as well as attractive returns on our investment. In this
respect, we expect to make acquisitions in industries other than
those in which our initial businesses currently operate if we
believe an acquisition presents an attractive opportunity. We
believe that attractive opportunities will increasingly present
themselves as private sector owners seek to monetize their
interests in longstanding and privately-held businesses and
large corporate parents seek to dispose of their
non-core operations.
We expect to benefit from our managers ability to identify
diverse acquisition opportunities in a variety of industries. In
addition, we intend to rely upon our management teams
extensive experience and expertise in researching and valuing
prospective target businesses, as well as negotiating the
ultimate acquisition of such target businesses. In particular,
because there may be a lack of information available about these
target businesses, which may make it more difficult to
understand or appropriately value such target businesses, we
expect our manager will:
|
|
|
|
|
engage in a substantial level of internal and third-party due
diligence; |
|
|
|
critically evaluate the management team; |
|
|
|
identify and assess any financial and operational strengths and
weaknesses of any target business; |
|
|
|
analyze comparable businesses to assess financial and
operational performances relative to industry competitors; |
|
|
|
actively research and evaluate information on the relevant
industry; and |
|
|
|
thoroughly negotiate appropriate terms and conditions of any
acquisition. |
136
We expect the process of acquiring new businesses to be
time-consuming and complex. Our management team historically has
taken from 2 to 24 months to perform due diligence,
negotiate and close acquisitions. Although we expect our
management team to be at various stages of evaluating several
transactions at any given time, there may be significant periods
of time during which our management team does not recommend any
new acquisitions to us.
Upon acquisition of a new business, we intend to rely on our
management teams experience and expertise to work
efficiently and effectively with the management of the new
business to jointly develop and execute a business plan.
While we will primarily seek to acquire controlling interests in
a business, we may also acquire non-control or minority equity
positions in businesses where we believe it is consistent with
our long-term strategy.
As discussed in more detail below, we intend to raise capital
for additional acquisitions primarily through debt financing at
the company level, additional equity offerings by the trust, the
sale of all or a part of our businesses or by undertaking a
combination of any of the above.
In addition to acquiring businesses, we expect to also sell
businesses that we own from time to time when attractive
opportunities arise. Our decision to sell a business will be
based on our belief that the return on the investment to our
shareholders that would be realized by means of such a sale is
more favorable than the returns that may be realized through
continued ownership and will be consistent with the disposition
criteria to be established by the companys board of
directors from time to time. Upon the sale of a business, we may
use the resulting proceeds to retire debt or retain proceeds for
future acquisitions or general corporate purposes. Generally, we
do not expect to make special distributions at the time of a
sale of one of our businesses; instead, we expect that we will
seek to gradually increase shareholder distributions over time.
In conjunction with the closing of this offering, all of the
employees of The Compass Group will resign and become employees
of our manager and comprise our management team. Based on the
experience of our management team and its ability to identify
and negotiate acquisitions, we expect to be strongly positioned
to acquire additional businesses. Our management team has strong
relationships with business brokers, investment and commercial
bankers, accountants, attorneys and other potential sources of
acquisition opportunities. In addition, we believe our
management team also has a successful track record of acquiring
and managing small to middle market businesses, including our
initial businesses, in various industries. In negotiating these
acquisitions, we believe our management team has been able to
successfully navigate complex situations surrounding
acquisitions, including corporate spin-offs, transitions of
family-owned businesses, management buy-outs and reorganizations.
We believe that the cash flows of our initial businesses will
support quarterly distributions to our shareholders and that any
future sales of our businesses will provide additional long-term
shareholder returns. Accordingly, we believe that we will be
able to focus our resources on producing stable growth in our
earnings and long-term cash flows so that we can achieve our
long-term objective of growing distributions to shareholders and
increasing shareholder value.
We expect that the flexibility, creativity, experience and
expertise of our management team in structuring transactions
will provide us with strategic advantages by allowing us to
consider non-traditional and complex transactions tailored to
fit a specific acquisition target. Likewise, because we intend
to fund acquisitions by means other than third-party financing
relating to a specific acquisition, we do not expect to be
subject to delays in or conditions to closing acquisitions that
would be typically associated with such acquisitions.
137
Our management team also has a large network of over 2,000 deal
intermediaries who we expect to expose us to potential
acquisitions. Through this network, as well as our management
teams proprietary transaction sourcing efforts, we expect
to have a substantial pipeline of potential acquisition targets.
Our management team also has a well established network of
contacts, including professional managers, attorneys,
accountants and other third-party consultants and advisors, who
may be available to assist us in the performance of due
diligence and the negotiation of acquisitions, as well as the
management and operation of our businesses once acquired.
In addition, through its affiliation with Teekay Shipping
Corporation, CGI has a global network of relationships with both
financial and operational managers and third-party service
providers.
|
|
|
Valuation and Due Diligence |
When evaluating businesses or assets for acquisition, we will
perform a rigorous due diligence and financial evaluation
process. In doing so, we will seek to evaluate the operations of
the target business as well as the outlook for the industry in
which the target business operates. While valuation of a
business is, by definition, a subjective process, we will be
defining valuations under a variety of analyses, including:
|
|
|
|
|
|
discounted cash flow analyses; |
|
|
|
|
|
evaluation of trading values of comparable companies; |
|
|
|
|
|
expected value matrices; |
|
|
|
|
|
assessment of competitor, supplier and customer environments; and |
|
|
|
|
|
examination of recent transactions. |
|
One outcome of this process is an effort to project the expected
cash flows from the target business as accurately as possible. A
further outcome is an understanding of the types and levels of
risk associated with those projections. While future performance
and projections are always uncertain, we believe that with a
detailed due diligence review, future cash flows may be better
estimated and the prospects for operating the business in the
future better evaluated. To assist us in identifying material
risks and validating key assumptions in our financial and
operational analysis, in addition to our own analysis, we intend
to engage third-party experts to review key risk areas,
including legal, tax, regulatory, accounting, insurance and
environmental. We may also engage technical, operational or
industry consultants, as necessary.
A further critical component of the evaluation of potential
target businesses will be the assessment of the capability of
the existing management team, including recent performance,
expertise, experience, culture and incentives to perform. Where
necessary, and consistent with our management strategy, we will
actively seek to augment, supplement or replace existing members
of management who we believe are not likely to execute the
business plan for the target business. Similarly, we will
analyze and evaluate the financial and operational information
systems of target businesses and, where necessary, we will
actively seek to enhance and improve those existing systems that
are deemed to be inadequate or insufficient to support our
business plan for the target business.
At the closing of this offering, our capital will consist of net
proceeds from this offering and a third-party credit facility of
approximately
$ million.
We will finance future acquisitions primarily through additional
equity and debt financings. We believe that having the ability
to finance most, if not all, acquisitions with the general
capital resources raised by our company, rather than financing
relating to the acquisition of individual businesses, provides
us with an advantage in acquiring attractive businesses by
minimizing delay and closing conditions that are often related
to acquisition-specific financings. In this respect, we believe
that, at some point in the future, we may need to pursue a debt
or equity financing, or offer equity in the trust or target
businesses to the sellers of such target businesses, in order to
fund acquisitions.
138
We intend to leverage our individual businesses primarily with
debt financing provided by the company. See the section entitled
The Acquisitions of and Loans to Our Initial
Businesses for more information regarding such financing
and the collateralization thereof. In addition to using our
credit facility to fund future acquisitions, we may use the
credit facility to fund other corporate cash needs, including
distributions to our shareholders.
Key Personnel of Our Manager
In addition to our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, whose business experience are described in the section
entitled Management, the following personnel are key
employees of our manager. Each of these individuals will be
compensated entirely by our manager from the management fees it
receives. Currently, these individuals are employees of The
Compass Group. In conjunction with the closing of this offering,
these individuals will resign from The Compass Group and become
employees of our manager and comprise our management team. As
employees of our manager, it is anticipated that these
individuals will devote a substantial majority of their time to
the affairs of our company. The titles reflected for each
individual reflect that individuals position with the
manager and is not related to any role or responsibility that
individual may have with the company at any time.
Alan B. Offenberg, Partner. Mr. Offenberg joined The
Compass Group in 1998 as a Principal. Prior to joining The
Compass Group, Mr. Offenberg worked in mergers and
acquisitions for Trigen Energy Corporation, a publicly traded
energy company focused on cogeneration. Previously,
Mr. Offenberg was with Creditanstalt Bankvereins
Corporate Finance Group and with GE Capitals Corporate
Finance and Corporate Restructuring Groups. Collectively,
Mr. Offenbergs background in finance includes deal
origination, underwriting, portfolio management, restructuring
and due diligence. Mr. Offenberg began his professional
career as a research analyst with Alan Haft and Associates.
Mr. Offenberg received his B.S. in Management from Tulane
University and his MBA from Northeastern University, where he
graduated Beta Gamma Sigma. Mr. Offenberg is currently a
director of a number of companies, including Crosman.
Elias J. Sabo, Partner. Mr. Sabo joined The Compass
Group in 1998 as a Principal. Previously, Mr. Sabo was an
investment banker at CIBC Oppenheimer, where he was responsible
for the successful execution of numerous private and public
financings, as well as the provision of merger and acquisition
advisory services. Prior to joining CIBC Oppenheimer,
Mr. Sabo was President and Chief Investment Officer of
Boundary Partners, LLC, a hedge fund management company. Prior
to that, Mr. Sabo worked at Colony Capital, Inc.
Mr. Sabo graduated from Rennselaer Polytechnic Institute
with a B.S. in management. Mr. Sabo is currently a director
of a number of companies, including CBS Personnel, Advanced
Circuits, Silvue and Comsys IT Partners, a Nasdaq listed company.
David P. Swanson, Principal. Mr. Swanson joined The
Compass Group in 2001 as a Vice President. Previously,
Mr. Swanson was with Goldman Sachs in the Financial
Institutions and Distressed Debt practices. Mr. Swanson has
also worked with Credit Suisse First Bostons private
equity investment group. Mr. Swanson is a graduate of the
Harvard Business School MBA program and also holds a B.A. in
Economics from the University of Chicago, where he was elected
Phi Beta Kappa.
Joseph P. Milana, Executive Vice President, Finance.
Mr. Milana joined The Compass Group as Controller in 1998.
Prior to that, Mr. Milana managed his own consulting
practice providing accounting and tax services to small
businesses and high-net worth individuals. From 1984 through
1995, Mr. Milana was with KPMG LLP as a senior manager
servicing mid-size, domestic and international clients.
Mr. Milana received both a B.B.A. in Accounting and an M.S.
in Taxation from Pace University in New York. Mr. Milana is
a director of Families Network of Western Connecticut.
Patrick A. Maciariello, Vice President.
Mr. Maciariello joined The Compass Group in 2005 as a Vice
President. Previously, Mr. Maciariello worked as a
management consultant at Bain & Company, in their
London and Los Angeles offices, providing consulting services to
both corporate and private equity clients. Mr. Maciariello
also worked in the business services investment banking group of
Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown. Mr. Maciariello received a
B.B.A., cum laude, from the University of Notre Dame and an MBA
from Columbia University where he graduated Beta Gamma Sigma.
139
Corporate Structure
We are
selling shares
of the trust, each representing one undivided beneficial
interest in the trust. The purpose of the trust is to hold 100%
of the trust interests of the company, which is one of two
classes of equity interests in the company that will be
outstanding following this offering. The trust has the authority
to issue shares in one or more series. Each beneficial interest
in the trust corresponds to one trust interest of the company.
We refer to the other class of equity interest in the company as
the allocation interests. As described above, our manager will
own 100% of the allocation interests. See the section entitled
Description of Shares for more information about the
shares, trust interests and allocation interests.
CGI and Pharos have agreed to purchase, in conjunction with the
closing of this offering in separate private placement
transactions, the number of shares, at a per share price equal
to the initial public offering price, having a purchase price of
$96 million and $4 million, respectively. See the
section entitled Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions for more information regarding the terms and
conditions relating to these transactions. As a result of this
investment, CGI and Pharos will own an
approximately %
and % interest in the trust,
respectively, immediately following this offering.
In connection with this offering, the company will use a portion
of the net proceeds from this offering and the separate private
placement transactions to acquire from the sellers:
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel; |
|
|
|
Crosman; |
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits; and |
|
|
|
Silvue. |
See the section entitled The Acquisitions of and Loans to
Our Initial Businesses for more information about the
calculation of the percentage of equity interest we are
acquiring of each initial business. Following the closing of
this offering, the remaining equity interests in each initial
business will be held by the senior management of each of our
initial businesses, as well as certain other minority
shareholders.
The company will also use a portion of the net proceeds of this
offering and the separate private placement transactions to make
loans and financing commitments to each of our initial
businesses.
The board of directors of the company will oversee the
management of each initial business and the performance by our
manager and, initially, will be composed of seven directors, all
of whom will be appointed by our manager as holder of the
allocation interests. Following this initial appointment, six of
the directors will be elected by our shareholders, four of whom
will be the companys independent directors.
As holder of the allocation interests, our manager will have the
right to appoint one director to the companys board of
directors commencing with the first annual meeting following the
closing of this offering. Our managers appointed director
on the companys board of directors will not be required to
stand for election by the shareholders. See the section entitled
Description of Shares Voting and Consent
Rights Board of Directors Appointee for more
information about the managers right to appoint directors.
See the section entitled The Acquisitions of and Loans to
Our Initial Businesses for more information about the
terms and conditions of each of the loans and financing
commitments to be made to our initial businesses.
Corporate Information
Compass Diversified Trust is a Delaware statutory trust formed
on November 18, 2005. Compass Group Diversified Holdings
LLC is a Delaware limited liability company formed on
November 18, 2005.
140
Our principal executive offices are located at Sixty One Wilton
Road, Second Floor, Westport, Connecticut 06880, and our
telephone number is 203-221-1703. Our website is at
www.CompassDiversifiedTrust.com. The information on our website
is not incorporated by reference and is not part of this
prospectus.
Acquisition of Our Initial Businesses
We will enter into a stock purchase agreement with CGI, certain
of CGIs subsidiaries and certain other minority
stockholders to our initial businesses to acquire a controlling
interest in our initial businesses in conjunction with the
closing of this offering. The acquisitions will be subject to
certain closing conditions. See the section entitled The
Acquisitions of and Loans to Our Initial Businesses for
further information about the acquisitions of our initial
businesses. The management and board of directors of our initial
businesses will continue to operate their respective business on
a day-to-day basis
following our acquisition. We discuss each of our initial
businesses below.
CBS Personnel
CBS Personnel, headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, is a provider
of temporary staffing services in the United States. CBS
Personnel also provides its clients with other complementary
human resource service offerings such as employee leasing
services, permanent staffing and
temporary-to-permanent
placement services. CBS Personnel operates 134 branch
locations in various cities in 18 states. CBS Personnel and
its subsidiaries have been associated with quality service in
their markets for more than 30 years.
CBS Personnel serves over 3,000 corporate and small business
clients and on an average week places over 21,000 temporary
employees in a broad range of industries, including
manufacturing, transportation, retail, distribution,
warehousing, automotive supply, construction, industrial,
healthcare and financial sectors. We believe the quality of CBS
Personnels branch operations and its strong sales force
provide CBS Personnel with a competitive advantage over other
placement services. CBS Personnels senior management,
collectively, has approximately 50 years of experience in
the human resource outsourcing industry and other closely
related industries.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2004, temporary staffing generated
approximately 97.1% and 96.9% of CBS Personnels revenues,
respectively, while the employee leasing and
temporary-to-permanent
staffing and permanent placement accounted for the remaining
revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and
December 31, 2004, CBS Personnel had revenues of
approximately $543.0 million and $315.3 million,
respectively, and net income of approximately $9.0 million
and $7.4 million, respectively. Venturi Staffing Partners,
Inc., or VSP, was acquired in September 2004 and therefore the
year ended December 31, 2004 operating results only reflect
revenues from VSP since its acquisition.
In August 1999, The Compass Group acquired Columbia Staffing
through a newly formed holding company. Columbia Staffing is a
provider of light industrial, clerical, medical, and technical
personnel to clients throughout the southeast. In October 2000,
The Compass Group acquired through the same holding company CBS
Personnel Services, Inc., a Cincinnati-based provider of human
resources outsourcing. CBS Personnel Services, Inc. began
operations in 1971 and is a provider of temporary staffing
services in Ohio, Kentucky and Indiana, with a particularly
strong presence in the metropolitan markets of Cincinnati,
Dayton, Columbus, Lexington, Louisville, and Indianapolis. The
name of the holding company that made these acquisitions was
later changed to CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
In February 2001, The Compass Group recruited its current
president and chief executive officer who brought to CBS
Personnel extensive related industry experience and has
substantial managerial experience.
141
The new president and chief executive officer immediately
started a number of initiatives to increase CBS Personnels
market share and improve profitability, such as streamlining the
administrative cost structure, implementing budget-based bonus
plans and increasing investment in sales personnel and marketing
programs. In October 2003, he recruited a new chief financial
officer, further strengthening its senior management team and
positioning CBS Personnel for organic and external growth.
In 2004, CBS Personnel expanded geographically through the
acquisition of VSP, formerly a wholly owned subsidiary of
Venturi Partners. VSP is a provider of temporary staffing,
temp-to-hire and
permanent placement services through 77 branch offices located
primarily in economically diverse metropolitan markets including
Boston, New York, Atlanta, Charlotte, Houston and Dallas, as
well as both Southern and Northern California.
Approximately 60% of VSPs temporary staffing revenue
related to the clerical staffing, 24% related to light
industrial staffing and the remaining 16% related to
niche/other. Based on its geographic presence, VSP was a
complementary acquisition for CBS Personnel as their combined
operations did not overlap and the merger created a more
national presence for CBS Personnel. In addition, the
acquisition helped diversify CBS Personnels revenue base
to be more balanced between the clerical and light industrial
staffing, representing approximately 40% and 46%, respectively,
of the business post-acquisition.
According to Staffing Industry Analysts, Inc., the staffing
industry generated approximately $107 billion in revenues
in 2004. The staffing industry is comprised of four product
lines: (i) temporary staffing; (ii) employee leasing;
(iii) permanent placement; and (iv) outplacement,
representing approximately 76%, 10%, 13% and 1% of the market,
respectively, according to the American Staffing Association.
According to the American Staffing Association, Annual Economic
Analysis of the Staffing Industry, the temporary staffing
business grew by 12.5% in 2004. Over 95% of CBS Personnels
revenues are generated in temporary staffing.
CBS Personnel competes in both the light industrial and clerical
categories of the temporary staffing product line. The light
industrial category is comprised of providers of unskilled and
semi-skilled workers to clients in manufacturing, distribution,
logistics and other similar industries. The clerical category is
comprised of providers of administrative personnel, data entry
professionals, call center employees, receptionists, clerks and
similar employees.
According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, or BLS,
more jobs were created in professional and business services
(which includes staffing) than in any other industry between
1992 and 2002. Further, BLS has projected that the professional
and business services sector is expected to be the second
fastest growing sector of the economy between 2002 and 2012.
Companies today are operating in a more global and competitive
environment, which requires them to respond quickly to
fluctuating demand for their products and services. As a result,
companies seek greater workforce flexibility translating to an
increasing demand for temporary staffing services. This growing
demand for temporary staffing should remain consistent in the
near future as temporary staffing becomes an integral component
of corporate human capital strategy.
142
CBS Personnel provides temporary staffing services tailored to
meet each clients unique staffing requirements. We believe
CBS Personnel maintains a strong reputation in its markets for
providing complete staffing services that includes both high
quality candidates and superior client service. CBS
Personnels management believes it is one of only a few
staffing services companies in each of its markets that is
capable of fulfilling the staffing requirements of both small,
local clients and larger, regional or national accounts. To
position itself as a key provider of human resources to its
clients, CBS Personnel has developed an approach to service that
focuses on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
providing excellent service to existing clients in a consistent
and efficient manner; |
|
|
|
|
|
attempting to sell additional service offerings to existing
clients to increase revenue per client; |
|
|
|
|
|
marketing services to prospective clients to expand the client
base; and |
|
|
|
|
|
providing incentives to employees through well-balanced
incentive and bonus plans to encourage increased sales per
client and the establishment of new client relationships. |
|
CBS Personnel offers its clients a broad range of staffing
services including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
temporary staffing services in categories such as light
industrial, clerical, healthcare, construction, transportation,
professional and technical staffing; |
|
|
|
|
|
employee leasing and related administrative services; and |
|
|
|
|
|
temporary-to-permanent
and permanent placement services. |
|
|
|
|
Temporary Staffing Services |
CBS Personnel endeavors to understand and address the individual
staffing needs of its clients and has the ability to serve a
wide variety of clients, from small companies with specific
personnel needs to large companies with extensive and varied
requirements. CBS Personnel devotes significant resources to the
development of customized programs designed to fulfill the
clients need for certain services with quality personnel
in a prompt and efficient manner. CBS Personnels primary
temporary staffing categories are described below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Light Industrial A substantial portion of CBS
Personnels temporary staffing revenues are derived from
the placement of low-to mid-skilled temporary workers in the
light industrial category, which comprises primarily the
distribution (pick-and-pack) and light manufacturing
(such as assembly-line work in factories) sectors of the
economy. Approximately 46% of CBS Personnels temporary
staffing revenues were derived from light industrial for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
|
Clerical CBS Personnel provides clerical
workers that have been screened, reference-checked and tested
for computer ability, typing speed, word processing and data
entry capabilities. Clerical workers are often employed at
client call centers and corporate offices. Approximately 40% of
CBS Personnels temporary staffing revenues were derived
from clerical for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
|
Technical CBS Personnel provides placement
candidates in a variety of skilled technical capacities,
including plant managers, engineering management, operations
managers, designers, draftsmen, engineers, materials management,
line supervisors, electronic assemblers, laboratory assistants
and quality control personnel. Approximately 4% of CBS
Personnels temporary staffing revenues were derived from
technical the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. |
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare Through its expert placement
agents in its Columbia Healthcare division, CBS Personnel
provides trained candidates in the following healthcare
categories: medical office personnel, medical technicians,
rehabilitation professionals, management and administrative
personnel and radiology technicians, among others. Approximately
2% of CBS Personnels temporary staffing revenues were
derived from healthcare for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
|
Niche/ Other In addition to the light
industrial, clerical, healthcare and technical categories, CBS
Personnel also provides certain niche staffing services, placing
candidates in the skilled industrial, construction and
transportation sectors, among others. CBS Personnels wide
array of niche service offerings allows it to meet a broad range
of client needs. Moreover, these niche services typically
generate higher margins for CBS Personnel. Approximately 8% of
CBS Personnels temporary staffing revenues were derived
from niche/other for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2005. |
|
As part of its service offerings, CBS Personnel provides an
on-site program to
clients employing, generally, 50 or more of its temporary
employees. The on-site
program manager works full-time at the clients location to
help manage the clients temporary staffing and related
human resources needs and provides detailed administrative
support and reporting systems, which reduce the clients
workload and costs while allowing its management to focus on
increasing productivity and revenues. CBS Personnels
management believes this
on-site program
offering creates strong relationships with its clients by
providing consistency and quality in the management of
clients human resources and administrative functions. In
addition, through its
on-site program, CBS
Personnel often gains visibility into the demand for temporary
staffing services in new markets, which has helped management
identify possible areas for geographic expansion.
|
|
|
Employee Leasing Services |
Through the employee leasing and administrative service
offerings of its Employee Management Services, or EMS, division,
CBS Personnel provides administrative services, handling the
clients payroll, risk management, unemployment services,
human resources support and employee benefit programs. This
results in reduced administrative requirements for employers
and, most importantly, by having EMS take over the
non-productive administrative burdens of an organization,
affords clients the ability to focus on their core businesses.
EMS offers also a full line of benefits, including medical,
dental, vision, disability, life insurance, 401(k) retirement
and other premium options for employers to provide to their
employees. As a result of economies of scale, clients are
offered multiple plan and premium options at affordable rates.
The clients have the flexibility to determine what benefits to
offer and how the program will be implemented in order to
attract more qualified employees.
|
|
|
Temporary-to-Permanent
and Permanent Staffing Services |
Complementary to its temporary staffing and employee leasing
services, CBS Personnel offers
temporary-to-permanent
and permanent placement services, often as a result of requests
made through its temporary staffing activities. In addition,
temporary workers will sometimes be hired on a permanent basis
by the clients to whom they are assigned. CBS Personnel earns
fees for permanent placements, in addition to the revenues
generated from providing these workers on a temporary basis
before they are hired as permanent employees.
A unique component of CBS Personnels permanent placement
services is its Japanese American Connection program
(JAC), which provides contract and permanent
placement services to Japanese-owned companies in the Ohio
Valley. JAC professionals are predominantly Japanese-American,
are fluent in both English and Japanese and have a keen
understanding of, and appreciation for, the unique needs of
Japanese companies operating in the mid-western United States.
In addition, JAC serves an important marketing function for CBS
Personnel, as JACs efforts offer CBS Personnel unique
opportunities to build relationships with Japanese companies
that maintain significant operations in CBS Personnels
markets.
144
CBS Personnels
temporary-to-permanent
and permanent placement services contribute higher margins and
are scalable, thereby making them a potential opportunity for
future growth.
CBS Personnel has established itself as strong and dependable
providers of staffing and other resource services by responding
to its customers staffing needs in a timely and cost
effective manner. A key to CBS Personnels success has been
its long history as well as the number of offices it operates in
each of its markets. This strategy has allowed CBS Personnel to
build a premium reputation in each of its markets and has
resulted in the following competitive strengths:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large employee database/customer list Over
the course of its history, CBS Personnels management
believes CBS Personnel has built a significant presence in most
of its markets in terms of both clients and employees. CBS
Personnel is successful in recruiting additional employees
because of its reputation as having numerous job openings with a
wide variety of clients. CBS Personnel attracts clients through
its reputation as having a large database of reliable employees
with a wide ranging skill set. CBS Personnels employee
database and client list has been built over a number of years
in each of its markets and serves as a major competitive
strength in most of its markets. |
|
|
|
|
|
Higher operating margins By establishing
multiple offices in the majority of the markets in which it
operates, CBS Personnel is able to better leverage its selling,
general and administrative expenses at the regional and field
level and create higher operating income margins than its less
dense competitors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Scalable business model By having multiple
office locations in each of its markets, CBS Personnel is able
to quickly scale its business model in both good and bad
economic environments. For example, in 2001 and 2002 during the
economic downturn, CBS Personnel was able to close offices and
reduce overhead expenses while shifting business to adjacent
offices. For competitors with only one office per market,
closing an office requires abandoning the clients and employees
in that market. During 2001 and 2002, CBS Personnel was able to
reduce its overhead costs by approximately 13% while maintaining
its presence in each of its markets and retaining its clients
and employees. |
|
|
|
|
|
Marketing synergies By having a number of
offices in the majority of its markets, CBS Personnel allocates
additional resources to marketing and selling and amortizes
those costs over a larger office network. For example, while
many of its competitors use selling branch managers who split
time between operations and sales, CBS Personnel uses outside
sales reps that are exclusively focused on bringing in new sales. |
|
CBS Personnels business strategy is to (i) leverage
its position in its existing markets, (ii) build a presence
in contiguous markets, and (iii) pursue and selectively
acquire other staffing resource providers.
|
|
|
|
|
Invest in its existing markets In many of its
existing markets, CBS Personnel has multiple branch locations.
CBS Personnel plans on continuing to invest in these existing
markets through the opening of additional branch locations and
the hiring of additional sales and operations employees. In
addition, CBS personnel is offering complimentary human resource
services to its existing clients such as full time recruiting,
consulting, and administrative outsourcing. CBS Personnel has
implemented an incentive plan that highly rewards its employees
for selling services beyond its traditional temporary staffing
services. |
145
|
|
|
|
|
|
Build a presence in contiguous markets CBS
Personnel plans on opening new branch locations in markets
contiguous to those in which it operates. CBS Personnel believes
that the cost and time required to establish profitable branch
locations is minimized through expansion into contiguous markets
as costs associated with advertising and administrative overhead
are reduced due to proximity. |
|
|
|
|
|
Pursue selective acquisitions CBS Personnel
views acquisitions as an attractive means to enter into a new
geographical market. In some cases CBS Personnel will consider
making acquisitions within its existing markets to increase its
market share. |
|
CBS Personnel serves over 3,000 clients in a broad range of
industries, including manufacturing, technical, transportation,
retail, distribution, warehousing, automotive supply,
construction, industrial, healthcare services and financial.
These clients range in size from small, local firms to large,
regional or national corporations. One of CBS Personnels
largest client is Chevron Corporation, which accounted for 5% of
revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005. None of CBS
Personnels other clients individually accounted for more
than 2% of its revenues for the year ended December 31,
2005. CBS Personnels client assignments can vary from a
period of a few days to long-term, annual or multi-year
contracts. We believe CBS Personnel has a strong relationship
with its clients.
Sales, Marketing and Recruiting Efforts
CBS Personnels marketing efforts are principally focused
on branch-level development of local business relationships.
Local salespeople are incentivized to recruit new clients and
increase usage by existing clients through their compensation
programs, as well as through numerous contests and competitions.
Regional or company-based specialists are utilized to assist
local salespeople in closing potentially large accounts,
particularly where they may involve an
on-site presence by CBS
Personnel. On a regional and national level, efforts are made to
expand and align its services to fulfill the needs of clients
with multiple locations, which may also include using
on-site CBS Personnel
professionals and the opening of additional offices to better
serve a clients broader geographic needs.
In terms of recruitment of qualified employees, CBS Personnel
utilizes a variety of methods to recruit its work force
including, among others, rewarding existing employees for
qualifying referrals, newspaper and other media advertising,
internet sourcing, marketing brochures distributed at colleges
and vocational schools and community- or education-based job
fairs. CBS Personnel actively recruits in each community in
which it operates, through educational institutions, evening and
weekend interviewing and open houses. At the corporate level,
CBS Personnel maintains an in-house web-based job posting and
resume process which allows distribution of job descriptions to
over 3,000 national and local online job boards. Individuals may
also submit a resume through CBS Personnels website.
Following a prospective employees identification, CBS
Personnel systematically evaluates each candidate prior to
placement. The employee application process includes an
interview, skills assessment test, education verification and
reference verification, and may include drug screening and
background checks depending upon customer requirements.
The temporary staffing industry is highly fragmented and,
according to the U.S. Census Bureau in 2002, was comprised
of approximately 11,500 service providers, the vast majority of
which generate less than $10 million in annual revenues. Of
the total number of service providers, over 80% are
single-office firms. Staffing services firms with more than 10
establishments account for only 1.6% of the total number of
service providers, or 187 companies, but generate 49.3% of
revenues in the temporary staffing industry. The largest
publicly owned companies specializing in temporary staffing
services are Adecco, SA, Vedior NV, Randstad Holdings NV, and
Kelly Services Inc. The employee leasing industry consists of
approximately 4,200 service providers. Our largest national
competitors in employee leasing include
146
Administaff, Inc., Gevity HR, and the employee leasing divisions
of large business service companies such as Automatic Data
Processing, Inc., and Paychex, Inc.
CBS Personnel competes with both large, national and small,
local staffing companies in its markets for clients. Competition
in the temporary staffing industry revolves around quality of
service, reputation and price. Notwithstanding this level of
competition, CBS Personnels management believes CBS
Personnel benefits from a number of competitive advantages,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
|
multiple offices in its core markets; |
|
|
|
|
|
long-standing relationships with its clients; |
|
|
|
|
|
a large database of qualified temporary workers which enables
CBS Personnel to fill orders rapidly; |
|
|
|
|
|
well-recognized brands and leadership positions in its core
markets; and |
|
|
|
|
|
a reputation for treating employees well and offering
competitive benefits. |
|
Numerous competitors, both large and small, have exited or
significantly reduced their presence in many of CBS
Personnels markets. CBS Personnels management
believes that this trend has resulted from the increasing
importance of scale, client demands for broader services and
reduced costs, and the difficulty that the strong positions of
market leaders, such as CBS Personnel, present for competitors
attempting to grow their client base.
CBS Personnel also competes for qualified employee candidates in
each of the markets in which it operates. Management believes
that CBS Personnels scale and concentration in each of its
markets provides it with significant recruiting advantages. Key
among the factors affecting a candidates choice of
employers is the likelihood of reassignment following the
completion of an initial engagement. CBS Personnel typically has
numerous clients with significantly different hiring patterns in
each of its markets, increasing the likelihood that it can
reassign individual employees and limit the amount of time an
employee is in transition. As employee referrals are also a key
component of its recruiting efforts, management believes local
market share is also key to its ability to identify qualified
candidates.
CBS Personnel uses the following tradenames: CBS
Personnel tm,
CBS Personnel
Services tm,
Columbia
Staffing tm,
Columbia Healthcare
Services tm
and Venturi Staffing
Partners tm.
These trade names have strong brand equity in their markets and
have significant value to CBS Personnels business.
147
CBS Personnel, headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, provides
staffing services through all 134 of its branch offices located
in 18 states. The following table shows the number of
branch offices located in each state in which CBS Personnel
operates and the employee hours billed by those branch offices
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
Employee | |
State |
|
Branch Offices | |
|
Hours Billed | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Ohio
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
10,034 |
|
California
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
4,002 |
|
Kentucky
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
4,446 |
|
Texas
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
4,533 |
|
South Carolina
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
2,598 |
|
North Carolina
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
1,894 |
|
Illinois
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
1,087 |
|
Indiana
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
2,218 |
|
Pennsylvania
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
991 |
|
Massachusetts
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
436 |
|
Georgia
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
573 |
|
Virginia
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
1,163 |
|
New York
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
743 |
|
Alabama
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
418 |
|
New Jersey
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
160 |
|
Washington
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
Florida
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
109 |
|
Rhode Island
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
All of the above branch offices, along with CBS Personnels
principal executive offices in Cincinnati, Ohio, are leased.
Lease terms are typically 3 to 5 years. CBS Personnel does
not anticipate any difficulty in renewing these leases or in
finding alternative sites in the ordinary course of business.
In the United States, temporary employment services firms are
considered the legal employers of their temporary workers.
Therefore, state and federal laws regulating the
employer/employee relationship, such as tax withholding and
reporting, social security and retirement, equal employment
opportunity and Title VII Civil Rights laws and
workers compensation, including those governing
self-insured employers under the workers compensation
systems in various states, govern CBS Personnels
operations. By entering into a co-employer relationship with
employees who are assigned to work at client locations, CBS
Personnel assumes certain obligations and responsibilities of an
employer under these federal and state laws. Because many of
these federal and state laws were enacted prior to the
development of nontraditional employment relationships, such as
professional employer, temporary employment, and outsourcing
arrangements, many of these laws do not specifically address the
obligations and responsibilities of nontraditional employers. In
addition, the definition of employer under these
laws is not uniform.
Although compliance with these requirements imposes some
additional financial risk on CBS Personnel, particularly with
respect to those clients who breach their payment obligation to
CBS Personnel, such compliance has not had a material adverse
impact on CBS Personnels business to date. CBS Personnel
believes that its operations are in compliance in all material
respects with applicable federal and state laws.
148
|
|
|
Workers Compensation Program |
As the employer of record, CBS Personnel is responsible for
complying with applicable statutory requirements for
workers compensation coverage. State law (and for certain
types of employees, federal law) generally mandates that an
employer reimburse its employees for the costs of medical care
and other specified benefits for injuries or illnesses,
including catastrophic injuries and fatalities, incurred in the
course and scope of employment. The benefits payable for various
categories of claims are determined by state regulation and vary
with the severity and nature of the injury or illness and other
specified factors. In return for this guaranteed protection,
workers compensation is considered the exclusive remedy
and employees are generally precluded from seeking other damages
from their employer for workplace injuries. Most states require
employers to maintain workers compensation insurance or
otherwise demonstrate financial responsibility to meet
workers compensation obligations to employees.
In many states, employers who meet certain financial and other
requirements may be permitted to self-insure. CBS Personnel
self-insures its workers compensation exposure for a
portion of its employees. Regulations governing self-insured
employers in each jurisdiction typically require the employer to
maintain surety deposits of government securities, letters of
credit or other financial instruments to support workers
compensation claims in the event the employer is unable to pay
for such claims.
As a self-insured employer, CBS Personnels workers
compensation expense is tied directly to the incidence and
severity of workplace injuries to its employees. CBS Personnel
seeks to contain its workers compensation costs through an
aggressive approach to claims management, including assigning
injured workers, whenever possible, to short-term assignments
which accommodate the workers physical limitations,
performing a thorough and prompt
on-site investigation
of claims filed by employees, working with physicians to
encourage efficient medical management of cases, denying
questionable claims and attempting to negotiate early
settlements to mitigate contingent and future costs and
liabilities. Higher costs for each occurrence, either due to
increased medical costs or duration of time, may result in
higher workers compensation costs to CBS Personnel with a
corresponding material adverse effect on its financial
condition, business and results of operations.
CBS Personnel is, from time to time, involved in litigation and
various claims and complaints arising in the ordinary course of
business. In the opinion of CBS Personnels management, the
ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material
adverse effect on CBS Personnels financial condition,
business and results of operations.
See the section entitled The Acquisitions of and Loans to
Our Initial Businesses CBS Personnel for
information about CBS Personnels capital structure and the
shares to be acquired in this offering.
As of December 31, 2005, CBS Personnel employed
approximately 88 individuals in it its corporate staff and
approximately 733 staff members in its branch locations. During
the year ended December 31, 2005, CBS Personnel employed
over 130,000 temporary personnel on engagements of varying
durations.
Temporary employees placed by CBS Personnel are generally CBS
Personnels employees while they are working on
assignments. As employer of its temporary employees, CBS
Personnel maintains responsibility for applicable payroll taxes
and the administration of the employees share of such
taxes.
CBS Personnels staffing services employees are not under
its direct control while working at a clients business.
CBS Personnel has not experienced any significant liability due
to claims arising out of negligent acts or misconduct by its
staffing services employees. The possibility exists, however, of
claims being asserted against CBS Personnel, which may exceed
its liability insurance coverage, with a resulting material
adverse effect on its financial condition, business and results
of operations.
149
Crosman
Crosman, headquartered in East Bloomfield, New York, was one of
the first manufacturers of airguns and is a manufacturer and
distributor of recreational airgun products and related
accessories. To a lesser extent, Crosman also designs, markets
and distributes paintball products and related accessories
through GFP. Crosmans products are sold in over 6,000
retail locations worldwide through approximately 500 retailers,
which include mass retailers, such as Wal-Mart and Kmart, and
sporting goods retailers, such as Dicks Sporting Goods and
Big 5 Sporting Goods. While Crosmans primary market
is the United States (accounting for approximately 87% of net
sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 and
approximately 89% and approximately 89% of net sales for the six
months ended December 26, 2004 and January 1, 2006,
respectively), Crosman distributes its products in 44 countries
worldwide.
The
Crosmantm
brand is one of the pre-eminent names in the recreational airgun
market and is widely recognized in the broader outdoor sporting
goods industry. Crosman markets a full line of recreational
airgun products, airgun accessories and related products under
its own trademark brands as well as under other well-established
brands through licensing or distribution agreements. Crosman
markets paintball products, including markers (which are
paintball projection devices), paintballs, paintball accessories
and related products, primarily under the Game
Facetm
brand. Crosmans senior management, collectively, has
approximately 77 years of experience in the recreational
products industry and closely related industries.
For the six months ended January 1, 2006 and
December 26, 2004, Crosman had net sales of approximately
$45.2 million and $38.2 million, respectively, and net
income of approximately $2.8 million and $2.3 million,
respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005,
Crosman had net sales of approximately $70.1 million and
net income of approximately $0.5 million.
Crosman was founded in 1923 as Crosman Rifle Company and was one
of the first manufacturers of recreational airguns in the United
States. In 1971, Coleman Corporation, or Coleman, acquired
Crosman. In 1990, Coleman sold Crosman to Worldwide Sports and
Recreation, Inc., or Worldwide Sports, a marketer of outdoor
recreational products and sporting goods. In 1997, certain
executives of Crosman and other equity investors acquired
Crosman from Worldwide Sports. In October 2001, Crosman
formed GFP to market paintball products and related accessories
primarily under the Game
Facetm
brand. A subsidiary of CGI acquired a majority interest in
Crosman in February 2004, as part of a transaction involving a
simultaneous stock purchase, stock redemption and
recapitalization.
Crosman competes in the recreational airgun and paintball
markets within the outdoor sporting goods industry. According to
the National Sporting Goods Association, the United States
sporting goods equipment industry generated approximately
$22.9 billion in retail sales in 2004. Within this
industry, Crosmans management estimates that sales in the
market categories in which Crosman competes were approximately
$235 million in 2004.
|
|
|
Recreational Airgun Market |
For the year ended December 31, 2004, management estimates
that the worldwide recreational airgun industry was
approximately $315 million and the United States
recreational airgun market represented approximately 75% of this
amount, or $235 million. Management estimates that United
States 2004 sales consisted of approximately $125 million
in air rifles and air pistols, approximately $55 million in
soft airguns and approximately $55 million in airgun
consumables. Crosman estimates that it has an approximately 40%
share of the United States recreational airgun market based on
its net sales of
150
$45.2 million and $70.1 million for the six months
ended January 1, 2006 and fiscal year ended June 30,
2005, respectively.
The recreational airgun market is a mature industry and
experiencing slow and steady growth through increasing
popularity of target shooting in the United States and increased
spending by baby boomers.
Crosmans management believes several factors will likely
stimulate further market growth, including:
|
|
|
|
|
Broad Distribution Mass retailers have become
the primary distribution channel for recreational airguns,
airgun accessories and related products because of the high
margin and high turnover attributes of such products. Continued
mass retailer participation in the recreational airgun market
should continue to broaden the audience of potential consumers. |
|
|
|
Increasing Popularity of Recreational Airguns
The popularity of activities involving recreational airguns,
such as target shooting, increased from 2000 to 2003 according
to the Sporting Goods Manufacturers Association, or SGMA, and
management believes it will continue to grow. This has resulted
in increased participation in such activities, which has
resulted in increased sales, partly due to the mini-baby boom of
the early 1990s, which is expected to drive up sales in the next
decade. Management of Crosman believes that sales of
recreational airguns, and in particular soft air guns, should
continue to grow as participation in activities involving
recreational airguns increases. |
|
|
|
Increased Level of Regulations on Firearms As
laws concerning the purchase and use of firearms become more
stringent, management of Crosman believes that sales of airguns,
particularly in the high-end sector, should continue to increase
because of the similar nature to firearms and the less
restrictive regulatory environment concerning the purchase and
use of airguns. |
For the year ended December 31, 2004, wholesale sales in
the United States paintball market, consisting of paintball
products and accessories, was estimated at $417 million
according to the SGMA. While there are a number of manufacturers
who make only paintball guns and accessories, a few airgun
manufacturers also participate in the paintball market due to
the close relations between paintball products and airgun
products. Most paintball manufacturers provide both paintball
products and accessories.
Paintball participation levels in the United States have
increased from 5.9 million in 1998 to approximately
9.6 million in 2004, with more than 1.7 million
participants playing on a frequent basis (more than 15 times a
year) according to the SGMA. This increase is due to the
increasingly broader group of players, including corporate
groups, youth leagues, church organizations and others, that
have begun participating in paintball as well as the
availability of paintball and related products through mass
retailers.
Crosman designs, manufactures and distributes recreational
airgun products and paintball products. Crosman currently sells
products in approximately 38 product families under the
following trademarks:
Crosmantm,
Benjamin
Sheridantm,
Copperhead tm,
Powerletstm,
AirSourcetm,
Game
Facetm
and Crosman Soft
Airtm,
as well as other well-known brands through licensing or
distribution agreements.
|
|
|
Recreational Airgun Products |
Crosmans recreational airgun products are comprised of a
variety of product categories of airguns, with different
propellant technologies (such as pneumatic pump-action,
CO2
gas-powered, and spring air), styles, materials, sizes and types
of ammunition, consumables (such as BBs, pellets and
CO2
cartridges
151
and accessories) and other products (such as scopes and
targets). The following is an overview of Crosmans product
lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Air Rifles Crosman offers 14 air rifle
product families with typical retail prices ranging from $30 to
$150, with high-end models retailing for prices up to $800.
Crosman markets its air rifles under the following brands:
Crosmantm,
Benjamin
Sheridantm,
and, through licensing agreements,
Loguntm,
Remingtontm
and
Walthertm.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, air rifles
accounted for approximately $24.1 million, or 34%, of
Crosmans net sales. For the six months ended
December 26, 2004 and January 1, 2006, air rifles
accounted for approximately $14.0 million, or 37%, and
$14.3 million, or 32% of net sales, respectively. |
|
|
|
|
|
Air Pistols Crosman markets 14 air pistol
product families with average retail prices ranging from $20 to
$100. Crosman markets its air pistols under the following
brands:
Crosmantm
and, through licensing agreements,
Berettatm,
Colt tm,
Smith &
Wessontm,
and
Walthertm.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, air pistols
accounted for approximately $11.8 million, or 17%, of
Crosmans net sales. For the six months ended
December 26, 2004 and January 1, 2006, air pistols
accounted for approximately $6.4 million, or 17%, and
$6.7 million, or 15% of net sales, respectively. |
|
|
|
|
|
Soft Air Airguns Soft air airguns fire
plastic BBs at low velocities. Crosman began selling soft air
airguns in May 2002. Crosman markets its soft air airguns under
the Crosman Soft
Airtm
brand. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, Soft Air
accounted for approximately $15.6 million, or 22%, of
Crosmans net sales. For the six months ended
December 26, 2004 and January 1, 2006, Soft Air
accounted for approximately $8.4 million, or 22%, and
$15.4 million, or 34% of net sales, respectively. |
|
|
|
|
|
Consumables Crosman is a manufacturer of
airgun consumables, including
CO2
cartridges and ammunition (BBs and pellets). Crosman markets its
consumables under the
Crosmantm
and
Copperhead tm
brands and markets its
CO2
cartridges product families under the
Powerletstm
and
AirSourcetm
brands. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005,
consumables accounted for approximately $16.9 million, or
24%, of Crosmans net sales. For the six months ended
December 26, 2004 and January 1, 2006, consumables
accounted for approximately $8.6 million, or 22%, and
$8.2 million, or 18% of net sales, respectively. |
|
|
|
|
|
Accessories and Other Products Crosman also
offers a variety of miscellaneous recreational airgun
accessories, such as scopes, laser sights and targets, as well
as other products such as slingshots. Crosman markets its
products in this category under the
Crosmantm
brand. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, accessories
and other products accounted for approximately
$1.6 million, or 2%, of Crosmans net sales. For the
six months ended December 26, 2004 and January 1,
2006, accessories and other products accounted for approximately
$0.8 million, or 2%, and $0.6 million, or 1% of net
sales, respectively. |
|
Crosman designs, manufactures and distributes paintball products
and related accessories through GFP, its 50%-owned joint
venture. Crosman is responsible for all operational aspects of
GFP, including product development, sales, warehousing,
shipping, administration, finance and accounting. Crosman is
paid 5% of GFPs net sales for these services. Crosman
includes 50% of this payment from GFP in non-operating income
and 50% as a reduction to its selling expenses. Paintball
products through GFP include paintball markers, paint,
disposable
CO2
tanks, facemasks, protective gear and marker components, such as
ammunition Hoppers, gloves and protective vests. GFP markets its
paintball products and accessories products under the Game
Facetm
brand. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, GFP had
approximately $13.6 million in net sales. For the six
months ended December 26, 2004 and January 1, 2006,
GFP had approximately $5.8 million and $6.6 million in
net sales, respectively.
152
Crosmans management believes that Crosman possesses the
following competitive strengths, which have enabled it to
maintain its leadership position in its markets while continuing
to grow by successfully introducing new products:
|
|
|
|
|
Leading Market Position Management believes
Crosman has achieved a strong position in the design,
manufacturing and distribution of recreational airgun products
by investing the necessary resources to establish its strong
brands, broad product offering, efficient manufacturing
capabilities, excellent sourcing and distribution relationships
and by assembling a strong management team. It currently has an
approximately 40% share of the United States recreational airgun
market which it expects will allow it to further penetrate the
paintball market and introduce new products in the recreational
airgun market. |
|
|
|
Strong Brand Portfolio Crosman owns one of
the pre-eminent brand portfolios in the recreational airgun
market and is widely recognized in the broader outdoor sporting
goods industries. Crosmans recreational airgun products
are recognized for their quality features and craftsmanship. The
strength of Crosmans brands portfolio has positioned it as
a source for a broad variety of recreational airgun and
paintball products and should enable it to capture additional
market share. |
|
|
|
Established, Long Term Relationships with Significant
Retailers Crosman has served two of its top
retailers, Wal-Mart and Kmart, for over 25 years and its
top ten retailers for an average of 14 years. Crosman
invests in its retailer relationships by working closely with
retailers in an effort to increase their sales and margins,
manage inventory levels and provide superior service to the
consumer. Such dedication to relations with their retailers
contributes to Crosmans strong and long-term relationships
with its significant retailers. |
|
|
|
High Margin Product Focus Crosmans
focus on products in the mid- to high-end of the retail price
spectrum combined with its low-cost manufacturing capabilities
generate higher margins for Crosman and its retailers. We
believe that such a focus permits Crosman and its retailers to
earn greater margins as compared to major competitors
lower-priced products. |
|
|
|
Dedication to High Product Quality Standards
Crosman closely monitors the quality of its manufacturing
process, beginning by routinely verifying the quality of its raw
material used in the manufacturing process. In addition, each
component is inspected on the assembly line prior to assembly of
the final product. After production, each product is tested and
undergoes a final inspection prior to packaging. Such attentive
detail to quality has resulted in Crosman experiencing an
approximately 1% defect rate with respect to its recreational
air guns. |
|
|
|
Proven Product Development Capability Since
2001, under Crosmans current management team, Crosman
became dedicated to bringing innovative new products to market.
For example, since 2001, Crosman has introduced several new
products including the 88-gram
AirSourcetm
CO2
cartridges, the Benjamin
Sheridantm
and
Crosmantm
break-barrel spring air rifles, an innovative blow-back
semi-automatic air rifle, and soft air airguns marketed under
the Crosman Soft
Airtm
brand name. GFP also introduced a new 88-gram
AirSourcetm
disposable
CO2
tank in January 2003. Crosmans strength in developing new
products is demonstrated by net sales of new products introduced
since 2001 of approximately $33.6 million, or 48%, for
fiscal year ended June 30, 2005. |
|
|
|
Experienced Management Team Crosmans
senior management, collectively, has approximately 77 years
of experience in the recreational products industry and closely
related industries. Since 2001, the current management team has
effected significant improvements in Crosmans financial
performance by focusing on developing new products, leveraging
distribution channels to improve market penetration, improving
operational efficiencies and expanding and refining supplier
networks. |
153
Crosmans strategy is to continue to build on its
manufacturing and distribution strengths by focusing on:
|
|
|
|
|
Driving Organic Growth Crosmans
management believes that Crosman can leverage its competitive
strengths to increase sales of its current products and
introduce new products to capitalize on the expected growth in
the recreational airgun and paintball markets. Management
believes that Crosman can continue to increase its sales by
maintaining and building upon its strong relationships with its
retailers to more aggressively promote its products and to
introduce and promote new products. |
|
|
|
Maintaining Focus on Cost Control and Operating
Efficiency In an effort to achieve further
sustainable margin improvements, Crosman plans to maintain its
focus on cost control by continuing to improve its manufacturing
efficiency and to refine its supplier network. Crosmans
budgeting process allows it to measure departmental spending
against budgets each month and to compensate supervisors based
partially on their ability to spend at or below budgeted levels.
Crosman also has a capital expenditure approval process in which
projects must meet return on investment and payback period
guidelines before capital projects may be initiated. |
|
|
|
Pursuing Complementary Acquisitions Crosman
intends to pursue strategic acquisition opportunities that will
allow it to leverage its competitive strengths to increase sales
or improve margins. Such opportunities may include the
acquisition of products or recognized brands to broaden or
deepen Crosmans product portfolio as well as the
acquisition of suppliers to reduce the costs of its finished
goods. Crosmans management intends to make acquisitions
only to the extent it believes such acquisitions will be
accretive to its cash flow. |
Crosman uses a highly systematized and formalized new product
development process that involves all of its senior managers and
select members of its sales force. Since 2002, Crosman has
introduced several new products including the
88-gram
AirSourcetm
CO2
cartridges, an innovative
blow-back
semi-automatic air
rifle and the Benjamin
Sheridantm
and
Crosmantm
break-barrel spring air
rifles. Crosman is dedicated to bringing innovative new products
to market and has spent an average of approximately $500,000
annually during the past four years on new product development.
Crosman has provided for approximately $800,000 annually to fund
new product development in the future. In addition, Crosman
utilizes third-party
service providers to assist in new product development.
Crosman sells recreational airguns, accessories and related
products at over 6,000 retail locations to approximately 500
retailers worldwide, including mass retailers, sporting goods
retailers and distributors. GFPs paintball products are
sold through the same base of retailers currently selling
Crosmans recreational airguns. Approximately 86% of
Crosmans net sales are to retailers and 14% are to
distributors or original equipment manufacturers.
Crosmans top ten customers accounted for approximately
71.3% of net sales for fiscal year ended June 30, 2005,
with Wal-Mart,
Crosmans largest customer, accounting for approximately
35.7% of gross sales for fiscal year ended June 30, 2005.
On average, Crosman has sold products to its top 10 customers
for 14 years. Crosman has been selling recreational airguns
to each of Wal-Mart and
another top customer, Kmart, for over 25 years. Crosman is
able to maintain its
long-term relationships
with these customers as a result of its quality products, brand
recognition and position in the
mid-to
high-end market for
airguns, where there are limited competitors that provide
similar quality products and brand recognition. This has enabled
both Crosman and its customers to maintain consistent margins on
Crosman products over the long term.
154
Crosman markets and sells several brands of recreational airgun
products and, through GFP, paintball products to major mass
retailers, sporting goods retailers and other distributors. Each
brand is generally positioned to have a combination of overall
product quality, features and retail price ranges that
differentiate it from other brands marketed by Crosman and GFP.
Crosman and GFPs marketing programs emphasize the high
level of quality of their products to consumers. They also
engage in marketing and sales initiatives to assist their
retailers sales to their end consumers. Crosman and GFP
proactively pursue product sales promotions with their retailers
by coordinating specific price discounts during holidays to
increase shelf space during critical retail sales periods. GFP
uses a similar retail distribution network for markers and
paintball products.
Crosman also provides structured programs taught by
professionals to educate people about the safe and responsible
use of recreational airguns and to attract new participants to
shooting sports. These programs include Education in
Recreational Airgun Shooting for Youth, a program delivered by
Crosman to non-profit
groups, such as the Boy/ Girl Scouts of America,
4-H and Future Farmers
of America.
Crosmans sales team possesses substantial experience in
the sporting goods industry and encompasses both internal and
manufacturers sales representatives. Crosman has seven
sales representatives and six manufacturers representative
groups.
Crosmans management estimates that it currently has
approximately 40% of the United States recreational airgun
market. Competitors in the recreational airgun market include
numerous manufacturers of recreational airguns located in the
United States as well as abroad. Crosmans most significant
competitor is Daisy Manufacturing Company, Inc.
(Daisy). Daisy is primarily established in the
low- to
middle-range product
price range with products typically retailing between $15 and
$40. Crosman has a number of competitors in the soft air airgun
market, but Crosman considers Cybergun SA to be its primary
competitor in that market. The paintball industry is highly
fragmented. GFPs competitors include Brass Eagle, Inc.,
which is owned by K2, Inc., The Kingman Group, Tippmann
Pneumatics, LLC, and Pursuit Marketing, Inc.
To manufacture its products, Crosman utilizes raw materials,
including metals, plastics and wood as well as manufactured
parts, purchased from independent suppliers. Crosman also
purchases a number of products manufactured by external vendors,
including soft air airguns, certain replica airguns and airgun
accessories, which it then distributes under its own brand
names. Crosman considers its relationship with its suppliers to
be good. Crosman has not experienced interruptions in operations
due to a lack of supply of materials and Crosmans
management does not anticipate any such interruptions in the
foreseeable future. Crosman maintains flexibility with its
sourcing and is not reliant on any one supplier.
Crosman currently has 11 patents in the United States, the most
material of which was issued on September 13, 2005 and
covers the design of the paintball marker adapter for the
88-gram
CO2
cartridge sold under the
AirSourcetm
name.
Although Crosman believes that patents are useful in maintaining
Crosmans competitive position, it considers other factors,
such as Crosmans trademarked brand names,
pre-eminent name
recognition, ability to design innovative products and technical
and marketing expertise to be its primary competitive
advantages. Crosmans products are marketed under the
following company-owned
and trademarked brand names:
Crosmantm,
Benjamin
Sheridantm,
Copperheadtm,
Game
Facetm,
Powerletstm,
AirSourcetm
and Crosman Soft
Airtm
brand names.
155
In 2002, Crosman began marketing and distributing recreational
airgun products under several other well established brands
under licensing or distribution agreements.
Crosman conducts its manufacturing operations in a
225,000 square-foot
facility on a
company-owned
49-acre campus located
in East Bloomfield, New York, approximately 30 miles
southeast of Rochester. In addition, Crosman utilizes
approximately 43,500 square feet of leased warehouse space
in nearby Canandaigua, New York for paintball warehousing and
shipping operations. Crosman also owns an
8,000 square-foot
manufacturing operation in Stover, Missouri devoted to
fabricating wood components. Crosman has the ability to expand
its plant on its
49-acre East
Bloomfield, New York property.
Crosmans management believes Crosman is in compliance with
all regulations governing recreational airguns and paintball
products in the markets where those products are sold. United
States federal firearms laws do not apply to recreational
airguns or paintball products, however, various United States
state and municipal laws and regulations do. These laws
generally pertain to the retail sale and use of recreational
airguns and paintball products.
In the United States, recreational airgun and paintball products
are within the jurisdiction of the CPSC. Under CPSC regulations,
a manufacturer of consumer goods is obligated to notify the CPSC
if, among other things, the manufacturer becomes aware that one
of its products has a defect that could create a substantial
risk of injury. If the manufacturer has not already undertaken
to do so, the CPSC may require a manufacturer to recall a
product, which may involve product repair, replacement or
refund. Crosmans products may also be subject to recall
pursuant to regulations in other jurisdictions where
Crosmans products are sold. Crosman initiated four product
recalls during the last five years, in each case resulting in
non-material financial
consequences for Crosman and no personal injuries associated
with the recalled products were reported to Crosman. Three of
the four products were not manufactured by Crosman and Crosman
is fully indemnified by its supplier for such products.
The American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), a
non-governmental
self-regulating
association, has been active in developing voluntary standards
regarding recreational airguns, paintball markers, paintball
fields and paintball face protection. Crosmans
representatives are active on the relevant ASTM subcommittees
and in developing the relevant product safety standards.
Crosmans management believes that Crosman routinely
follows, and is in compliance with, ASTM standards. Any failure
to comply with any current or pending ASTM standard may have a
material adverse effect on Crosmans financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows.
Many jurisdictions outside of the United States also have
legislation limiting the power, distribution and/or use of
Crosmans products. Crosman works with its distributors in
each jurisdiction to ensure that it is in compliance with
applicable law.
Crosmans facilities and operations are subject to
extensive and constantly evolving federal, state and local
environmental and occupational health and safety laws and
regulations, including laws and regulations governing air
emissions, wastewater discharges, the storage and handling of
chemicals and hazardous substances. See the section entitled
Legal Proceedings for more information.
Although Crosmans management believes that Crosman is in
compliance, in all material respects, with applicable
environmental and occupational health and safety laws and
regulations, there can be no assurance that new requirements,
more stringent application of existing requirements, or
discovery of previously unknown environmental conditions will
not result in material environmental expenditures in the future.
As a manufacturer of recreational airguns, Crosman is involved
in various litigation matters that occur in the ordinary course
of business. Crosman has experienced limited product liability
and related expenses
156
over the companys history. Crosmans management
believes that this record is a result of Crosmans focus on
producing quality products that incorporate proven and reliable
safety features, the consistent use of packaging materials that
contain clear consumer instructions and safety warnings and
Crosmans practice of consistently defending itself from
product liability claims.
Since the beginning of 1994, Crosman has been named as a
defendant in 56 lawsuits and has been the subject of 92 other
claims made by persons alleging to have been injured by its
products. To date, 96 of these cases have been terminated
without payment and 26 of these cases have been settled at an
aggregate settlement cost of approximately $1,725,000. As of the
date of this prospectus, Crosman is involved in 4 product
liability cases and 22 claims were brought against Crosman by
persons alleging to have been injured by its products.
In addition, GFP has been the subject of three claims made by
persons alleging to be injured by its products. Two of these
claims have been resolved without payment and, as of the date of
this prospectus, the third has not been resolved and remains
active.
Crosman maintains product liability insurance to insure against
potential claims. Management believes such insurance will be
adequate to cover Crosmans products liability claims
exposure, but no assurance can be given that such coverage will
be adequate to cover product liability claims against Crosman.
Crosman has signed consent orders with the DEC to investigate
and remediate soil and groundwater contamination at its facility
in East Bloomfield, New York. Pursuant to a contractual
indemnity and related agreements, the costs of investigation and
remediation have been paid by a
third-party that is the
successor to the prior owner and operator of the facility, which
also has signed the consent orders with the DEC. In 2002, the
DEC indicated that additional remediation of ground water may be
required. Crosman has engaged in discussions with the DEC
regarding the need for additional remediation. To date, the DEC
has not required any additional remediation. Although management
believes that the third party is contractually obligated to pay
any additional costs for resolving site remediation issues with
the DEC and that the third party will continue to honor its
commitments, there can be no assurance that the third party will
have the financial ability to pay or will continue to pay for
future site remediation costs, which could be material if the
DEC requires additional groundwater remediation.
While the outcome of these legal proceedings and other matters
cannot at this time be predicted with certainty, Crosmans
management does not expect that the outcome of these matters
will have a material effect upon Crosmans financial
condition or results of operations.
See the section entitled The Acquisitions of and Loans to
Our Initial Businesses Crosman for information
about Crosmans capital structure and the shares to be
acquired in this offering.
As of December 31, 2005, Crosman employed approximately
220 people, consisting of 53 salaried and
167 hourly personnel. GFPs operations are performed
by Crosmans personnel. Crosman supplements its
full-time work force
with up to 200 temporary employees during periods of
increased production demand.
Crosman has a stock incentive plan that permits it to issue
stock options and other
stock-related awards to
its officers,
non-employee directors
and employees. As of March 1, 2006, a member of
Crosmans senior management team held options to
purchase 30,000 shares of Crosmans common stock.
CGIs subsidiary and an unaffiliated investor hold
contingent, unvested warrants to purchase shares of common stock
of Crosman. The warrants were received as an inducement for the
holders to guarantee certain obligations of Crosman in
connection with the agreement pursuant to which CGIs
subsidiary acquired its controlling interest in Crosman. The
holders are entitled to purchase that number of shares that
could be purchased with the amounts paid in satisfaction of the
holders guarantees. Such warrants would be exercisable if
(1) Crosman were obligated to pay to the former owners of
Crosman an earn-out based on the attainment of certain financial
performance benchmarks for the fiscal year ending June 30,
157
2006 and (2) Crosman failed to make such payments and the
warrant holders were required to satisfy such obligation
pursuant to their guaranty. A similar earn-out with respect to
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 was not triggered.
There are currently no other options or other securities
convertible or exchangeable into shares of common stock issued
and outstanding.
Crosman also maintains a senior management stock purchase and
loan program pursuant to which Crosman made loans to certain
managers of Crosman for the purpose of purchasing Crosmans
common stock. With respect to a loan made to its chief
executive officer, such loan is secured by a pledge of
approximately 46% of his shares. In addition, approximately 35%
of the shares of the chief executive officer are subject to a
repurchase option held by Crosman and exercisable upon the
termination of his employment for any reason. The repurchase
option in respect of the shares of the chief executive officer
lapses at a rate of 25% on each anniversary of the initial
acquisition of Crosman by CGIs subsidiary, with the
repurchase option lapsing in total on February 10, 2008.
Each loan to a senior manager other than the chief executive
officer is secured by a pledge of all of the shares of common
stock of Crosman acquired by such senior manager pursuant to
this stock purchase and loan program. In addition, some of the
shares of common stock acquired by such senior managers are
subject to a repurchase option held by Crosman and exercisable
upon such senior managers termination of employment with
Crosman for any reason. The repurchase options on the shares of
these senior managers do not lapse.
Advanced Circuits
Advanced Circuits, headquartered in Aurora, Colorado, is a
provider of prototype and quick-turn printed circuit boards, or
PCBs, throughout the United States. Advanced Circuits also
provides its customers high volume production services in order
to meet its clients complete PCB needs. The prototype and
quick-turn portions of the PCB industry are characterized by
customers requiring high levels of responsiveness, technical
support and timely delivery. Due to the critical roles that PCBs
play in the research and development process of electronics,
customers often place more emphasis on the turnaround time and
quality of a customized PCB than on the price. Advanced Circuits
meets this market need by manufacturing and delivering custom
PCBs in as little as 24 hours, providing customers with
approximately 98.5% error-free production and real-time customer
service and product tracking 24 hours per day. In 2005,
approximately 66% of Advanced Circuits net sales were
derived from highly profitable prototype and quick-turn
production PCBs. Advanced Circuits success is demonstrated
by its broad base of over 4,000 customers with which it does
business each month. These customers represent numerous end
markets, and for the year ended December 31, 2005, no
single customer accounted for more than 2% of net sales.
Advanced Circuits senior management, collectively, has
approximately 90 years of experience in the electronic
components manufacturing industry and closely related industries.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and
December 31, 2004, Advanced Circuits had net sales of
approximately $42.0 million and $36.6 million,
respectively, and net income of approximately $12.6 million
and $12.1 million, respectively.
|
|
|
History of Advanced Circuits |
Advanced Circuits commenced operations in 1989 through the
acquisition of the assets of a small Denver based PCB
manufacturer, Seiko Circuits. During its first years of
operations, Advanced Circuits focused exclusively on
manufacturing high volume, production run PCBs with a small
group of proportionately large customers. In 1992, after the
loss of a significant customer, Advanced Circuits made a
strategic shift to limit its dependence on any one customer. In
this respect, Advanced Circuits began focusing on developing a
diverse customer base, and in particular, on providing research
and development professionals at equipment manufacturers and
academic institutions with low volume, customized prototype and
quick-turn PCBs.
In 1997 Advanced Circuits increased its capacity and
consolidated its facilities into its current headquarters in
Aurora, Colorado. During 2001 through 2003, despite a recession
and a reduction in
158
United States PCB manufacturing, Advanced Circuits sales
expanded by 29% as its research and development focused customer
base continued to require PCBs to perform day-to-day activities.
In 2003, to support its growth, Advanced Circuits expanded its
PCB manufacturing facility by approximately 40,000 square feet
or approximately 188%.
A subsidiary of CGI acquired a majority interest in Advanced
Circuits in September 2005. That subsidiary currently owns
approximately 71% and other members of our manager own
approximately 1%, respectively, of Advanced Circuits
common stock on a fully diluted basis.
The PCB industry, which consists of both large global PCB
manufacturers and small regional PCB manufacturers, is a vital
component to all electronic equipment supply chains as PCBs
serve as the foundation for virtually all electronic products,
including cellular telephones, appliances, personal computers,
routers, switches and network servers. PCBs are used by
manufacturers of these types of electronic products, as well as
by persons and teams engaged in research and development of new
types of equipment and technologies. According to Custer
Consulting Groups February 2005 Business Outlook Global
Electronics Industry, the global PCB market, including both
captive and merchant production, was approximately
$38.2 billion in 2004 and is expected to grow by over 6%
annually through 2008.
In contrast to global trends, however, production of PCBs in the
United States has declined by approximately 60% since 2000, to
approximately $3.8 billion in 2004, and is expected to
remain flat over the next several years according to the TMRC
survey: Analysis of the North American Rigid Printed Circuit
Board and Related Materials Industries for the year 2004, which
we refer to as the TMRC 2004 Analysis. The rapid decline in
United States production was caused by (i) reduced demand
for and spending on PCBs following the technology and telecom
industry decline in early 2000 and (ii) increased
competition for volume production of PCBs from Asian competitors
benefiting from both lower labor costs and less restrictive
waste and environmental regulations. While Asian manufacturers
have made large market share gains in the PCB industry overall,
both prototype production and the more complex volume production
have remained strong in the United States.
Both globally and domestically, the PCB market can be separated
into three categories based on required lead time and order
volume:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prototype PCBs These PCBs are manufactured
typically for customers in research and development departments
of original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and academic
institutions. Prototype PCBs are manufactured to the
specifications of the customer, within certain manufacturing
guidelines designed to increase speed and reduce production
costs. Prototyping is a critical stage in the research and
development of new products. These prototypes are used in the
design and launch of new electronic equipment and are typically
ordered in volumes of 1 to 50 PCBs. Because the prototype is
used primarily in the research and development phase of a new
electronic product, the life cycle is relatively short and
requires accelerated delivery time frames of usually less than
5 days and very high, error-free quality are required.
Order, production and delivery time, as well as responsiveness
with respect to each, are key factors for customers as PCBs are
indispensable to their research and development activities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Quick-Turn Production PCBs These PCBs are
used for intermediate stages of testing for new products prior
to full scale production. After a new product has successfully
completed the prototype phase, customers undergo test marketing
and other technical testing. This stage requires production of
larger quantities of PCBs in a short period of time, generally
10 days or less, while it does not yet require high
production volumes. This transition stage between low-volume
prototype production and volume production is known as
quick-turn production. Manufacturing specifications conform
strictly to end product requirements and order quantities are
typically in volumes of 10 to 500. Similar to prototype PCBs,
response time remains crucial as the delivery of quick-turn PCBs
can be a gating item in the development of electronic products.
Orders for quick-turn production PCBs conform specifically to
the customers exact end product requirements. |
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
Volume Production PCBs These PCBs are used in
the full scale production of electronic equipment and
specifications conform strictly to end product requirements.
Production PCBs are ordered in large quantities, usually over
100 units, and response time is less important, ranging between
15 days to 10 weeks or more. |
These categories can be further distinguished based on board
complexity, with each portion facing different competitive
threats. Advanced Circuits competes largely in the prototype and
quick-turn production portions of the North American market,
which have not been significantly impacted by the Asian based
manufacturers due to the quick response time required for these
products. The North American prototype and quick-turn production
sectors combined represent approximately $1.4 billion in
the PCB production industry according to the TMRC 2004 Analysis.
Several significant trends are present within the PCB
manufacturing industry, including:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing customer demand for quick-turn production
services Rapid advances in technology are
significantly shortening product life-cycles and placing
increased pressure on OEMs to develop new products in shorter
periods of time. In response to these pressures, OEMs invest
heavily on research and development, which results in a demand
for PCB companies that can offer engineering support and
quick-turn production services to minimize the product
development process. |
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing complexity of electronic equipment
OEMs are continually designing more complex and higher
performance electronic equipment, requiring sophisticated PCBs.
To satisfy the demand for more advanced electronic products PCBs
are produced using exotic materials and increasingly have higher
layer counts and greater component densities. Maintaining the
production infrastructure necessary to manufacture PCBs of
increasing complexity often requires significant capital
expenditures and has acted to reduce the competitiveness of
local and regional PCB manufacturers lacking the scale to make
such investments. |
|
|
|
|
|
Shifting of high volume production to Asia
Asian based manufacturers of PCBs are capitalizing on their
lower labor costs and are increasing their market share of
volume production of PCBs used, for example, in high-volume
consumer electronics applications, such as personal computers
and cell phones. Asian based manufacturers have been generally
unable to meet the lead time requirements for prototype or
quick-turn PCB production or the volume production of the most
complex PCBs. This offshoring of high-volume
production orders has placed increased pricing pressure and
margin compression on many small domestic manufacturers that are
no longer operating at full capacity. Many of these small
producers are choosing to cease operations, rather than operate
at a loss, as their scale, plant design and customer
relationships do not allow them to focus profitably on the
prototype and quick-turn sectors of the market. |
|
A PCB is comprised of layers of laminate and contains patterns
of electrical circuitry to connect electronic components.
Advanced Circuits manufactures 2 to 12 layer PCBs, and has the
capability to manufacture up to 14 layer PCBs. The level of PCB
complexity is determined by several characteristics, including
size, layer count, density (line width and spacing), materials
and functionality. Beyond complexity, a PCBs unit cost is
determined by the quantity of identical units ordered, as
engineering and production setup costs per unit decrease with
order volume, and required production time, as longer times
often allow increased efficiencies and better production
management. Advanced Circuits primarily manufactures lower
complexity PCBs.
To manufacture PCBs, Advanced Circuits generally receives
circuit designs from its customers in the form of computer data
files emailed to one of its sales representatives or uploaded on
its interactive website. These files are then reviewed to ensure
data accuracy and product manufacturability. Processing these
computer files, Advanced Circuits generates images of the
circuit patterns that are then physically developed on
individual layers, using advanced photographic processes.
Through a variety of plating and etching processes, conductive
materials are selectively added and removed to form horizontal
layers of thin
160
circuits, called traces, which are separated by insulating
material. A finished multilayer PCB laminates together a number
of layers of circuitry. Vertical connections between layers are
achieved by metallic plating through small holes, called vias.
Vias are made by highly specialized drilling equipment capable
of achieving extremely fine tolerances with high accuracy.
Advanced Circuits assists its customers throughout the
life-cycle of their products, from product conception through
volume production. Advanced Circuits works closely with
customers throughout each phase of the PCB development process,
beginning with the PCB design verification stage using its
unique online FreeDFM.com tool.
FreeDFM.comtm,
which was launched in 2002, enables customers to receive a free
manufacturability assessment report within minutes, resolving
design problems that would prohibit manufacturability before the
order process is completed and manufacturing begins. The
combination of Advanced Circuits user-friendly website and
its design verification tool reduces the amount of human labor
involved in the manufacture of each order as PCBs move from
Advanced Circuits website directly to its computer
numerical control, or CNC, machines for production, saving
Advanced Circuits and customers cost and time. As a result of
its ability to rapidly and reliably respond to the critical
customer requirements, Advanced Circuits generally receives a
premium for their prototype and quick-turn PCBs as compared to
volume production PCBs.
Advanced Circuits manufactures all high margin prototype and
quick-turn orders internally but often utilizes external
partners to manufacture production orders that do not fit within
its capabilities or capacity constraints at a given time.
Advanced Circuits has seven external partners in the United
States and Canada and one external partner in Asia with multiple
production facilities. As a result, Advanced Circuits constantly
adjusts the portion of volume production PCBs produced
internally to both maximize profitability and ensure that
internal capacity is fully utilized.
The following table shows Advanced Circuits gross revenue
by products and services for the periods indicated:
Gross Sales by Products and
Services(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, 2003 | |
|
December 31, 2004 | |
|
December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Prototype Production
|
|
|
41.8% |
|
|
|
36.2% |
|
|
|
34.0% |
|
Quick-Turn Production
|
|
|
27.7% |
|
|
|
29.6% |
|
|
|
32.0% |
|
Volume Production
|
|
|
17.0% |
|
|
|
19.0% |
|
|
|
20.1% |
|
Third Party
|
|
|
13.5% |
|
|
|
15.2% |
|
|
|
13.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
As a percentage of gross sales, exclusive of sale discounts. |
Advanced Circuits has established itself as a provider of
prototype and quick-turn PCBs in North America and focuses on
satisfying customer demand for on-time delivery of high-quality
PCBs. Advanced Circuits management believes the following
factors differentiate it from many industry competitors:
|
|
|
|
|
Numerous unique orders per day For the year
ended December 31, 2005, Advanced Circuits received an
average of over 270 customer orders per day. Due to the large
quantity of orders received, Advanced Circuits is able to
combine multiple orders in a single panel design prior to
production. Through this process, Advanced Circuits is able to
significantly reduce the number of costly, labor intensive
equipment set-ups required to complete several manufacturing
orders. As labor represents the single largest cost of
production, management believes this capability gives Advanced
Circuits a unique advantage over other industry participants.
Advanced Circuits maintains proprietary software to maximize the
number of units placed on any one panel design. A single panel
set-up typically accommodates 1 to 12 orders. Further, as a
critical mass of like |
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
orders are required to maximize the efficiency of this process,
management believes Advanced Circuits is uniquely positioned as
a low cost manufacturer of prototype and quick-turn PCBs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Diverse customer base Advanced Circuits
possesses a customer base with little industry or customer
concentration exposure. Each month during fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005, Advanced Circuits did business with
approximately 4,000 customers and added over 200 new customers.
Advanced Circuits website receives thousands of hits per
day and, each month, it receives approximately 600 requests to
establish new web accounts. For the year ended December 31,
2005, no customer represented over 2% of net sales. |
|
|
|
|
|
Highly responsive culture and organization A
key strength of Advanced Circuits is its ability to quickly
respond to customer orders and complete the production process.
In contrast to many competitors that require a day or more to
offer price quotes on prototype or quick-turn production,
Advanced Circuits offers its customers quotes within seconds and
the ability to place or track orders any time of day. In
addition, Advanced Circuits production facility operates
three shifts per day and is able to ship a customers
product within 24 hours of receiving its order. |
|
|
|
|
|
Proprietary FreeDFM.com software Advanced
Circuits offers its customers unique design verification
services through its online FreeDFM.com tool. This tool, which
was launched in 2002, enables customers to receive a free
manufacturability assessment report, within minutes, resolving
design problems before customers place their orders. The service
is relied upon by many of Advanced Circuits customers to
reduce design errors and minimize production costs. Beyond
improved customer service, FreeDFM.com has the added benefit of
improving the efficiency of Advanced Circuits engineers,
as many routine design problems, which typically require an
engineers time and attention to identify, are identified
and sent back to customers automatically. |
|
|
|
|
|
Established partner network Advanced Circuits
has established third-party production relationships with PCB
manufacturers in North America and Asia. Through these
relationships, Advanced Circuits is able to offer its customers
a full suite of products including those outside of its core
production capabilities. Additionally, these relationships allow
Advanced Circuits to outsource orders for volume production and
focus internal capacity on higher margin, short lead time,
production and quick-turn manufacturing. |
|
Advanced Circuits management is focused on strategies to
increase market share and further improve operating
efficiencies. The following is a discussion of these strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase portion of revenue from prototype and quick-turn
production Advanced Circuits management
believes it can grow revenues and cash flow by continuing to
leverage its core prototype and quick-turn capabilities. Over
its history, Advanced Circuits has developed a suite of
capabilities that management believes allow it to offer a
combination of price and customer service unequaled in the
market. Advanced Circuits intends to leverage this factor, as
well as its core skill set, to increase net sales derived from
higher margin prototype and quick-turn production PCBs. In this
respect, marketing and advertising efforts focus on attracting
and acquiring customers that are likely to require these premium
services. And while production composition may shift, growth in
these products and services is not expected to come at the cost
of declining sales in volume production PCBs as Advanced
Circuits intends to leverage its extensive network of
third-party manufacturing partners to continue to meet
customers demand for these services. |
|
|
|
|
|
Acquire customers from local and regional
competitors Advanced Circuits management
believes the majority of its competition for prototype and
quick-turn PCB orders comes from smaller scale local and
regional PCB manufacturers. As an early mover in the prototype
and quick-turn sector of the PCB market, Advanced Circuits has
been able to grow faster and achieve greater production
efficiencies than many industry participants. Management
believes Advanced Circuits can continue to use these advantages
to gain market share. Further, Advanced Circuits has begun to
enter into |
|
162
|
|
|
|
|
|
prototype and quick-turn manufacturing relationships with
several subscale local and regional PCB manufacturers. According
to Fabfile online, in 2004 there were over 400 small PCB
manufacturers with annual sales of under $10 million.
Management believes that while many of these manufacturers
maintain strong, longstanding customer relationships, they are
unable to produce PCBs with short turn-around times at
competitive prices. As a result, Advanced Circuits is beginning
to seize upon a significant opportunity for growth by providing
production support to these manufacturers or direct support to
the customers of these manufacturers, whereby the manufacturers
act more as a broker for the relationship. |
|
|
|
|
|
Remain committed to customers and employees
Over its history, Advanced Circuits has remained focused on
providing the highest quality product and service to its
customers. Management believes this focus has allowed Advanced
Circuits to achieve its outstanding delivery and quality record.
Advanced Circuits management believes this reputation is a
key competitive differentiator and is focused on maintaining and
building upon it. Similarly, management believes its committed
base of employees is a key differentiating factor. Advanced
Circuits currently has a profit sharing program and tri-annual
bonuses for all of its employees. Management also occasionally
sets additional performance targets for individuals and
departments and establishes rewards, such as lunch celebrations
or paid vacations, if these goals are met. Management believes
that Advanced Circuits emphasis on sharing rewards and
creating a positive work environment has led to increased
loyalty. As a result, Advanced Circuits plans on continuing to
focus on similar programs to maintain this competitive advantage. |
|
Advanced Circuits engages in continual research and development
activities in the ordinary course of business to update or
strengthen its order processing, production and delivery
systems. By engaging in these activities, Advanced Circuits
expects to maintain and build upon the competitive strengths
from which it benefits currently.
Advanced Circuits focus on customer service and product
quality has resulted in a base of over 17,000 customers in a
variety of end markets, including industrial, consumer,
telecommunications, aerospace/defense, biotechnology and
electronics manufacturing. These customers range in size from
large, blue-chip manufacturers to small, not-for-profit
university engineering departments. For the nine months ended
December 31, 2005, no single customer accounts for more
than 2% of net sales.
The following table sets forth managements estimate of
Advanced Circuits approximate customer breakdown by
industry sector for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Customer | |
Industry Sector |
|
Distribution | |
|
|
| |
Electrical Equipment and Components
|
|
|
35% |
|
Measuring Instruments
|
|
|
20% |
|
Electronics Manufacturing Services
|
|
|
9% |
|
Engineer Services
|
|
|
9% |
|
Industrial and Commercial Machinery
|
|
|
5% |
|
Business Services
|
|
|
5% |
|
Wholesale Trade-Durable Goods
|
|
|
4% |
|
Educational Institutions
|
|
|
3% |
|
Transportation Equipment
|
|
|
2% |
|
All Other Sectors Combined
|
|
|
8% |
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100% |
|
|
|
|
|
163
Management estimates that approximately 85% of all Advanced
Circuits orders are new, first time designs from either
new or existing customers. Moreover, approximately 65% of
Advanced Circuits orders are derived from orders delivered
within five days.
Advanced Circuits has established a consumer
products marketing strategy to both acquire new customers
and retain existing customers. Advanced Circuits uses
initiatives such as direct mail postcards, web banners,
aggressive pricing specials and proactive outbound customer call
programs. Advanced Circuits spends approximately 2% of net sales
each year on its marketing initiatives and has 20 people
dedicated to its marketing and sales efforts. These individuals
are organized geographically and each is responsible for a
region of North America. The sales team takes a systematic
approach to placing sales calls and receiving inquiries and, on
average, will place between 200 and 300 outbound sales calls and
receive between 160 and 220 inbound phone inquiries per day.
Beyond proactive customer acquisition initiatives, management
believes a substantial portion of new customers are acquired
through referrals from existing customers. Many other customers
are acquired over the internet where Advanced Circuits generates
approximately 75% of its orders from its website.
Once a new client is acquired, Advanced Circuits offers an easy
to use customer-oriented website and proprietary online design
and review tools to ensure high levels of retention. By
maintaining contact with its customers to ensure satisfaction
with each order, Advanced Circuits has developed strong customer
loyalty, as demonstrated by the 200 to 300 orders a day it
receives from existing customers. Included in each customer
order is an Advanced Circuits pre-paid bounce-back
card on which a customer can evaluate Advanced Circuits
services and send back any comments or recommendations. Each of
these cards is read by senior members of management, and
Advanced Circuits adjusts its services to respond to the
requests of its customer base.
There are currently an estimated 500 active domestic PCB
manufacturers. Advanced Circuits competitors differ
amongst its products and services.
Competitors in the prototype and quick-turn PCBs production
industry include generally large companies as well as small
domestic manufacturers. The three largest independent domestic
prototype and quick-turn PCB manufacturers in North America are
DDi Corp., TTM Technologies, Inc. and Merix Corporation. Though
each of these companies produces prototype PCBs to varying
degrees, in many ways they are not direct competitors with
Advanced Circuits. In recent years, each of these firms has
primarily focused on producing boards with higher layer counts
in response to the offshoring of low and medium layer count
technology to Asia. Compared to Advanced Circuits, prototype and
quick-turn PCB production accounts for much smaller portions of
each of these firms revenues. Further, these competitors
often have much greater customer concentrations and a greater
portion of sales through large electronics manufacturing
services intermediaries. Beyond large, public companies,
Advanced Circuits competitors include numerous small,
local and regional manufacturers, often with revenues of under
$10 million, that have long-term customer relationships and
typically produce both prototype and quick-turn PCBs and
production PCBs for small OEMs and EMS companies. The
competitive factors in prototype and quick-turn production PCBs
are response time, quality, error-free production and customer
service. Competitors in the long lead-time production PCBs
generally include large companies, including Asian
manufacturers, where price is the key competitive factor.
New market entrants into prototype and quick-turn production
PCBs confront substantial barriers including significant
investments in equipment, highly skilled workforce with
extensive engineering knowledge and compliance with
environmental regulations. Beyond these tangible barriers,
Advanced Circuits management believes that its network of
17,000 customers, established over the last 16 years, would
be very difficult for a competitor to replicate.
164
Advanced Circuits raw materials inventory is small
relative to sales and must be regularly and rapidly replenished.
Advanced Circuits uses a just-in-time procurement practice to
maintain raw materials inventory at low levels. Additionally,
Advanced Circuits has established consignment relationships with
several vendors allowing it to pay for raw materials as used.
Because it provides primarily lower-volume quick-turn services,
this inventory policy does not hamper its ability to complete
customer orders. Raw material costs constituted approximately
13.2% of net sales for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2005.
The primary raw materials that are used in production are core
materials, such as copper clad layers of glass and chemical
solutions, such as copper and gold for plating operations,
photographic film and carbide drill bits. Multiple suppliers and
sources exist for all materials. Adequate amounts of all raw
materials have been available in the past, and Advanced
Circuits management believes this will continue in the
foreseeable future. Advanced Circuits works closely with its
suppliers to incorporate technological advances in the raw
materials they purchase. Advanced Circuits does not believe that
it has significant exposure to fluctuations in raw material
prices. Though Advanced Circuits primary raw material,
laminates, have recently experienced a significant increase in
price, the impact on its cost of sales was minimal as the
increase accounted for only 0.5% increase in cost of sales as a
percentage of net sales. Further, as price is not the primary
factor affecting the purchase decision of many of Advanced
Circuits customers, management has historically passed
along a portion of raw material price increases to its customers.
Advanced Circuits seeks to protect certain proprietary
technology by entering into confidentiality and non-disclosure
agreements with its employees, consultants and customers, as
needed, and generally limits access to and distribution of its
proprietary information and processes. Advanced Circuits
management does not believe that patents are critical to
protecting Advanced Circuits core intellectual property,
but, rather, that its effective and quick execution of
fabrication techniques, its website
FreeDFM.comtm
and its highly skilled workforces expertise are the
primary factors in maintaining its competitive position.
Advanced Circuits uses the following brand names:
FreeDFM.comtm,4pcb.comtm,
4PCB.comtm,
33each.comtm,
barebonespcb.comtm
and Advanced
Circuitstm.
These trade names have strong brand equity and have significant
value and are material to Advanced Circuits business.
Advanced Circuits operates in a state-of-the-art facility
comprised of 61,058 square feet of factory and office space
located in Aurora, Colorado, which is approximately 15 miles
from the Denver International Airport. This facility, which is
leased, houses Advanced Circuits corporate offices as well
as its manufacturing facility on approximately 4.24 acres.
Advanced Circuits operates at this facility under a 15 year
lease with the option to renew the lease for a period of
10 years.
In light of Advanced Circuits manufacturing operations, its
facilities and operations are subject to evolving federal, state
and local environmental and occupational health and safety laws
and regulations. These include laws and regulations governing
air emissions, wastewater discharge and the storage and handling
of chemicals and hazardous substances. Advanced Circuits
management believes that Advanced Circuits is in compliance, in
all material respects, with applicable environmental and
occupational health and safety laws and regulations. New
requirements, more stringent application of existing
requirements, or discovery of previously unknown environmental
conditions may result in material environmental expenditures in
the future. Advanced Circuits has been recognized twice for
exemplary environmental compliance as it was awarded the Denver
Metro Wastewater Reclamation District Gold Award for the years
2002 and 2003.
165
Advanced Circuits is, from time to time, involved in litigation
and the subject of various claims and complaints arising in the
ordinary course of business. In the opinion of Advanced
Circuits management, the ultimate disposition of these
matters will not have a material adverse effect on Advanced
Circuits business, results of operations and financial
condition.
See the section entitled The Acquisitions of and Loans to
Our Initial Businesses Advanced Circuits for
information about Advanced Circuits capital structure and
the shares to be acquired in this offering. See the section
entitled Advanced Circuits Employees
below for more information about Advanced Circuits
outstanding options.
As of December 31, 2005, Advanced Circuits employed
approximately 194 persons. Of these employees, there were 20 in
sales and marketing, six in information technology, eight in
accounting and finance, 36 in engineering, four in shipping, 11
in maintenance, 105 in production and four in management. None
of Advanced Circuits employees are subject to collective
bargaining agreements. Advanced Circuits believes its
relationship with its employees is good.
In connection with the acquisition of Advanced Circuits by
CGIs subsidiary, such subsidiary and Advanced Circuits
extended loans to certain members of Advanced Circuits
senior management team to facilitate their investment in
Advanced Circuits. Each such loan is secured by a pledge of all
of the shares of common stock of Advanced Circuits acquired by
such senior manager. In addition, with respect to certain of
these senior management loans, such subsidiary of CGI and
Advanced Circuits have partial recourse against the personal
assets of the applicable senior manager. If specific financial
growth goals are achieved by Advanced Circuits as of specific
dates, these loans will be forgiven, in whole or in part,
depending upon the level of financial growth achieved. Those
loans that are secured only by a pledge of senior manager shares
of common stock will be treated as compensatory stock options
for income tax purposes. Upon repayment by a senior manager of
such loan, whether in whole or in part and whether by payment in
cash or by reason of forgiveness of the debt, for income tax
purposes, the option will be treated as having been
exercised. As a result, such senior manager will be treated as
having received compensatory taxable income in an amount equal
to the difference between the fair market value of the stock at
exercise and the amount repaid on account of the loan, and
Advanced Circuits will be entitled to a corresponding deduction
from income. Advanced Circuits has granted the applicable senior
managers the right to put to Advanced Circuits a sufficient
number of shares of their Series A common stock, at the then
fair market value of such shares, to cover the tax that results
from any such deemed exercise of options. The loans by Advanced
Circuits to the senior managers of Advanced Circuits will remain
assets of Advanced Circuits in connection with our acquisition
of control of Advanced Circuits. The loans by CGIs
subsidiary to the senior managers will remain assets of
CGIs subsidiary and will not be transferred to us upon or
after the consummation of the closing of this offering.
Silvue
Silvue, headquartered in Anaheim, California, is a developer and
producer of proprietary, high performance liquid coating systems
used in the high-end eyewear, aerospace, automotive and
industrial markets. Silvues coating systems can be applied
to a wide variety of materials, including plastics, such as
polycarbonate and acrylic, glass, metals and other substrate
surfaces. Silvues coating systems impart properties, such
as abrasion resistance, improved durability, chemical
resistance, ultraviolet, or UV protection, anti-fog and impact
resistance, to the materials to which they are applied. Due to
the fragile and sensitive nature of many of todays
manufacturing materials, particularly polycarbonate, acrylic and
166
PET-plastics, these properties are essential for manufacturers
seeking to significantly enhance product performance, durability
or particular features.
Silvue owns 11 patents relating to its coating systems and
maintains a primary or exclusive supply relationship with many
of the significant eyewear manufacturers in the world, as well
as numerous manufacturers in other consumer industries. Silvue
has sales and distribution operations in the United States,
Europe and Asia and has manufacturing operations in the United
States and Asia. Silvues coating systems are marketed
under the name SDC
Technologiestm
and the brand names
Silvue®,
CrystalCoat®,
Statuxtm
and
Resinreleasetm.
Silvue has also trademarked its marketing phrase high
performance
chemistrytm.
Silvues senior management, collectively, has approximately
80 years of experience in the global hardcoatings and
closely related industries.
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and
December 31, 2004, Silvue had net sales of approximately
$17.1 million and $12.1 million, respectively, and net
income of approximately $1.5 million and $1.4 million,
respectively.
Silvue was founded in 1986 as a joint venture between Swedlow,
Inc. (acquired by Pilkington, plc in 1986), a manufacturer of
commercial and military aircraft transparencies and aerospace
components, and Dow Corning Corporation to commercialize
existing hardcoating technologies that were not core
technologies to the business of either company. In December
1988, Silvue entered into a 50%-owned joint venture with Nippon
Sheet Glass Co., LTD., located in Chiba, Japan, to create Nippon
ARC to develop and provide coatings systems for the ophthalmic,
sunglass, safety eyewear and transportation industries in Asia.
In 1996, Silvue completed development work on its Ultra-Coat
platform, which was a new type of hardcoating that, while
leveraging core technologies developed in 1986, offered
considerable performance advancements over systems that were
then available in the marketplace. The first patent establishing
the Ultra-Coat platform was filed in April 1997, and additional
patents were filed building upon the Ultra-Coat platform in
1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2003.
A subsidiary of CGI acquired a majority interest in Silvue in
September 2004 through an investment of preferred and common
stock. CGIs subsidiary and other members of our manager
currently own approximately 61% and 1% of Silvues common
stock on a fully diluted basis, respectively. On April 1,
2005, Silvue acquired the remaining 50% interest in Nippon ARC
for approximately $3.6 million. The acquisition of Nippon
ARC provides Silvue with a presence in Asia and the opportunity
to further penetrate growing Asian markets, particularly in
China.
Silvue operates in the global hardcoatings industry in which
manufacturers produce high performance liquid coatings to impart
certain properties to the products of other manufacturers.
Silvues management estimates that the global market for
premium and mid-range polycarbonate hardcoating generates
approximately $150 million in annual revenues and is highly
fragmented among various manufacturers. Silvues management
believes that the hardcoatings industry will continue to
experience significant growth as the use of existing materials
requiring hardcoatings to enhance durability and performance
continues to grow, new materials requiring hardcoatings are
developed and new uses of hardcoatings are discovered.
Silvues management also expects additional growth in the
industry as manufacturers continue to outsource the development
and application of hardcoatings used on their products. The
end-product markets served by hardcoatings primarily include the
vision, fashion, safety and sports eyewear, medical products,
automotive and transportation window glazing, plastic films,
electronic devices, fiberboard manufacturing and metal markets.
While possessing key properties that make them useful in a range
of applications, the surfaces of many substrates, including, in
particular, uncoated polycarbonate plastic, are relatively
susceptible to
167
certain types of damage, such as scratches and abrasions. In
addition, these materials cannot be manufactured in the first
instance to satisfy specified performance requirements, such as
tintability and refractive index matching properties. As a
result, polysiloxan-based hardcoating systems, including
Silvues, were developed specifically to overcome these
problems. Once applied, the hardcoat gives the underlying
substrate a tough, damage-resistant surface and other durable
properties, such as improved resistance to the effects of
scratches, chemicals, such as solvents, gasoline and oils, and
indoor and outdoor elements, such as UV radiation and humidity.
Other hardcoats can provide certain performance enhancing
characteristics, such as anti-fogging, anti-static and
non-stick (or surface release) properties.
Today, coating systems are used principally in applications
relating to soft, easily damaged polycarbonate plastics.
Polycarbonate plastic is a lightweight, high-performance plastic
found in commonly used items such as eyeglasses and sunglasses,
automobiles, interior and exterior lighting, cell phones,
computers and other business equipment, sporting goods, consumer
electronics, household appliances, CDs, DVDs, food storage
containers and bottles. This tough, durable, shatter- and
heat-resistant material is commonly used for a myriad of
applications and is found in thousands of every day products, as
well as specialized and custom-made products. More than
2.5 million tons of polycarbonate was produced for the
global market in 2004 and demand is expected to increase by
approximately 10% per year through 2009 as new products
requiring versatile polycarbonate plastics are developed.
Beyond polycarbonate plastic applications, hardcoatings can be
used with respect to numerous other materials. For example,
recent growth has been seen in sales to manufacturers of
aluminum wheels, as these coatings have been shown to reduce the
effects of normal wear and tear and significantly improve
durability and overall appearance. In addition, manufacturers
have begun to increase the use of hardcoatings in their
manufacturing processes where non-stick surfaces are
crucial to production efficiencies and improved product quality.
A hardcoating is a liquid coating that upon settling
during application and curing, imparts the desired performance
properties on certain materials. The exact composition of the
hardcoating is dependent on the material to which it will be
applied and the properties that are sought. Silvues
coating systems typically require either a thermal or an
ultraviolet cure process, depending on the substrate being
coated. Generally, both curing processes impart the desired
performance properties. However, thermal cure systems typically
result in better scratch and abrasion resistance and long-term
environmental durability.
Silvue produces and develops high-performance coating systems
designed to enhance a products damage-resistance or
performance properties. Silvue has developed the following
standard product systems that are available to its customers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue and CrystalCoat these products
are either non-tintable or tintable and impart index matching
and anti-fogging properties; |
|
|
|
|
|
Statux this product imparts anti-static
properties; and |
|
|
|
|
|
Resinrelease this product imparts
non-stick or surface release properties. |
|
In addition, Silvue also develops custom formulations of the
products described above for customer specific applications.
Specific formulations of Silvues product systems are often
required where customers seek to have specific damage-resistance
or performance properties for their products, where particular
substrates, such as aluminum, require a custom formation to
achieve the desired result or where the particular application
process or environment requires a custom formulation.
Silvues coating systems can be applied to various
materials including polycarbonate, acrylic, glass, metals and
other surfaces. Currently, Silvues coating systems are
used in the manufacture of the following industry products:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive CrystalCoat coatings are used on a
variety of automotive and transit applications, including
instrument panel windows, bus shelters, rail car windows, and
bus windows. These |
168
|
|
|
|
|
|
coatings are used primarily to impart long-term durability,
chemical resistance and scratch and abrasion resistance
properties. |
|
|
|
|
|
Electronics CrystalCoat coatings are used for
electronic application surfaces, from liquid crystal displays to
cell phone windows. These coatings are used primarily to impart
scratch and abrasion resistance properties. |
|
|
|
|
|
Optical CrystalCoat coatings are used for
vision corrective lenses and other optical applications. These
coatings are used primarily to impart high scratch and abrasion
resistance properties and UV protection while matching the
optical properties of the underlying material to reduce
interference. Silvue produces both tintable and non-tintable
coatings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Safety CrystalCoat coatings are used for
safety applications. These coatings are used primarily to impart
anti-fog characteristics. Silvue offers a high performance
water sheeting anti-fog coating that is specifically
designed to meet a customers specific standards and
testing requirements. |
|
|
|
|
|
Sunglasses and Sports Eyewear CrystalCoat
coatings are used for sunglasses and sports eyewear. These
coatings are used primarily to impart scratch and abrasion
resistance properties, UV protection and anti-fog
characteristics. CrystalCoat coatings can be used on tinted or
clear materials. |
|
|
|
|
Research and Development and Technical Services |
Silvues on-site laboratories provide special testing,
research and development and other technical services to meet
the technology requirements of its customers. There are
currently approximately 20 employees devoted to research,
development and technical service activities. Silvue had
research and development costs of approximately
$1.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2005. Silvues research and development is primarily
targeted towards three objectives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
improving existing products and processes to lower costs,
improving product quality, and reducing potential environmental
impact; |
|
|
|
|
|
developing new product platforms and processes; and |
|
|
|
|
|
developing new product lines and markets through applications
research. |
|
In 2002, Silvue created a new group, known as the
Discovery and Innovation Group, with primary focus
on the discovery of new technologies and sciences, and the
innovation of those findings into useful applications and
beneficial results.
In addition, Silvue provides the following technical services to
its customers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
application engineering and process support; |
|
|
|
|
|
equipment and process design; |
|
|
|
|
|
product and formulation development and customization; |
|
|
|
|
|
test protocols and coating qualifications; |
|
|
|
|
|
rapid response for customer technical support; |
|
|
|
|
|
analytical testing and competitive product assessment; |
|
|
|
|
|
quality assurance testing and reporting; and |
|
|
|
|
|
manufacturing support. |
|
These services are primarily provided as a means of customer
support; however, in certain circumstances Silvue may receive
compensation for these technical services.
169
Silvue has established itself as one of the principal providers
of high performance coating systems by focusing on satisfying
its customers requirements, regardless of complexity or
difficulty. Silvues management believes it benefits from
the following competitive strengths:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Extensive patent portfolio Silvue owns 11
patents relating to its coating systems, including six patents
relating to its core Ultra-Coat platform systems. Beyond its
existing patents, Silvue has three patents pending and two
provisional patents. Products related to these patents represent
approximately 66% of Silvues net sales and are relied upon
by eyewear manufacturers worldwide. Silvue aggressively defends
these patents and management believes they represent a
significant barrier to entry for new products and that they
reduce the threat of similar coating products gaining
significant market share. |
|
|
|
|
|
Superior Technical Skills and Expertise
Silvue has invested in a team of experts who are ready to
support its customers specific application needs from new
product uses to the optimization of part design for coating
application. |
|
|
|
|
|
Reputation for Quality and Service
Silvues on-going commitment to producing quality coatings
and its ability to meet the rigorous requirements of its most
valued customers has earned it a reputation as one of the
principal providers of coatings for premium eyewear. |
|
|
|
|
|
Global Presence Silvue works with its
customers from three offices in North America, Asia and Europe.
Many of Silvues customers have numerous manufacturing
operations globally and management believes its ability to offer
its coating systems and related customer service on a global
basis is a competitive advantage. |
|
|
|
|
|
ISO 9002 Certified Silvues Anaheim,
California, and Chiba, Japan manufacturing facilities are ISO
9002 certified, which is a universally accepted quality
assurance designation indicating the highest quality
manufacturing standards. |
|
|
|
|
|
Experienced Management Team Silvues
senior management has extensive experience in all aspects of the
coating industry. The senior management team, collectively, has
approximately 80 years of experience in the global
hardcoatings and closely related industries. |
|
Silvues management is focused on strategies to expand
opportunities for product application, diversify its business
and operations and improve operating efficiency to improve gross
margins. The following is a discussion of these strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Develop New Products and Expand into New
Markets Silvues management believes that
Silvue is one of the principal developers of proprietary high
performance coating systems for polycarbonate plastic, glass,
acrylic, metals and other materials, and is focused on growth
through continued product innovation to provide greater
functionality or better value to its customers. Driven by input
from customers and the demands of the marketplace, Silvues
technology development programs are designed to provide an
expanding choice of coating systems to protect and enhance
existing materials and materials developed in the future. As an
example of Silvues commitment to product innovation, in
2002, Silvue created a new group with primary focus on the
discovery of new technologies and sciences, and the innovation
of those findings into useful applications and beneficial
results. This group, which is known as the Discovery and
Innovation Group, is charged with exploring new coatings
and coating applications while advancing the state-of-the-art in
functional surface coating technologies, nanotechnologies and
materials science. |
|
|
|
|
|
Pursue Opportunities for Business Development and Global
Diversification Silvue recently had in place and
continues to pursue opportunities for joint ventures, equity
investments and other alliances. These strategic initiatives are
expected to diversify and strengthen Silvues business by
providing access to new markets and high-growth areas as well as
providing an efficient means of |
|
170
|
|
|
|
|
|
ensuring that Silvue is involved in technological innovation in
or related to the coating systems industry. Silvue is committed
to pursuing these initiatives in order to capitalize on new
business development and global diversification opportunities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Improve Gross Margins Silvue continues to
work to maximize the value of its business by improving gross
margins by (i) enhancing pricing processes and pricing
strategies, and implementing pricing systems to improve
responsiveness to increases in operating costs and other factors
impacting gross margins; (ii) focusing on more profitable
products and business lines to maximize earnings potential of
product mix; and (iii) completing cost reduction programs
while improving customer satisfaction, and improving efficiency
through reduction of variations and defects. |
|
As a result of the variety of end uses for its products,
Silvues client base is broad and diverse. Silvue has more
than 125 customers around the world and 70% of its net sales in
2005 was attributable to approximately 20 customers. Though
Silvue does not typically operate under long-term contracts, it
focuses on establishing long-term, customer service oriented
relationships with its strategic customers in order to become
their preferred supplier. As its customers continue to focus on
quality and service, Silvues past performance and
long-term improvement programs should further strengthen
customer relationships.
Customer relationships are typically long-term as substantial
resources are required to integrate a coating system and
technology into a manufacturing process and the costs associated
with switching coating systems and technology are generally
high. Following the merger of two large customers, which are
both manufacturers of optical lenses, Silvues single
largest customer represents approximately 13.0% of its 2005
net sales. This customer has had a close relationship with
Silvue for many years in both North America and Europe.
The following table sets forth Silvues approximate
customer breakdown by industry for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Customer | |
Industry |
|
Distribution | |
|
|
| |
Performance eyewear and sunglasses
|
|
|
75% |
|
Plastic Sheet
|
|
|
8% |
|
Automotive
|
|
|
7% |
|
Specialty Applications
|
|
|
5% |
|
Metal Applications
|
|
|
5% |
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100% |
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue targets the highly desirable, but technically demanding,
premium sector of the coating market. The desirability of this
sector is based on three factors. First, customers in this
sector desire proprietary formulations that impart a specific
list of properties to an end product and supplier
confidentiality. Silvues highly skilled technical sales
force, and research and development group work together to use
Silvues proprietary high performance coating systems to
develop these unique formulations. Although in most cases Silvue
will sell each such formulation only to the customer for which
it was originally designed, Silvue retains all ownership rights
to the product.
Second, each coating system has its own processing
peculiarities. As a result, creating the coating itself only
represents a portion of the product development process. Once
the coating is ready for use, it then has to be made compatible
with each customers coating equipment and application
process. In this
171
respect, once a coating system has been implemented, switching
coating systems may require significant costs.
Third, Silvues products are both one of the key quality
drivers and one of the smallest cost components of any end
product. These three factors work together to provide
substantial protection for Silvues prices, margins and
customer relationships. Once integrated into a customers
production process, Silvue becomes an embedded partner and an
integral part of such customers business and operations.
To service the needs of its customers, Silvue maintains a
technical sales force, a technical support group and a research
and development staff. Through the efforts of, and collaboration
between, these individuals, Silvue becomes a partner to its
existing customers, devises customized application solutions for
new customer prospects and develops new products and product
applications.
The global hardcoatings industry is highly fragmented. In
addition, the markets for the products currently manufactured
and sold by Silvue are characterized by extensive competition.
Many existing and potential competitors have greater financial,
marketing and research resources than Silvue.
Specific competitors of Silvues in the North American
ophthalmic market include Lens Technology Inc., Ultra Optics,
Inc., Essilor International S.A., Hoya Corporation, Groupe
Couget Optical and Chemat Technology, Inc. Silvue differentiates
itself from these primary competitors by its focus on coatings.
Management believes that Silvues premium ophthalmic
coating net sales are greater than those of any one competitor.
Essilor and Hoya, two large competitors, are lens manufacturers
who have added hardcoating capabilities in an effort to sell
both coated and uncoated lenses. Others provide coatings as an
extension of coating equipment sales.
Customers choose a hardcoating supplier based on a number of
factors, including performance of the hardcoating relative to
the particular substrate being used or the use of the substrate
once coated. Performance may be determined by scratch
resistance, chemical resistance, impact resistance,
weatherability or numerous other factors. Other factors
affecting customer choice include the compatibility of the
hardcoating to their process (including ease of application,
throughput and method of application) and the level and quality
of customer service. While price is a factor in all purchasing
decisions, hardcoating costs generally represent a small portion
of a total product cost such that Silvues management
believes price is often not the determining factor in a purchase
decision.
Raw material costs constituted approximately 10% of net sales
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. The principal
raw materials purchased are alcohol based solvent systems,
silica derived materials and proprietary additives. Although
Silvue makes substantial purchases of raw materials from certain
suppliers, the raw materials purchased are basic chemical inputs
and are relatively easy to obtain from numerous alternative
sources on a global basis. As a result, Silvue is not dependent
on any one of its suppliers for its operations.
The terms of the supply contracts vary. In general, these
contracts contain provisions that set forth the quantities of
product to be supplied and purchased and formula-based pricing.
Some of the supply contracts contain take or pay
provisions under which Silvue is required to pay for a minimum
amount of material whether or not it is actually purchased.
Currently, most of Silvues coatings are patent-protected
in the United States and internationally. Silvue owns 11 patents
in the United States and has three patents pending.
Additionally, Silvue has multiple foreign filings for the
majority of its U.S. patents issued and pending. The cornerstone
of Silvues intellectual property portfolio are the initial
patents that established the Ultra-Coat platform, which were
filed in 1997 and 1998. Patents in the United States have a
lifetime of 20 years from the date filed.
172
Approximately 66% of Silvues net sales are driven by
products that are under patent protection and 25% by products
under expired patents; the remaining 9% of net sales are driven
by products covered by trade secrets. To protect its products,
Silvue patents not only the chemical formula but also the
associated application process. There can be no assurance that
current or future patent protection will prevent competitors
from offering competing products, that any issued patents will
be upheld, or that patent protection will be granted in any or
all of the countries in which applications may be made.
Although Silvues management believes that patents are
useful in maintaining competitive position, management considers
other factors, such as its brand names, ability to design
innovative products and technical expertise to be Silvues
primary competitive advantages.
Silvues coating systems are marketed under the name SDC
Technologiestm
and the brand names
Silvue®,
CrystalCoat®,
Statuxtm
and
Resinreleasetm.
Silvue has also trademarked its marketing phrase high
performance
chemistrytm.
These trade names have strong brand equity and have significant
value and are materially important to Silvue.
Silvue leases its three facilities, which include a 13,000
square foot facility in Anaheim, California, an 8,000 square
foot facility in Cardiff, Wales and a 12,000 square foot
facility in Chiba, Japan. The Anaheim, California facility
includes Silvues executive offices, manufacturing
operations, research and development laboratories and raw
material and finished product storage. The Cardiff, Wales,
United Kingdom facility, which consists solely of office and
warehouse space, is used to repackage Silvues products for
distribution in Europe. The Chiba, Japan facility includes
administrative offices, manufacturing operations, research and
development labs, raw materials and finished goods product
storage.
Silvues facilities and operations are subject to extensive
and constantly evolving federal, state and local environmental
and occupational health and safety laws and regulations,
including laws and regulations governing air emissions,
wastewater discharges and the storage and handling of chemicals
and hazardous substances. Although Silvues management
believes that Silvue is in compliance, in all material respects,
with applicable environmental and occupational health and safety
laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that new
requirements, more stringent application of existing
requirements or discovery of previously unknown environmental
conditions will not result in material environmental
expenditures in the future.
Silvue is, from time to time, involved in legal proceedings, the
majority of which involve defending its patents or prosecuting
infringement of its patents. In the opinion of Silvues
management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not
have a material adverse effect on Silvues financial
condition, business and results of operations.
Earlier this year, Asahi Lite Optical issued a notification to
all lens manufacturers that the use of a certain type of coating
on certain types of lenses would infringe on a U.S. patent
recently issued to Asahi Lite Optical. Silvues legal
counsel has reviewed Asahi Lite Opticals patent and has
determined that neither Silvue nor Silvues customers that
are using Silvues products are infringing on any of the
valid claims of the Asahi Lite Optical patent. Silvue does not
expect to suffer any damages to its existing or future business
as a result of the Asahi Lite Optical patent.
See the section entitled The Acquisitions of and Loans to
Our Initial Businesses Silvue for information
about Silvues capital structure and the shares to be
acquired in this offering. See the section entitled
Silvue Employees below for
more information about Silvues outstanding options.
173
As of December 31, 2005, Silvue employed approximately 45
persons. Of these employees, 6 were in production or shipping
and 20 were in research and development and technical support
with the remainder serving in executive, administrative office
and sales capacities. None of Silvues employees are
subject to collective bargaining agreements. Silvues
management believes that Silvues relationship with its
employees is good.
In connection with the acquisition of Silvue by CGIs
subsidiary, such subsidiary extended loans to certain officers
of Silvue to facilitate their co-investment in Silvue. Each such
loan is secured by a pledge of all of the shares of common stock
of Silvue acquired by such officer. In addition, with respect to
these officer loans, CGI has partial recourse against the
personal assets of the applicable officer. If specific financial
growth goals are achieved by Silvue as of specific dates, these
loans will be forgiven, in whole or in part, depending upon the
level of financial growth achieved. The loans by CGIs
subsidiary to the senior managers will remain assets of
CGIs subsidiary and will not be transferred to us upon or
after the consummation of the closing of this offering.
In November 2005, Silvues management made the strategic
decision to halt operations at its application facility in
Henderson, Nevada. The operations included substantially all of
Silvues application services business, which has
historically applied Silvues coating systems and other
coating systems to customers products and materials.
Services provided included dip coating services, which were used
primarily to coat small components such as gauges and lenses,
flow coating services, which were used primarily to coat large
polycarbonate or acrylic sheets and larger shapes, and spin
coating services, which were used primarily to apply coating to
a single side of a product. Management made this decisions
because the applications business historically contributed
little operating income and, as a result, adversely affected
Silvues overall profits margins. Management does not
believe that the closure will have a material impact on
Silvues profitability. Silvues 40,000 square foot
facility in Henderson, Nevada operates under a lease that
expires in June 2006; Silvue does not plan to renew the lease.
174
MANAGEMENT
Board of Directors and Executive Officers
The directors and officers of the company, and their ages and
positions as of March 1, 2006, are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers |
|
Age | |
|
Position |
|
|
| |
|
|
C. Sean
Day(3)
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board |
I. Joseph
Massoud(4)
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
James J.
Bottiglieri(2)
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Director |
Harold S.
Edwards(1)(5)(6)(9)
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
Director |
D. Eugene
Ewing(3)(5)(6)(8)(9)
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Director |
Mark H.
Lazarus(1)(6)(7)(9)
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
Director |
Ted
Waitman(2)(5)(7)(9)
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
Director |
|
|
(1) |
Class I director. |
|
(2) |
Class II director. |
|
(3) |
Class III director. |
|
(4) |
Managers appointed director. |
|
(5) |
Member of the companys audit committee. |
|
(6) |
Member of the companys compensation committee. |
|
(7) |
Member of the companys nominating and corporate governance
committee. |
|
(8) |
Audit committee financial expert. |
|
(9) |
Independent director. |
The following biographies describe the business experience of
the companys current directors and executive officers.
C. Sean Day. Since 1999, Mr. Day has been the
president of Seagin International and is currently chairman of
the board of directors of The Compass Group. From 1989 to 1999,
he was president and chief executive officer of Navios
Corporation, a large bulk shipping company based in Stamford,
Connecticut. Prior to this, Mr. Day held a number of senior
management positions in the shipping and finance industries.
Mr. Day is a graduate of the University of Capetown and
Oxford University. Mr. Day is currently the chairman of the
boards of directors of Teekay Shipping Corporation and Teekay
LNG Partners LP, both NYSE listed companies, and a member of the
board of directors of Kirby Corporation, a NYSE company; CBS
Personnel; Crosman; Advanced Circuits; and Silvue.
I. Joseph Massoud. In addition to being the Managing
Partner of our manager, Mr. Massoud has been the Chief
Executive Officer of the company since its inception on
November 18, 2005. Since 1998, Mr. Massoud also has
been the President and Managing Partner of The Compass Group.
Before being recruited to manage The Compass Group,
Mr. Massoud was responsible for the finance and acquisition
functions of Petroleum Heat and Power, Inc. (Petro).
Prior to joining Petro, Mr. Massoud was with Colony
Capital, Inc., a Los Angeles based private equity firm
focusing on distressed and real-estate related assets.
Mr. Massoud has also worked as a management consultant with
McKinsey & Co. Mr. Massoud is a summa cum laude
graduate of Claremont McKenna College and the Harvard Business
School. Mr. Massoud currently serves as a director for a
number of companies, including CBS Personnel, Crosman, Advanced
Circuits, Silvue, Patriot Capital Funding, Inc., a Nasdaq listed
company, and Teekay LNG Partners LP, a NYSE listed company, as
well as for Big Brothers Big Sisters of Southwestern Connecticut.
James J. Bottiglieri. Mr. Bottiglieri has been the
Chief Financial Officer of the company since its inception on
November 18, 2005. Mr. Bottiglieri also has been an
executive vice president of The Compass Group since October
2005. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Bottiglieri was the senior
vice president/controller of WebMD Corporation, a leading
provider of business, technology and information solutions to
the health care industry. From 1985 to 2004,
Mr. Bottiglieri was vice president/controller of Star Gas
Corporation, a diversified home energy distributor and service
provider. From 1978 to 1984,
175
Mr. Bottiglieri was employed by a predecessor firm of KPMG,
a public accounting firm. Mr. Bottiglieri became a
certified public accountant in 1980. Mr. Bottiglieri is a
graduate of Pace University.
Harold S. Edwards. Mr. Edwards has been the
president and chief executive officer of Limoneira Company, an
agricultural, real estate and community development company,
since November 2004. Prior to joining Limoneira Company,
Mr. Edwards was the president of Puritan Medical Products,
a division of Airgas Inc. from January 2003 to November 2004;
vice president and general manager of Latin America and Global
Expert of Fischer Scientific International, Inc. from September
2001 to December 2002; general manager of Cargill Animal
Nutrition Philippines operations, a division of Cargill, Inc.,
from May 2001 to September 2001; and managing director of
Agribrands Philippines, Inc., a division of Agribrands
International (Purina) from 1999 to May 2001. Mr. Edwards
is a graduate of American Graduate School of International
Management and Lewis and Clark College.
D. Eugene Ewing. Mr. Ewing is the managing
member of Deeper Water Consulting, LLC (Deeper
Water) which provides long term strategic financial and
business operating advice to its clients. His areas of specialty
include business management, financial structuring, and
strategic tax planning and corporate transactions. Deeper
Waters clients include companies in a variety of
industries including real estate, manufacturing and professional
services. He was formerly a partner Arthur Andersen LLP for
18 years and a vice president of the Fifth Third Bank.
Mr. Ewing is on the advisory boards for the business
schools at Northern Kentucky University and the University of
Kentucky. Mr. Ewing is a graduate of the University of
Kentucky. Mr. Ewing is also a member of the board of directors
of CBS Personnel.
Mark H. Lazarus. Mr. Lazarus has been the president
of Turner Entertainment Group since 2003. In this capacity, he
oversees TBS, Turner Network Television, Turner Classic Movies
and Turner South, the Turner animation unit, which includes
Cartoon Network, Boomerang and cartoonnetwork.com, Turner
Sports, and Turner Entertainment Sales and Marketing. Prior to
being named Turner Entertainment Groups president,
Mr. Lazarus served as president of Turner Entertainment
Sales and Marketing and president of Turner Sports from 1998 to
2003. Prior to joining Turner Broadcasting in 1990,
Mr. Lazarus was a network buyer and planner for Backer,
Spielvogel, Bates, Inc., and an account executive for
NBC Cable. Mr. Lazarus is a graduate of Vanderbilt
University.
Ted Waitman. Mr. Waitman is presently the president
and chief executive officer of
CPM-Roskamp Champion
(CPM), a leading designer and manufacturer of
process equipment for the oilseed and animal feed industries
based in Waterloo, Iowa. Mr. Waitman has served in a
variety of roles with CPM since 1978, including manufacturing
manager of worldwide operations and general manager for the
Roskamp Champion division. Mr. Waitman is a graduate of the
University of Evansville.
Board of Directors Structure
Pursuant to the LLC agreement, as holder of the allocation
interests, our manager has the right to appoint one director to
the companys board of directors. Our managers
appointee on the companys board of directors will not be
required to stand for election by the shareholders.
Mr. Massoud will initially serve as the managers
appointed director. See the section entitled Description
of Shares Voting and Consent Rights
Board of Directors Appointee for more information about
the managers rights to appoint a director.
The LLC agreement provides that the companys board of
directors must consist at all times of at least a majority of
independent directors, and permits the board of directors to
increase the size of the board of directors to up to thirteen
directors. Further, the board of directors will be divided into
three classes serving staggered
three-year terms. The
terms of office of Classes I, II and III expire at
different times in annual succession, with one class being
elected at each years annual meeting of shareholders.
Messrs. Edwards and Lazarus will be a members of
Class I and will serve until the 2006 annual meeting,
Messrs. Bottiglieri and Waitman will be a members of
Class II and will serve until the 2007 annual meeting and
Messrs. Day and Ewing will be members of Class III and will
serve until the 2008 annual meeting. Messrs. Edwards, Ewing,
Lazarus and Waitman will be the companys independent
directors.
176
The LLC agreement requires the companys board of directors
to take action at a meeting by an affirmative vote of at least a
majority of directors, or without a meeting if a consent to that
action is signed or transmitted electronically by the chairman
of the board and at least 85% of the remaining directors. No
director elected by our shareholders, including any independent
director, may be removed from office by our shareholders without
the affirmative vote of the holders of 85% of the outstanding
shares. The managers appointed director may be removed
only by the manager. All directors will hold office until the
earlier of the election and qualification of their successors or
until their death, resignation or removal. Upon the occurrence
of a vacancy due to the death, resignation or removal of a
director elected by our shareholders, the chairman of the board
will appoint a new director to fulfill such directors term
on the companys board of directors. Upon the occurrence of
a vacancy due to the death, resignation or removal of the
director appointed by our manager, our manager will appoint a
new director to fulfill such directors term on the
companys board of directors.
Committees of the Board of Directors
The companys board of directors will, upon the
consummation of this offering, designate the following standing
committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a
nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, the
board of directors may, from time to time, designate one or more
additional committees, which shall have the duties and powers
granted to it by the board of directors.
The audit committee will be comprised entirely of independent
directors who will meet all applicable independence requirements
of the Nasdaq Global Market and will include at least one
audit committee financial expert, as required by
applicable SEC regulations.
The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
retaining and overseeing our independent accountants; |
|
|
|
assisting the companys board of directors in its oversight
of the integrity of our financial statements, the
qualifications, independence and performance of our independent
auditors and our compliance with legal and regulatory
requirements; |
|
|
|
|
reviewing and approving the calculation of profit allocation
when it becomes due and payable; |
|
|
|
|
|
reviewing conflicts of interest that may arise between the
company and our manager; |
|
|
|
|
reviewing and approving the plan and scope of the internal and
external audit of our financial statements; |
|
|
|
pre-approving any audit
and non-audit services provided by our independent auditors; |
|
|
|
approving the fees to be paid to our independent auditors; |
|
|
|
reviewing with our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer and independent auditors the adequacy and effectiveness
of our internal controls; |
|
|
|
|
preparing the audit committee report included in our public
filings with the SEC; and |
|
|
|
|
reviewing and assessing annually the audit committees
performance and the adequacy of its charter. |
Messrs. Edwards, Ewing and Waitman will serve on the
companys audit committee. Mr. Ewing will serve as the
audit committee financial expert.
The compensation committee will be comprised entirely of
independent directors who meet all applicable independence
requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market. In accordance with the
compensation committee charter, the members will be outside
directors as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and non-employee directors
within the meaning of Section 16 of the
177
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The
responsibilities of the compensation committee will include
responsibility for annually reviewing the calculation of the
management fee (as well as the compensation of our Chief
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer and his
staff), granting rights to indemnification and reimbursement of
costs and expenses to our manager and any seconded individuals
and making recommendations to the companys board of
directors regarding
equity-based and
incentive compensation plans, policies and programs. Messrs.
Edwards, Ewing and Lazarus will serve on the companys
compensation committee.
|
|
|
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee |
The nominating and corporate governance committee will be
comprised entirely of independent directors who will meet all
applicable independence requirements of the Nasdaq Global
Market. The nominating and corporate governance committee will
be responsible for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
recommending the number of directors to comprise the
companys board of directors; |
|
|
|
identifying and evaluating individuals qualified to become
members of the companys board of directors, other than our
managers appointed director; |
|
|
|
|
reviewing director nominees that are nominated by shareholders; |
|
|
|
|
|
recommending to the companys board of directors the
director nominees for each annual shareholders meeting,
other than our managers appointed director; |
|
|
|
|
|
recommending to the companys board of directors the
candidates for filling vacancies that may occur between annual
shareholders meetings, other than our managers
appointed director; |
|
|
|
|
reviewing director compensation and processes, self-evaluations
and policies; |
|
|
|
overseeing compliance with our code of ethics and conduct by our
officers and directors and our manager; |
|
|
|
monitoring developments in the law and practice of corporate
governance; and |
|
|
|
approving any related party transactions. |
Messrs. Lazarus and Waitman will serve on the companys
nominating and corporate governance committee.
Compensation of Directors
Currently, except as described below, directors of the company
are not entitled to compensation. Directors (including the
director appointed by our manager) will be reimbursed for
reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in attending meetings of the board of directors or
committees and for any expenses reasonably incurred in their
capacity as directors.
Following the completion of this offering, each director who
does not serve in an executive officer capacity for the company,
who we refer to as a non-management director, will receive an
annual cash retainer of $40,000. Non-management directors will
also receive on January 1st of each year $20,000 of
trust shares. The non-management directors will receive the
number of restricted shares equal to the result of
(i) $20,000 divided by (ii) the closing bid price of
the shares on the Nasdaq Global Market on the date of grant. If
a closing bid price is not available on the date of grant, the
closing bid price for the first preceding trading date will be
used. We will not issue fractional interests in shares. Amounts
attributed to fractional interests on grant date, will be paid
in cash.
The company will also reimburse directors for all reasonable and
authorized business expenses in accordance with the policies of
the company as in effect from time to time.
Following the completion of this offering, each member of the
companys various standing committees will receive $2,000
for attending a committee meeting in person (if any) and
$1,000 for attending a
178
telephonic committee meeting (if any). The chairperson of
the audit committee, nominating and corporate governance
committee and compensation committee will also each receive an
annual cash retainer payable in equal quarterly installments
(prorated for the initial term) of $10,000, $5,000 and
$5,000 per year, respectively.
Executive Officers of the Company
Neither the trust nor the company will have any employees. In
accordance with the terms of the management services agreement,
our manager will second to us, our Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer. The companys board of directors
will elect the seconded Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer as officers of the company in accordance with
the terms of the LLC agreement. Although the Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer will remain employees of our
manager or an affiliate of our manager, they will report
directly, and be subject, to the companys board of
directors. Our manager and the companys board of directors
may agree from time to time that our manager will second to the
company one or more additional individuals to serve as officers
or otherwise of the company, upon such terms as our manager and
the companys board of directors may mutually agree.
The services performed for the company will be provided at our
managers cost, including the compensation of our Chief
Executive Officer and other personnel providing services
pursuant to the management services agreement. We will reimburse
the manager for the compensation and related costs and expenses
of our Chief Financial Officer and his staff.
See the section entitled Management Services
Agreement Secondment of Our Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer for more information about the
executive officers of the company.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation
Since November 18, 2005, no executive officer of the
company has served as (i) a member of the compensation
committee (or other board committees performing equivalent
functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire
board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive
officers serves on the board of directors of the company, or
(ii) a director of another entity, one of whose executive
officers serves on the board of directors of the company.
Compensation of Named Executive Officers
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are
employed by our manager and are seconded to the company. We do
not pay any compensation to our executive officers seconded to
us by our manager. Our manager is responsible for the
compensation of executive officers seconded to us. We do not
reimburse our manager for the compensation paid to our Chief
Executive Officer. We pay our manager a quarterly management
fee, and our manager uses the proceeds from the management fee,
in part, to pay compensation to Mr. Massoud. Pursuant to
the management services agreement, we reimburse our manager for
the compensation of our Chief Financial Officer,
Mr. James J. Bottiglieri, whose compensation is
determined annually by the companys board of directors,
subject to the terms of his employment agreement. Accordingly,
only compensation information for Mr. Bottiglieri is
provided.
179
The following table sets forth the compensation paid or accrued
by our manager to our Chief Financial Officer from
November 18, 2005 through December 31, 2005 (unless
otherwise noted). See the section entitled Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions for more
information about Mr. Massouds compensation
arrangements.
Summary Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Compensation | |
|
Number of | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Securities | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Annual | |
|
Underlying | |
|
All Other | |
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year | |
|
Salary | |
|
Bonus | |
|
Compensation | |
|
Options | |
|
Compensation | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
I. Joseph Massoud
|
|
|
12/31/2005 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James J. Bottiglieri
|
|
|
12/31/2005 |
|
|
$ |
(2 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Mr. I. Joseph Massoud, our Chief Executive Officer, is
seconded to us by our manager and does not receive compensation
directly from us. We pay our manager a quarterly management fee,
and the manager uses the proceeds from the management fee, in
part, to pay compensation to Mr. Massoud. Therefore, no
compensation information for Mr. Massoud is provided in the
above compensation table. |
|
(2) |
As of December 31, 2005, Mr. Bottiglieri, our Chief
Financial Officer was not an employee of our manager.
Accordingly, no compensation was paid or accrued by our manager
from November 18, 2005 to December 31, 2005. See
section entitled Employment Agreement
below. |
Employment Agreement
In September 2005, The Compass Group entered into an employment
agreement with Mr. Bottiglieri, our Chief Financial
Officer, that provides for a two-year term. Our manager intends
to enter into a substantially similar agreement with
Mr. Bottiglieri in conjunction with this offering. A
summary of the terms of Mr. Bottiglieris current
employment agreement is set forth below.
Pursuant to the employment agreement,
Mr. Bottiglieris initial base salary is $325,000. The
Compass Group has the right to increase, but not decrease, the
base salary during the term of the employment agreement.
The employment agreement provides that Mr. Bottiglieri is
entitled to receive an annual bonus, which bonus must not be
less than $100,000, as determined in the sole judgment of our
board of directors. In addition, Mr. Bottiglieri received a
$100,000 bonus upon his entry into the employment agreement and
he will receive a $200,000 bonus upon the consummation of this
offering.
Pursuant to the employment agreement, if
Mr. Bottiglieris employment is terminated by him
without good reason (as defined in the employment agreement)
before the completion of two years of employment with The
Compass Group or for cause (as defined in the employment
agreement) by The Compass Group, he will be entitled to receive
his accrued but unpaid base salary. In addition, if his
employment is terminated due a disability, he will be entitled
to receive an amount equal to six months of his base salary and
one-half times his average bonus for any fiscal year during his
employment with The Compass Group.
If Mr. Bottiglieri terminates his employment for good
reason or without good reason after the completion of two years
of employment with The Compass Group but prior to the completion
of four years of employment with The Compass Group, or if
The Compass Group terminates his employment other than for
cause, he will be entitled to receive his accrued but unpaid
base salary plus $300,000.
The employment agreement prohibits Mr. Bottiglieri from
soliciting any of The Compass Groups employees for a
period of two years after the termination of his employment with
The Compass Group. The employment agreement also requires that
he protect our confidential information.
180
In connection with the closing of this offering, The Compass
Group will assign Mr. Bottiglieris employment
agreement to our manager.
Our Management
The management teams of each of our businesses will report to
the companys board of directors through our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and operate each
business and be responsible for its profitability and internal
growth. The companys board of directors and our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will have
responsibility for overall corporate strategy, acquisitions,
financing and investor relations. Our Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer will call upon the resources of our
manager to operate the company. See the section entitled
Management Services Agreement Secondment of
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
for further information about our executive officers.
Option Plan
Purpose. Prior to the completion of this offering, our
board of directors and shareholders will have adopted an Option
Plan which provides for the granting of options that do not
constitute incentive stock options within the meaning of
Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code)(nonqualified stock
options). The purpose of the Option Plan is to reward
individuals within each of our businesses, who are responsible
for or contribute to the management, growth and profitability of
each business and its subsidiaries.
Eligibility. Only executive officers, senior officers and
other key executive and management employees of our businesses
will be eligible to receive stock options awarded under the
Option Plan. No determination has been made as to which of those
eligible individuals (currently, approximately 30) will
receive grants under the Option Plan, and, therefore, the
benefits to be allocated to any individual are not presently
determinable.
Authorization. The Option Plan covers an aggregate of
400,000 shares subject to certain adjustments in the event
of distributions, splits and certain other events. If shares
subject to an option are not issued or cease to be issuable
because an option is terminated, forfeited, or cancelled, those
shares will become available for additional awards. No more than
400,000 shares may be issued pursuant to grants made under
the Option Plan to any one individual in any one year.
Administration. The Option Plan will be administered by
the compensation committee, which consists of members of the
companys board of directors who are outside directors for
purposes of the Code and
non-employee directors
within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and
rules and regulations thereunder. The compensation committee may
delegate its authority under the Option Plan to officers of the
company, subject to guidelines prescribed by this committee, but
only with respect to individuals who are not subject to
Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
Terms of Options. The compensation committee will
designate the individuals to receive the options, the number of
shares subject to the options, and the terms and conditions of
each option granted under the Option Plan, including any vesting
schedule. The term of any option granted under the Option Plan
shall be determined by the compensation committee.
Exercise of Options. The exercise price per share of
options granted under the Option Plan is determined by the
compensation committee; provided, however, that such exercise
price cannot be less than the fair market value of a share on
the date the option is granted (subject to adjustments).
Change in Control. The Option Plan provides that the
compensation committee has the authority to provide in any
option agreement for the vesting and/or cash-out of options upon
or following a Change in Control transaction, as
such term is defined in the Option Plan.
Amendment and Termination. The Option Plan will expire on
the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Option Plan is
approved by the trusts shareholders. The compensation
committee may amend
181
or terminate the Option Plan at any time, subject to shareholder
approval in certain circumstances. However, the compensation
committee may not amend the Option Plan without the consent of
eligible individuals under the Option Plan if it would adversely
affect the eligible individuals rights to previously
granted awards.
Federal Tax Consequences. The following is a summary of
certain federal income tax consequences of transactions under
the Option Plan based on current federal income tax laws. This
summary is not intended to be exhaustive and does not describe
state, local, or other tax consequences. It is intended for the
information of shareholders considering how to vote with respect
to this proposal and not as tax advice to participants in the
Option Plan.
The grant of a
non-qualified stock
option under the Option Plan will not result in the recognition
of taxable income to the participant or in a deduction to the
company. In general, upon exercise, a participant will recognize
ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of the fair
market value of our shares purchased over the exercise price.
The company is required to withhold tax on the amount of income
so recognized, and is entitled to a tax deduction equal to the
amount of such income. Gain or loss upon a subsequent sale of
any shares of common stock received upon the exercise of a
non-qualified stock
option is taxed as capital gain or loss
(long-term or
short-term, depending
upon the holding period of the stock sold) to the participant.
182
MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT
Management Services
The management services agreement sets forth the services to be
performed by our manager. Our manager will perform its services
subject to the oversight and supervision of the companys
board of directors.
In general, our manager will perform those services for us that
would be typically performed by the executive officers of a
company. Specifically, our manager will perform the following
services, which we refer to as the management services, pursuant
to the management services agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
manage our day-to-day
business and operations of the company, including our liquidity
and capital resources and compliance with applicable law; |
|
|
|
identify and oversee acquisitions of target businesses and any
other investments; |
|
|
|
oversee the performance of any of our businesses, including
monitoring the business and operations of such businesses, and
any other investments that we make; |
|
|
|
provide, on our behalf, managerial assistance to our businesses; |
|
|
|
evaluate, negotiate and oversee dispositions of all or any part
of any of our businesses or any other investments that we may
have; |
|
|
|
|
provide, as necessary, employees of the manager to serve as
members of the companys board of directors; and |
|
|
|
|
perform any other services that would be customarily performed
by executive officers and employees of the company. |
The company, our businesses and our manager have the right at
any time during the term of the management services agreement to
change the services provided by our manager. In performing
management services, our manager will have all necessary power
and authority to perform, or cause to be performed, such
services on behalf of the company. Nonetheless, our manager will
be required to obtain authorization and approval of the
companys board of directors in all circumstances where
executive officers of a corporation typically would be required
to obtain authorization and approval of a corporations
board of directors, including, for example, with respect to the
acquisition of a target business, the issuance of securities or
the entry into credit arrangements.
While our management team intends to devote a substantial
majority of its time to the affairs of the company, and while
our manager and its affiliates currently do not manage any other
businesses that are in similar lines of business as our initial
businesses, our management team, as well as our manager, is not
expressly prohibited from investing in or managing other
entities, including those that are in the same or similar line
of business as our initial businesses or those related to or
affiliated with CGI, which will continue to own several
businesses that were managed by our management team prior to
this offering. In this regard, the management services agreement
and the obligation to provide management services will not
create an exclusive relationship between our manager and our
management team, on one hand, and the company, on the other. Our
Chief Executive Officer and the officers and employees of our
manager and its affiliates who provide services to us currently
anticipate devoting a substantial majority of their time to the
affairs of the company. Mr. James Bottiglieri, our Chief
Financial Officer, will devote 100% of his time to our affairs.
Offsetting Management Services Agreements
Pursuant to the management services agreement, we have agreed
that our manager may, at any time and subject to the approval of
the companys board of directors, enter into offsetting
management services agreements with our businesses pursuant to
which our manager may perform services that may or may not be
similar to management services. Any fees to be paid by one of
our businesses pursuant to such agreements are referred to as
offsetting management fees and will offset, on a
dollar-for-dollar basis, the management fee otherwise due and
payable by the company under the management services agreement
183
with respect to a fiscal quarter. See the section entitled
Our Manager Our Manager as a Service
Provider Management Fee for more information
about the treatment of offsetting management fees. If offsetting
management fees with respect to any period exceed the management
fee with respect to such period, such excess will not offset or
otherwise reduce the management fee otherwise due and payable in
respect of subsequent periods. The payment of any such
excess fees under offsetting management services
agreements may result in the manager receiving from the company
and our businesses, on an aggregate basis, an amount of fees in
excess of the 2.0% annual management fee due and payable under
the management services agreement.
In connection with the historical acquisition by CGI and its
subsidiaries of each of our businesses, such businesses entered
into management services agreements with an affiliate of The
Compass Group. Pursuant to each such agreement, the applicable
affiliate of The Compass Group continues to provide services to
such business, and the applicable business is obligated to pay
to such affiliate an annual management fee. In conjunction with
the closing of this offering, CGI will cause its affiliates to
assign each such agreement to our manager. Each such agreement
shall be deemed an offsetting management services agreement and
all payments thereunder shall be deemed to be offsetting
management fees. Each such agreement will be terminable by the
relevant initial businesses upon 30 days prior written notice. A
summary of each such agreement is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel and an affiliate of The Compass Group are a party
to a five year, automatically renewable management services
agreement, dated October 13, 2000. Such management services
agreement is currently in its renewal period. Under such
management services agreement, CBS Personnel is obligated
to pay an annual fee equal to 0.15% of its annual gross
revenues, which is payable quarterly in arrears. In addition,
CBS Personnel is obligated to provide reimbursement for certain
expenses in connection with the services performed under such
management services agreement. Such management services
agreement may be terminated upon the occurrence of an event of
default, as set forth. For the year ended December 31,
2005, CBS Personnel paid approximately $1.0 million to The
Compass Group under such management services agreement. |
|
|
|
|
|
Crosman and an affiliate of The Compass Group are a party to a
one year, automatically renewable management services agreement,
dated February 10, 2004. Such management services agreement
is currently in its renewal period. Under such management
services agreement, Crosman is obligated to pay an annual fee
equal to $580,000, which is payable quarterly in advance. In
addition, Crosman is obligated to provide reimbursement for
certain expenses in connection with the services performed under
such management services agreement. Such management services
agreement may be terminated upon the occurrence of an event of
default, as set forth in such agreement. For the year ended
June 30, 2005, Crosman paid approximately
$580 thousand to The Compass Group under such management
services agreement. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits and an affiliate of The Compass Group are a
party to a five year, automatically renewable management
services agreement, dated September 20, 2005. Under such
management services agreement, Advanced Circuits is obligated to
pay an annual fee equal to $500,000, which is payable quarterly
in arrears. In addition, Advanced Circuits is obligated to
provide reimbursement for certain expenses in connection with
the services performed under such management services agreement.
Such management services agreement may be terminated upon the
occurrence of an event of default, as set forth in such
agreement. For the period from September 2005 to
December 31, 2005, Advanced Circuits paid approximately
$139 thousand to The Compass Group under such management
services agreement. |
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue and an affiliate of The Compass Group are a party to a
three year, automatically renewable management services
agreement, dated September 2, 2004 as amended
September 30, 2004. Under such management services
agreement, Silvue is obligated to pay an annual fee equal to
$350,000, which is payable quarterly in arrears. In addition,
Silvue is obligated to provide reimbursement for certain
expenses in connection with the services performed under such
management services agreement. Such management services
agreement may be terminated upon the occurrence of an event of
default, as set forth in such agreement. For the year ended
December 31, 2005, Silvue |
|
184
|
|
|
|
|
paid approximately $88 thousand to The Compass Group under
such management services agreement. |
The management team of each of our businesses believes the fees
charged under the offsetting management services agreements are
reasonable. Entry into an offsetting management services
agreement will be subjected to the authorization and approval of
the companys nominating and corporate governance committee.
Transaction Services Agreements
Pursuant to the management services agreement, we have agreed
that our manager may, at any time, enter into transaction
services agreements with any of our businesses relating to the
performance by our manager of certain transaction-related
services, such as those customarily performed by a third-party
consultant or financial advisor including performing due
diligence on and negotiating acquisitions of target businesses.
Our manager will contract for the performance of transaction
services on market terms. Any fees received by our manager
pursuant to such a transaction services agreement will be in
addition to the management fee payable by the company pursuant
to the management services agreement and will not offset
the payment of such management fee. Entry into a transaction
services agreement will be subject to the authorization and
approval of the companys nominating and corporate
governance committee.
Secondment of Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer
Neither the trust nor the company will have any employees. In
accordance with the terms of the management services agreement,
our manager will second to us our Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer, which means that these individuals will
be assigned by the manager to work for us during the term of the
management services agreement. The companys board of
directors will elect the seconded Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer as officers of the company in accordance
with the terms of the LLC agreement and the business operations,
policies and restrictions of the company in existence from time
to time. Although the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer will remain employees of our manager or an
affiliate of our manager, they will report directly, and be
subject, to the companys board of directors. In this
respect, the companys board of directors may, after due
consultation with the manager, at any time request that the
manager replace any individual seconded to the company and the
manager will, as promptly as practicable, replace any such
individual; however, our Chief Executive Officer,
Mr. Massoud, is the managing member of our manager, which
may make it difficult for the companys board of directors
to completely sever ties with Mr. Massoud. Our manager and
the companys board of directors may agree from time to
time that our manager will second to the company one or more
additional individuals to serve as officers or otherwise of the
company, upon such terms as our manager and the companys
board of directors may mutually agree.
Acquisition and Disposition Opportunities
Our manager has exclusive responsibility for reviewing and
making recommendations to the companys board of directors
with respect to acquisition and disposition opportunities. In
the event that an opportunity is not originated by our manager,
the companys board of directors will seek a recommendation
from our manager prior to making a decision concerning such
opportunity. In the case of any acquisition or disposition
opportunity that involves an affiliate of our manager or us, our
nominating and corporate governance committee will be required
to authorize and approve such transaction.
Our manager will review each acquisition or disposition
opportunity presented to the manager to determine if such
opportunity satisfies the companys acquisition or
disposition criteria, as established by the companys board
of directors from time to time, and if it is determined that
such opportunity satisfies such criteria in the managers
sole discretion, our manager will refer such opportunity to the
companys board of directors for its authorization and
approval prior to the consummation of such opportunity.
In the event that an acquisition opportunity is referred to the
companys board of directors by our manager and the
companys board of directors determines not to promptly
pursue such opportunity in full, any portion of such opportunity
that the company does not pursue may be pursued by our manager
or may be referred by our manager to any person, including
affiliates of our manager, in the sole discretion of our
185
manager. In this case, our manager is likely to devote a portion
of its time to the oversight of this opportunity, including the
management of a business that we do not own.
Indemnification by the Company
The company has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless our
manager and its employees including any individuals seconded to
the company, from and against all losses, claims and liabilities
incurred by our manager in connection with, relating to or
arising out the performance of any management services. However,
that the company will not be obligated to indemnify or hold
harmless our manager for any losses, claims and liabilities
incurred by our manager in connection with, relating to or
arising out of (i) a breach by our manager of the
management services agreement, (ii) the gross negligence,
willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of our
manager in the performance of any of its obligations under the
management services agreement or (iii) fraudulent or
dishonest acts of our manager with respect to the company or any
of its businesses.
The company will maintain insurance in support of such
indemnities.
Termination of Management Services Agreement
The companys board of directors may terminate the
management services agreement and our managers appointment
if, at any time:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Massoud or any affiliate of the manager ceases to be
the managing member of our manager, which change occurs without
the companys board of directors prior written
consent; |
|
|
|
|
|
there is a finding by a court of competent jurisdiction in a
final, non-appealable order that (i) our manager materially
breached the terms of the management services agreement and such
breach continued unremedied for 60 days after our manager
receives written notice from the company setting forth the terms
of such breach, or (ii) our manager (x) acted with
gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless
disregard in performing its duties and obligations under the
management services agreement or (y) engaged in fraudulent
or dishonest acts in connection with the business or operations
of the company; |
|
|
|
|
|
(i) the manager has been convicted of a felony under
Federal or State law, (ii) the companys board of
directors finds that our manager is demonstrably and materially
incapable of performing its duties and obligations under the
management services agreement, and (iii) the holders of a
majority of the then outstanding shares vote to terminate the
management services agreement; and |
|
|
|
|
|
(i) there is a finding by a court of competent jurisdiction
that our manager has (x) engaged in fraudulent or dishonest
acts in connection with the business or operations of the
company or (y) acted with gross negligence, willful
misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard in performing its
duties and obligations under the management services agreement,
and (ii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding
shares vote to terminate the management services agreement. |
|
In addition, our manager may resign and terminate the management
services agreement at any time with 90 days written
notice to the company, and this right is not contingent upon the
finding of a replacement manager. However, if our manager
resigns, until the date on which the resignation becomes
effective, it will, upon request of the companys board of
directors, use reasonable efforts to assist the companys
board of directors to find a replacement manager at no cost and
expense.
Upon the termination of the management services agreement,
seconded officers, employees, representatives and delegates of
our manager and its affiliates who are performing the services
that are the subject of the management services agreement, will
resign their respective position with the company and cease to
work at the date of such termination or at any other time as
determined by our manager. The managers appointed director
may continue serving on the companys board of directors
subject to the terms of the LLC agreement.
If we terminate the management services agreement, the company
will agree, and the company will agree to cause the trust and
its businesses, to cease using the term Compass
entirely in their businesses
186
and operations within 180 days of such termination. This
agreement includes the company and our businesses changing their
names to remove any reference to the term Compass.
No termination fee is payable upon termination of the management
services agreement. While termination of the management services
agreement will not affect any terms and conditions, including
those relating to any payment obligations, that exist under any
offsetting management services agreements or transaction
services agreements, such agreements will be terminable by us
upon 30 days prior written notice and there will be no
termination or other similar fees due upon such termination.
Notwithstanding termination of the management services
agreement, our manager will maintain its rights with respect to
the allocation interests it then owns, including its rights
under the supplemental put agreement. See the section entitled
Our Manager Supplemental Put Agreement
for more information on the managers put right with
respect to the allocation interests.
Reimbursement of Expenses
The company will be responsible for paying costs and expenses
relating to its business and operations. The company will agree
to reimburse our manager during the term of the management
services agreement for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
all costs and expenses of the company that are incurred by our
manager or its affiliates on behalf of the company, including
any out-of-pocket costs
and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of
services under the management services agreement, and all costs
and expenses the reimbursement of which are specifically
approved by the companys board of directors; and |
|
|
|
|
|
the compensation and other related costs and expenses of the
Chief Financial Officer and his staff as approved by the
companys compensation committee. |
|
The company will not be obligated or responsible for reimbursing
or otherwise paying for any costs or expenses relating to our
managers overhead or any other costs and expenses relating
to our managers conduct of its business and operations. In
addition, the company will not be obligated or responsible for
reimbursing our manager for costs and expenses incurred by our
manager in the identification, diligence and negotiation of
potential acquisitions of new businesses for which the company
fails to submit an indication of interest to purchase. Such
expenses can be significant and can include travel, attendance
of industry events and retention of outside service providers
such as lawyers, consultants and accountants, as appropriate.
However, those costs and expenses associated with the pursuit of
add-on acquisitions for existing businesses would be reimbursed
by such businesses. All reimbursements will be reviewed by the
compensation committee of the companys board of directors
on an annual basis in connection with the preparation of year
end financial statements. The company also will not reimburse
our manager for the compensation and overhead expenses of our
Chief Executive Officer and any other personnel providing
services pursuant to the management services agreement,
including personnel seconded to the company.
Reimbursement of Offering Expenses
Pursuant to the management services agreement, the company has
agreed to reimburse our manager and its affiliates, within five
business days after the closing of this offering, for certain
costs and expenses incurred or to be incurred prior to and in
connection with the closing of this offering in the aggregate
amount of approximately $6.0 million.
Management Fee
See the section entitled Our Manager Our
Manager as a Service Provider Management Fee
for a description of the management fee to be paid to our
manager and an example of a calculation of the management fee.
187
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS/ SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF DIRECTORS
AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth certain information, both before
the closing of this offering and after giving pro forma effect
to the closing of this offering and the related private
placement transactions, regarding the beneficial ownership of
shares of the trust sold in this offering. The number of shares
beneficially owned by each entity, director or executive officer
is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the
information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial
ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial
ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or
entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power and
also any shares which the individual or entity has the right to
acquire within sixty days of March 1, 2006 through the
exercise of an option, conversion feature or similar right. The
address for all individuals and entities listed in the
beneficial ownership tables provided in this section is Sixty
One Wilton Road, Second Floor, Westport, Connecticut 06880. See
the section entitled Description of Shares for more
information about the shares of the trust.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust(1) | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Before the Offering(2) | |
|
After the Offering | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Percent of | |
|
Number of | |
|
Percent of | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Class | |
|
Shares | |
|
Class | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Directors and Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. Sean Day
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
I. Joseph
Massoud(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
James J. Bottiglieri
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
Harold S. Edwards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
D. Eugene Ewing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
Mark H. Lazarus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
Ted Waitman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
All directors and executive officers, as a group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CGI(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
Pharos(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
(1) |
The trust will issue shares of trust stock. Each share of the
trust represents one undivided beneficial interest in the trust.
Each beneficial interest in the trust corresponds to one trust
interest of the company. No other equity interest in the trust
will be outstanding after the closing of this offering. |
|
(2) |
Before the closing of this offering, the trust will not have any
equity interests authorized or issued and outstanding; the trust
will be authorized to issue the shares pursuant to the amended
and restated trust agreement to be entered into in conjunction
with the closing of this offering. See the section entitled
Description of Shares for more information. As a
result, the company, as sponsor of the trust, will beneficially
own the trust before the closing of this offering. In turn, our
manager, as sole holder of the allocation interests of the
company, and our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Massoud, as
sole and managing member of the manager, will each beneficially
own the company before the closing of this offering. |
|
|
(3) |
Amounts with respect to Mr. Massoud also reflect his
beneficial ownership of shares through his interest in and
control of Pharos, as discussed in more detail in
footnote 5, below. |
|
|
|
(4) |
CGI, through its wholly owned subsidiary, CGI Diversified
Holdings, LP, has agreed to purchase the number of shares in the
trust having an aggregate purchase price of $96 million, at
a per share price equal to the initial public offering price, in
a separate private placement transaction that will close in
conjunction with the closing of this offering. CGI is the sole
limited partner of CGI Diversified Holdings, LP. Navco
Management, Inc., an affiliate of CGI, is the general partner of
CGI Diversified Holdings, LP, and, as a result, Navco
Management, Inc. may be deemed to beneficially own the shares
held by CGI Diversified Holdings, LP. Navco Management, Inc. is
also the general partner of each of the entities selling its
controlling interests in the initial businesses to the company.
Arthur Coady is a director of Navco Management, Inc. and, as a
result, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by CGI
Diversified Holdings, LP. See the section entitled Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions for more
information about this transaction and the relationship of CGI
and its affiliated entities. |
|
|
|
(5) |
Pharos has agreed to purchase the number of shares in the trust
having an aggregate purchase price of $4 million, at a per
share price equal to the initial public offering price, in a
separate private placement transaction that will close in
conjunction with the closing of this offering. Our Chief
Executive Officer, Mr. Massoud, as managing member of
Pharos exercising sole voting and investment power with respect
to Pharos, will beneficially own Pharos before and after the
closing of this offering and will be deemed to beneficially own
the shares held by Pharos. |
|
188
The following table sets forth certain information, both before
and after giving effect to the closing of this offering and the
related private placement transactions, regarding the beneficial
ownership of the companys two classes of equity interests.
See the section entitled Description of Shares for
more information about the equity interests of the company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC(1) | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Before the Offering | |
|
After the Offering | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Percent of | |
|
Number of | |
|
Percent of | |
|
|
Interests | |
|
Class | |
|
Interests | |
|
Class | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Compass Group Management
LLC(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocation interests
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
Trust interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified
Trust(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocation interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trust interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
(1) |
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC has two classes of
interests: allocation interests and trust interests. |
|
|
(2) |
Compass Group Management LLC, our manager, as sole holder of the
allocation interests of the company and as our manager under the
management services agreement, will beneficially own the company
before this offering. Our Chief Executive Officer,
Mr. Massoud, as sole and managing member of our manager,
will beneficially own the company before the closing of this
offering. Our manager is also an affiliate of CGI and Pharos. |
|
(3) |
Each beneficial interest in the trust corresponds to one
underlying trust interest of the company. Unless the trust is
dissolved, it must remain the sole holder of 100% of the trust
interests and at all times the company will have outstanding the
identical number of trust interests as the number of outstanding
shares of the trust. As a result of corresponding interest
between shares and trust interests, each holder of shares
identified in the table above relating to the trust may be
deemed to beneficially own a correspondingly proportionate
interest in the company. |
The following table sets forth certain information as of
March 1, 2006 and after giving effect to the closing of
this offering, regarding the beneficial ownership by certain
executive officers and directors of the company and entities
with which they are affiliated of equity interests in certain of
our initial businesses. See the section entitled Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions for more
information about ownership interests in our initial businesses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before the Offering | |
|
After the Offering | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Percent of | |
|
Number of | |
|
Percent of | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Class | |
|
Shares | |
|
Class | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
C. Sean Day
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Crosman, Common Stock
|
|
|
5,193 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
5,193 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
Advanced Circuits, Series B Common Stock
(1)
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
% |
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
% |
I. Joseph Massoud
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Crosman, Common Stock
|
|
|
2,077 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue Coinvestment Partners,
LLC(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue, Series B Common Stock
|
|
|
98.6 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue, Series A Preferred Stock
|
|
|
433.1 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACI Coinvestment Partners,
LLC(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits, Series B Common Stock
|
|
|
11,880 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Mr. Day is the direct owner of 6,480 shares of
Series B Common Stock and Mr. Days children are
the owners in the aggregate of 3,520 shares of
Series B Common Stock. |
|
|
|
(2) |
Mr. Massoud is the managing member of and owns a 26.1%
interest in Silvue Coinvestment Partners, LLC and, in such
capacity, exercises sole voting and investment power with
respect to Silvue Coinvestment Partners, LLC. As a result,
Mr. Massoud beneficially owns Silvue Coinvestment Partners,
LLC. Mr. Day beneficially owns a 36.2% interest in Silvue
Coinvestment Partners, LLC. |
|
|
|
(3) |
Mr. Massoud is the managing member of and owns a 42.1%
interest in ACI Coinvestment Partners, LLC and, in such
capacity, exercises sole voting and investment power with
respect to ACI Coinvestment Partners, LLC. As a result,
Mr. Massoud beneficially owns ACI Coinvestment Partners,
LLC. |
|
189
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Relationships with Related Parties
CGI
CGI, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, is the sole limited
partner in each of the entities from which the company will
acquire a controlling interest in the initial businesses, as
well as the sole limited partner in CGI Diversified Holdings,
LP, an entity that will purchase approximately $96 million
of shares pursuant to a separate private placement transaction
to close in conjunction with this offering. CGI is also an
affiliate of Navco Management, Inc., the general partner of each
of CGI Diversified Holdings, LP as well as of the entities from
which the company will acquire controlling interests in the
initial businesses.
We will use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and
the related private placement transactions to acquire
controlling interests in our initial businesses from CGI and its
subsidiaries. Such controlling interests were acquired or
otherwise obtained by CGI and its subsidiaries pursuant to
equity investments totaling approximately $71.9 million,
which controlling interests we will acquire from CGI and its
subsidiaries for an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$145.5 million in cash.
CGI is the sole owner of The Compass Group International LLC.
The members of our management team, while working for The
Compass Group International LLC advised CGI on the acquisition
and management of the initial businesses. See the section
entitled The Acquisition of and Loans to Our Initial
Businesses for more information about our acquisition of
our initial businesses. In addition to advising on the
acquisition and management of our initial businesses, the
relationship between our management team and CGI has also
related to the acquisition of controlling interests in five
other businesses. CGI and its subsidiaries acquired or otherwise
obtained the controlling equity interest in those five
businesses for approximately $94.9 million in cash and
have, as a result of those companies cash flows, sales or
mergers of those companies, received cash proceeds relating to
those businesses of approximately $158.0 million to date,
while continuing to maintain significant, though not necessarily
controlling, equity interests in four of those businesses. On
average, CGI and its subsidiaries received back all of their
capital invested in the equity of those five companies in
approximately 2.5 years. The company will not have any
interest in, nor be affiliated with, any of those five
businesses.
CGI Diversified Holdings, LP, has also agreed to purchase, in
conjunction with the closing of this offering in a separate
private placement transaction, that number of shares, at a per
share price equal to the initial public offering price, having
an aggregate purchase price of approximately $96 million.
As indicated above, this amount will be used in part to pay the
purchase price to CGI and its subsidiaries for the acquisition
of our initial businesses by the company. See the section
entitled The Acquisition of and Loans to Our Initial
Businesses for more information on our acquisition of our
initial businesses. CGI Diversified Holdings, LP will have
certain registration rights in connection with the shares it
acquires in the separate private placement transaction. See the
section entitled Shares Eligible for Future
Sale Registration Rights for more information
about these registration rights. CGI Diversified Holdings, LP
will also become a non-managing member of our manager following
this offering, and as a result will be entitled to receive 10%
of any profit allocation paid by the company to our manager.
Neither our Chief Executive Officer nor any of the employees of
the manager have been or are officers, directors, employees or
owners of CGI, CGI Diversified Holdings, LP or Navco Management,
Inc. Except as disclosed in this prospectus, none of CGI, CGI
Diversified Holdings, Inc. or Navco Management, Inc. has engaged
in any transaction with the company or our manager.
Our Manager
Our manager is a newly created entity that will be owned by our
management team and CGI and controlled by its sole and managing
member, Mr. Massoud. Following this offering, CGI
Diversified Holdings, LP, and Sostratus LLC, an entity wholly
owned by our management team, will become non-managing members
of our manager. Prior to this offering, the company and the
trust were controlled by our manager.
190
Our relationship with our manager will be governed principally
by the following two agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
the management services agreement relating to the management
services our manager will perform for us and the businesses we
own and the management fee to be paid to our manager in respect
thereof; and |
|
|
|
the companys LLC agreement setting forth our
managers rights with respect to the allocation interests
it owns, including the right to receive profit allocations from
the company. |
See the sections entitled Our Manager,
Management Services Agreement and Description
of Shares for more information about these agreements.
In addition, we intend to enter into a supplemental put
agreement with our manager pursuant to which our manager shall
have the right to cause the company to purchase the allocation
interests then owned by our manager upon termination of the
management services agreement. See the section entitled
Our Manager Supplemental Put Agreement
for more information about the supplemental put agreement. The
relationships created by these agreements are discussed in more
detail below.
We also expect that our manager will enter into offsetting
management services agreements, transaction services agreements
and other agreements, in each case, with some or all of our
businesses. In this respect, we expect that The Compass Group
will cause its affiliates to assign any outstanding agreements
with our initial businesses to our manager in connection with
the closing of this offering. See the sections entitled
Management Services Agreement for information about
these agreements.
In conjunction with the closing of this offering, all the
employees of The Compass Group will become employees of our
manager. While our manager will provide management services to
the company, our manager will also be permitted to provide
services, including services similar to management services, to
other entities. In this respect, the management services
agreement and the obligation to provide management services will
not create an exclusive relationship between our manager and the
company or our businesses. As such, our manager, and our
management team, will be permitted to engage in other business
endeavors, which may be related to CGI, which will continue to
own several businesses that were managed by our management team
prior to this offering, or its affiliates as well as other
parties. Our Chief Executive Officer and the officers and
employees of our manager and its affiliates who provide services
to us currently anticipate devoting a substantial majority of
their time to the affairs of the company. Mr. James
Bottiglieri, our Chief Financial Officer, will devote 100% of
his time to our affairs.
The company has agreed to reimburse our manager and its
affiliates, within five business days after the closing of this
offering, for certain costs and expenses incurred or to be
incurred prior to and in connection with the closing of this
offering in the aggregate amount of approximately
$6.0 million. See the section entitled Management
Services Agreement Reimbursement of Offering
Expenses for more information about the reimbursement of
our managers fees and expenses.
Mr. Massoud, as managing member of the manager, will
beneficially receive the management fees, offsetting management
fees, fees under any transaction services agreements and expense
reimbursements related to the foregoing, and he will use such
proceeds to pay the compensation, overhead, out of pocket and
other expenses of the manager, satisfy its contractual
obligations and otherwise distribute such proceeds to the
members of the manager in accordance with the managers
organizational documents.
Mr. C. Sean Day
Mr. Day, the chairman of the companys board of
directors, is chairman of The Compass Group, a wholly owned
subsidiary of CGI. Mr. Day is not an employee, director,
officer or owner of our manager.
Pharos
Pharos has agreed to purchase, in conjunction with the closing
of this offering in a separate private placement transaction,
that number of shares, at a per share price equal to the initial
public offering price, having an aggregate purchase price of
$4 million. As indicated above, this amount will be
used in part to pay the purchase price to CGI and its
subsidiaries for the acquisition of our initial businesses by
the company. See the section entitled The Acquisitions of
and Loans to Our Initial Businesses for more information
on our acquisition of our initial business. Pharos will have
certain registration rights in
191
connection with the shares it acquires in the separate private
placement transaction. In addition, Pharos is owned by certain
employees of our manager, including Mr. Massoud, our Chief
Executive Officer. Mr. Massoud, as managing member,
controls Pharos. See the section entitled Shares Eligible
for Future Sale Registration Rights for more
information about these registration rights.
Directed Share Program
Members of our management team have indicated their intention to
purchase shares, at a per share price equal to the initial
public offering price, pursuant to our directed share program.
See the section entitled Underwriting Directed
Share Program for more information about our directed
share program.
Ownership Interest In the Initial Businesses
Prior to this offering, certain employees of our manager held
equity interests in certain of our initial businesses. In
connection with this offering, all employees of our manager who
own shares in any of our initial businesses have agreed to sell
such shares to the company at the same price per share as CGI
will receive pursuant to the stock purchase agreement. In
addition, certain employees of our manager will receive profit
payments, which will be paid through a partnership in which they
are partners. Such employees intend to reinvest approximately
$4.0 million, which constitutes a substantial majority of
their anticipated proceeds on an
after-tax basis, from
such sales and profit payments in the purchase of shares, either
by means of the private placement transaction with Pharos, or
pursuant to the directed share program. In addition, following
this offering, Mr. Day, Chairman of the companys
board of directors, will continue to hold interests in certain
of our initial businesses. As reflected below, the current
holdings of these individuals did not and will not exceed 5% of
any of such initial businesses outstanding shares.
Crosman
Mr. Massoud, our Chief Executive Officer, holds
2,077 shares of Crosman, representing approximately 0.4% of
Crosmans outstanding shares. In addition, certain
employees of the manager, a former director of Crosman and a
former employee of The Compass Group hold 4,748 shares of
Crosman in the aggregate representing 0.8% of Crosmans
outstanding shares. In connection with our acquisition of the
Crosman shares from CGIs subsidiary, we will acquire from
Mr. Massoud and such employees and former director all of
their shares in Crosman at the same price per share as CGI will
receive pursuant to the stock purchase agreement.
Mr. Massoud and all employees of the manager and the former
director of Crosman who hold Crosman shares intend to reinvest
approximately 100% of the after-tax proceeds of such sales in
the purchase of shares either by means of the private placement
transaction with Pharos, discussed above, or pursuant to the
directed share program.
Prior to this offering, Mr. Day, our Chairman of the board
of directors, held 5,193 shares of Crosman, representing
approximately 0.9% of Crosmans outstanding shares.
Mr. Day will continue to hold these shares following this
offering and our acquisition of Crosman.
Advanced Circuits
ACI Coinvestment Partners, LLC, of which Mr. Massoud holds
a 42.1% interest, holds 11,880 shares of Advanced Circuits,
representing approximately 1.0% of Advanced Circuits
outstanding shares. Certain employees of the manager hold the
remaining 57.9% interest in ACI Coinvestment Partners, LLC. In
connection with our acquisition of the Advanced Circuits
shares from CGIs subsidiary, we will acquire from ACI
Coinvestment Partners, LLC all of its shares in Advanced
Circuits at the same price per share as CGI will receive
pursuant to the stock purchase agreement. Mr. Massoud and
all employees of the manager who hold interests in ACI
Coinvestment Partners, LLC intend to reinvest approximately 100%
of the after-tax proceeds of such sales in the purchase of
shares either by means of the private placement transactions to
Pharos, discussed above, or pursuant to the directed share
program.
Prior to this offering, Mr. Day, our Chairman of the board
of directors, held 10,000 shares of Advanced Circuits,
representing approximately 0.8% of Advanced Circuits
outstanding shares. Mr. Day will continue to hold these
shares following this offering and our acquisition of Advanced
Circuits.
192
Silvue
Silvue Coinvestment Partners, LLC of which Mr. Massoud and
Mr. Day hold 26.1% and 36.2% interests, respectively,
currently holds 532 shares of Silvue, representing
approximately 1.3% of Silvues outstanding shares. Certain
employees of the manager and The Compass Group hold the
remaining 37.7% interest in Silvue Coinvestment Partners, LLC.
In connection with our acquisition of the Silvue shares from
CGIs subsidiary, we will acquire from Silvue Coinvestment
Partners, LLC, all of its shares in Silvue at the same price per
share as CGI will receive pursuant to the stock purchase
agreement. Mr. Massoud and all employees of the manager who
hold interests in Silvue Coinvestment Partners, LLC intend to
reinvest approximately 100% of the after-tax proceeds of such
sales in the purchase of shares either by means of the private
placement transaction with Pharos, or pursuant to the directed
share program.
Contractual Arrangements with Related Parties
The following discussion sets forth the agreements that we
intend to enter into with related parties in connection with
this offering. The statements relating to each agreement set
forth in this section and elsewhere in this prospectus are
subject to and are qualified in their entirety by reference to
all of the provisions of such agreements, forms of which have
been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which
this prospectus is a part.
The terms and conditions, including those relating to pricing,
of these agreements to which the company, CGI, our manager and
certain other related parties are a party were negotiated in the
overall context of this offering and not on an arms-length
basis.
Although we received a fairness opinion from an independent
financial advisor regarding the fairness, from a financial point
of view, of the acquisition price of the initial businesses and,
notwithstanding that the acquisitions of the initial businesses
and all of the agreements identified above were approved by a
majority of our independent directors, they were not negotiated
on an arms-length basis with unaffiliated third parties.
As a result, the terms and conditions of these agreements may be
less favorable to us than they might have been had they been
negotiated on an
arms-length basis.
|
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement with Sellers, including CGI and
its Subsidiaries |
CGI and its subsidiaries, together with the other sellers,
intend to enter into a stock purchase agreement with the company
pursuant to which the company will acquire controlling interests
in our initial businesses. See the section entitled The
Acquisitions of and Loans to Our Initial Businesses for
more information about the stock purchase agreement.
|
|
|
Loan Agreements with each Initial Business |
The company intends to enter into loan agreements with each of
our initial businesses pursuant to which the company will make
loans and financing commitments to each initial business. See
the section entitled The Acquisitions of and Loans to Our
Initial Businesses for more information about the loan
agreements.
|
|
|
Management Services Agreement |
The company intends to enter into a management services
agreement pursuant to which our manager will provide management
services. See the section entitled Management Services
Agreement for more information about the management
services agreement.
|
|
|
Offsetting Management Services Agreements |
Our manager may, at any time, enter into offsetting management
services agreements directly with the businesses that we own
relating to the performance by our manager of offsetting
management services for such businesses. All fees, if any, paid
by the businesses that we own to our manager pursuant to an
offsetting management services during any fiscal quarter will
offset, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the management fee
otherwise due and payable by the company to our manager under
the management services agreement for such fiscal quarter. In
addition, in conjunction with the closing of this offering, The
Compass Group will cause its affiliates to assign to our manager
each existing agreement pursuant to
193
which its affiliates provide management services to our initial
businesses. Each such agreement shall be deemed an offsetting
management services agreement. See the section entitled
Management Services Agreement Offsetting
Management Services Agreements for more information about
offsetting management services agreements and offsetting
management fees and all payments thereunder shall be deemed to
be offsetting management fees.
The trust and our manager will each be parties to the LLC
agreement relating to their respective interests in the company.
See the section entitled Description of Shares for
more information about the LLC agreement.
|
|
|
Supplemental Put Agreement |
In consideration of our managers acquisition of the
allocation interests, we intend to enter into a supplemental put
agreement with our manager pursuant to which our manager shall
have the right to cause the company to purchase the allocation
interests then owned by our manager upon termination of the
management services agreement. See the section entitled
Our Manager Supplemental Put Agreement
for more information about the supplemental put agreement.
|
|
|
Private Placement Agreements |
CGI and Pharos have each agreed to purchase, in conjunction with
the closing of this offering in separate private placement
transactions, that number of shares, at a per share price equal
to the initial public offering price, having an aggregate
purchase price of $96 and $4 million, respectively.
|
|
|
Registration Rights Agreements |
In connection with CGIs and Pharos purchase of
shares pursuant to the private placement transactions described
above, we intend to enter into registration rights agreements
with CGI Diversified Holdings, LP and Pharos for the
registration of such shares under the Securities Act. See the
section entitled Shares Eligible for Future
Sale Registration Rights for more information
about the registration rights agreement.
Our Related Party Transaction Policy
Prior to the completion of this offering, the companys
board of directors will adopt a code of ethics and conduct
establishing the standards of ethical conduct applicable to all
directors, officers and employees, as applicable, of the
company, our manager, members of our management team and other
employees of our manager and any other person who is performing
services for or on behalf of the company. Prior to the
completion of this offering, our initial businesses will adopt
codes of ethics and conduct substantially similar to that of the
company.
The code of ethics and conduct will address, among other things,
conflicts of interest and related party transactions generally
and will require the approval of all related party transactions
by the companys nominating and corporate governance
committee. The code of ethics and conduct specifically will
require nominating and corporate governance committee approval
for transactions between us and any affiliate of CGI or our
manager relating to the provision of any services to us or our
businesses. We will disclose promptly any waivers of the
code of ethics and conduct by our nominating and corporate
governance committee with respect to directors and executive
officers of the company. In addition, our audit committee will
review any conflicts of interest that may arise between the
company and our manager.
194
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
General
The following is a summary of the material terms of:
|
|
|
|
|
the shares representing beneficial interests in the trust; |
|
|
|
|
the trust interests of the company, which we refer to as trust
interests, to be issued to the trust; and |
|
|
|
|
|
the allocation interests of the company, which we refer to as
allocation interests, to be issued to our manager. |
|
We refer to both the trust interests and allocation interests,
collectively, as the interests. We will enter into the amended
and restated trust agreement, which we refer to as the trust
agreement, and the amended and restated LLC agreement, which we
refer to as the LLC agreement, upon the consummation of this
offering. The trust agreement provides for the issuance of the
shares, and the LLC agreement provides for the issuance of the
trust and allocation interests, as well as the distributions on
and voting rights of each of the trust interests and the
allocation interests.
The following description is subject to the provisions of the
Delaware Statutory Trust Act and the Delaware Limited
Liability Company Act. Certain provisions of the trust agreement
and the LLC agreement are intended to be consistent with the
DGCL, and the powers of the company, the governance processes
and the rights of the trust as the holder of the trust interests
and the shareholders of the trust are generally intended to be
similar in many respects to those of a typical Delaware
corporation under the DGCL, with certain exceptions. In some
instances, this summary refers to specific differences between
the rights of holders of shares or trust interests, on the one
hand, and the rights of shareholders of a Delaware corporation,
on the other hand. Similarly, in some instances this summary
refers to specific differences between the attributes of shares
or trust interests, on the one hand, and shares of a Delaware
corporation, on the other hand.
The statements that follow are subject to and are qualified in
their entirety by reference to all of the provisions of each of
the trust agreement and the LLC agreement, which will govern
your rights as a holder of the shares and the trusts
rights as a holder of trust interests, forms of each of which
have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Shares in the Trust
Each share of the trust represents one undivided beneficial
interest in the trust and each share of the trust corresponds to
one underlying trust interest held by the trust. Unless the
trust is dissolved, it must remain the holder of 100% of the
trust interests and at all times the company will have
outstanding the identical number of trust interests as the
number of outstanding shares of the trust. Pursuant to the
amended and restated trust agreement to be entered into in
conjunction with the closing of this offering, the trust will be
authorized to
issue shares
and the company will be authorized to issue a corresponding
number of trust interests. Immediately following the completion
of this offering, the trust will
have shares
outstanding,
or shares
outstanding if the underwriters exercise their overallotment
option in full, and the company will have an equal number of
corresponding trust interests outstanding. All shares and trust
interests will be fully paid and nonassessable upon payment
thereof.
Equity Interests in the Company
The company is authorized, pursuant to action by the
companys board of directors, to issue up to
500 million trust interests in one or more series. In
addition to the trust interests, the company is authorized,
pursuant to action by the companys board of directors, to
issue up to 100 allocation interests. In connection with
the formation of the company, our manager acquired 100% of the
allocation interests so authorized and issued for a capital
investment of $100,000 by our manager. All allocation interests
are fully paid and nonassessable. Other than the allocation
interests held by our manager, the company will not be
authorized to issue any other allocation interests.
195
Distributions
The company, acting through its board of directors, may declare
and pay quarterly distributions on the trust interests of the
company. Any distributions so declared will be paid on the trust
interests in proportion to their percentage ownership of the
company. Assuming we sell all of the shares offered in this
offering, the manager will have less than a 0.1% share of the
trust interests in the company, which would be subject to
dilution if additional shares were offered in the future. The
companys board of directors may, in its sole discretion
and at any time, declare and pay distributions of the company
and make and pay distributions from the net cash flow to the
holders of its interests.
For purposes of this provision, net cash flow will
be equal to, for any period, the sum of (i) gross
cash receipts of the company for such period (which includes the
proceeds of any borrowings by the company), minus
(ii) the portion thereof used to pay or establish
reserves for company expenses, debt payments, capital
improvements, replacements and contingencies, in each case, as
determined by the board of directors of the company. Net cash
flow will not be reduced by depreciation, amortization, cost
recovery deductions or similar allowances, but will be increased
by any reductions of reserves discussed in clause (ii) of
the prior sentence.
Upon receipt of any distributions declared and paid by the
company, the trust will, pursuant to the terms of the trust
agreement, distribute the whole amount of those distributions in
cash to its shareholders, in proportion to their percentage
ownership of the trust, as they appear on the share register on
the related record date. The record date for distributions by
the company will be the same as the record date for
corresponding distributions by the trust.
In addition, under the terms of the LLC agreement, the company
will pay a profit allocation to the manager, as holder of the
allocation interests. See the section entitled Our
Manager Our Manager as an Equity
Holder Managers Profit Allocation
for more information about the profit allocation to the manager.
|
|
|
Managers Profit Allocation |
See the section entitled Our Manager Our
Manager as an Equity Holder Managers
Profit Allocation for a description of the managers
profit allocation to be paid to our manager and examples of
calculations of the profit allocation.
Voting and Consent Rights
Each outstanding share is entitled to one vote per share on any
matter with respect to which the trust is entitled to vote, as
provided in the LLC agreement and as detailed below. Pursuant to
the terms of the LLC agreement and the trust agreement, the
company will act at the direction of the trust only with respect
to those matters subject to vote by the holders of trust
interests of the company. The company, as sponsor of the trust,
will provide to the trust, for transmittal to shareholders of
the trust, the appropriate form of proxy to enable shareholders
of the trust to direct, in proportion to their percentage
ownership of the shares, the trusts vote. The trust will
vote its trust interests of the company in the same proportion
as the vote of holders of the shares. For the purposes of this
summary, the voting rights of holders of the trust interests of
the company that effectively will be exercised by the
shareholders of the trust by proxy will be referred to as the
voting rights of the holders of the shares.
The LLC agreement provides that the holders of trust interests
are entitled, at the annual meeting of members of the company,
to vote for the election of all of the directors other than the
director appointed by our manager. Because neither the trust
agreement nor the LLC agreement provides for cumulative voting
rights, the holders of a plurality of the voting power of the
then outstanding shares of the trust represented at a meeting
will effectively be able to elect all the directors of the
company standing for election.
196
The LLC agreement further provides that holders of allocation
interests will not be entitled to any voting rights, except that
holders of allocation interests will have, in accordance with
the terms of the LLC agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
voting or consent rights in connection with the
anti-takeover
provisions discussed below; |
|
|
|
|
a consent right with respect to the amendment or modification of
any anti-takeover
provisions in the LLC agreement; |
|
|
|
a consent right with respect to the amendment or modification of
the provisions providing for distributions to the holders of
allocation interests; |
|
|
|
a consent right with respect to any amendment of the provisions
providing for the duties of our manager and the secondment of
our officers pursuant to the management services agreement; |
|
|
|
a consent right to any amendment to the provision entitling the
holders of allocation interests to appoint a director who will
serve on the board of directors of the company; |
|
|
|
a consent right with respect to business combinations or
transactions; |
|
|
|
a consent right with respect to any amendment of the provision
of the LLC agreement governing amendments thereof; and |
|
|
|
a consent right with respect to any amendment that would
adversely affect the holder of allocation interests. |
|
|
|
Board of Directors Appointee |
As holder of the allocation interests, our manager has the right
to appoint one director to the companys board of directors
commencing with the closing of this offering. Our managers
appointee on the companys board of directors will not be
required to stand for election by the shareholders.
Our managers appointed director who is also a member of
the companys management will not receive any compensation
(other than reimbursement of
out-of-pocket expenses
consistent with our policy for reimbursement of expenses) and
will not have any special voting rights. The appointee of our
manager will not participate in discussions regarding, or vote
on, any related-party transaction in which any affiliate of our
manager has an interest. The nominating and corporate governance
committee of the board of directors will be responsible for
approving all related-party transactions.
Right to Bring a Derivative Action and Enforcement of the
Provisions of the LLC Agreement by Holders of the Shares
The trust agreement and the LLC agreement both provide that a
holder of shares has the right to directly institute a legal
proceeding against the company to enforce the provisions of the
LLC agreement. In addition, the trust agreement and the LLC
agreement provide that holders of ten percent or more of the
outstanding shares have the right to cause the trust to
institute any legal proceeding for any remedy available to the
trust, including the bringing of a derivative action in the
place of the company under
Section 18-1001 of
the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act relating to the right
to bring derivative actions. Holders of shares will have the
right to direct the time, method and place of conducting such
legal proceedings brought by the trust.
Acquisition Exchange and Optional Purchase
The trust agreement and the LLC agreement provide that, if at
any time more than 90% of the then outstanding shares are
beneficially owned by one person, who we refer to as the
acquirer, such acquirer has the right to cause the trust, acting
at the direction of the companys board of directors, to
mandatorily exchange all shares then outstanding for an equal
number of trust interests, which we refer to as an acquisition
exchange, and dissolve the trust. The company, as sponsor of the
trust, will cause the transfer agent of the shares to mail a
copy of notice of such exchange to the shareholders of the trust
at least 30 days prior to the exchange of shares for trust
interests. We refer to the date upon which the exchange occurs
as the exchange date. Upon the completion of such acquisition
exchange, each holder of shares immediately prior to the
completion of the acquisition exchange will be admitted to the
company as a
197
member in respect of an equal number of trust interests and the
trust will cease to be a member of the company.
Following the exchange, the LLC agreement provides that the
acquirer has the right to purchase from the other holders of
trust interests for cash all, but not less than all, of the
outstanding trust interests that the acquirer does not own at
the offer price as of the exchange date. While this provision of
the LLC agreement provides for a fair price requirement, the LLC
agreement does not provide members with appraisal rights to
which shareholders of a Delaware corporation would be entitled
under Section 262 of the DGCL. The acquirer can exercise
its right to effect such purchase by delivering notice to the
company and the transfer agent of its election to make the
purchase not less than 60 days prior to the date which it
selects for the purchase. The company will cause the transfer
agent to mail the notice of the purchase to the record holders
of the trust interests at least 30 days prior to purchase.
We refer to the date of purchase as the purchase date.
For purposes of this provision:
|
|
|
|
|
The offer price will be equal to, as of any exchange
date, the average closing price (as described below) per share
on the 20 trading days immediately prior to, but not
including, such exchange date. |
|
|
|
The closing price of the shares, on any day, means: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
the closing price, or if no closing price is reported, the last
reported price of the shares on the Nasdaq Global Market on such
day; |
|
|
|
|
|
if the shares are not so quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market, the
price as reported by another recognized securities exchange on
which the shares are listed on such day; |
|
|
|
|
if the shares are not so reported, the last quoted bid price for
the shares in the
over-the-counter market
as reported by the National Quotation Bureau or a similar
organization on such day; or |
|
|
|
if the shares are not so quoted, the average of the midpoint of
the last bid and ask prices for the shares from at least three
nationally recognized investment banking firms that the company
selects for such purpose on such day. |
Voluntary Exchange
The trust agreement and the LLC agreement provide that in the
event the companys board of directors determines that
either:
|
|
|
|
|
the trust or the company, or both, is, or is reasonably likely
to be, treated as a corporation for United States federal income
tax purposes; |
|
|
|
the trust is, or is reasonably likely to be, required to issue
Schedules K-1 to holders of shares; or |
|
|
|
the existence of the trust otherwise results, or is reasonably
likely to result, in a material tax detriment to the trust, the
holders of shares, the company or any of the members, |
and the board of directors obtains an opinion of counsel to such
effect, the company, as sponsor of the trust, may cause the
trust to exchange all shares then outstanding for an equal
number of trust interests and dissolve the trust. We refer to
such an exchange as a voluntary exchange. The company, as
sponsor of the trust, will cause the transfer agent for the
shares to mail a copy of notice of such exchange to the
shareholders of the trust at least 30 days prior to the
exchange of shares for trust interests. Upon the completion of a
voluntary exchange, each holder of shares immediately prior to
the completion of the voluntary exchange will be admitted to the
company as a member in respect of an equal number of trust
interests and the trust will cease to be a member of the company.
Election by the Company
In circumstances where the trust has been dissolved, the LLC
agreement provides that the companys board of directors
may, without the consent of vote of holders of trust interests,
cause the company to elect to be treated as a corporation for
United States federal income tax purposes only if the board
198
receives an opinion from a nationally recognized financial
adviser to the effect that the market valuation of the company
is expected to be significantly lower as a result of the company
continuing to be treated as a partnership for United States
federal income tax purposes than if the company instead elected
to be treated as a corporation for United States federal income
tax purposes.
Dissolution of the Trust and the Company
The LLC agreement provides for the dissolution and winding up of
the company upon the occurrence of:
|
|
|
|
|
the adoption of a resolution by a majority vote of the
companys board of directors approving the dissolution,
winding up and liquidation of the company and such action has
been approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
outstanding trust interests entitled to vote thereon; |
|
|
|
the unanimous vote of the outstanding trust interests to
dissolve, wind up and liquidate the company; or |
|
|
|
|
a judicial determination that an event has occurred that makes
it unlawful, impossible or impractical to carry on the business
of the company as then currently operated as determined in
accordance with
Section 18-802 of
the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act; or |
|
|
|
|
|
the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining
member or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the
continued membership of the last remaining member, unless the
company is continued without dissolution in a manner provided
under the LLC agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability
Company Act. |
|
The trust agreement provides for the dissolution and winding up
of the company upon the occurrence of:
|
|
|
|
|
an acquisition exchange or a voluntary exchange; |
|
|
|
the dissolution of the company or its failure to revive its
charter within 10 days following revocation of the
companys charter; |
|
|
|
the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution by a court of
competent jurisdiction over the company or the trust; and |
|
|
|
the written election of the company. |
We refer to these events as dissolution events. Following the
occurrence of a dissolution event with respect to the trust,
each share will be mandatorily exchanged for a trust interest of
the company. Upon dissolution of the company in accordance with
the terms of the LLC agreement, the then holders of interests
will be entitled to share in the assets of the company legally
available for distribution following payment to creditors in
accordance with the positive balance in such holders
tax-based capital
accounts required by the LLC agreement, after giving effect to
all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Certain provisions of the management services agreement, the
trust agreement and the LLC agreement, which will become
effective upon the closing of this offering, may make it more
difficult for third parties to acquire control of the trust and
the company by various means. These provisions could deprive the
shareholders of the trust of opportunities to realize a premium
on the shares owned by them. In addition, these provisions may
adversely affect the prevailing market price of the shares.
These provisions are intended to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
protect our manager and its economic interests in the company; |
|
|
|
|
protect the position of our manager and its rights to manage the
business and affairs of the company under the management
services agreement; |
|
|
|
enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the
composition of the companys board of directors and in the
policies formulated by the board of directors; |
199
|
|
|
|
|
discourage certain types of transactions which may involve an
actual or threatened change in control of the trust and the
company; |
|
|
|
discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights; |
|
|
|
encourage persons seeking to acquire control of the trust and
the company to consult first with the companys board of
directors to negotiate the terms of any proposed business
combination or offer; and |
|
|
|
reduce the vulnerability of the trust and the company to an
unsolicited proposal for a takeover that does not contemplate
the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares or that is
otherwise unfair to shareholders of the trust. |
|
|
|
Anti-Takeover Effects of the Management Services
Agreement |
The limited circumstances in which our manager may be terminated
means that it will be very difficult for a potential acquirer of
the company to take over the management and operation of our
business. Under the terms of the management services agreement,
our manager may only be terminated by the company in certain
limited circumstances. See the section entitled Management
Services Agreement Termination of Management
Services Agreement for further discussion.
In addition, any proceeds from the sale, lease or exchange of a
significant amount of assets of the company must be reinvested
in new assets of our company. We will also be prohibited from
incurring any new indebtedness or engaging in any transactions
with the shareholders of the trust, the company or their
affiliates without the prior written approval of the manager.
These provisions could deprive the shareholders of the trust of
opportunities to realize a premium on the shares owned by them.
Furthermore, our manager has the right to resign and terminate
the management services agreement upon 90 days notice. Upon the
termination of the management service agreement, seconded
officers, employees, representatives and delegates of the
manager and its affiliates who are performing the services that
are the subject of the management services agreement, will
resign their respective position with the company and cease to
work at the date of our managers termination or at any
other time as determined by our manager. Our managers
appointed director may continue serving on the companys
board of directors subject to our managers continued
ownership of the allocation interests.
If we terminate the management services agreement, the trust and
the company have agreed, and the company has agreed to cause its
businesses, to cease using the term Compass entirely
in their businesses and operations within 180 days of such
termination. This agreement includes the company and our
businesses changing their names to remove any reference to the
term Compass.
See the section entitled Management Services
Agreement Termination of Management Services
Agreement for more information about the termination
provisions set forth in the management services agreement.
|
|
|
Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Trust Agreement and
the LLC Agreement |
A number of provisions of the trust agreement and the LLC
agreement also could have the effect of making it more difficult
for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party
from acquiring, control of the trust and the company. The trust
agreement and the LLC agreement prohibit the merger or
consolidation of the trust and the company with or into any
limited liability company, corporation, statutory trust,
business trust or association, real estate investment trust,
common-law trust or any other unincorporated business, including
a partnership, or the sale, lease or exchange of all or
substantially all of the trusts and the companys
property or assets unless, in each case, the companys
board of directors adopts a resolution by a majority vote
approving such action and unless (i) in the case of the
company, such action is approved by the affirmative vote of a
majority of each of the outstanding trust interests and
allocation interests entitled to vote thereon or (ii) in
the case of the trust, such action is approved by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote thereon. In addition, the trust agreement and
the LLC agreement each contain provisions substantially based on
Section 203 of the DGCL which prohibit the company and the
trust from engaging in a business combination with an
200
interested shareholder unless (i) in the case of the
company, such business combination is approved by the
affirmative vote of the holders of
662/3%
of each of the outstanding shares and allocation interests or
(ii) in the case of the trust, such business combination is
approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of
662/3%
of the outstanding shares, in each case, excluding shares or
interests, as the case may be, held by the interested
stockholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested
stockholder.
As defined in the trust agreement and the LLC agreement, a
business combination means as of any date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
any merger or consolidation of the trust, the company or a
subsidiary of the company with an interested shareholder or any
person that is, or after such merger or consolidation would be,
an affiliate or associate of an interested shareholder; |
|
|
|
|
|
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other
disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to
or with, or proposed by or on behalf of, an interested
shareholder or an affiliate or associate of an interested
shareholder of any assets of the trust, the company or
subsidiary of the company, having an aggregate fair market value
(as defined in the trust agreement and the LLC Agreement), as of
such date, of not less than ten percent of the net investment
value (as defined in the trust agreement and the LLC Agreement),
as of such date, of the company; |
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance or transfer by the trust, the company or any
subsidiary of the company (in one transaction or series of
transactions) of any securities of the trust, the company or any
subsidiary of the company to, or proposed by or on behalf of, an
interested shareholder or an affiliate or associate of an
interested shareholder in exchange for cash, securities or other
property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate fair
market value of not less than ten percent of the net investment
value of the company; |
|
|
|
|
|
any spin-off or
split-up of any kind of
the trust, the company or a subsidiary of the company proposed
by or on behalf of an interested shareholder or an affiliate or
associate of the interested shareholder; |
|
|
|
|
any reclassification of the shares of the trust or trust
interests (including any reverse split of shares or trust
interests, or both) or recapitalization of the trust or the
company, or both, or any merger or consolidation of the trust or
company with any subsidiary of the company, or any other
transaction that has the effect of increasing the percentage of
the outstanding shares of the trust, the trust interests in the
company or the equity securities of any subsidiary of the
company or any class of securities of the company or any
subsidiary of the company or the trust convertible or
exchangeable for shares, trust interests or equity securities of
any subsidiary, as the case may be, that are directly or
indirectly owned by an interested shareholder or any affiliate
or associate of an interested shareholder; or |
|
|
|
any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any
one or more of the actions in the above bullet points. |
As defined in the trust agreement and the LLC agreement, an
interested shareholder is a person (other than our
manager and its affiliates, the trust, the company or any
subsidiary of the company or any employee benefit plan or any
trustee or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting
in such capacity) who:
|
|
|
|
|
is, or was at any time within the three-year period immediately
prior to the date in question, the beneficial owner of 15% or
more of the shares or trust interests, as the case may be, and
who did not become the beneficial owner of such amount of shares
or trust interests, as the case may be, pursuant to a
transaction that was approved by the companys board of
directors; or |
|
|
|
is an assignee of, or has otherwise succeeded to, any shares or
trust interests, as the case may be, of which an interested
shareholder was the beneficial owner at any time within the
three-year period immediately prior to the date in question, if
such assignment or succession occurred in the course of
a transaction, or series of transactions, not involving a
public offering. |
201
Subject to the right of our manager to appoint a director and
his or her successor in the event of a vacancy, the LLC
agreement authorizes only the chairman of the companys
board of directors to fill vacancies until the election of
directors at the second annual meeting of shareholders (and
thereafter allowing the companys board of directors to
fill such vacancies) following the closing of this offering and
the companys board of directors to fill newly created
directorships. This provision could prevent a shareholder of the
trust from effectively obtaining an indirect majority
representation on the board of directors of the company by
permitting the existing board of directors to increase the
number of directors and to fill the vacancies with its own
nominees. The LLC agreement also provide that directors may be
removed with or without cause but only by the affirmative vote
of holders of 85% of the outstanding shares and allocation
interests, as the case may be, which so elected such directors.
The trust agreement and the LLC agreement do not permit holders
of the shares to act by written consent. Instead, shareholders
may only take action via proxy, which, when the action relates
to the trusts exercise of its rights as a member of the
company, may be presented at a duly called annual or special
meeting of members of the company and will constitute the vote
of the trust. For so long as the trust remains a member of the
company, the trust will act by written consent, including to
vote its trust interests in a manner that reflects the vote by
proxy of the holders of the shares. Furthermore, the trust
agreement and the LLC agreement provide that special meetings
may only be called by the chairman of the companys board
of directors or by resolution adopted by the companys
board of directors.
The trust agreement and the LLC agreement also provide that
members, or holders of shares, seeking to bring business before
an annual meeting of members or to nominate candidates for
election as directors at an annual meeting of members of the
company, must provide notice thereof in writing to the company
not less than 120 days and not more than 150 days
prior to the anniversary date of the preceding years
annual meeting of the company or as otherwise required by
requirements of the Exchange Act. In addition, the member or
holder of shares furnishing such notice must be a member or
shareholder, as the case may be, of record on both (i) the
date of delivering such notice and (ii) the record date for
the determination of members or shareholders, as the case may
be, entitled to vote at such meeting. The trust agreement and
the LLC agreement specify certain requirements as to the form
and content of a members or shareholders notice, as
the case may be. These provisions may preclude members or
holders of shares from bringing matters before holders of shares
at an annual meeting or from making nominations for directors at
an annual or special meeting.
Our board of directors will be divided into three classes
serving staggered three-year terms, which will effectively
require at least two election cycles for a majority of the
companys board of directors to be replaced. See the
section entitled Management for more information
about the companys staggered board. In addition, our
manager will have certain rights with respect to appointing a
director, as discussed above.
Authorized but unissued shares are available for future
issuance, without approval of the shareholders of the trust.
These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of
purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional
capital or to fund acquisitions. The existence of authorized but
unissued shares could render more difficult or discourage an
attempt to obtain control of the trust by means of a proxy
contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
In addition, the board of directors of the company has broad
authority to amend the trust agreement and the LLC agreement, as
discussed below. The board of directors could, in the future,
choose to amend the trust agreement or the LLC agreement to
include other provisions which have the intention or effect of
discouraging takeover attempts.
202
Amendment of the LLC Agreement
The LLC agreement (including the distribution provisions
thereof) may be amended only by a majority vote of the board of
directors of the company, except that amending the following
provisions requires an affirmative vote of at least a majority
of the outstanding trust interests:
|
|
|
|
|
the purpose or powers of the company; |
|
|
|
the authorization of an increase in trust interests; |
|
|
|
|
the distribution rights of the trust interests; |
|
|
|
|
|
the voting rights of the trust interests; |
|
|
|
|
the provisions regarding the right to acquire trust interests
after an acquisition exchange described above; |
|
|
|
the right of a holder of shares to enforce the LLC agreement; |
|
|
|
the hiring of a replacement manager following the termination of
the management services agreement; |
|
|
|
the merger or consolidation of the company, the sale, lease or
exchange of all or substantially all of the companys
assets and certain other business combinations or transactions; |
|
|
|
the right of holders to vote on the dissolution of the
company; and |
|
|
|
the provision of the LLC agreement governing amendments thereof. |
In addition, the manager, as holder of the allocation interests,
will have the rights specified above under
Voting and Consent Rights.
Amendment of the Trust Agreement
The trust agreement may be amended by the company, as sponsor of
the trust. However, the company may not, without the affirmative
vote of a majority of the outstanding shares, enter into or
consent to any amendment of the trust agreement that would:
|
|
|
|
|
|
cause the trust to fail or cease to qualify for the exemption
from the status of an investment company under the
Investment Company Act or be classified as anything other than a
grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes; |
|
|
|
|
|
cause the trust to fail to qualify as a grantor trust for
U.S. federal income tax purposes; |
|
|
|
|
cause the trust to issue a class of equity securities other than
the shares (as described above under Shares in
the Trust), including shares in one or more series, or
issue any debt securities or any derivative securities or amend
the provision of the trust agreement prohibiting any such
issuances; |
|
|
|
|
affect the exclusive and absolute right of our shareholders to
direct the voting of the trust, as a member of the company, with
respect to all matters reserved for the vote of members of the
company pursuant to the LLC agreement; |
|
|
|
|
|
effect the merger or consolidation of the trust, effect the
sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
trusts property or assets and certain other business
combinations or transactions; |
|
203
|
|
|
|
|
|
amend the distribution rights of the shares; |
|
|
|
|
increase the number of authorized shares; or |
|
|
|
|
amend the provision of the trust agreement governing the
amendment thereof. |
|
Trustees
Messrs. Massoud and Bottiglieri will serve as the regular
trustees of the trust, and The Bank of New York (Delaware) will
serve as the Delaware trustee of the trust.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for the shares and the trust
interests is The Bank of New York.
Listing
The shares have been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global
Market under the symbol CODI, subject to notice of
issuance.
204
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our shares.
The prevailing market price of our shares could decline because
of sales of a large number of shares in the open market
following this offering or the perception that those sales may
occur. These factors also could impair our ability to raise
capital through future offerings of shares.
Upon completion of this offering and the separate private
placement transactions, we will have outstanding an aggregate
of shares,
or shares
assuming the underwriters overallotment option is
exercised in full. All of the shares sold in this offering will
be freely tradable without restriction or further registration
under the Securities Act, except for shares, if any, which may
be acquired by our affiliates as that term is
defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Persons who
may be deemed to be affiliates generally include individuals or
entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with, us and may include our directors and officers as
well as our significant shareholders, if any.
We expect that certain directors and officers and employees of
our manager will purchase an aggregate
of shares,
representing approximately % of
the then outstanding shares, in connection with this offering
pursuant to our directed share program. If purchased, such
shares will be deemed control securities, as that
concept is embodied in Rule 144 under the Securities Act,
notwithstanding the purchase of such shares pursuant to an
effective registration statement. As a result, such shares may
not be resold except in accordance with the requirements of
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. See the section
entitled Underwriting Directed Share
Program for more information about the directed share
program.
An aggregate
of shares,
representing approximately % of
the then outstanding shares, held by CGI upon completion of this
offering, which were purchased pursuant to a separate private
placement transaction, will be deemed restricted
securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under
the Securities Act, and may not be resold in the absence of
registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to exemptions
from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions
provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act. An aggregate
of shares,
representing approximately % of
the then outstanding shares, held by Pharos upon completion of
this offering, which were purchased pursuant to a separate
private placement transaction, will be deemed restricted
securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under
the Securities Act, and may not be resold in the absence of
registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to exemptions
from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions
provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act. See the
section entitled Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions for more information about the private
placement transactions with CGI and Pharos and the section
entitled Registration Rights for more
information about the registration rights with respect to their
restricted securities.
Lock-Up
Agreements
We, each of our directors and officers, CGI, Pharos, the
employees of our manager and each participant in the directed
share program have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to
enter into lock-up
agreements in favor of the underwriters that prohibit us and
them, directly or indirectly, from selling or otherwise
disposing of any shares of the trust or securities convertible
into shares of the trust for a period of 180 days from the
date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of
Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated, subject to certain
exceptions. See the section entitled
Underwriting Lock-Up Agreements for more
information about the
lock-up agreements.
Immediately following this offering, we expect our directors and
officers and the employees of our manager will
own shares,
representing approximately % of
the then outstanding shares, or
approximately % if the
underwriters overallotment option is exercised in full.
Immediately following this offering, CGI will
own shares,
representing
approximately %
of the then outstanding shares, or
approximately %
if the underwriters overallotment option is exercised in
full. Immediately following this offering, Pharos will
own shares,
representing approximately % of
the then outstanding shares, or
approximately % if the
underwriters overallotment option is exercised in full.
Other than with respect to restrictions on trading pursuant to
Rule 144, these shares will not be restricted pursuant to
the lock-up agreements
upon the expiration of the 180 days
lock-up period.
205
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect,
beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a
person who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at
least one year is entitled to sell within any three-month period
the number of those restricted securities that does not exceed
the greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the total number of shares then outstanding (or
approximately shares
upon closing of this offering); and |
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of the shares on the Nasdaq
Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the
filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale. |
|
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to satisfaction of
manner-of-sale
provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of
current public information about us. Under Rule 144(k), a
person that has not been one of our affiliates at any time
during the three months preceding a sale, and that has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least
two years, is entitled to sell those shares without regard
to the volume, manner of sale or other limitations contained in
Rule 144.
Rule 144 also imposes certain limitations on securities
held by a person in a control relationship with the issuer of
such securities, including securities that were acquired by such
person pursuant to an effective registration statement.
Registration Rights
In connection with our private placement transactions with CGI
and Pharos, we intend to enter into registration rights
agreements for the registration and sale of shares purchased in
such private placement transactions. See the section entitled
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
for more information about the private placement transactions
with CGI and Pharos. After these shares are registered pursuant
to their respective registration rights agreements, such shares
will be freely tradable without restriction.
We expect that the registration rights agreements will require
us to file a shelf registration statement under the Securities
Act relating to the resale of all the shares owned by Pharos and
CGI as soon as reasonably possible following the first
anniversary of the closing of this offering, or earlier if so
requested by the holders of registration rights, to permit the
public resale of (i) 30% of CGIs and Pharos
shares, as the case may be, after the date that is
six months after the closing of this offering, (ii) an
additional 35% of CGIs and Pharos shares, as the
case may be, after the date that is eighteen months after the
closing of this offering, and (iii) all of CGIs and
Pharos shares, as the case may be, after the date that is
three years after the closing of this offering. We will agree to
use our best efforts to have the registration statement declared
effective as soon as possible thereafter and to maintain
effectiveness of the registration statement (subject to limited
exceptions). We will be obligated to take certain actions
as are required to permit resales of the registrable shares. In
addition, the holders of registration rights may require us to
include their shares in future registration statements that we
file, subject to cutback at the option of the underwriters of
any such offering. Each registration statement will provide that
we will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing
of any registration statements pursuant to the exercise of
registration rights.
Option Plan
We intend to file a registration statement on
Form S-8 under the
Securities Act to register a certain number of shares for
issuance under our Option Plan. See the section entitled
Management Option Plan for more
information about our Option Plan.
206
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a summary of material U.S. federal
income tax considerations associated with the purchase,
ownership and disposition of shares by U.S. holders (as
defined below) and
non-U.S. holders
(as defined below). The following summary is based upon current
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code), currently applicable United States Treasury
Regulations (Regulations) and judicial and
administrative rulings as of the date hereof. This summary is
not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service (IRS),
and no rulings have been or will be sought from the IRS
regarding any matters discussed in this summary. In that regard,
there can be no assurance that positions taken with respect to,
for example, the status of the trust as a grantor trust, or the
status of the company as a partnership, will not be challenged
by the IRS. In addition, legislative, judicial or administrative
changes may be forthcoming that could alter or modify the tax
consequences, possibly on a retroactive basis.
This summary deals only with shares of the trust that are held
as capital assets by holders who acquire the shares upon
original issuance and does not address (except to the limited
extent described below) special situations, such as those of:
|
|
|
|
|
brokers and dealers in securities or currencies; |
|
|
|
financial institutions; |
|
|
|
regulated investment companies; |
|
|
|
real estate investment trusts; |
|
|
|
tax-exempt organizations; |
|
|
|
insurance companies; |
|
|
|
persons holding shares as a part of a hedging, integrated or
conversion transaction or a straddle, or as part of any other
risk reduction transaction; |
|
|
|
traders in securities that elect to use a
mark-to-market method
of accounting for their securities holdings; or |
|
|
|
persons liable for alternative minimum tax. |
A U.S. holder of shares means a beneficial
owner of shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual citizen or resident of the United States; |
|
|
|
a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created
or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any
state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
|
|
|
a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for tax
purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia,
the interests in which are owned only by U.S. persons; |
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income taxation regardless of its source; or |
|
|
|
a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of
a federal, state or local court within the United States and one
or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid
election in effect under applicable Regulations to be treated as
a U.S. person. |
A
non-U.S. holder
of shares means a beneficial owner of shares that is not a
U.S. holder.
If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds
shares of the trust, the tax treatment of any
non-U.S. partner
in such partnership (or other entity) will generally depend upon
the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.
If you are a
non-U.S. partner
of a partnership (or similarly treated entity) that acquires and
holds shares of the trust, we urge you to consult your own tax
adviser.
No statutory, administrative or judicial authority directly
addresses many of the U.S. federal income tax issues
pertaining to the treatment of shares or instruments similar to
the shares. As a result, we cannot
207
assure you that the IRS or the courts will agree with the
positions described in this summary. A different treatment of
the shares, the trust or the company from that described below
could adversely affect the amount, timing, character, and manner
for reporting of income, gain or loss in respect of an
investment in the shares. If you are considering the purchase
of shares, we urge you to consult your own tax adviser
concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax
consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition
of shares, as well as any consequences to you arising under the
laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.
Status of the Trust
Under current law and assuming full compliance with the terms of
the trust agreement (and other relevant documents), although the
matter is not free from doubt, in the opinion of Sutherland
Asbill & Brennan LLP, the trust will be classified as a
grantor trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes and not
as an association taxable as a corporation. The trust intends to
qualify as a fixed-investment trust (which is a type of grantor
trust) that is authorized to own only trust interests in the
company. The administrative powers of the trustee include the
requirement that the trustee pay to the holders of shares all
cash distributions received by the trust from the company. The
trustee, however, is not authorized to sell, exchange, convey,
pledge, encumber, or otherwise transfer, assign or dispose of
the trust interests held by the trust, nor to invest or reinvest
assets of the trust. There is, accordingly, no intended power
under the trust agreement of the trustee to vary the investments
of the holders of shares of the trust. At all times, each share
of the trust will correspond to one trust interest in the
company. As a result, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
a holder of shares generally will be treated as the beneficial
owner of a pro rata share of the trust interests in the company
held by the trust. You should be aware that an opinion of
counsel is not binding on the IRS or the courts. Therefore,
there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend, or that
a court will not ultimately hold, that the trust does not
constitute a fixed-investment trust, and, thus, a grantor trust,
for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the trust were to
be determined not to constitute a grantor trust for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, it likely would be
regarded as a partnership. While such recharacterization would
affect the manner in which the trust reports tax information to
holders of shares it should not materially affect the timing of
income or loss recognition or the character of income realized
by and reportable by holders of shares. In that event, or if the
board of directors determines that the existence of the trust
results or is reasonably likely to result in a material tax
detriment to holders, among other things, the board of directors
may dissolve the trust and transfer the trust interests held by
the trust to holders in exchange for their shares of the trust.
Were the board of directors to do so, the shareholders would
then hold trust interests directly in the company as opposed to
beneficially owning the trust interests through the trust.
Status of the Company
Pursuant to current Regulations, and subject to the discussion
of publicly traded partnerships herein, the company
intends to be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, and, accordingly, no federal income tax
will be payable by it as an entity. Instead, each holder of
trust shares who, in turn, will be treated as a beneficial owner
of trust interests in the company, will be required to take into
account its distributive share of the items of income, gain,
loss, deduction and credit of the company.
If the company were not treated as a partnership and, instead,
were to be classified as an association taxable as a
corporation, the company would be subject to federal income tax
on any taxable income at regular corporate tax rates, thereby
reducing the amount of cash available for distribution to the
trust. In that event, the holders of shares would not be
entitled to take into account their distributive shares of the
companys deductions in computing their taxable income, nor
would they be subject to tax on their respective shares of the
companys income. Distributions to a holder would be
treated as (i) dividends to the extent of the
companys current or accumulated earnings and profits,
(ii) a return of basis to the extent of each holders
basis in its shares, and (iii) gain from the sale or
exchange of property to the extent that any remaining
distribution exceeds the holders basis in its shares.
Overall, treatment of the company as an association taxable as a
corporation may substantially reduce the anticipated benefits of
an investment in the company.
208
A publicly traded partnership (as defined in
Section 7704 of the Code) is any partnership the interests
in which are traded on an established securities market or which
are readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial
equivalent thereof). A publicly traded partnership is treated as
a corporation unless a certain percentage of its gross income
during certain prescribed periods is qualifying
income (generally, passive-type income).
Under the qualifying income exception, 90% or more of the gross
income of a partnership during each taxable year must consist of
qualifying income within the meaning of
Section 7704(d) of the Code. Qualifying income includes
dividends, interest and capital gains from the sale or other
disposition of stocks and bonds. We estimate that more than 90%
of our gross income for each taxable year will constitute
qualifying income within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of
the Code.
Under current law and assuming full compliance with the terms of
the LLC agreement (and other relevant documents) and based upon
factual representations made by us, in the opinion of Sutherland
Asbill & Brennan LLP, the company will be classified as
a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The
factual representations made by us upon which Sutherland
Asbill & Brennan LLP has relied include: (a) the
company has not elected and will not elect to be treated as a
corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and
(b) for each taxable year, more than 90% of the
companys gross income will be income that Sutherland
Asbill and Brennan LLP has opined or will opine is qualifying
income within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Code.
There can be no assurance that the IRS will not successfully
assert that the company should be treated as a publicly traded
partnership taxable as a corporation. No ruling has been or will
be sought from the IRS, and the IRS has made no determination,
as to the status of the company for U.S. federal income tax
purposes or whether the company will have sufficient qualifying
income under Section 7704(d) of the Code. Whether the
company will continue to meet the qualifying income exception is
dependent on the companys continuing activities and the
nature of the income generated by those activities. In this
regard, while the company does not anticipate realizing any
management fee income (which would not constitute qualifying
income), the treatment of income earned by our manager from
offsetting management services agreements between our manager
and the operating businesses is not clear. In any event, the
companys board of directors will use its best efforts to
cause the company to conduct its activities in such manner as is
necessary for the company to continue to meet the qualifying
income exception.
If the company fails to satisfy the qualifying income exception
described above (other than a failure which is determined by the
IRS to be inadvertent and which is cured within a reasonable
period of time after the discovery of such failure), the company
will be treated as if it had (i) transferred all of its
assets, subject to its liabilities, to a newly-formed
corporation on the first day of the year in which it fails to
satisfy the exception, in return for stock in that corporation,
and (ii) then distributed that stock to the trust and, in
turn, to the holders of shares in liquidation of their
beneficial interests in the company. This contribution and
liquidation should be tax-free to holders and the company so
long as the company, at that time, does not have liabilities in
excess of its tax basis in its assets. Thereafter, the company
would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income
tax purposes.
The discussion below is based on the opinion of Sutherland
Asbill & Brennan LLP that the company will be
classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax
purposes.
Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders
|
|
|
Tax Treatment of the Company |
As a partnership, the company itself will not be subject to
U.S. federal income tax, although it will file an annual
partnership information return with the IRS, which information
return will report the results of its activities. That
information return also will contain schedules reflecting
allocations of profits or losses (and items thereof) to members
of the company, that is, to the manager and to the trust.
|
|
|
Tax Treatment of Company Income to Holders |
Each partner of a partnership is required to take into account
its share of items of income, gain, loss, deduction and other
items of the partnership. Assuming the trust is regarded as a
grantor trust and,
209
accordingly, that each holder of shares is treated as
beneficially owning a pro rata share of trust interests in the
company held by the trust, each holder will be required to
include on its tax return its allocable share of company income,
gain, loss, deduction and other items without regard to whether
the holder receives corresponding cash distributions. Thus,
holders of shares may be required to report taxable income
without a corresponding current receipt of cash if the company
were to recognize taxable income and not make cash distributions
to the trust.
The companys taxable income is expected to consist mostly
of interest income, capital gains and dividends. Interest income
will be earned upon the funds loaned by the company to the
operating subsidiaries and from temporary investments of the
company, and will be taxable to the holders at ordinary income
rates. Capital gains will be reported upon the sale of stock or
assets by the company, and will be taxed to the holders at
capital gains rates. Any dividends received by the company from
its domestic corporate holdings generally will constitute
qualified dividend income, which will, under current law (which,
without additional Congressional action, will expire with
respect to dividends received after December 31, 2008),
qualify for a reduced rate of tax. Any dividends received by the
company that do not constitute qualified dividend income will be
taxed to holders at the tax rates generally applicable to
ordinary income. Dividend income of the company from its
domestic operating subsidiaries that is allocated to corporate
holders of shares will qualify for the dividends received
deduction.
|
|
|
Allocation of Company Profits and Losses |
Under Section 704 of the Code, the determination of a
partners distributive share of any item of income, gain,
loss, deduction, or credit of a partnership shall be governed by
the partnership agreement unless the allocation so provided
lacks substantial economic effect. Accordingly, a
holders share of the companys items of income, gain,
loss, deduction, and credit will be determined by the LLC
agreement, unless the allocations under the LLC agreement are
determined not to have substantial economic effect.
Subject to the discussion below in this section and under
Allocations Among Holders and Section 754
Election, allocations under the LLC agreement should be
considered to have substantial economic effect. If the
allocations were found to lack substantial economic effect, the
allocations nonetheless should be deemed to be made in
accordance with the partners interests in the
partnership, a facts and circumstances analysis of the
underlying economic arrangement of the companys members.
In general, under the LLC agreement, items of ordinary income
and loss will be allocated ratably between the trust and the
manager based upon their relative right to receive distributions
from the company; and further, items allocated to the trust
would be allocable ratably among the holders based on the number
of trust interests beneficially held. Allocations of capital
gains realized by the company will be made first to the extent
of any profit allocation to the manager. Thereafter gains and
losses from capital transactions will be allocated among the
holders, based on the number of trust interests beneficially
held. If the allocations provided by the LLC agreement were
successfully challenged by the IRS, the amount of income or loss
allocated to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes
could be increased or reduced or the character of the income or
loss could be modified.
The federal income tax laws require specified items of taxable
income, gain, loss and deduction to be allocated in a manner
that accounts for the difference between the tax basis and the
fair market value of property contributed to a partnership.
Because all capital contributions to the company are
contemplated to be in the form of cash and the company does not
anticipate acquiring by contribution any property other than
cash, these special allocation rules that account for a book-tax
disparity would not generally apply to the company. These
special allocation rules, however, also may apply to a
partnership in the event of the issuance of new shares in a
subsequent equity offering. The intended effect of these rules
would be to allocate built-in tax gain or tax loss in a
partnerships assets to investors who economically earned
such gain or loss. However, our ability to monitor shareholder
activities to make such allocations in a precise and accurate
way is limited, and any convention that may be applied in an
effort to do so may be challenged by the IRS. Accordingly, the
company does not anticipate making special tax allocations to
account for a book-tax disparity in the companys assets as
of any subsequent offering of shares. Instead, the terms of the
LLC agreement provide in substance that all holders share
equally in any capital gains (after any profit allocation to the
manager). As a result, if one of the businesses owned by the
company
210
had appreciated (or declined) in value before, and was sold
after, a subsequent offering of shares, the resulting taxable
gain (or tax loss) from the sale of the business (after any
profit allocation to the manager) would be allocable to all
holders, including holders that purchase their shares in the
trust in the later offering. This is similar to the concept of
purchasing a dividend in a mutual fund.
The U.S. federal income tax rules that apply to partnership
allocations are complex, and their application, particularly to
exchange-traded partnerships, is not always clear. We will apply
certain conventions and assumptions intended to achieve general
compliance with the intent of these rules, and to report items
of income and loss in a manner that generally reflects a
holders economic gains and losses; however, these
conventions and assumptions may not be considered to comply with
all aspects of the Regulations. It is, therefore, possible the
IRS will successfully assert that certain of the conventions or
assumptions are not acceptable, and may require items of company
income, gain, loss or deduction to be reallocated in a manner
that could be adverse to a holder of shares.
|
|
|
Treatment of Distributions |
Distributions of cash by a partnership generally are not taxable
to the distributee-partner to the extent the amount of cash
distributed does not exceed the distributees tax basis in
its partnership interest. Cash distributions made by the company
to the trust, which cash distributions the trustee in turn will
distribute to the holders of shares, would create taxable gain
to a holder only to the extent the distribution were to exceed
the holders tax basis in the trust interests the holder is
treated as beneficially owning (see the section entitled
Tax Basis in Trust Interests). Any cash
distribution in excess of a holders tax basis generally
will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of the
shares (see the section entitled Disposition
of Shares below).
Cash distributions to the holders of shares generally will be
funded by payments to the company from the operating
subsidiaries, which payments will consist of interest and
principal payments on indebtedness owed to the company, and,
subject to availability and board of directors discretion,
dividends. After payment of expenses, the company, again subject
to the board of directors discretion, intends to
distribute the net cash to the trust, which in turn will
distribute the net cash to the holders of shares. Distributions
that are attributable to payments in amortization of the debt
may exceed the companys taxable income, thus, resulting in
distributions to the holders of shares that should constitute a
return of their investment. As indicated, if cash distributions
to a holder exceed the holders adjusted tax basis in the
trust interests such holder is treated as beneficially owning, a
taxable gain would result.
If a U.S. holder transfers shares, it will be treated for
U.S. federal income tax purposes as having transferred its
pro rata share of the trust interests held by the trust. If such
transfer is a sale or other taxable disposition, the holder will
generally be required to recognize gain or loss measured by the
difference between the amount realized on the sale and the
holders adjusted tax basis in the trust interests deemed
sold. The amount realized will include the holders share
of the companys liabilities, as well as any proceeds from
the sale. The gain or loss recognized will generally be taxable
as capital gain or loss, except that the gain or loss will be
ordinary (and not capital gain or loss) to the extent
attributable to the holders allocable share of unrealized
gain or loss in assets of the company described in
Section 751 of the Code (including unrealized receivables,
inventory or unremitted earnings of any controlled foreign
corporations held, directly or indirectly, by the company).
Capital gain of non-corporate U.S. holders is eligible to
be taxed at reduced rates where the trust interests deemed sold
are considered held for more than one year. Capital gain of
corporate U.S. holders is taxed at the same rate as
ordinary income. Any capital loss recognized by a
U.S. holder on a sale of shares will generally be
deductible only against capital gains, except that a
non-corporate U.S. holder may also offset up to
$3,000 per year of ordinary income.
Pursuant to certain IRS rulings, a partner is treated as having
a single, unified basis in all partnership interests
that it owns. As a result, if a holder acquires shares at
different prices and sells less than all of its shares, such
holder will not be entitled to specify particular shares (which
correspond to trust interests) as having been sold (as it could
do if the company were a corporation). Rather, the holder should
determine its gain or loss on the sale by using an
equitable apportionment method to allocate a
211
portion of its unified basis to its shares sold. For example, if
a holder purchased 200 shares for $10 per share and
200 shares for $20 per share (and assuming no other
adjustments to basis), the holder would have unified
basis of $6,000 in its 400 shares (each of which
corresponds to one trust interest in the company). If the holder
sold 100 of its shares, the adjusted basis in the shares sold
would be $1,500.
Gain or loss recognized by a holder on the sale or exchange of
shares held for more than one year will generally be taxable as
long-term capital gain or loss; otherwise, such gain or loss
will generally be taxable as short-term capital gain or loss. A
special election is available under the Regulations that will
allow a holder to identify and use the actual holding periods
for the shares sold for purposes of determining long-term
capital gain or loss. If a holder fails to make the election or
is not able to identify the holding periods for shares sold, the
holder likely will have a fragmented holding period in the
shares sold.
A holder that sells some or all of its shares is urged to
consult its tax advisor to determine the proper application of
these rules in light of the holders particular
circumstances.
|
|
|
Tax Basis in Trust Interests |
A U.S. holders initial tax basis in its shares, and,
in turn, in its ratable share of trust interests it is treated
as beneficially owning, will equal the sum of (a) the
amount of cash paid by such holder for its shares and
(b) such holders share of the companys
liabilities. A U.S. holders tax basis in the trust
interests it is treated as beneficially owning will be increased
by (a) the holders share of the companys
taxable income, including capital gain, (b) the
holders share of the companys income, if any, that
is exempt from tax and (c) any increase in the
holders share of the companys liabilities. A
U.S. holders tax basis in the trust interests it is
treated as beneficially owning will be decreased (but not below
zero) by (a) the amount of any cash distributed (or deemed
distributed) to the holder, (b) the holders share of
the companys losses and deductions, (c) the
holders share of the companys expenditures that are
neither deductible nor properly chargeable to a capital account
and (d) any decrease in the holders share of the
companys liabilities.
|
|
|
Treatment of Securities Loans |
A U.S. holder whose shares are loaned to a short
seller to cover a short sale of shares may be considered
to have disposed of those shares. If so, such holder would no
longer be regarded as a beneficial owner of a pro rata portion
of the trust interests with respect to those shares during the
period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the
disposition. As a result, during the period of the loan
(i) company income, gain, loss, deduction or other items
with respect to those shares would not be includible or
reportable by the holder, and (ii) cash distributions
received by the holder with respect to those shares could be
fully taxable, likely as ordinary income. A holder who
participates in any such transaction is urged to consult with
its tax adviser.
|
|
|
Limitations on Interest Deductions |
The deductibility of a non-corporate U.S. holders
investment interest expense is generally limited to
the amount of such holders net investment
income. Investment interest expense would generally
include interest expense incurred by the company, if any, and
interest expense incurred by the U.S. holder on any margin
account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry
shares of the trust. Net investment income includes gross income
from property held for investment and amounts treated as
portfolio income, such as dividends and interest, under the
passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than
interest, directly connected with the production of investment
income. For this purpose, any long-term capital gain or
qualifying dividend income that is taxable at long-term capital
gains rates is excluded from net investment income unless the
holder elects to pay tax on such gain or dividend income at
ordinary income rates.
|
|
|
Management Fees and Other Expenses |
The company will pay an annual management fee to the manager.
The company will also pay certain costs and expenses incurred in
connection with activities of the manager. The company intends
to deduct
212
such fees and expenses to the extent that they are reasonable in
amount and are not capital in nature or otherwise nondeductible.
While the companys deduction of management fees and
administrative expenses would
flow-thru
to the shareholders, the fees and other expenses will generally
constitute miscellaneous itemized deductions for individual
U.S. holders of shares. Accordingly, as described
immediately below, certain limitations on deductibility of such
fees and expenses by the shareholder could reduce or eliminate
any associated tax benefits. Corporate U.S. holders of
shares generally will not be subject to these limitations.
Organizational and syndication expenses, in general, may not be
deducted currently by either the company or any U.S. holder
of shares. An election may be made by the company to amortize
organizational expenses over a
180-month period.
Syndication expenses cannot be amortized or deducted.
In general, a U.S. holders share of the expenses
incurred by the company that are considered miscellaneous
itemized deductions may be deducted by a U.S. holder that
is an individual, estate or trust only to the extent that the
holders share of the expenses exceeds 2% of the adjusted
gross income of such holder. The Code imposes additional
limitations (which are scheduled to be phased out between 2006
and 2010) on the amount of certain itemized deductions allowable
to individuals, by reducing the otherwise allowable portion of
such deductions by an amount equal to the lesser of:
|
|
|
|
|
3% of the individuals adjusted gross income in excess of
certain threshold amounts; or |
|
|
|
80% of the amount of certain itemized deductions otherwise
allowable for the taxable year. |
The company will report such expenses on a pro rata basis, and
each U.S. holder will be required to determine separately
to what extent these items are deductible on such holders
tax return. A U.S. holders inability to deduct all or
a portion of such expenses could result in such holders
reporting as its share of company taxable income an amount that
exceeds any cash actually distributed to such U.S. holder
for the year.
The company will make the election permitted by Section 754
of the Code. Such an election, once made, is irrevocable without
the consent of the IRS. The election will generally require, in
connection with a purchase of shares in the open market, that
the company adjust its proportionate share of the tax basis in
the companys assets, or the inside basis,
pursuant to Section 743(b) of the Code to fair market value
(as reflected in the purchase price for the purchasers
shares), as if the purchaser of shares had acquired a direct
interest in the companys assets. The Section 743(b)
basis adjustment is attributed solely to a purchaser of shares
and does not affect the tax basis of the companys assets
associated with other holders. The Section 754 election,
however, could result in adjustments to the common
basis of the companys assets, under
Section 734, in connection with certain distributions.
Generally, the Section 754 election is intended to
eliminate the disparity between a purchasers
outside tax basis in its shares and its share of
inside tax basis of the companys assets such
that the amount of gain or loss allocable to the purchaser on
the disposition by the company of its assets will correspond to
the purchasers share in the appreciation or depreciation
in the value of such assets since the purchaser acquired its
shares. The consequences of this basis adjustment may be
favorable or unfavorable as to the purchaser-holder.
The calculations under Section 754 of the Code are complex,
and there is little legal authority concerning the mechanics of
the calculations, particularly in the context of publicly traded
partnerships. To help reduce the complexity of those
calculations and the resulting administrative costs to the
company, the company will apply certain simplifying conventions
in determining and allocating these inside basis adjustments. It
is possible that the IRS will successfully assert that the
conventions utilized by the company do not satisfy the technical
requirements of the Code or the Regulations and, thus, will
require different basis adjustments to be made. If different
adjustments were to be required by the IRS, some holders could
be adversely affected.
|
|
|
Limitations on Deductibility of Losses |
The deduction by a U.S. holder of its share of the
companys losses, if any, will be limited to the lesser of
(i) the tax basis in such holders shares (and, in
turn, in the trust interests the holder is deemed
213
to own), or (ii) in the case of a holder that is an
individual or a closely-held corporation (a corporation where
more than fifty percent (50%) of the value of its stock is owned
directly or indirectly by five or fewer individuals or certain
tax-exempt organizations), the amount which the holder is
considered to be at risk with respect to certain
activities of the company. In general, the amount at
risk includes the holders actual amount paid for the
shares and any share of company debt that constitutes
qualified nonrecourse financing. The amount at
risk excludes any amount the holder borrows to acquire or
hold its shares if the lender of such borrowed funds owns shares
or can look only to shares for repayment. Losses in excess of
the amount at risk must be deferred until years in which the
company generates taxable income against which to offset such
carryover losses.
|
|
|
Passive Activity Income and Loss |
The passive activity loss limitations generally
provide that individuals, estates, trusts and certain
closely-held corporations and personal service corporations can
deduct losses from passive activities (generally, activities in
which the taxpayer does not materially participate) only to the
extent of the taxpayers income from passive activities. It
is expected that holders will not recognize any passive activity
income or passive activity loss as a result of an investment in
shares.
|
|
|
Allocations Among Holders |
In general, the companys profits and losses will be
determined monthly and will be apportioned among the holders in
proportion to the number of trust shares treated as beneficially
owned by each holder as of the close of the last trading day of
the preceding month. As a result, a seller of shares prior to
the close of the last trading day of a month may be allocated
income, gain, loss or deduction realized by the company
following the date of sale. With respect to any trust interest
that was not treated as outstanding as of the close of the last
trading day of the preceding month, the first person that is
treated as beneficially holding such trust interest (other than
an underwriter or other person holding in a similar capacity)
for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as
holding such interest for this purpose as of the close of the
last trading date of the preceding month. Furthermore, all
dividends and distributions by the company (and,
correspondingly, by the trust), will be made to the transferor
of shares if the record date is on or before the date of
transfer; similarly, if the record date is after the date of
transfer, dividends and distributions shall be made to the
transferee. Thus, a holder who owns shares as of the last
trading day of any month and who disposes of the shares prior to
the record date set for a cash distribution for that month,
would be allocated items of income or loss attributable to the
next succeeding month but would not be entitled to receive the
cash distribution.
The Code generally requires that items of partnership income,
gain, loss and deduction be allocated between transferors and
transferees of partnership interests on a daily basis to take
into account changes in the make-up of the partnership. It is
possible that a transfer of shares could be considered to occur
for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the day when the
transfer is completed without regard to the companys
monthly convention for allocating profit and loss. In that
event, the companys allocation method might be considered
a method that does not comply with the tax laws.
If the IRS were to treat the transfer of shares as occurring
throughout each month, and the use of a monthly convention were
not allowed, or if the IRS otherwise does not accept the
companys allocation convention, the IRS may contend that
taxable income or losses of the company must be reallocated
among the holders. If such a contention by the IRS were
sustained, the holders respective tax liabilities would be
adjusted to the possible detriment of certain holders. The
companys board of directors is authorized to revise the
companys allocation methods in order to comply with the
applicable tax laws or to allocate items of company income,
gain, loss or deduction in a manner that may more accurately
reflect the holders respective beneficial interests in the
company as may be necessary.
The company will be considered to have terminated for tax
purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50 percent or
more of the total shares within a
12-month period. A
constructive termination results in the closing of the
companys taxable year for all holders. In the case of a
holder reporting on a taxable year
214
other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of
the companys taxable year may result in more than 12
months of its taxable income or loss being includable in such
holders taxable income for the year of termination. The
company would be required to make new tax elections after a
termination, including a new election under Section 754. A
termination could also result in penalties if the company were
unable to determine that the termination has occurred.
|
|
|
Tax Reporting by the Trust and the Company |
Information returns will be filed by the company with the IRS,
as required, with respect to income, gain, loss, deduction and
other items derived from the companys activities. The
company will file a partnership return with the IRS and intends
to issue a Schedule K-1 to the trustee, on behalf of the
holders as beneficial owners of the trust interests. The trustee
intends to provide information to each holder of shares using a
monthly convention as the calculation period. The trustee also
will provide information on a full calendar year basis. The
information will be provided so that the beneficial owners of
the shares may determine with reasonable accuracy the items of
income, gain, loss and deduction that are attributable to their
shares. The trustee will do so on a Form 1099 (or
substantially similar form), issued as soon as practicable after
the end of each year. Additionally, a holder will be informed of
necessary tax information on a tax information statement (or
such other form as may be required by law) in accordance with
recently issued Regulations. Because substantially all of the
trusts income is from dividends and interest, and all
trust interests will have identical value and rights, the trust
may adopt a simplified reporting method permitted under the new
Regulations. If a holder holds shares through a nominee (such as
a broker), we anticipate that the nominee will provide the
holder with a Form 1099 (or substantially similar form),
which will be supplemented by additional tax information that we
will make available. In this context, we further expect that the
relevant and necessary information for tax purposes also will be
readily available electronically through our website. Each
holder will be deemed to have consented to provide relevant
information, and if the shares are held through a broker or
other nominee, to allow such broker or other nominee to provide
such information as is reasonably requested by us for purposes
of complying with our tax reporting obligations. We note that,
given the lack of authority addressing structures similar to
that of the trust and the company, it is not certain that the
IRS will agree with the manner in which tax reporting by the
trust and the company will be undertaken.
|
|
|
Audits and Adjustments to Tax Liability |
A challenge by the IRS, such as in a tax audit, to the tax
treatment by a partnership of any item generally must be
conducted at the partnership, rather than at the partner, level.
A partnership ordinarily designates a tax matters
partner (as defined under Section 6231 of the Code)
as the person to receive notices and to act on behalf of the
partnership and the partners in the conduct of such a challenge
or audit by the IRS. The company, as a limited liability
company, has designated our manager as the tax matters
member, who shall serve as the tax matters partner.
Our tax matters member, which is required by the LLC agreement
to notify all holders of any U.S. federal income tax audit
of the company, will have the authority under the LLC agreement
to conduct, respond to, and if appropriate, contest (including
by pursuing litigation) any IRS audit of the companys tax
returns or other tax-related administrative or judicial
proceedings and, if considered appropriate, to settle such
proceedings. A final determination of U.S. tax matters in
any proceeding initiated or contested by the tax matters partner
will be binding on all holders of shares who held their shares
during the period for which the audit adjustment is made. As the
tax matters member, our manager will have the right on behalf of
all holders to extend the statute of limitations relating to the
holders U.S. federal income tax liabilities with
respect to company items.
A U.S. federal income tax audit of the companys
information return may result in an audit of the tax return of a
holder of shares, which, in turn, could result in adjustments to
a holders items of income and loss that are unrelated to
the company as well as to company-related items. There can be no
assurance that the IRS, upon an audit of an information return
of the company or of an income tax return of a U.S. holder,
might not take a position that differs from the treatment
thereof by the company or by such holder, possibly resulting in
a tax deficiency. A holder would also be liable for interest on
any tax
215
deficiency that resulted from any such adjustments. Potential
U.S. holders should also recognize that they might be
forced to incur legal and accounting costs in resisting any
challenge by the IRS to items in their individual returns, even
if the challenge by the IRS should prove unsuccessful.
Subject to generally applicable limitations, a U.S. holder
of shares will be able to claim foreign tax credits with respect
to certain foreign income taxes (if any) paid or incurred by the
company, withheld on payments made to the company or paid by the
company on behalf of holders. If a holder elects to claim a
foreign tax credit, it must include in its gross income, for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, both its share of the
companys items of income and gain and also its share of
the amount which is deemed to be the holders portion of
foreign income taxes paid with respect to, or withheld from,
dividends, interest or other income derived by the company.
Subject to certain limitations, the U.S. holder may claim
as a credit against its U.S. federal income tax the amount
of such taxes incurred or withheld. Alternatively, a
U.S. holder may elect to treat such foreign taxes as
deductions from gross income. Even if the holder is unable to
claim a credit or a deduction, he or she must include all
amounts described above in income. We urge U.S. holders to
consult their tax advisers regarding this election and its
consequences to them.
|
|
|
Taxation of Certain Foreign Earnings |
Under Subpart F of the Code, certain undistributed earnings and
certain passive income of a foreign company constituting a
controlled foreign corporation, or CFC, as defined in the Code,
are taxed to certain U.S. shareholders prior to being
distributed. None of the businesses in which the company
currently intends to invest are CFCs; however, no assurances can
be given that other businesses in which the company may invest
in the future will not be CFCs. While distributions made by a
foreign company could generally constitute qualified
dividend income; the Subpart F provisions of the Code may
operate to prevent distributions (or deemed distributions) of
such earnings from being so regarded. Additionally, if the
company were to invest in a passive foreign investment company,
or PFIC, a U.S. holder of shares may be subject to certain
adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, including a
deferred interest charge upon the distribution of previously
accumulated earnings with respect to that investment.
|
|
|
Tax Shelter Disclosure Rules |
There are circumstances under which certain transactions must be
disclosed to the IRS in a disclosure statement attached to a
taxpayers U.S. federal income tax return (a copy of
such statement must also be sent to the IRS Office of Tax
Shelter Analysis). In addition, the Code imposes a requirement
on certain material advisers to maintain a list of
persons participating in such transactions, which list must be
furnished to the IRS upon written request. These provisions can
apply to transactions not conventionally considered to involve
abusive tax planning. Consequently, it is possible that such
disclosure could be required by the company or the holders of
shares if, for example, a holder incurs a loss (in excess of a
threshold computed without regard to offsetting gains or other
income or limitations) from the disposition of shares. While the
tax shelter disclosure rules generally do not apply to a loss
recognized on the disposition of an asset in which the taxpayer
has a qualifying basis (generally a basis equal to the amount of
cash paid by the taxpayer for such asset), such rules will apply
to a taxpayer recognizing a loss with respect to interests (such
as the shares) in a pass-through entity even if its basis in
such interests is equal to the amount of cash it paid. We urge
U.S. holders to consult their tax advisers regarding the
tax shelter disclosure rules and the possible application of
these rules to them.
Non-U.S. Holders
A non-U.S. holder
will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such
holders distributive share of the companys income,
provided that such income is not considered to be effectively
connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the
United States. However, in the case of an individual
non-U.S. holder,
such holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on
gains on the sale of shares in the company or such holders
distributive share of company gains if such holder is present in
the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable
year and certain other conditions are met.
216
The company should not be treated as engaged in a trade or
business within the United States and therefore should not
realize income that would be treated as effectively connected
with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. If the income
from the company is effectively connected with a U.S. trade
or business (and, if certain income tax treaties apply, is
attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), then a
non-U.S. holders
share of any company income and of any gain realized upon the
sale or exchange of shares will be subject to U.S. federal
income tax at the graduated rates applicable to
U.S. citizens and residents and domestic corporations, and
such
non-U.S. holder
will be subject to tax return filing requirements in the
U.S. Non-U.S. holders
that are corporations may also be subject to a 30% branch
profits tax (or lower treaty rate, if applicable) on their
effectively connected earnings and profits that are not timely
reinvested in a U.S. trade or business.
In addition, gains, if any, allocable to a
non-U.S. holder
and attributable to a sale by the company of a
U.S. real property interest, or USRPI (other
than such gains subject to tax under the rules discussed above),
are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as if such
gains were effectively connected with the conduct of a
U.S. trade or business. Moreover, a withholding tax is
imposed with respect to such gain as a means of collecting such
tax. For this purpose, a USRPI includes an interest (other than
solely as a creditor) in a U.S. real property holding
corporation (in general, a U.S. corporation, at least
50% of whose real estate and trade or business assets, measured
by fair market value, consists of USRPIs), as well as an
interest in a partnership that holds USRPIs. This withholding
tax would be creditable against a
non-U.S. holders
actual U.S. federal income tax liability and any excess
withholding tax may generally be eligible for refund. Although a
non-U.S. holder
who is a partner in a partnership that owns USRPIs is generally
subject to tax on its sale or other disposition of its
partnership interest to the extent attributable to such USRPIs,
no withholding tax is generally imposed on the transfer of
publicly traded partnership interests, and gain will not be
taxable under the USRPI provisions where the
non-U.S. holder
owns no more than 5% of a publicly traded entity such as the
company. A
non-U.S. holder
that owns more than 5% of the company is urged to consult its
tax adviser about the potential application of the USRPI
provisions. We believe that none of the companys initial
investments will constitute a USRPI, however, our conclusion may
be incorrect and as such no assurances can be given that one or
more of the companys assets does not or will not
constitute a USRPI either now or in the future.
While generally not subject to U.S. federal income tax as
discussed above, a
non-U.S. holder
generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax
at the rate of 30% (or, under certain circumstances, at a
reduced rate provided by an income tax treaty, if applicable) in
respect of such holders distributive share of dividends
from U.S. corporations and certain other types of
U.S.-source income
realized by the company. To the extent any interest income
allocated to a
non-U.S. holder
that otherwise would be subject to U.S. withholding tax is
considered portfolio interest, neither the
allocation of such interest income to the
non-U.S. holder
nor a subsequent distribution of such interest income to the
non-U.S. holder
will be subject to withholding, provided (among other things)
that the
non-U.S. holder is
not otherwise engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and
provides us with a timely and properly completed and executed
form W-8BEN or other applicable form and said holder does
not directly or indirectly own 10 percent or more of the
shares or capital of the interest payor. The withholding tax as
described herein will apply upon the earlier of the distribution
of income to a
non-U.S. holder
or, if not previously distributed to a
non-U.S. holder,
at the time such income is allocated to a
non-U.S. holder.
Amounts withheld on behalf of a
non-U.S. holder
will be treated as being distributed to such
non-U.S. holder;
however, to the extent we are unable to associate amounts
withheld with particular trust interests, the economic burden of
any withholding tax paid by us to the appropriate tax
authorities will be borne by all holders, including
U.S. holders.
A non-U.S. holder
will be subject to U.S. federal estate tax on the value of
U.S.-situs property
owned at the time of his or her death. It is unclear whether
partnership interests (such as the trust interests) will be
considered U.S.-situs
property. Accordingly, a
non-U.S. holder is
urged to consult its tax advisors to determine whether such
holders estate would be subject to U.S. federal
estate tax on all or part of the value of the trust interests
beneficially owned at the time of his or her death.
217
Non-U.S. holders
will be required to timely and accurately complete a
form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and provide such
form to us, for withholding tax purposes.
Non-U.S. holders
are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to
the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the
company.
Regulated Investment Companies
Under recently enacted legislation, interests in and income from
qualified publicly traded partnerships satisfying
certain gross income tests are treated as qualifying assets and
income, respectively, for purposes of determining eligibility
for regulated investment company (RIC) status. A RIC
may invest up to 25% of its assets in interests of a qualified
publicly traded partnership. The determination of whether a
publicly traded partnership such as the company is a qualified
publicly traded partnership is made on an annual basis. The
company likely will not qualify to be treated as a qualified
publicly traded partnership. However, because the company
expects to satisfy the gross income requirements of
Section 7704(c)(2) (determined as provided in
Section 851(h)), the company anticipates the flow-thru of
at least 90% of its gross income to constitute qualifying income
for regulated investment company testing purposes.
Tax-Exempt Organizations
With respect to any holder that is an organization that is
otherwise exempt from U.S. federal income tax, such holder
nonetheless would be subject to taxation with respect to its
unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI, to the
extent that its UBTI from all sources exceeds $1,000 in any
taxable year. Except as noted below with respect to certain
categories of exempt income, UBTI generally includes income or
gain derived (either directly or through a partnership) from a
trade or business, the conduct of which is substantially
unrelated to the exercise or performance of the
organizations exempt purpose or function.
UBTI generally does not include passive investment income, such
as dividends, interest and capital gains, whether realized by
the organization directly or indirectly through a partnership
(such as the company) in which it is a partner. This type of
income is exempt, subject to the discussion of unrelated
debt-financed income below, even if it is realized from
securities trading activity that constitutes a trade or business.
UBTI includes not only trade or business income or gain as
described above, but also unrelated debt-financed
income. This latter type of income generally consists of
(1) income derived by an exempt organization (directly or
through a partnership) from income-producing property with
respect to which there is acquisition indebtedness
at any time during the taxable year and (2) gains derived
by an exempt organization (directly or through a partnership)
from the disposition of property with respect to which there is
acquisition indebtedness at any time during the twelve-month
period ending with the date of the disposition.
The company expects to incur debt that would be treated as
acquisition indebtedness with respect to certain of
its investments. To the extent the company recognizes income in
the form of dividends or interest from any investment with
respect to which there is acquisition indebtedness
during a taxable year, the percentage of the income that will be
treated as UBTI generally will be equal to the amount of the
income from such investment times a fraction, the numerator of
which is the average acquisition indebtedness
incurred with respect to the investment, and the denominator of
which is the average amount of the adjusted basis of
the companys investment during the period such investment
is held by the company during the taxable year.
To the extent the company recognizes gain from the disposition
of any company investment with respect to which there is
acquisition indebtedness, the portion of the gain
that will be treated as UBTI will be equal to the amount of the
gain times a fraction, the numerator of which is the highest
amount of the acquisition indebtedness with respect
to the investment during the twelve-month period ending with the
date of disposition, and the denominator of which is the
average amount of the adjusted basis of the
investment during the period such investment is held by the
company during the taxable year.
218
Certain State and Local Taxation Matters
State and local tax laws often differ from U.S. federal
income tax laws with respect to the treatment of specific items
of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. A holders
distributive share of the taxable income or loss of the company
generally will be required to be included in determining its
reportable income for state and local tax purposes in the
jurisdiction in which the holder is a resident. Prospective
holders should consider, in addition to the U.S. federal
income tax consequences described above, potential state and
local tax considerations in investing in the shares.
Backup Withholding
The trust is required in certain circumstances to withhold tax
(called backup withholding) on certain payments paid
to noncorporate holders of shares who do not furnish their
correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of
individuals, their social security number) and certain
certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup
withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any
amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or
credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if
any, provided that the required information is furnished to the
IRS.
Each holder of shares should be aware that certain aspects of
the U.S. federal, state and local income tax treatment
regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares are
not clear under existing law. Thus, we urge each holder to
consult its own tax advisers to determine the tax consequences
of ownership of the shares in such holders particular
circumstances.
219
UNDERWRITING
We and the underwriters named below have entered into an
underwriting agreement with respect to the shares offered by
this prospectus. Subject to the terms and conditions contained
in the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally
agreed to purchase from us the number of offered shares set
forth opposite its name in the following table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
|
Offered | |
Name of Underwriter |
|
Shares | |
|
|
| |
Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott &
Stringfellow, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriters obligations are several, which means that
each underwriter is required to purchase a specific number of
shares of offered shares, but it is not responsible for the
commitment of any other underwriter. The underwriting agreement
provides that each of the underwriters several obligations
to purchase shares of our offered shares depend on the
satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting
agreement, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the representations and warranties made by us to the
underwriters are true and our agreements have been performed; |
|
|
|
there is no material adverse change in the financial
markets; and |
|
|
|
we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters. |
The underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all of
our shares offered by this prospectus, if any such shares are
taken. However, the underwriters are not obligated to take or
pay for the shares covered by the underwriters
over-allotment option described below, unless and until this
option is exercised.
There has been no public market for our shares prior to this
offering. The public offering price will be determined by
negotiation by us and the representatives of the underwriters.
The principal factors to be considered in determining the public
offering price include:
|
|
|
|
|
the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise
available to the representatives of the underwriters; |
|
|
|
the history and the prospects for the industry in which we
compete; |
|
|
|
the ability of our manager; |
|
|
|
our prospects for future earnings, the present state of our
development, and our current financial position; |
|
|
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
this offering; and |
|
|
|
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded
common stock of generally comparable companies. |
Over-Allotment Option
We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable no later
than 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement,
to purchase up to an additional 15% of offered shares at the
public offering price, less the underwriting discount, financial
advisory fee and commissions set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus. We will be obligated to sell these offered shares to
the underwriters to the extent the over-allotment option is
exercised.
220
If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters
will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as
shown in the table above. If any additional shares are
purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on
the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover
over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the shares
offered by this prospectus.
Commissions and Expenses
The underwriters propose to offer the offered shares directly to
the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus and to dealers at the public offering price less
a concession not in excess of
$ per
share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow,
a concession not in excess of
$ per
share on sales to other brokers and dealers. After the public
offering of the offered shares, the underwriters may change the
offering price and other selling terms.
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting
discounts, financial advisory fees and commissions that we will
pay to the underwriters and the proceeds we will receive before
expenses. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and
full exercise of the underwriters option to purchase
additional shares of offered shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Without | |
|
Total With | |
|
|
|
|
Over-Allotment | |
|
Over-Allotment | |
|
|
Per Share | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Public offering price
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Underwriting discount payable by us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial advisory fee payable by us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds before expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have agreed to pay a financial advisory fee of 0.25% of the
gross proceeds of the offering to Ferris, Baker Watts for
strategic and other advice in connection with the offering, if
any offering is made prior to March 15, 2006. We estimate
that the total expenses of this offering, exclusive of
underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately
$ and
are payable by us.
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale to our
directors and employees of our manager at the initial public
offering price up
to % of
the shares being offered by this prospectus. The sales will be
made by Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated through a directed
share program. The shares sold pursuant to the directed share
program will be subject to a 180 day
lock-up agreement. We
do not know if our directors or employees of our manager will
choose to purchase all or any portion of the reserved shares,
but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares
available to the general public through this offering. If all of
these reserved shares are not purchased, the underwriters will
offer the remainder to the general public on the same terms as
the other shares offered by this prospectus.
Lock-Up Agreements
We have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise
dispose of, or enter into any transaction that is designed to,
or could reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition of
any of the shares of the trust or other securities convertible
into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of the trust for
a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus,
without the prior written consent of Ferris, Baker Watts,
Incorporated. CGI, Pharos, the employees of our manager and each
of our officers and directors have agreed not to offer, sell,
contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or enter into any
transaction that is designed to, or could reasonably be expected
to result in the disposition of shares of the trust, other than
such shares purchased in open market transactions after the
pricing of this offering, for a period of 180 days after
the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of
Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated. In addition, each person who
purchases shares of the trust through the directed share program
has agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise
dispose of or enter into any transaction that is designed to, or
could reasonably be expected to result in the disposition of
shares of the trust, other than shares of the trust purchased in
open market transactions after the pricing of this offering, for
a
221
period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus
without the prior written consent of Ferris, Baker Watts,
Incorporated. The consent of Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated
may be given at any time without public notice. However, shares
of the trust that are subject to these
lock-up agreements may
be transferred as a bona fide gift or to a trust for the benefit
of any of our officers and directors, any employee of our
manager or any participant in the directed share program and/or
an immediate family member of such person, provided that the
donee or trust agrees in writing to the terms of the
lock-up agreement to
which such person is bound. With the exception of the
underwriters over-allotment option, there are no present
agreements between the underwriters and us, CGI, Pharos, any
employees of our manager, our officers and directors or any
participant in the directed share program releasing us or them
from these lock-up
agreements prior to the expiration of the 180 day period.
Indemnity
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and persons who
control the underwriters against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to
payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these
liabilities.
Stabilization
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate
covering transactions and penalty bids.
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase offered shares
so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified
maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or
retarding a decline in the market price of the offered shares
while the offering is in progress. |
|
|
|
Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of
offered shares in excess of the number of shares the
underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate
short position that may be either a covered short position or a
naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of
shares of offered shares over-allotted by the underwriters is
not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in
the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number
of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the
over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any short
position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or
purchasing shares of offered shares in the open market. |
|
|
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of offered
shares in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In
determining the source of shares to close out the short
position, the underwriters will consider, among other things,
the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as
compared with the price at which they may purchase offered
shares through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the
underwriters sell more offered shares than could be covered by
exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a
naked short position, the position can be closed out only by
buying offered shares in the open market. A naked short position
is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned
that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price
of the offered shares in the open market that could adversely
affect investors who purchase in the offering. |
|
|
|
Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the offered shares
originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in
stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover
syndicate short positions. |
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our offered shares or preventing or
retarding a decline in the market price of our offered shares.
As a result, the price of our offered shares in the open market
may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these
transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters makes any
representation or prediction as to the effect that the
transactions described above may have on
222
the price of our offered shares. These transactions may be
effected on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the
over-the-counter market
or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Passive Market Making
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in
passive market making transactions in our offered shares on The
Nasdaq Global Market in accordance with Rule 103 of
Regulation M under the Securities Act. Rule 103
permits passive market making activity by the participants in
this offering. Passive market making may occur before the
pricing of our offering, and before the commencement of offers
or sales of the offered shares. Each passive market maker must
comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be
identified as a passive market maker. In general, a passive
market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of
the highest independent bid for the security. If all independent
bids are lowered below the bid of the passive market maker,
however, the bid must then be lowered when purchase limits are
exceeded. Net purchases by a passive market maker on each day
are limited to a specified percentage of the passive market
makers average daily trading volume in the offered shares
during a specified period and must be discontinued when that
limit is reached. The underwriters and other dealers are not
required to engage in passive market making and may end passive
market making activities at any time.
Our Relationship with the Underwriters
The offered shares are being offered by the underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by
them, subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel
for the underwriters and other conditions. The underwriters
reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify this offer and
to reject orders in whole or in part.
223
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the securities offered in this prospectus is
being passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan
LLP, Washington, D.C. Sutherland Asbill & Brennan
LLP, Washington, D.C. has also provided us with its opinion
with respect to federal income tax matters addressed herein.
Certain legal matters will be passed upon on behalf of the
underwriters by Alston & Bird LLP, Atlanta, Georgia.
224
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Compass Diversified
Trust at December 31, 2005, and for the period from
November 18, 2005 (inception) to December 31,
2005 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement
have been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered
public accountants, as set forth in their reports thereon
appearing elsewhere herein and are included herein in reliance
upon such reports given the authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of CBS Personnel Holdings,
Inc. (formerly Compass CS, Inc. and Subsidiaries) at
December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for each of the three years
in the period ending December 31, 2005, appearing in this
prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Grant
Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, as set
forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein and
are included herein in reliance upon such reports given on the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of Crosman Acquisition
Corporation at June 30, 2005 and 2004 and for the year
ended June 30, 2005 and for the period from
February 10, 2004 to June 30, 2004 included in this
prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on
the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
The consolidated financial statements of Crosman Acquisition
Corporation for the period from July 1, 2003 to
February 9, 2004 and for the year ended June 30, 2003
included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on
the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent
accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting.
The consolidated financial statements of Compass AC Holdings,
Inc. at December 31, 2005 and for the period ended
December 31, 2005 appearing in this prospectus and
registration statement had been audited by Grant Thornton LLP,
independent registered public accountants, as set forth in their
report thereon appearing elsewhere herein and are included in
reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
The combined financial statements of Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
at December 31, 2004 and for the period ended
September 19, 2005 and for the years ending
December 31, 2004 and 2003 appearing in this prospectus and
registration statement have been audited by Bauerle and Company
P.C., independent accountants, as set forth in their reports
thereon appearing elsewhere herein and are included herein in
reliance upon such reports given the authority of such firms as
experts in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of Silvue Technologies
Group, Inc. at December 31, 2005 and for the year ended
December 31, 2005 appearing in this prospectus and
registration statement had been audited by Grant Thornton LLP,
independent registered public accountants, as set forth in their
report thereon appearing elsewhere herein and are included in
reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of Silvue Technologies
Group, Inc. at December 31, 2004 (restated) and for the
years ended December 31, 2004 (restated) and 2003 appearing
in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited
by White Nelson and Co. LLP, independent accountants, as set
forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein and
are included herein in reliance upon such reports given the
authority of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing.
225
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1, which
includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the
Securities Act with respect to this offering of our securities.
Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration
statement, contains all material information included in the
registration statement, parts of the registration statement have
been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC.
We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for
further information about us, our securities and this offering.
The registration statement and its exhibits can be inspected and
copied at the SECs public reference room at 100 F
Street, N.E., Washington, D.C.
20549-1004. The public
may obtain information about the operation of the public
reference room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0300. In
addition, the SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov
that contains the
Form S-1 and other
reports, proxy and information statements and information
regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
Following this offering, we will be required to file current
reports, quarterly reports, annual reports, proxy statements and
other information with the SEC. You may read and copy these
reports, proxy statements and other information at the
SECs public reference room or through its Internet web
site.
226
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page | |
|
|
Number(s) | |
|
|
| |
Compass Group Diversified Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
|
|
F-8 |
|
|
|
|
F-9 |
|
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-12 |
|
|
|
|
F-13 |
|
|
|
|
F-14 |
|
|
|
|
F-15 |
|
|
|
|
F-16 |
|
|
|
|
F-17 |
|
Crosman Acquisition Corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-31 |
|
|
|
|
F-33 |
|
|
|
|
F-34 |
|
|
|
|
F-35 |
|
|
|
|
F-36 |
|
|
|
|
F-37 |
|
|
|
|
F-54 |
|
|
|
|
F-55 |
|
|
|
|
F-56 |
|
|
|
|
F-57 |
|
|
|
|
F-58 |
|
F-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page | |
|
|
Number(s) | |
|
|
| |
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-71 |
|
|
|
|
F-72 |
|
|
|
|
F-73 |
|
|
|
|
F-74 |
|
|
|
|
F-75 |
|
|
|
|
F-76 |
|
|
|
|
F-77 |
|
|
|
|
F-78 |
|
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-89 |
|
|
|
|
F-90 |
|
|
|
|
F-91 |
|
|
|
|
F-92 |
|
|
|
|
F-93 |
|
|
|
|
F-94 |
|
|
|
|
F-96 |
|
F-2
Compass Diversified Trust
Index to Consolidated Financial
Statement
Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page(s) | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
|
|
F-8 |
|
|
|
|
F-9F-10 |
|
F-3
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and
Shareholders of Compass Diversified Trust
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
Compass Diversified Trust (a Delaware corporation) as of
December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statement
of operations, stockholders equity, and cash flows for the
period from inception (November 18, 2005) to
December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Compass Diversified Trust as of
December 31, 2005, and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for the period from inception
(November 18, 2005) to December 31, 2005 in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
New York, New York
February 9, 2006
F-4
Compass Diversified Trust
Consolidated Balance Sheet
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$ |
100,000 |
|
|
Deferred public offering costs
|
|
|
3,307,535 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
3,407,535 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
|
Due to related party
|
|
|
3,307,535 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
3,308,535 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
Member interest
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(1,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
99,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$ |
3,407,535 |
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to financial statements.
F-5
Compass Diversified Trust
Consolidated Statement of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 18, 2005 | |
|
|
(Date of Inception) | |
|
|
Through | |
|
|
December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
Formation and operating costs
|
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss for the period
|
|
$ |
(1,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
See notes to financial statements.
F-6
Compass Diversified Trust
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Member | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
|
|
Interest | |
|
Deficit | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance November 18, 2005 (date of
inception)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial capitalization of LLC
|
|
$ |
100,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
100,000 |
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(1,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2005
|
|
$ |
100,000 |
|
|
$ |
(1,000 |
) |
|
$ |
99,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to financial statements.
F-7
Compass Diversified Trust
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 18, 2005 | |
|
|
(Date of Inception) | |
|
|
Through | |
|
|
December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$ |
(1,000 |
) |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of trust shares
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of period
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents end of period
|
|
$ |
100,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred public offering costs payable to a related party
|
|
$ |
3,307,535 |
|
See notes to financial statements.
F-8
Compass Diversified Trust
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2005
Note A Organization and Business Operations
Compass Diversified Trust (the Trust) was
incorporated in Delaware on November 18, 2005. Compass
Group Diversified Holdings, LLC (the Company), a
Delaware limited liability company was also formed on
November 18, 2005. Compass Group Management (the
Manager) is the sole member of 100% of the LLC
interests of the Company as of December 31, 2005. Upon the
completion of the proposed offering of trust shares
(IPO), the Managers interest will be reflected
as a minority interest in the financials of the Company.
The Trust and the Company were formed to acquire and manage a
group of small to middle market businesses that are
headquartered in the United States. The Trust has neither
engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue to date. In
accordance with the Trust Agreement, the Trust will be the sole
member of 100% of the LLC interests of the Company and, pursuant
to the LLC Agreement, the Company will have outstanding, the
identical number of LLC interests as the number of outstanding
shares of Trust stock. The Company will be the operating entity
with a board of directors and other corporate governance
responsibilities, consistent with that of a Delaware corporation.
The Company will use the net proceeds of the proposed offering
of trust shares (as defined in Note C below) (the Proposed
Offering) to retire the third-party debt of and acquire
controlling interest in the following businesses from certain
subsidiaries of Compass Group Investments, Inc.
(CGI):
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries,
a human resources outsourcing firm; |
|
|
|
|
|
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and its consolidated
subsidiaries, a recreational products company; |
|
|
|
|
|
Compass AC Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary, an
electronic components manufacturing company; and |
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and its consolidated
subsidiaries, a global hardcoatings company. |
|
The aggregate amount utilized to retire the third-party debt of
and acquire the controlling interests in the businesses from
certain subsidiaries of CGI will be approximately
$315 million. The Company will engage Compass Group
Management LLC to manage its and the Trusts day-to-day
operations and affairs.
To date the activities of the Trust and the Company have been
incidental to its organization and the proposed acquisition and
IPO. Until the consummation of the IPO, the Company is dependent
on financial support from CGI, who have agreed to provide such
required financial support.
Note B Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies
[1] Principles of
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Compass Diversified Trust and Compass Group Diversified Holdings
LLC. All intercompany balances and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation.
The acquisition of businesses that the Company will own or
control more than 50% of the voting shares will be accounted for
under the purchase method of accounting. The amount assigned to
the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed
will be based on estimated fair values as of the date of
acquisition, with the remainder, if any, recorded as goodwill.
The operations of such businesses will be consolidated from the
date of acquisition.
F-9
Compass Diversified Trust
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
[2] Cash and cash
equivalents:
The Trust considers all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
[3] Due to related
party:
Pursuant to a Management Services Agreement, the Trust has
agreed to reimburse the Manager or affiliates of the Manager for
the cost and expenses incurred or to be incurred prior to and in
connection with the closing of the offering. The offering costs
incurred as of December 31, 2005 are reflected on the
Balance Sheet as deferred offering costs with a corresponding
liability for the obligation to the Manager recorded as due to
related party. Should the equity offering not be consummated in
future periods, the Company will write off the related deferred
cost and recognize a charge; such charge could be material.
[4] Use of estimates:
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that effect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
[5] Income taxes:
Deferred income taxes are provided for the differences between
the basis of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and
income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is established when
necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected
to be realized.
The Trust recorded a deferred income tax asset for the tax
effect of net operating loss carryforwards and temporary
differences, aggregating approximately $340. In recognition of
the uncertainty regarding the ultimate amount of income tax
benefits to be derived, the Trust has recorded a full valuation
allowance at December 31, 2005.
The effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 34%
due to the increase in the valuation allowance.
[6] Deferred offering
costs:
Deferred offering costs consist principally of legal and
underwriting fees incurred through the balance sheet date that
are related to the Proposed Offering and that will be charged to
capital upon the receipt of the capital or charged to expense if
not completed.
Note C Proposed Offering
The Proposed Offering calls for the Trust to offer for public
sale shares of the Trust that would raise approximately
$250 million of gross proceeds (excluding shares pursuant
to the underwriters over-allotment option and $96 million
and $4 million of proceeds from the private placements to
CGI and Pharos I LLC (an affiliate of the Manager),
respectively). Each share of the Trust will represent an
undivided beneficial interest in the Trust, and each share of
the Trust corresponds to one underlying non-management interest
in the Company. Unless the Trust is dissolved, it must remain
the sole holder of 100% of the Companys trust interests,
and at all times the Company will have outstanding the identical
number of trust interests as the number of outstanding shares of
the Trust. Each outstanding share of the Trust is entitled to
one vote on any matter with respect to which the Trust is
entitled to vote.
F-10
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page(s) | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
F-12 |
|
|
|
|
F-13 |
|
|
|
|
F-14 |
|
|
|
|
F-15 |
|
|
|
|
F-16 |
|
|
|
|
F-17-F-29 |
|
F-11
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Shareholders
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company)
as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive income,
shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audits included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Cincinnati, Ohio
February 14, 2006
F-12
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$ |
992,132 |
|
|
$ |
532,540 |
|
|
Accounts receivable:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and reserves of
$3,128,763 and $3,415,595 at December 31, 2005 and 2004,
respectively
|
|
|
56,193,627 |
|
|
|
54,126,110 |
|
|
|
Unbilled revenue
|
|
|
6,646,556 |
|
|
|
6,966,431 |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
3,471,665 |
|
|
|
2,971,406 |
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
1,525,486 |
|
|
|
1,774,536 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
68,829,466 |
|
|
|
66,371,023 |
|
Property and equipment net
|
|
|
2,876,353 |
|
|
|
3,080,613 |
|
Other assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
59,294,763 |
|
|
|
59,307,301 |
|
|
Other intangibles net
|
|
|
8,658,587 |
|
|
|
10,559,217 |
|
|
Deferred tax assets long-term
|
|
|
1,227,195 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
865,679 |
|
|
|
669,127 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
141,752,043 |
|
|
$ |
139,987,281 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$ |
2,037,300 |
|
|
$ |
2,037,300 |
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
8,776,785 |
|
|
|
4,947,227 |
|
|
Accrued expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued payroll, bonuses and commissions
|
|
|
11,277,083 |
|
|
|
11,335,902 |
|
|
|
Payroll taxes and other withholdings
|
|
|
7,398,293 |
|
|
|
7,862,404 |
|
|
|
Current portion of workers compensation obligation
|
|
|
7,867,094 |
|
|
|
6,965,050 |
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7,157,341 |
|
|
|
8,351,255 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
44,513,896 |
|
|
|
41,499,138 |
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
31,154,121 |
|
|
|
43,893,282 |
|
|
Workers compensation obligation
|
|
|
12,948,822 |
|
|
|
10,586,981 |
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96,951 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
88,616,839 |
|
|
|
96,076,352 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares
authorized; issued and outstanding 2,830,909 at
December 31, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
2,831 |
|
|
|
2,831 |
|
|
|
Class B, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares
authorized; issued and outstanding 3,548,384 at
December 31, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
3,548 |
|
|
|
3,548 |
|
|
|
Class C, $0.001 par value, 2,000,000 shares
authorized; issued and outstanding 185,299 and
94,799 shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004,
respectively
|
|
|
186 |
|
|
|
95 |
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
47,292,454 |
|
|
|
47,111,544 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
132,015 |
|
|
|
60,932 |
|
Accumulated earnings (deficit)
|
|
|
5,704,170 |
|
|
|
(3,268,021 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
53,135,204 |
|
|
|
43,910,929 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$ |
141,752,043 |
|
|
$ |
139,987,281 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-13
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive
Income
For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Revenues
|
|
$ |
543,012,261 |
|
|
$ |
315,258,481 |
|
|
$ |
194,716,531 |
|
Direct costs of revenues
|
|
|
441,685,300 |
|
|
|
254,987,042 |
|
|
|
155,367,752 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
101,326,961 |
|
|
|
60,271,439 |
|
|
|
39,348,779 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staffing expense
|
|
|
54,249,140 |
|
|
|
31,974,144 |
|
|
|
23,081,487 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
26,723,233 |
|
|
|
17,796,997 |
|
|
|
12,131,533 |
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
1,901,821 |
|
|
|
1,050,762 |
|
|
|
491,087 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
18,452,767 |
|
|
|
9,449,536 |
|
|
|
3,644,672 |
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4,452,739 |
) |
|
|
(2,099,989 |
) |
|
|
(2,928,727 |
) |
|
Other income
|
|
|
138,382 |
|
|
|
148,650 |
|
|
|
223,589 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
14,138,410 |
|
|
|
7,498,197 |
|
|
|
939,534 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
5,150,426 |
|
|
|
84,730 |
|
|
|
116,816 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
8,987,984 |
|
|
|
7,413,467 |
|
|
|
822,718 |
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain and change in unrealized loss on interest rate
swap
|
|
|
71,083 |
|
|
|
60,932 |
|
|
|
763,689 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
$ |
9,059,067 |
|
|
$ |
7,474,399 |
|
|
$ |
1,586,407 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-14
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A | |
|
Class B | |
|
Class C | |
|
Additional | |
|
Comprehensive | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
Paid in | |
|
Income | |
|
Earnings | |
|
|
|
|
Shares | |
|
Value | |
|
Shares | |
|
Value | |
|
Shares | |
|
Value | |
|
Capital | |
|
(Loss) | |
|
(Deficit) | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance December 31, 2002
|
|
|
644,320 |
|
|
$ |
644 |
|
|
|
487,160 |
|
|
$ |
488 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
39,749,345 |
|
|
$ |
(763,689 |
) |
|
$ |
(7,746,927 |
) |
|
$ |
31,239,861 |
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
822,718 |
|
|
|
822,718 |
|
Change in unrealized loss on interest rate swap
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
763,689 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
763,689 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2003
|
|
|
644,320 |
|
|
|
644 |
|
|
|
487,160 |
|
|
|
488 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,749,345 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,924,209 |
) |
|
|
32,826,268 |
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,413,467 |
|
|
|
7,413,467 |
|
Conversion of debt to Common Stock
|
|
|
2,186,589 |
|
|
|
2,187 |
|
|
|
3,061,224 |
|
|
|
3,060 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,194,753 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,200,000 |
|
Stock Options Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94,799 |
|
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
167,446 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
167,541 |
|
Change in unrealized gain on interest rate swap
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,932 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,932 |
|
Deemed distribution to shareholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,757,279 |
) |
|
|
(3,757,279 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2004
|
|
|
2,830,909 |
|
|
|
2,831 |
|
|
|
3,548,384 |
|
|
|
3,548 |
|
|
|
94,799 |
|
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
47,111,544 |
|
|
|
60,932 |
|
|
|
(3,268,021 |
) |
|
|
43,910,929 |
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,987,984 |
|
|
|
8,987,984 |
|
Stock Options Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,500 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
180,910 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
181,001 |
|
Change in unrealized gain on interest rate swap
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,083 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,083 |
|
Deemed distribution to shareholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,793 |
) |
|
|
(15,793 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2005
|
|
|
2,830,909 |
|
|
$ |
2,831 |
|
|
|
3,548,384 |
|
|
$ |
3,548 |
|
|
|
185,299 |
|
|
$ |
186 |
|
|
$ |
47,292,454 |
|
|
$ |
132,015 |
|
|
$ |
5,704,170 |
|
|
$ |
53,135,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-15
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
8,987,984 |
|
|
$ |
7,413,467 |
|
|
$ |
822,718 |
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,327,959 |
|
|
|
2,394,436 |
|
|
|
1,922,058 |
|
|
|
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117,539 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt issuance cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
225,442 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
(1,075,096 |
) |
|
|
(1,677,585 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred interest
|
|
|
616,947 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in accounts receivable and unbilled receivables
|
|
|
(1,637,560 |
) |
|
|
(6,883,598 |
) |
|
|
(3,107,530 |
) |
|
|
(Increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(625,727 |
) |
|
|
(1,062,571 |
) |
|
|
(376,926 |
) |
|
|
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable
|
|
|
3,716,221 |
|
|
|
(1,594,484 |
) |
|
|
1,995,644 |
|
|
|
Increase in accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
1,343,664 |
|
|
|
7,647,860 |
|
|
|
2,687,696 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
14,654,392 |
|
|
|
6,580,506 |
|
|
|
3,943,660 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,080,718 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,256,149 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of equipment and improvements
|
|
|
(1,018,502 |
) |
|
|
(883,578 |
) |
|
|
(302,198 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(1,018,502 |
) |
|
|
(30,059,009 |
) |
|
|
(302,198 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
181,001 |
|
|
|
167,541 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash payments for debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(1,191 |
) |
|
|
(2,605,043 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in swing-line/revolver
|
|
|
(9,530,000 |
) |
|
|
11,949,000 |
|
|
|
(679,000 |
) |
|
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of long-term debt
|
|
|
(3,826,108 |
) |
|
|
(5,541,085 |
) |
|
|
(3,056,666 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(13,176,298 |
) |
|
|
23,970,413 |
|
|
|
(3,735,666 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash
|
|
|
459,592 |
|
|
|
491,910 |
|
|
|
(94,204 |
) |
Cash Beginning of year
|
|
|
532,540 |
|
|
|
40,630 |
|
|
|
134,834 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash End of year
|
|
$ |
992,132 |
|
|
$ |
532,540 |
|
|
$ |
40,630 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flows information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$ |
4,538,515 |
|
|
$ |
2,458,085 |
|
|
$ |
1,061,633 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for taxes
|
|
$ |
6,477,076 |
|
|
$ |
134,832 |
|
|
$ |
118,260 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid (received) for interest rate swap
|
|
$ |
(11,522 |
) |
|
$ |
102,907 |
|
|
$ |
803,576 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash investing and financing activity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders notes payable converted to Common Stock
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
7,200,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Landlord-provided tenant improvements
|
|
$ |
(191,947 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase accounting adjustments
|
|
$ |
(3,255 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-16
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
|
|
1. |
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
Nature of Operations
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc. (the Company) provides
various staffing services including temporary help, employee
leasing, and permanent placement, which constitutes one segment
for financial reporting purposes. The Company has staffing
offices located throughout the United States. The Companys
headquarters are in Cincinnati, Ohio. Compass CS, Inc. and
subsidiaries was incorporated on July 27, 1999 under the
laws of the state of Delaware. In conjunction with the
acquisition described in Note 11, Compass CS, Inc. changed
its name to CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Cash
Cash consists of cash on deposit at banks and cash on hand. Cash
overdrafts are included with accounts payable.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue from temporary staffing services is recognized at the
time services are provided by Company employees and is reported
based on gross billings to customers. Revenue from employee
leasing services is recorded at the time services are provided
by the Company. Such revenue is reported on a net basis (gross
billings to clients less worksite employee salaries, wages and
payroll-related taxes). The Company believes that net revenue
accounting for leasing services more closely depicts the
transactions with its leasing customers and is consistent with
guidelines outlined in Emerging Issue Task Force
(EITF) No. 99-19 Reporting Revenue Gross as
a Principal Versus Net as an Agent. Net revenues for
employee leasing services were $7,587,407, $6,872,098, and
$6,245,314 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and
2003, respectively. The Company recognizes revenue for permanent
placement services at the employee start date, which management
believes is the culmination of the earnings process. Permanent
placement services are fully guaranteed to the satisfaction of
the customer for a specified period, usually 30 to 90 days.
Provisions for sales allowances based on historical experience
are recognized at the time the related sale is recognized.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts based on
historical loss experience, customer payment patterns and
current economic trends. The Company reviews the adequacy of the
allowance for doubtful accounts on a periodic basis and adjusts
the balance, if necessary.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to
a concentration of credit risk, consist principally of
uncollateralized accounts receivable. The Company provides
services to customers in numerous states. The Company believes
its credit risk due to concentrations is minimal.
F-17
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
|
|
|
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets |
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of net assets. Purchased intangible assets, with
definite lives, other than goodwill, are valued at acquisition
cost and are amortized over their respective useful lives on a
straight-line basis.
|
|
|
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Intangible
Assets |
The Company evaluates long-lived assets and intangible assets
with definite lives for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may
not be recoverable. When it is probable that undiscounted future
cash flows will not be sufficient to recover an assets
carrying amount, the asset is written down to its fair value.
Assets to be disposed of by sale, if any, are reported at the
lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually at December 31,
or if an event occurs or circumstances change that may reduce
the fair value of the reporting unit below its book value. If
the fair value of the reporting unit tested has fallen below its
book value, the estimated fair value of goodwill is compared to
its book value. If the book value exceeds the estimated fair
value, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal
to that excess. The Company uses a discounted cash flow
methodology to determine fair value. No impairments were
recognized in 2005, 2004, or 2003.
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is
provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets
using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are
amortized over the term of the related lease or 5 years,
whichever is shorter. The estimated useful lives are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years | |
|
|
| |
Buildings and building improvements
|
|
|
31.5 |
|
Equipment
|
|
|
5 |
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
7 |
|
Computer software costs
|
|
|
3-5 |
|
The Company expenses the cost of advertising as incurred.
Advertising expense was approximately $2,339,000, $1,137,000,
and $629,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004,
and 2003, respectively.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at
the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
|
|
|
Workers Compensation Liability |
The Company self-insures its workers compensation exposure
for certain employees. Company management engages an actuarial
consulting firm to help determine the estimated liability, which
is calculated using a fully developed method. The determination
of the self-insurance liability involves the use of certain
actuarial assumptions and estimates. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.
F-18
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
Certain subsidiaries have purchased stop-loss insurance coverage
with exposure limits of $1,000,000 per claim as of
December 31, 2005 and 2004.
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and
liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted tax rates applied to tax/book
differences. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities
of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that
includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided
for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that the
asset will not be realized. Work opportunity tax credits are
recognized as a reduction of income tax expense in the year tax
credits are generated.
The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, in accounting
for stock-based employee compensation arrangements whereby no
compensation cost related to stock options is deducted in
determining net income. Had compensation cost for stock option
grants under the Companys stock option plan been
determined pursuant to SFAS No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation, the Companys net income
would have been impacted as shown below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net income as reported
|
|
$ |
8,987,984 |
|
|
$ |
7,413,467 |
|
|
$ |
822,718 |
|
Stock compensation expense required under fair value
method net of tax
|
|
|
(102,059 |
) |
|
|
(104,837 |
) |
|
|
(66,368 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income pro forma
|
|
$ |
8,885,925 |
|
|
$ |
7,308,630 |
|
|
$ |
756,350 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the purposes of pro forma disclosure, the fair value was
estimated at the date of grant using a minimum value option
pricing model with the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average fair value of stock options granted
|
|
|
$11.53 |
|
|
|
$7.02 |
|
|
|
$1.95 |
|
Risk free interest rates
|
|
|
4.0-4.2% |
|
|
|
3.83-4.73% |
|
|
|
3.33-4.454% |
|
Expected lives
|
|
10 years |
|
10 years |
|
6-10 years |
The Company may at times enter into interest rate swap
agreements for the purpose of reducing cash flow volatility
related to variable interest rate debt. It is the Companys
policy to structure such transactions as effective cash flow
hedges as outlined in SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year
financial statements to conform with the current year
presentation.
F-19
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
The following are the components of the Companys debt as
of December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Senior Credit Agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Swing-line and revolving line-of-credit, maturing, June 30,
2009
|
|
$ |
6,780,000 |
|
|
$ |
16,310,000 |
|
|
Term note due in quarterly installments through June 30,
2008
|
|
|
5,794,474 |
|
|
|
9,620,582 |
|
Term note maturing on December 31, 2009
|
|
|
20,616,947 |
|
|
|
20,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,191,421 |
|
|
|
45,930,582 |
|
Less: current maturities
|
|
|
(2,037,300 |
) |
|
|
(2,037,300 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$ |
31,154,121 |
|
|
$ |
43,893,282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In July 2004, the Company entered into a credit agreement with a
group of financial institutions (Senior Credit Agreement) that
provides for a revolving credit facility and letters of credit
up to $50,000,000 (including a swing-line sub-facility up to
$5,000,000), and a term loan of up to $12,000,000. The proceeds
from these borrowings were utilized to repay amounts outstanding
under the Companys former credit agreements and to
partially fund the purchase of Venturi Staffing Partners, as
discussed in Note 11.
Borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement bear interest equal
to LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 2.50% to 3.50%, depending on
the Companys ratio of consolidated debt to EBITDA; or the
greater of prime or the U.S. Fed Funds Rate plus a margin
ranging from 1.00% to 2.00%, depending on the Companys
ratio of consolidated debt to EBITDA. The rates on the various
borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement at
December 31, 2005 ranged from 7.39% to 8.75%. Borrowings
under the Senior Credit Agreement are secured by the assets of
the Company and its subsidiaries.
The Company is required under the Senior Credit Agreement to pay
a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit
commitment and on standby letters of credit. The revolving
credit commitment fee ranges from 0.25% to 0.50%, and the
standby letter of credit commitment fee ranges from 2.50% to
3.50%, depending on the Companys ratio of consolidated
debt to EBITDA ratio.
Borrowings under the revolving
line-of-credit
(including swing-line borrowing and letters of credit) are
limited to a defined borrowing base equal to 85% of eligible
accounts receivable plus 75% of eligible unbilled receivables.
Letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004
were approximately $18,557,000 and $15,172,000, respectively. As
of December 31, 2005 and 2004, approximately $24,663,000
and $18,518,000 was available to borrow, respectively.
The Companys Senior Credit agreements contain affirmative
and negative covenants including financial covenants requiring
the Company to maintain a minimum EBITDA, debt to EBITDA ratios
and fixed charge coverage ratio. Additionally, these covenants
limit the Companys ability to incur additional debt,
distribute dividends and limit capital expenditures, among other
restrictions.
The Senior Credit Agreement contains a provision that requires
additional payments of principal, depending on the
Companys debt to EBITDA ratio as of each fiscal year end.
Payment requirements range from 0% to 75% of defined excess cash
flow.
On September 30, 2004, certain promissory notes due to
shareholders in the amount of $7,200,000 were converted to
2,186,589 Class A and 3,061,224 Class B shares of the
Company. Accrued interest of $1,340,000 was paid to shareholders
upon conversion.
F-20
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
In September 2004, the Company entered into a credit agreement
with a lender for a term note of $20 million. The proceeds
from this borrowing were utilized to partially fund the purchase
of Venturi Staffing Partners, Inc., as discussed in
Note 11. The principal is payable upon maturity. Borrowings
under the agreement bear interest at a rate of 12.0% plus a
margin of up to 3.5% based on defined debt to EBITDA ratios.
Interest payments of 12.0% are made quarterly. The margin is
payable either quarterly or at maturity at the discretion of the
senior lender. As of December 31, 2005, the debt balance
includes deferred interest of approximately $616,000. These
borrowings are subordinate to the Senior Credit Agreement.
Borrowings are secured by the assets of the Company and its
subsidiaries.
The fair value of the Companys outstanding debt does not
differ materially from its recorded amount.
The maturities of long-term debt for each of the years
subsequent to December 31, 2005 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
2,037,300 |
|
2007
|
|
|
2,716,400 |
|
2008
|
|
|
1,040,774 |
|
2009
|
|
|
27,396,947 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
33,191,421 |
|
|
|
|
|
On September 30, 2004, the Company entered into an interest
rate swap agreement to manage its exposure to interest rate
movements in its variable rate debt. The swap converts a portion
of the variable rate debt included in the Senior Credit
Agreement to a fixed rate of 3.07%. The termination date of the
swap agreement is September 30, 2007. The notional amount
of the swap was $10,400,000 and $14,900,000 at December 31,
2005 and 2004, respectively. The fair value of the swap at
December 31, 2005 and 2004 was approximately $177,000 and
$61,000, respectively. Management assessed the terms of the
interest rate swap at the time it was executed and at each month
thereafter and determined it to be an effective hedge under the
rules of SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities. As such, changes in the
market value of the instrument are recorded to other
comprehensive income, net of tax.
The Companys authorized capital stock consists of
5,000,000 shares of Class A common,
5,000,000 shares of Class B common and
2,000,000 shares of Class C common. Holders of
Class A shares are entitled to 10 votes per share, whereas
holders of Class B and C shares are entitled to 1 vote per
share. Class B and Class C common shares are
convertible into an equal number of Class A common shares
in the event that any class of the Companys common shares
are offered for sale to the public.
In 2002 warrants were issued to shareholders in connection with
certain debt refinancings. The following table summarizes
warrants outstanding at December 31, 2005 for the purchase
of the Companys Class B Common Stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Expiration | |
|
|
Issue Date |
|
Shares | |
|
Price | |
|
Date | |
|
Issued To | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
5/15/01
|
|
|
9,529 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
|
7/12/06 |
|
|
|
Majority Shareholder |
|
2/7/02
|
|
|
13,929 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
|
7/12/06 |
|
|
|
Majority Shareholder |
|
2/7/02
|
|
|
4,821 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
|
7/12/06 |
|
|
|
Minority Shareholder |
|
11/20/02
|
|
|
918,172 |
|
|
$ |
4.85 |
|
|
|
11/15/22 |
|
|
|
Minority Shareholder |
|
F-21
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
The warrants expire at the earlier of stated date or in the
event that a transaction is consummated that results in the sale
or lease of all or substantially all of the Companys
assets to another entity. In the event of a consolidation or
merger of the Company with another entity, the warrants shall be
converted into shares of Class B Common Stock. The warrants
provide for adjustments to the exercise price and the number of
warrant securities issuable upon the occurrence of certain
events that would dilute the value of the warrants.
The Company has a stock option plan which provides for the
issuance of incentive stock options to employees of the Company
and its subsidiaries. Under the terms of this plan, options are
granted at not less than fair market value, become exercisable
as established by the Board of Directors (generally ratably over
5 years) and generally expire within 6 to 10 years
from the date of grant. Fair value is determined by the Company
through the use of the minimum value method as provided in
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based
Compensation. During December 2004, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board issued a revision of its Statement No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. The revised
standard requires, among other things, that compensation cost
for employee stock options be measured at fair value on the
grant date and charged to expense over the employees
requisite service period for the option. The Company will adopt
SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment on
January 1, 2006. The adoption is not expected to have a
material impact on the financial position or results of
operations of the Company.
The following table summarizes stock option activity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
Options | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Balance December 31, 2002
|
|
|
24,531 |
|
|
$ |
5.00 |
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
656,500 |
|
|
|
1.95 |
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(56,000 |
) |
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2003
|
|
|
625,031 |
|
|
$ |
2.14 |
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
265,000 |
|
|
|
7.02 |
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(94,799 |
) |
|
|
1.77 |
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(67,250 |
) |
|
|
2.88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2004
|
|
|
727,982 |
|
|
$ |
3.90 |
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
|
11.53 |
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(90,500 |
) |
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(103,031 |
) |
|
|
6.40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2005
|
|
|
559,451 |
|
|
$ |
4.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes stock options outstanding and
exercisable at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
Weighted Avg. | |
|
|
|
|
Avg. Exercise | |
|
Contractual | |
Range of Exercise Price |
|
Shares | |
|
Price | |
|
Remaining Life | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
$0.00 $5.00 per share
|
|
|
369,451 |
|
|
$ |
2.03 |
|
|
|
4.55 |
|
$5.01 $7.25 per share
|
|
|
165,000 |
|
|
$ |
7.25 |
|
|
|
8.76 |
|
$7.26 $11.53 per share
|
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
$ |
11.53 |
|
|
|
9.60 |
|
F-22
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
Weighted Avg. | |
|
|
|
|
Avg. Exercise | |
|
Contractual | |
Range of Exercise Price |
|
Shares | |
|
Price | |
|
Remaining Life | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
$0.00 $5.00 per share
|
|
|
192,518 |
|
|
$ |
1.97 |
|
|
|
4.81 |
|
$5.01 $7.25 per share
|
|
|
36,333 |
|
|
$ |
7.25 |
|
|
|
8.76 |
|
$7.26 $11.53 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The number of stock options exercisable at December 31,
2004 and 2003 was 173,949 and 137,336, respectively.
The Companys income tax provision consisted of the
following components for the year ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
5,567,291 |
|
|
$ |
1,407,262 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
State and local
|
|
|
673,959 |
|
|
|
363,908 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
(1,120,542 |
) |
|
|
844,982 |
|
|
|
186,322 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,120,708 |
|
|
|
2,616,152 |
|
|
|
186,322 |
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,522,567 |
) |
|
|
(186,322 |
) |
Other
|
|
|
29,718 |
|
|
|
(8,855 |
) |
|
|
116,816 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
5,150,426 |
|
|
$ |
84,730 |
|
|
$ |
116,816 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The income tax provision reconciled to the tax computed at the
statutory federal income tax rate was:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Provision at federal statutory rate
|
|
$ |
4,948,444 |
|
|
$ |
2,549,387 |
|
|
$ |
319,441 |
|
State and local taxes net of federal benefit
|
|
|
499,107 |
|
|
|
374,910 |
|
|
|
46,977 |
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,522,567 |
) |
|
|
(186,322 |
) |
Work opportunity tax credits (WOTC)
|
|
|
(622,273 |
) |
|
|
(561,963 |
) |
|
|
(314,511 |
) |
AMT credits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56,097 |
) |
Permanent items
|
|
|
312,812 |
|
|
|
242,218 |
|
|
|
190,511 |
|
Other
|
|
|
12,336 |
|
|
|
2,745 |
|
|
|
116,817 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax provision
|
|
$ |
5,150,426 |
|
|
$ |
84,730 |
|
|
$ |
116,816 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
The components of the deferred income tax amounts at
December 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Deferred Income Tax Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for Bad Debt
|
|
$ |
1,005,829 |
|
|
$ |
825,997 |
|
|
Workers Compensation
|
|
|
5,777,435 |
|
|
|
3,628,303 |
|
|
Other Accrued Expenses
|
|
|
629,640 |
|
|
|
654,746 |
|
|
Work Opportunity Tax Credits (WOTC)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
218,320 |
|
|
AMT Credits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105,562 |
|
|
State NOLs
|
|
|
92,007 |
|
|
|
78,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Deferred Income Tax Assets
|
|
|
7,504,911 |
|
|
|
5,510,928 |
|
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Effect of Other Comprehensive Income
|
|
$ |
(45,447 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
Depreciation and Amortization
|
|
|
(4,706,783 |
) |
|
|
(3,833,343 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Deferred Income Tax Liabilities
|
|
|
(4,752,230 |
) |
|
|
(3,833,343 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Deferred Income Tax Assets, net
|
|
$ |
2,752,681 |
|
|
$ |
1,677,585 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Deferred Income Tax Assets
|
|
$ |
1,525,486 |
|
|
$ |
1,774,536 |
|
|
|
Long-Term Deferred Income Tax Assets (Liabilities)
|
|
|
1,227,195 |
|
|
|
(96,951 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,752,681 |
|
|
$ |
1,677,585 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company believes that based on its current and expected
future operating results, the deferred tax assets will be
realized and that no valuation allowance was needed at
December 31, 2005 and 2004.
The Company has state tax based net operating loss carryforwards
approximating $1,769,000 and $1,500,000 as of December 31,
2005 and 2004, respectively. These carryforwards expire at
various times over the next 13 years.
|
|
6. |
Intangible Assets and Deferred Financing Costs |
Amounts recorded to goodwill are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2004
|
|
$ |
49,200,419 |
|
Acquisition (Note 11)
|
|
|
10,106,882 |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
59,307,301 |
|
Purchase Accounting Adjustments
|
|
|
(12,538 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
$ |
59,294,763 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
Other intangible assets consisted of the following at
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
Useful Lives | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Loan Origination Costs
|
|
$ |
3,920,191 |
|
|
$ |
3,919,001 |
|
|
|
Life of related loan |
|
Non-compete agreement
|
|
|
1,000,000 |
|
|
|
1,000,000 |
|
|
|
5 Years |
|
Trademarks and names
|
|
|
1,205,656 |
|
|
|
1,205,656 |
|
|
|
4 Years |
|
Customer Lists
|
|
|
7,016,690 |
|
|
|
7,016,690 |
|
|
|
9 Years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,142,537 |
|
|
|
13,141,347 |
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan origination costs
|
|
|
(2,132,643 |
) |
|
|
(1,476,858 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Non-compete agreement
|
|
|
(1,000,000 |
) |
|
|
(843,011 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks and tradenames
|
|
|
(376,767 |
) |
|
|
(67,354 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Customer Lists
|
|
|
(974,540 |
) |
|
|
(194,907 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,658,587 |
|
|
$ |
10,559,217 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis for intangible
assets except for certain loan origination costs. Amortization
for certain loan origination cost is recorded using the
effective interest method.
Expected future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31: |
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
1,577,747 |
|
2007
|
|
|
1,577,747 |
|
2008
|
|
|
1,463,178 |
|
2009
|
|
|
1,116,295 |
|
2010
|
|
|
779,632 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
2,143,988 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,658,587 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. |
Property and Equipment |
Property and equipment consisted of the following at
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
|
|
$ |
8,663,074 |
|
|
$ |
7,876,173 |
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
1,638,899 |
|
|
|
1,261,887 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,301,973 |
|
|
|
9,138,060 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(7,425,620 |
) |
|
|
(6,057,447 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,876,353 |
|
|
$ |
3,080,613 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense for the years ending December 31,
2005, 2004 and 2003 was $1,426,141 $1,343,674, and $1,430,971,
respectively. In 2004, the Company sold the land and building it
owned in Columbia, South Carolina. The net book value of the
land and building was $1,197,000 and the net proceeds from the
sale were $1,075,000.
F-25
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
|
|
8. |
Related Party Transactions |
Consulting Agreement
The Company maintained consulting agreements, which expired in
August 2004, with the former owners of a subsidiary. Under these
agreements, the consultants provided executive, financial and
managerial oversight. The accompanying financial statements
include consulting fees of $78,125 and $125,000 for the years
ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, related to
these agreements.
These consulting agreements also provided for a bonus to be paid
in the event that the subsidiaries EBITDA exceeded
$2,500,000. No bonus was earned in 2004 or 2003 prior to the
expiration of the agreements.
Management Services Agreement
The Company has a management services agreement with an
affiliated entity. Effective October 13, 2000, the fee is
0.15% of annual gross revenue, payable in quarterly installments
in arrears. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, management fees
totaling approximately $247,000 and $256,000, respectively, were
accrued in the accompanying balance sheet. Total management fees
to related parties were $1,010,990, $651,509, and $459,430, for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003,
respectively. Other than for the cost of providing services
under the management services agreement, which are included in
the management fee, the affiliated entity has not paid any
obligations nor incurred any expenses on behalf of the Company.
Services Agreement
The Company has entered into a service agreement with Robert Lee
Brown, the prior owner of the Company. The Services Agreement
provides for Browns services as Assistant Secretary, his
ongoing involvement as a member of the Companys Board of
Directors and its Compensation Committee (so long as he
maintains a minimum level of common stock ownership of the
Company), an annual salary and other benefits. Brown is also
eligible to draw $150,000 annually in addition to his salary
subject to repayment in a lump sum amount on or before
June 30, 2009. The promissory notes are secured by a pledge
of Browns shares of capital stock of the Company. As of
December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company has recorded a
long-term note receivable of $300,000 and $150,000,
respectively, due from Brown.
Borrowings
The Company has incurred interest expense of $540,000 and
$717,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003,
respectively, related to notes due to shareholders (see
Note 2).
|
|
9. |
Commitments and Contingencies |
Leases
The Company leases office facilities, computer equipment and
software under operating arrangements. Rent expense for 2005,
2004, and 2003 was approximately $5,375,000, $2,803,000, and
$1,805,000, respectively.
F-26
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
The minimum future rental payments under noncancelable operating
leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Operating | |
|
|
Gross | |
|
Sublease | |
|
Lease | |
Years Ended December 31, |
|
Payments | |
|
Receipts | |
|
Commitments | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2006
|
|
$ |
4,837,185 |
|
|
$ |
(128,255 |
) |
|
$ |
4,708,930 |
|
2007
|
|
|
3,817,942 |
|
|
|
(95,587 |
) |
|
|
3,722,355 |
|
2008
|
|
|
2,589,592 |
|
|
|
(95,587 |
) |
|
|
2,494,005 |
|
2009
|
|
|
1,751,896 |
|
|
|
(95,587 |
) |
|
|
1,656,309 |
|
2010
|
|
|
672,482 |
|
|
|
(7,966 |
) |
|
|
664,516 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
731,227 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
731,227 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$ |
14,400,324 |
|
|
$ |
(422,982 |
) |
|
$ |
13,977,342 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Litigation
The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits and claims
arising in the normal course of business. Management believes it
has valid defenses in these cases and is defending them
vigorously. While the results of litigation cannot be predicted
with certainty, management believes the final outcome of such
litigation will not have a material effect on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.
Employment Agreements
Certain of the Companys executives are covered by
employment agreements which include, among other terms, base
compensation, incentive-bonus determinations and payments in the
event of termination or change in control of the Company.
|
|
10. |
Retirement Savings Plans |
In 2003, the Company had two 401(k) retirement savings plans
(Columbia Staffing plan and the CBS Personnel plan) which
covered substantially all regular staff employees who worked at
least 500 hours for CBS and 1000 hours for Columbia
Staffing, have completed six months of service for CBS and one
year of service for Columbia, and had reached age 21.
Employees could contribute up to the maximum allowed by the
U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The Company, on a quarterly
basis for CBS and on a monthly basis for Columbia, matched
employee contributions to the plans up to 50% of the
participants voluntary contribution. The maximum Company
contribution was 3% of a participants eligible
compensation.
Effective January 1, 2004, the Columbia Staffing plan was
merged into the CBS plan. The plan covers substantially all
regular staff employees who have worked at least 500 hours,
have completed six months of service and have reached
age 21. Employees may contribute up to 100% of the maximum
allowed by the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The Company, on
a quarterly basis, matches employee contributions based on the
Company achieving certain EBITDA targets.
The maximum Company contribution is 4% of a participants
eligible compensation. Company contributions to these plans were
$443,000, $174,000, and $245,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.
Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted a
non-qualified Executive Bonus Plan as a welfare benefit plan for
the Companys employees who have completed six or more
months of service and who are designated by the Administrator as
eligible for the plan because they are not eligible to
participate in the Companys 401(k) retirement plan.
Employees contribute to the plan at their will and the Company
F-27
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
matches employee contributions based on the Company achieving
certain EBITDA targets. The maximum Company contribution is 4%
of a participants eligible compensation. Company
contributions to the plan were $188,000, $57,000, and $61,000
for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003,
respectively.
On September 29, 2004, the Company acquired Venturi
Staffing Partners, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (VSP),
a division of Venturi Partners, Inc. for $30.3 million. VSP
is a national provider of staffing services consisting of
temporary and permanent placement personnel. As discussed in
Note 2, the acquisition was financed mainly through the
debt issued under the revised Senior Credit Agreement and
subordinated credit agreement.
The acquisition was made because it was believed it would be
immediately accretive to earnings and increase the
Companys ability to service clients in additional
geographical areas.
The purchase price was based on valuing VSPs estimated
earnings stream and when compared to the net assets acquired,
resulted in goodwill of approximately $10.1 million.
The majority owner of the Company previously owned a 17.08%
portion of Venturi Partners, Inc. In accordance with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, the
accompanying financial statements do not include fair value
adjustments for the portion of VSP owned prior to the
acquisition. The difference between the amount recorded on the
financial statements and the total fair value of the acquired
entity has been recorded as a deemed distribution to a
shareholder in the accompanying financial statements.
The Company finalized the allocation of the purchase price as of
September 30, 2005. The purchase price was allocated as
follows (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$ |
29,067 |
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
750 |
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,158 |
|
Trademarks and trade names
|
|
|
1,206 |
|
Customer list
|
|
|
7,017 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
10,094 |
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(3,175 |
) |
Workers compensation
|
|
|
(8,120 |
) |
Accrued expenses, mainly payroll and related costs
|
|
|
(11,514 |
) |
Deemed distribution
|
|
|
3,773 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
30,256 |
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the purchase price is $2.5 million being held
in escrow to be released to Venturi Partners, Inc. upon
settlement of certain obligations, as defined in the purchase
agreement.
The results of operations of VSP are included with results of
operations of the Company beginning September 30, 2004.
F-28
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
The unaudited pro-forma financial information, as if VSP had
been acquired at the beginning of fiscal 2004 is as follows
(amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
519,692 |
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
8,641 |
|
The unaudited pro-forma financial information includes
amortization of intangibles and additional interest expense
related to debt incurred to finance the acquisition. The
information is provided for illustrative purposes only and is
not necessarily indicative of what actually would have occurred
if the acquisition had been completed as of the beginning of the
fiscal period presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of
future consolidated results.
F-29
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page(s) | |
|
|
| |
Report of independent auditors
|
|
|
F-31F-32 |
|
|
|
|
F-33 |
|
|
|
|
F-34 |
|
|
|
|
F-35 |
|
|
|
|
F-36 |
|
|
|
|
F-37F-52 |
|
F-30
Report of Independent Auditors
To the Board of Directors
Crosman Acquisition Corporation
and Subsidiaries
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and
the related consolidated statements of income,
shareholders equity and cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Crosman Acquisition
Corporation and Subsidiaries at June 30, 2005 and 2004, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for the
year ended June 30, 2005 and the period from
February 10, 2004 to June 30, 2004 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the
auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of
America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Syracuse, New York
December 12, 2005
F-31
Report of Independent Auditors
To the Board of Directors
Crosman Acquisition Corporation
and Subsidiaries
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of
income, shareholders equity and cash flows present fairly,
in all material respects, the results of operations and cash
flow of Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries for the
period from July 1, 2003 to February 9, 2004 and the
year ended June 30, 2003 in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the
auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of
America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Syracuse, New York
August 31, 2004
F-32
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
|
| |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$ |
773 |
|
|
$ |
204 |
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
13,747 |
|
|
|
12,689 |
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
11,060 |
|
|
|
9,694 |
|
|
Refundable income taxes
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
210 |
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,806 |
|
|
|
1,757 |
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
1,104 |
|
|
|
943 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
28,622 |
|
|
|
25,497 |
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
10,513 |
|
|
|
10,583 |
|
Investment in equity investee
|
|
|
545 |
|
|
|
786 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
30,951 |
|
|
|
30,951 |
|
Intangible and other assets, net
|
|
|
13,552 |
|
|
|
14,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
84,183 |
|
|
$ |
81,931 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$ |
2,583 |
|
|
$ |
2,333 |
|
|
Current portion of capitalized lease obligations
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
3,991 |
|
|
|
4,257 |
|
|
Accrued payroll costs
|
|
|
214 |
|
|
|
1,436 |
|
|
Accrued foregone offering costs
|
|
|
1,716 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
|
1,985 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
11,001 |
|
|
|
10,072 |
|
Notes payable under revolving line of credit
|
|
|
10,385 |
|
|
|
7,138 |
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
35,334 |
|
|
|
37,917 |
|
Capitalized lease obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
Accrued interest on Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
|
901 |
|
|
|
247 |
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
3,509 |
|
|
|
3,951 |
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
572 |
|
|
|
548 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
61,837 |
|
|
|
60,005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock $.01 par value, authorized
1,500,000 shares; issued and outstanding 573,536 and
573,408 shares
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
22,076 |
|
|
|
22,083 |
|
|
Shareholders notes receivable
|
|
|
(1,035 |
) |
|
|
(973 |
) |
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
1,299 |
|
|
|
810 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
22,346 |
|
|
|
21,926 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$ |
84,183 |
|
|
$ |
81,931 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-33
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Dollars are in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
February 10, 2004 | |
|
|
July 1, 2003 | |
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
through | |
|
|
through | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
February 9, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
70,060 |
|
|
$ |
24,856 |
|
|
|
$ |
38,770 |
|
|
$ |
53,333 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
50,874 |
|
|
|
17,337 |
|
|
|
|
26,382 |
|
|
|
37,382 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
19,186 |
|
|
|
7,519 |
|
|
|
|
12,388 |
|
|
|
15,951 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
10,526 |
|
|
|
4,119 |
|
|
|
|
5,394 |
|
|
|
8,749 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
629 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
8,031 |
|
|
|
3,142 |
|
|
|
|
6,924 |
|
|
|
7,070 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4,638 |
|
|
|
1,588 |
|
|
|
|
402 |
|
|
|
1,978 |
|
Recapitalization and foregone offering expenses
|
|
|
3,022 |
|
|
|
644 |
|
|
|
|
1,853 |
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in (earnings) losses of investee
|
|
|
241 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
(70 |
) |
|
|
(158 |
) |
Other expense (income), net
|
|
|
(471 |
) |
|
|
(377 |
) |
|
|
|
(223 |
) |
|
|
(266 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
601 |
|
|
|
1,273 |
|
|
|
|
4,962 |
|
|
|
5,516 |
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
463 |
|
|
|
|
1,824 |
|
|
|
2,122 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
489 |
|
|
$ |
810 |
|
|
|
$ |
3,138 |
|
|
$ |
3,394 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-34
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity
(Dollars are in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital in | |
|
Shareholders | |
|
|
|
Total | |
|
|
Preferred | |
|
Common | |
|
Excess of | |
|
Notes | |
|
Retained | |
|
Shareholders | |
|
|
Stock | |
|
Stock | |
|
Par Value | |
|
Receivable | |
|
Earnings | |
|
Equity | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Predecessor Balance at June 30, 2003
|
|
$ |
8,778 |
|
|
$ |
12 |
|
|
$ |
3,635 |
|
|
$ |
(722 |
) |
|
$ |
1,731 |
|
|
$ |
13,434 |
|
Interest accretion on Series B Preferred stock
|
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(321 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
342 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
342 |
|
Issuance of common stock, net of notes receivable thereon
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43 |
|
Payment of notes due on common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76 |
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,138 |
|
|
|
3,138 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Balance at February 9, 2004
|
|
$ |
9,099 |
|
|
$ |
12 |
|
|
$ |
4,020 |
|
|
$ |
(646 |
) |
|
$ |
4,548 |
|
|
$ |
17,033 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Balance at February 10, 2004
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Issuance of common stock, net of notes receivable thereon
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
22,083 |
|
|
|
(954 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,135 |
|
Interest on notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19 |
) |
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
810 |
|
|
|
810 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Balance at June 30, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
22,083 |
|
|
|
(973 |
) |
|
|
810 |
|
|
|
21,926 |
|
Redemption of stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
Interest on notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(62 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(62 |
) |
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
489 |
|
|
|
489 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Balance at June 30, 2005
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
6 |
|
|
$ |
22,076 |
|
|
$ |
(1,035 |
) |
|
$ |
1,299 |
|
|
$ |
22,346 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-35
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars are in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
February 10, 2004 | |
|
|
July 1, 2003 | |
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
through | |
|
|
through | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
February 9, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
489 |
|
|
$ |
810 |
|
|
|
$ |
3,138 |
|
|
$ |
3,394 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,776 |
|
|
|
1,106 |
|
|
|
|
1,277 |
|
|
|
2,427 |
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(603 |
) |
|
|
(51 |
) |
|
|
|
390 |
|
|
|
831 |
|
|
Foregone offering costs
|
|
|
3,022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recapitalization expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
644 |
|
|
|
|
1,853 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of note discount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(853 |
) |
|
Accretion of note discount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
Loss on unamortized discount of senior subordinated notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
595 |
|
|
Loss (income) from equity investment
|
|
|
241 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
(70 |
) |
|
|
(158 |
) |
|
Tax Benefit of stock option exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
645 |
|
|
Interest deferred on senior subordinated notes
|
|
|
654 |
|
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(744 |
) |
|
Other non-cash expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
342 |
|
|
|
|
|
(Increase) decrease in operating assets and increase (decrease)
in operating liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(1,058 |
) |
|
|
(4,240 |
) |
|
|
|
2,924 |
|
|
|
(1,135 |
) |
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(1,366 |
) |
|
|
(1,308 |
) |
|
|
|
(1,607 |
) |
|
|
(155 |
) |
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
(49 |
) |
|
|
226 |
|
|
|
|
(555 |
) |
|
|
(379 |
) |
|
Refundable income taxes/income taxes payable
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
(255 |
) |
|
|
|
(394 |
) |
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
(1,045 |
) |
|
|
2,817 |
|
|
|
|
1,090 |
|
|
|
(108 |
) |
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(38 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
3,110 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
|
8,551 |
|
|
|
4,360 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(2,014 |
) |
|
|
(1,107 |
) |
|
|
|
(1,156 |
) |
|
|
(572 |
) |
Investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Acquisition costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64,702 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(2,014 |
) |
|
|
(65,809 |
) |
|
|
|
(1,181 |
) |
|
|
(572 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
|
|
|
81,473 |
|
|
|
31,233 |
|
|
|
|
43,355 |
|
|
|
61,611 |
|
Repayments under revolving credit facility
|
|
|
(78,226 |
) |
|
|
(24,095 |
) |
|
|
|
(45,621 |
) |
|
|
(62,442 |
) |
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
Principal payments and retirement of long-term obligations
|
|
|
(2,394 |
) |
|
|
(788 |
) |
|
|
|
(3,146 |
) |
|
|
(8,994 |
) |
Financing costs associated with issuance of debt
|
|
|
(67 |
) |
|
|
(1,272 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(93 |
) |
Foregone offering costs
|
|
|
(1,306 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recapitalization expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,308 |
) |
|
|
|
(1,853 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Redemption of common stock
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,408 |
) |
Redemption of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(855 |
) |
Receipt of payment on notes used to fund common stock purchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,135 |
|
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
6,316 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(527 |
) |
|
|
65,905 |
|
|
|
|
(7,146 |
) |
|
|
(3,865 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
569 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
(77 |
) |
Cash at beginning of year
|
|
|
204 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash at end of year
|
|
$ |
773 |
|
|
$ |
204 |
|
|
|
$ |
429 |
|
|
$ |
205 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment financed under capital lease
|
|
$ |
72 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
127 |
|
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
Foregone offering costs incurred not yet paid
|
|
|
1,716 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment financed with issuance of note payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-36
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
|
|
1. |
Organization and Nature of Operations |
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries (the
Company) manufactures airguns, paintball markers,
ammunition, accessories and slingshots. They sell primarily to
retailers, mass merchandisers, and distributors. The Company has
a 50% ownership interest in Diablo Marketing, LLC, d/b/a as
Gameface Paintball.
|
|
2. |
Significant Accounting Policies |
The Company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable
and earned. The Company considers revenue realized or realizable
and earned when it has persuasive evidence of an arrangement and
the product has been shipped to the customer, the sales price is
fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.
The Company reduces revenue for estimated customer returns and
other allowances.
The Company records accruals for cooperative charges and sales
rebates to distributors at the time of shipment based upon
historical experience. Changes in such allowances may be
required if future rebates differ from historical experience.
Cooperative charges are recorded as a reduction of net sales and
were $1,104, $976 and $848 for the years ended June 30,
2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue
No. 00-10,
Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs, shipping
and handling costs billed to customers are included in sales and
the related costs are included in cost of sales in the
Consolidated Statements of Income.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant
intercompany transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Investments in which the Company has a 20 to 50 percent
ownership interest are accounted for on the equity method.
Accounts receivable are shown net of allowances for doubtful
accounts, returns, allowances and discounts, which approximated
$998 and $1,480 as of June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Receivables are charged against reserves when claims are paid or
when they are deemed uncollectible, as appropriate for the
circumstance. The Company generally extends credit to its
customers for a period of zero to sixty days without any charge
for interest.
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out
(FIFO) method. The Company writes down its inventories for
estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the
difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated
market value based upon assumptions about future demand and
market conditions.
F-37
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
|
|
|
Property, Plant and Equipment |
Property, plant and equipment, tooling costs, company-owned
molds capitalized, and software are recorded at cost.
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Building
|
|
|
25 years |
|
Building improvements
|
|
|
5-10 years |
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
8-10 years |
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
5-10 years |
|
Computers and software
|
|
|
3-6 years |
|
Tooling
|
|
|
3-6 years |
|
Assets under capital lease
|
|
|
Term of lease |
|
When assets are retired or sold, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts with any
resulting gain or loss reflected in other operating income and
expense.
Impairment of long-lived assets is reviewed whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts of
long-lived assets may not be fully recoverable. Impairment would
be measured by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived
asset to its estimated fair value.
The Company reviews goodwill annually for impairment, and
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the
carrying amount of this asset may not be recoverable. Goodwill
is tested using a two-step process. The first step is to
identify any potential impairment by comparing the carrying
value of the Company to its fair value. If a potential
impairment is identified, the second step is to compare the
implied fair value of goodwill with its carrying amount to
measure the impairment loss. A severe decline in fair value
could result in an impairment charge to goodwill, which could
have a material adverse effect on the Companys business,
financial condition and results of operations. The Company
tested its goodwill in its fourth fiscal quarter and deemed the
goodwill not impaired. In addition to not having any impairment
losses, the Company did not acquire or write off any goodwill
during the year. Goodwill is not subject to amortization.
All advertising costs are expensed in operations as incurred.
Advertising costs are $1, $15, and $8 for the years ended
June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
The Company is generally self-insured for product liability. The
Company maintains stop loss coverage for both individual and
aggregate claim amounts. Losses are accrued based upon the
Companys estimates of the aggregate liability for claims
based on a specific claim review and Company experience.
Through September 2003, the Company was self-insured for workers
compensation. Losses are accrued based upon estimates of
aggregate liability of claims based on specific claim reviews
and actuarial methods used to measure estimates. Beginning in
October 2003, the Companys insurance covers losses in
excess of a specified amount. Management believes insurance
coverage is adequate to cover these losses.
In November 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45),
Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for
Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of
Others an interpretation of FASB Statements
No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of FASB Interpretation
No. 34. FIN 45 requires additional disclosures to be
made by the
F-38
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
Company and requires the Company to record a liability for any
obligations guaranteed by the Company that have been issued or
modified after December 31, 2002 by the Company
(Notes 4 and 7).
|
|
|
New Accounting Pronouncement |
In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
FASB Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), Consolidation of
Variable Interest Entities an interpretation of ARB
No. 51. FIN 46 addresses the consolidation of variable
interest entities that have either of the following
characteristics: (a) equity investment at risk is not
sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities
without additional subordinated financial support from other
parties, which is provided through other interests that will
absorb some or all of the expected losses of the entity and/or
(b) the equity investors lack one or more of the following
essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest:
(1) direct or indirect ability to make decisions about the
entitys activities through voting rights or similar
rights, (2) obligation to absorb the expected losses of the
entity if they occur, which makes it possible for the entity to
finance its activities and (3) right to receive the
expected residual returns of the entity if they occur, which is
the compensation for the risk of absorbing the expected losses.
FIN 46 is applicable for all variable interest entities
created after January 31, 2003 and for entities in
existence prior to this date. In December of 2003 FIN 46R
was issued deferring the implementation date of this
pronouncement until the end of the first interim or annual
reporting period ending after March 15, 2004. The Company
has adopted FIN 46R for the fiscal period ending
June 30, 2004, but it does not have any impact on the
Company.
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123R (SFAS 123R), Share-Based Payment.
SFAS 123R establishes standards for the accounting for
transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments
for goods or services. This Statement focuses primarily on
accounting for transactions in which an entity obtains employee
services in share-based payment transactions. SFAS 123R
requires that the fair value of such equity instruments be
recognized as an expense in the historical financial statements
as services are performed. Prior to SFAS 123R, only certain
proforma disclosures of fair value were required. The Company
has adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R, on a modified
prospective basis effective for the first quarter ended
October 2, 2005.
The Company has one outstanding interest rate swap for the
purpose of fixing interest rates on its variable interest rate
term loan facility (Note 9). The Companys objective
is to minimize the interest expense over the life of the loan
facility. The Company maintains policies to ensure that the
average notional amount of the hedge does not exceed the average
underlying debt balances. The Company views this interest rate
swap as an economic cash flow hedge. The net settlement on this
transaction is included as a component of interest expense.
Income taxes have been computed utilizing the asset and
liability approach. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities
arise from differences between the tax basis of an asset or
liability and its reported amount in the financial statements.
Deferred tax balances are determined by using tax rates expected
to be in effect when the taxes will actually be paid or refunds
received. A valuation allowance is recorded when the expected
recognition of a deferred tax asset is not considered to be more
likely than not. The recorded deferred income tax liability
results from a difference between the book and tax basis of
certain assets and liabilities.
F-39
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform
with current year presentation.
The major components of inventories, net of reserves of $279 and
$229 as of June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively, are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
|
| |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Raw materials
|
|
$ |
3,224 |
|
|
$ |
3,127 |
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
1,672 |
|
|
|
1,933 |
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
6,164 |
|
|
|
4,634 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
11,060 |
|
|
$ |
9,694 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company generally warrants its airgun product for one year
and its soft air products for 90 days. The warranty accrual
is based on the prior nine months historical warranty activity
and is included in accrued expenses. The activity in the product
warranty reserve from July 1, 2003 through June 30,
2005 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
|
| |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Balance at July 1
|
|
$ |
392 |
|
|
$ |
335 |
|
Accruals for warranties issued during period
|
|
|
1,651 |
|
|
|
1,438 |
|
Settlements made during the period
|
|
|
(1,582 |
) |
|
|
(1,381 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
461 |
|
|
$ |
392 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
Property, Plant and Equipment |
The major components of property, plant and equipment are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
|
| |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Land
|
|
$ |
256 |
|
|
$ |
256 |
|
Building and improvements
|
|
|
2,340 |
|
|
|
2,328 |
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
6,705 |
|
|
|
5,072 |
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
108 |
|
Computers and software
|
|
|
620 |
|
|
|
483 |
|
Tooling
|
|
|
2,721 |
|
|
|
2,249 |
|
Assets under capital lease
|
|
|
254 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
Construction-in-progress
|
|
|
459 |
|
|
|
749 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,496 |
|
|
|
11,427 |
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(2,983 |
) |
|
|
(844 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,513 |
|
|
$ |
10,583 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-40
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
Depreciation expense amounted to $2,146, $2,052 and $2,295 for
the years ended June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
|
|
6. |
Intangibles and Other Assets |
Intangible and other assets consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
|
| |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing costs
|
|
$ |
1,339 |
|
|
$ |
1,272 |
|
|
Developed Technology
|
|
|
900 |
|
|
|
900 |
|
|
License and distribution agreements
|
|
|
2,400 |
|
|
|
2,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,639 |
|
|
|
4,572 |
|
|
Less: Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(887 |
) |
|
|
(258 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,752 |
|
|
|
4,314 |
|
Intangible assets not subject to amortization, excluding
goodwill:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
9,800 |
|
|
|
9,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total intangibles and other assets, excluding goodwill, net
|
|
$ |
13,552 |
|
|
$ |
14,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Developed technologies are amortized over 10 years. License
and distribution agreements are amortized over the term of the
related agreement. Financing costs, incurred in connection with
obtaining long-term debt, are amortized over the term of the
related debt. The Company utilizes the straight-line method for
all amortization. Aggregate amortization expense for years ended
June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003 is $629, $328 and $132,
respectively. All current amortization is deductible for income
tax purposes.
Estimated amortization expense for the following years ended is
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There- | |
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2007 | |
|
2008 | |
|
2009 | |
|
2010 | |
|
after | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Financing costs
|
|
$ |
280 |
|
|
$ |
280 |
|
|
$ |
280 |
|
|
$ |
117 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
957 |
|
Developed Technology
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
322 |
|
|
|
772 |
|
License and distribution agreement
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
777 |
|
|
|
2,023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
$ |
636 |
|
|
$ |
636 |
|
|
$ |
636 |
|
|
$ |
473 |
|
|
$ |
272 |
|
|
$ |
1,099 |
|
|
$ |
3,752 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has a 50% membership interest in Diablo Marketing,
LLC, d/b/a Gameface Paintball (Gameface). Below is condensed
financial information of Gameface as of and for the years ended:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Summary of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
13,547 |
|
|
$ |
18,316 |
|
|
$ |
11,708 |
|
|
Costs and expenses
|
|
|
14,029 |
|
|
|
18,204 |
|
|
|
11,392 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$ |
(482 |
) |
|
$ |
112 |
|
|
$ |
316 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company equity in net (loss) income
|
|
$ |
(241 |
) |
|
$ |
56 |
|
|
$ |
158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-41
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance sheet data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$ |
5,410 |
|
|
$ |
6,616 |
|
|
$ |
5,651 |
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
475 |
|
|
|
468 |
|
|
|
517 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
5,885 |
|
|
$ |
7,084 |
|
|
$ |
6,168 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and membership interests:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$ |
5,078 |
|
|
$ |
5,794 |
|
|
$ |
4,990 |
|
|
|
Membership interests
|
|
|
807 |
|
|
|
1,290 |
|
|
|
1,178 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and membership interests
|
|
$ |
5,885 |
|
|
$ |
7,084 |
|
|
$ |
6,168 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company guarantees the long-term debt of Gameface up to
$1.5 million. The Company has not recorded the fair value
of the liability, if any, in accordance with FIN 45
(Note 2) because the guarantee was issued prior to
December 31, 2002.
The Company performs all selling, administrative, warehousing
and shipping functions for Gameface. Gameface pays the Company
5% of its net sales for these services. 50% of the payment is a
reduction to the Companys selling expense and 50% is a
component of non-operating income. The Company billed Gameface
$677, $916 and $585 for these services in fiscal 2005, 2004 and
2003, respectively.
Additionally, Gameface purchased $3,338, $3,742 and $1,609 of
goods from Crosman in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
As of June 30, 2005 and 2004, Gameface owes the Company
$1,174 and $608, respectively, for product and services, which
is included in current assets.
On February 10, 2004, the Company entered into a series of
financing transactions (the Recapitalization)
resulting in the redemption and cancellation of 684,917 of the
then outstanding 1,243,390 shares of common stock and all
of the outstanding shares of the Series B convertible
preferred stock (see Note 10). In addition the shareholders
redeeming the shares (the Sellers) sold
518,219 shares of common stock to third party shareholders
(the Purchasers). The Recapitalization was funded as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Uses of Cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption of 684,917 of common stock, net of option exercise
price and receipt of payment on note receivable to fund purchase
of stock
|
|
$ |
26,281 |
|
|
Redemption of 100% of the redeemable Series B preferred
stock at full redemption value as of February 10, 2004 (see
Note 10)
|
|
|
9,099 |
|
|
Prepayment Senior Term Debt (see Note 9)
|
|
|
6,508 |
|
|
Payment of Outstanding Revolving Line of Credit
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
Seller fees
|
|
|
1,693 |
|
|
Purchaser fees
|
|
|
2,418 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
46,120 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-42
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sources of Cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Term Loan (see Note 9)
|
|
$ |
27,000 |
|
|
Senior Subordinated Notes (see Note 9)
|
|
|
14,000 |
|
|
New borrowings under revolving line of credit (see Note 9)
|
|
|
5,120 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
46,120 |
|
|
|
|
|
Under the terms of a Stock Purchase and
Redemption Agreement among the Sellers, Purchaser and the
Company, the Company will pay to the Sellers a certain amount of
the 2005 and 2006 earnings before interest, depreciation, taxes,
amortization, transaction related expenses and management fees
(Adjusted EBITDA as defined) that exceeds $14,000.
The Adjusted EBITDA is limited to the business as it existed on
February 10, 2004. No payment is due to the Sellers for
2005 because the 2005 Adjusted EBITDA did not exceed the
baseline amount.
The Company incurred $4,111 of expenses that were paid upon the
closing of the recapitalization and an additional $323 that were
paid subsequent to the closing. Of the total $4,434 expenses
incurred, $2,497 for expenses and fees are classified separately
as a non-operating expenses, $1,272 of fees incurred in
connection with debt financing are capitalized and amortized
over the life of the related debt instruments (see Note 6)
and $665 of expenses are a component of goodwill.
Long-term debt consists of the following at June 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
|
| |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Collateralized:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan Facility
|
|
$ |
23,917 |
|
|
$ |
26,250 |
|
|
Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
|
14,000 |
|
|
|
14,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,917 |
|
|
|
40,250 |
|
|
Less: Current portion
|
|
|
(2,583 |
) |
|
|
(2,333 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
35,334 |
|
|
$ |
37,917 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes payable under revolving line of credit
|
|
$ |
10,385 |
|
|
$ |
7,138 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with the Recapitalization (Note 8), on
February 10, 2004, the Company repaid all outstanding
amounts on the then existing revolving credit facility and
senior term notes and amended and restated its senior credit
facility with M&T Bank. The amended facility provides for
total borrowings of $40,000 and consists of a term loan for
$27,000 (the Term Loan) and a $18,000 revolving
credit facility (the Revolver).
The Term Loan in the original amount of $27,000, is payable in
monthly installments of (i) $188 through and including
February 1, 2005, (ii) $208 commencing on
March 1, 2005 and continuing through and including
February 1, 2006, (iii) $250 commencing on
March 1, 2006 and continuing through and including
February 1, 2007, (iv) $271 commencing on
March 1, 2007 and continuing through and including
February 1, 2008, and (v) $333 commencing on
March 1, 2008 and continuing thereafter. All
F-43
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
remaining outstanding principal and interest under the Term Loan
will be due and payable in full on December 31, 2008. The
interest on the Term Loan floats based upon the ratio of total
debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization and recapitalization expenses (EBITDA as defined).
The Term Loan currently bears interest at the Companys
option of the banks prime rate + 1.25% or LIBOR +
3.75% subject to certain restrictions within the loan
agreement. Additional principal payments are contingently
payable based on the Companys future excess cash flows and
certain asset sales as defined in the agreement.
The notes payable under the Revolver are used primarily to fund
the Companys working capital requirements. Maximum
available credit is the lesser of $18,000 or a borrowing base
computed on a percentage of eligible account receivables and
inventories. The interest on the notes payable floats based upon
the ratio of total debt to EBITDA. The notes payable currently
bear interest at the Companys option of the banks
prime rate + 1.0% or LIBOR + 3.50% subject to certain
restrictions within the loan agreement. The outstanding
principal balance is due and payable on December 31, 2008.
As of June 30, 2005 the Company has available borrowings of
$3,224.
The senior credit facility is collateralized by substantially
all of the assets of the Company. The senior credit facility
contains a subjective acceleration (i.e. material adverse
effect) clause, but does not require the remittance of receipts
into an M&T lockbox. Management has no reason to believe the
subjective acceleration clause will be exercised in 2006 and
therefore, only the minimum principal payments are classified as
current liabilities.
|
|
|
Senior Subordinated Notes |
In connection with the Recapitalization (Note 8), on
February 10, 2004, the Company issued $14 million of
senior subordinated notes to a firm that owns 14% of the
Companys outstanding common stock. The senior subordinated
notes are due on February 10, 2010 and bear interest at
16.5%. Interest is payable monthly at 12%. The remaining 4.5% is
payable on February 10, 2009 (the Deferred
Interest). The Deferred Interest accrues interest at 16.5%
and is compounded monthly. The Company is subject to certain
prepayment penalties if any portion of the $14 million
principal is prepaid prior to February 10, 2006. The
Company may prepay the Deferred Interest at anytime without
penalty.
The senior credit facility and senior subordinated notes contain
restrictive covenants, the more significant of which relate to
fixed charge ratio, debt ratios, current ratio and capital
expenditures, and restriction of dividends. The Company is in
compliance with its covenants.
|
|
|
Subsequent Event Refinancing |
On August 4, 2005, the Company refinanced its Senior Credit
Facility. Under the terms of the new facility, the then
outstanding balance of $23,708 under the Term Loan was paid in
full and a new term loan was issued (the New Term
Loan). The New Term Loan is in the original amount of
$26 million and is due on December 31, 2008. The New
Term Loan is payable in monthly installments of $217 for each of
the first twenty-four monthly installments and $271 for each of
the next succeeding monthly payments through the due date. The
interest on the Term Loan floats based upon the ratio of total
debt to earnings before interest, taxes, deprecation and
amortization and recapitalization expenses (EBITDA as defined).
The Term Loan currently bears interest at the Companys
option of the banks prime rate + 1.25% or LIBOR +
3.75% subject to certain restrictions within the loan
agreement. Additional principal payments are contingently
payable based on the Companys future excess cash flows and
certain asset sales as defined in the agreement.
F-44
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
The net proceeds from the above were used to pay, transaction
expenses of the failed offering, and to reduce the borrowings
under the Revolver.
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt Five Year Repayment Schedule
(excluding the Revolver) |
The aggregate minimum annual principal payments reflective of
the amended and restated credit facility and the senior
subordinated notes as of June 30, 2005, excluding the
revolving line are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
2,583 |
|
2007
|
|
|
2,600 |
|
2008
|
|
|
3,142 |
|
2009
|
|
|
15,592 |
|
2010
|
|
|
14,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
37,917 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
February 10, | |
|
July 1, | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
through | |
|
through | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
February 9, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Interest expense components are
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
$ |
3,984 |
|
|
$ |
1,341 |
|
|
$ |
402 |
|
|
$ |
1,257 |
|
Amortization of discount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
Write-off of unamortized discount costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
595 |
|
Interest deferred on senior subordinated notes
|
|
|
654 |
|
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,638 |
|
|
$ |
1,588 |
|
|
$ |
402 |
|
|
$ |
1,978 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$ |
4,016 |
|
|
$ |
524 |
|
|
$ |
1,148 |
|
|
$ |
2,666 |
|
Effective interest rate on all debt
|
|
|
9.0 |
% |
|
|
7.6 |
% |
|
|
7.6 |
% |
|
|
12.6 |
% |
In connection with the Recapitalization (Note 8), all
60,000 shares the Series B redeemable preferred stock
that was then authorized issued and outstanding was redeemed for
redemption value and subsequently cancelled. The Series B
redeemable preferred stock was 6%, mandatorily redeemable
cumulative preferred stock and was stated at redemption value.
These shares had no voting rights. Dividends were calculated
based on the redemption price of the stock. The redemption price
was equal to $100 per share plus any unpaid dividends
(whether or not declared).
F-45
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Companys deferred tax assets and liabilities are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
|
| |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Current deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$ |
185 |
|
|
$ |
252 |
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
268 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
Workers compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113 |
|
|
Warranty and product liability
|
|
|
413 |
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
Tax credits
|
|
|
180 |
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
(53 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net current deferred tax assets
|
|
|
1,104 |
|
|
|
943 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental retirement
|
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
203 |
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(1,894 |
) |
|
|
(2,042 |
) |
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
(995 |
) |
|
|
(1,113 |
) |
|
Tax credits
|
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
(1,130 |
) |
|
|
(1,130 |
) |
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net long-term deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(3,509 |
) |
|
|
(3,951 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liability
|
|
$ |
(2,405 |
) |
|
$ |
(3,008 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
February 10, | |
|
July 1, | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
through | |
|
through | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
February 9, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
602 |
|
|
$ |
508 |
|
|
$ |
1,290 |
|
|
$ |
1,200 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
Deferred income tax
|
|
|
(586 |
) |
|
|
(51 |
) |
|
|
414 |
|
|
|
831 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
112 |
|
|
$ |
463 |
|
|
$ |
1,824 |
|
|
$ |
2,122 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company paid income taxes of $636, $2,468 and $1,683 for the
years ended June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
F-46
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the
effective rates for the periods ended:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
February 10, | |
|
July 1, | |
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
through June 30, | |
|
through February 9, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
$ |
204 |
|
|
|
34.0 |
% |
|
$ |
433 |
|
|
|
34.0 |
% |
|
$ |
1,687 |
|
|
|
34.0 |
% |
|
$ |
1,875 |
|
|
|
34.0 |
% |
State taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
% |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
3.80 |
% |
|
|
189 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
% |
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
% |
Investment tax credits
|
|
|
(84 |
) |
|
|
(14.0 |
)% |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
(2.2 |
)% |
|
|
(103 |
) |
|
|
(2.0 |
)% |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(0.3 |
)% |
Non taxable (income) expenses, net
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(0.7 |
)% |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
% |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(0.2 |
)% |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
0.2 |
% |
Adjustment to prior year taxes
|
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
(5.6 |
)% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
% |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
% |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
)% |
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
% |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
)% |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
% |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
112 |
|
|
|
18.7 |
% |
|
$ |
463 |
|
|
|
36.4 |
% |
|
$ |
1,824 |
|
|
|
36.8 |
% |
|
$ |
2,122 |
|
|
|
38.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys 2005 effective tax rate of 18.7% is less than
the combined federal and state combined rate primarily because
the Company earned certain investment tax credits that the
Company expects will offset future income tax payments.
The Company has certain tax credits that expire in various
increments from 2014 to 2020. Realization of the deferred income
tax assets relating to these tax credits is dependent on
generating sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of
the credits. Based upon results of operations, management
believes it is more likely than not the Company will generate
sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit of the
tax credits and existing temporary differences, although there
can be no assurance of this.
The Company leases certain of its equipment utilized in its
regular operations. Some of the leases contain renewal clauses
to extend the term of the lease. None of the lease agreements
contain acceleration clauses. Minimum rent commitments under
capital and non-cancelable operating leases at June 30,
2005 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ending |
|
Capital | |
|
Operating | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
2006
|
|
$ |
84 |
|
|
$ |
74 |
|
2007
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
2008
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
2009
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
2010
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
|
238 |
|
|
|
220 |
|
Less: Amount representing interest
|
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total obligations under capital lease
|
|
|
204 |
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Current portion
|
|
|
(69 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term obligations under capital lease
|
|
$ |
135 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense for operating leases total $252, $292 and $353 for
the years ended June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
F-47
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
|
|
|
A) Director Stock Option Plan |
The Company adopted a Director Stock Option Plan on
January 1, 1998 for non-employee directors (the
Director Plan). The Director Plan allowed for the
granting of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation
rights and incentive stock options. The Company was authorized
to grant options for up to 30,000 shares for non-employee
directors. Options vest after one year and are exercisable over
10 years. The exercise price of the options was the
estimated fair market value of the stock on the date of grant.
In connection with the Recapitalization (Note 8), all
options became exercisable and were exercised. The plan was
terminated by the Board of Directors on September 29, 2005;
there were no options granted through the period of termination.
A summary of all option activity in the Director Plan for the
years ended June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
of Shares | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Outstanding at June 30, 2003
|
|
|
15,667 |
|
|
$ |
6.76 |
|
Granted in period July 1, 2003 through February 9, 2004
|
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
|
21.31 |
|
Exercised in period July 1, 2003 through February 9,
2004
|
|
|
(18,667 |
) |
|
|
9.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at February 9, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2002, the Company adopted the Stock Incentive Plan for
officers and certain other Company employees and subsequently
amended it in 2003. The Stock Incentive Plan allowed for the
purchases of common stock, granting of non-qualified stock
options, stock appreciation rights and other stock-based awards
as described by the Stock Incentive Plan. The Company reserved
73,748 shares of common stock for issuance under the Stock
Incentive Plan. Stock ownership costs were amortized, based upon
the estimated life of ownership, subject to certain provision
within the individual stock purchase agreements. There were
11,576 shares available for future grants and no
outstanding awards at June 30, 2005.
In 2002 the Company accepted a note receivable for $505 that was
amended and restated in 2004 to represent payment for the
issuance of 17,494 of its common stock. The note bears interest
at 7% and interest is payable on the maturity date. The note is
due April 23, 2012 and is subject to mandatory prepayment
provisions if certain conditions are met.
In 2003, the Company accepted notes totaling $267 in connection
with the issuance of 24,897 of its common stock. The notes were
paid in full in connection with the Recapitalization
(Note 8). The interest rate on the notes was 5%.
In 2004, the Company accepted notes totaling $450 in connection
with the issuance of 11,592 shares of its common stock. The
notes bear interest at 6% and interest is payable on the
maturity date. The notes are due April 23, 2011 and are
subject to mandatory prepayment provisions if certain conditions
are met.
F-48
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
The Company has classified all of the notes as a reduction of
additional paid-in capital on the balance sheet.
On February 10, 2004 the Company granted options to
purchase 30,000 shares of its common stock that vest
over the time period and exercise prices as described below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Minimum | |
|
|
of Shares | |
|
Exercise Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Date of Vesting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 10, 2005
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
$ |
73.00 |
|
|
February 10, 2006
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
99.67 |
|
|
February 10, 2007
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
140.33 |
|
|
February 10, 2008
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
194.67 |
|
|
February 10, 2009
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
270.37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
$ |
155.61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the options are not exercised within a year of the date of
vesting, the exercise price will increase to the next
years weighted average minimum exercise price. The
exercise price of the stock options exceeded the Companys
estimate of fair value market on the date of grant.
Previously, the Company elected to follow Accounting Principles
Board Opinion No. 25 (APB No. 25) and
related interpretations in accounting for the stock options
granted under the Plan. Under APB No. 25, because the
exercise price of the Companys stock options approximates
or exceeds the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of
the grant, no compensation expense has been recognized. Under
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123, rights
to acquire company stock are to be valued under the fair value
method and the proforma effect of such value on reported
earnings per share are to be disclosed in the notes to the
financial statements. As the fair value of these rights is not
material, proforma and related disclosures are not presented.
There were no options exercised in 2005. The Company recognized
$342 of compensation expense in connection with the exercise of
options in 2004.
|
|
14. |
Commitment and Contingencies |
From time to time the Company defends product liability lawsuits
involving accidents and other claims related to its business
operations. The Company views these actions, and related
expenses of administration, litigation and insurance, as part of
the ordinary course of its business. The Company has a policy of
aggressively defending product liability lawsuits, which
generally take several years to ultimately resolve. A
combination of self-insured retention and insurance is used to
manage these risks and management believes that the insurance
coverage and reserves established for self-insured risks are
adequate. Management has determined that there is a probable
likelihood that one case will be resolved at a cost of
approximately $600 and has a reserve of $600 as of June 30,
2005. The Company is currently defending an additional 5
lawsuits and is the subject of 23 claims. The effect of these
lawsuits and claims on future results of operations, if any,
cannot be predicted. The Company incurred $1,584, $471 and $488
of expenses related to product liability cases for years ended
June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
The Company has signed consent orders with the New York State
Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC) to
investigate and remediate soil and groundwater contamination at
its primary facility. Pursuant to a contractual indemnity and
related agreements, the costs of investigation and
F-49
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
remediation have been paid by a successor to the prior owner and
operator of the facility, which also has signed the consent
orders with the DEC. In 2002, upon an increase noted in certain
contamination levels, the DEC indicated that additional
remediation of groundwater may be required. Both the Company and
the prior owner and operator have disputed the need for
additional remediation and are pursuing alternate avenues for
resolving site issues with the DEC, including monitored natural
attenuation of the contaminants. The Company believes the prior
owner and operator is contractually obligated to pay any
additional costs for resolving site remediation issues with the
DEC and the prior owner and operator will continue to honor its
commitments resulting in no losses to the Company and
accordingly no accrual has been made for this matter. However,
there can be no assurance the prior owner and operator will
continue to pay future site remediation costs, which could be up
to $750 in total over the next 10 years if the DEC requires
additional groundwater remediation. Subsequent to 2002,
contamination levels returned to normalized levels and the DEC
has not pursued any further action.
The Company is also subject to potential liability for
investigation and remediation of environmental contamination
(including contamination caused by other parties) at properties
that it owns and operates and at other properties where the
Company or its predecessors have operated or arranged for the
disposal of hazardous substances. In accordance with the
provisions of Statement of Accounting Standards No. 5 and
AICPA Statement of
Position 96-1 the
Company has not accrued for any losses in these cases. There
exists, however a reasonable possibility that the Company will
incur up to $1.2 million of
clean-up costs
associated with these sites over the next 10 years.
|
|
15. |
Employee Retirement Plan |
The Company has a contributory profit sharing retirement 401(k)
plan for substantially all of its hourly and salaried employees.
Participants can contribute up to a maximum of 15% of eligible
wages and the Company will make matching contributions based
upon a percentage of participant contributions. Profit sharing
contribution expense was $257, $254, and $203 for the years
ended June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. A
participant is immediately vested in his or her own contribution
and vests at the rate of 25% per year in the matching
contribution.
The Company has a supplemental retirement agreement covering a
former key employee, which provides for stipulated annual
payments. The present value of these retirement payments at
June 30, 2005 and 2004 are $523 and $534, respectively. The
amount has been accrued pursuant to the agreements vesting
provisions and is included in other long-term liabilities.
|
|
16. |
Concentration of Sales and Credit Risk |
For the years ended June 30, 2005 and 2004, one major
customer accounted for 36% and 41%, respectively, of the
Companys sales. At June 30, 2005 and 2004, this major
customer accounted for 43% and 32% of the Companys
accounts receivable.
For the year ended June 30, 2003, two major customers
accounted for 43% and 8% of the Companys sales. At
June 30, 2003, these two major customers accounted for 37%
and 5% of the Companys accounts receivable.
|
|
17. |
Related Party Transactions |
In addition to the transactions described in Notes 7
and 8, in 2004 the Company paid $580 in management
consulting costs, incurred concurrent with the Recapitalization
(Note 8), to a company affiliated with the majority
shareholder. In addition, the Company incurred expenses of $580
and $242 for management consulting services to the same company
in 2005 and 2004, respectively.
F-50
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
The Company will continue to pay $580 per year, subject to
certain limitations imposed under its lending agreements and
continued ownership by the majority shareholder. Other than for
the cost of providing services under the management services
agreement, which are included in the management fee, the
affiliated entity has not paid any obligations nor incurred any
expenses on behalf of the Company.
|
|
18. |
Warrants for Common Stock |
In connection with the Recapitalization (Note 8) the
Company issued warrants for shares of its common stock for
$38.50 per share. The warrants are only exercisable if a
contingent payment is due to the Sellers and the Company is not
or will not be in compliance with its financial covenants under
its lending arrangements (Note 9). In that case, the
warrant holders will be required to make the contingent payment
directly to the sellers. The number of shares issuable under the
warrants will be equal to the contingent payment made by the
warrant holder divided by the warrant price. Management believes
that the likelihood of the warrants being exercised is remote
because the contingent payments are based on EBITDA growth by
the Company which management believes would result in the
Company meeting its financial covenants. In this case, the
warrants would not be exercisable. Accordingly, the value of the
warrants is estimated to be de minimus.
As discussed in Note 1, the Company manufactures air guns,
paintball markers, ammunition, accessories and slingshots, and
distributes paintballs, under one operating segment, selling to
retailers, mass merchandisers, and distributors. Its products
primarily include air rifles, air pistols, soft air, and related
consumables. The Company can serve as a single source of supply
for its customers related requirements. Net sales by
product line are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
February 10, | |
|
July 1, | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
|
|
Year ended | |
|
through | |
|
through | |
|
Year ended | |
|
|
June 30, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
February 9, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Air rifles
|
|
$ |
24,072 |
|
|
$ |
8,829 |
|
|
$ |
16,785 |
|
|
$ |
24,720 |
|
Air pistols
|
|
|
11,817 |
|
|
|
5,004 |
|
|
|
8,288 |
|
|
|
10,890 |
|
Soft air
|
|
|
15,626 |
|
|
|
3,221 |
|
|
|
2,578 |
|
|
|
1,099 |
|
Related consumables
|
|
|
16,947 |
|
|
|
7,180 |
|
|
|
9,971 |
|
|
|
15,148 |
|
Other
|
|
|
1,598 |
|
|
|
622 |
|
|
|
1,148 |
|
|
|
1,476 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
70,060 |
|
|
$ |
24,856 |
|
|
$ |
38,770 |
|
|
$ |
53,333 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys sales are primarily in the United States,
which represent approximately 87%, 88% and 87% of its net sales
for the year ended June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively.
F-51
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
|
|
20. |
Acquisition Adjustment |
The recapitalization was accounted for under the purchase method
of accounting. The purchase price was allocated to assets
acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair
value as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | |
|
|
| |
|
|
February 10, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
Allocated to assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
8,449 |
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
8,386 |
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
2,223 |
|
|
Investment in equity investee
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
10,419 |
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(8,980 |
) |
|
Intangible assets acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
9,800 |
|
|
|
Developed Technology
|
|
|
900 |
|
|
|
License and distribution agreements
|
|
|
2,400 |
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
30,286 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price
|
|
$ |
64,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of intangible assets, property, plant and
equipment and the investment in equity investee was determined
by the Company based in part on a recommendation by an
independent appraiser. The definite lived intangibles are being
amortized over their estimated useful lives. Detail of the
amortization of the Companys intangible assets is included
in Note 6.
F-52
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page(s) | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
F-54 |
|
|
|
|
F-55 |
|
|
|
|
F-56 |
|
|
|
|
F-57 |
|
|
|
|
F-58F-69 |
|
F-53
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheet
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$ |
796 |
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
19,794 |
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
12,316 |
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
2,302 |
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
1,262 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
36,470 |
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
10,069 |
|
Investment in equity investee
|
|
|
520 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
30,951 |
|
Intangible and other assets, net
|
|
|
13,585 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
91,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$ |
4,100 |
|
|
Current portion of capitalized lease obligations
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
5,863 |
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
3,355 |
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
1,216 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
14,598 |
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
35,033 |
|
Revolving line of credit
|
|
|
11,329 |
|
Capitalized lease obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
107 |
|
Deferred interest
|
|
|
1,243 |
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
3,522 |
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
585 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
66,417 |
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock $.01 par value, authorized
1,500,000 shares; Issued and outstanding 577,232 and
573,408 shares
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
22,270 |
|
|
Shareholders notes receivable
|
|
|
(1,218 |
) |
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
4,120 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
25,178 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$ |
91,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-54
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Dollars are in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
January 1, | |
|
December 26, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
(Unaudited) | |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
45,223 |
|
|
$ |
38,234 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
32,916 |
|
|
|
26,471 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
12,307 |
|
|
|
11,763 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
4,896 |
|
|
|
5,393 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
310 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
7,044 |
|
|
|
6,060 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
2,695 |
|
|
|
2,236 |
|
Foregone offering costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161 |
|
Equity in losses of investee
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
Other (income)/expense, net
|
|
|
(217 |
) |
|
|
(225 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
4,542 |
|
|
|
3,756 |
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
1,721 |
|
|
|
1,407 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
2,821 |
|
|
$ |
2,349 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-55
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity
(Dollars are in thousands) (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital in | |
|
Shareholders | |
|
|
|
Total | |
|
|
Preferred |
|
Common | |
|
Excess of | |
|
Notes | |
|
Retained | |
|
Shareholders | |
|
|
Stock |
|
Stock | |
|
Par Value | |
|
Receivable | |
|
Earnings | |
|
Equity | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance at June 30, 2004
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
6 |
|
|
$ |
22,083 |
|
|
$ |
(973 |
) |
|
$ |
810 |
|
|
$ |
21,926 |
|
Redemption of stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
Interest on notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32 |
) |
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,349 |
|
|
|
2,349 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 26, 2004
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
6 |
|
|
$ |
22,076 |
|
|
$ |
(1,005 |
) |
|
$ |
3,159 |
|
|
$ |
24,236 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2005
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
6 |
|
|
$ |
22,076 |
|
|
$ |
(1,035 |
) |
|
$ |
1,299 |
|
|
$ |
22,346 |
|
Redemption of stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
Issuance of stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
(150 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
Interest on notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33 |
) |
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,821 |
|
|
|
2,821 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2006
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
6 |
|
|
$ |
22,270 |
|
|
$ |
(1,218 |
) |
|
$ |
4,120 |
|
|
$ |
25,178 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-56
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars are in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Month Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
January 1, | |
|
December 26, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
(Unaudited) | |
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
2,821 |
|
|
$ |
2,349 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,485 |
|
|
|
1,379 |
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(143 |
) |
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
Loss from equity investment
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
Interest deferred on senior subordinated notes
|
|
|
342 |
|
|
|
326 |
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in accounts receivable
|
|
|
(6,047 |
) |
|
|
(5,639 |
) |
|
Increase in inventories
|
|
|
(1,256 |
) |
|
|
(6,225 |
) |
|
Increase in other current assets
|
|
|
(496 |
) |
|
|
(1,094 |
) |
|
Decrease in refundable income taxes/income taxes payable
|
|
|
1,348 |
|
|
|
873 |
|
|
Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
2,585 |
|
|
|
1,855 |
|
|
Decrease in accrued interest and other liabilities
|
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
647 |
|
|
|
(6,133 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(677 |
) |
|
|
(944 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(677 |
) |
|
|
(944 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
|
|
|
54,193 |
|
|
|
47,809 |
|
Repayments under revolving credit facility
|
|
|
(53,249 |
) |
|
|
(39,257 |
) |
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
|
|
|
26,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Principal payments and retirement of long-term obligations
|
|
|
(24,817 |
) |
|
|
(1,160 |
) |
Financing costs associated with issuance of debt
|
|
|
(402 |
) |
|
|
(40 |
) |
Failed offering costs
|
|
|
(1,716 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Redemption of common stock
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
7,346 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
Cash at beginning of year
|
|
|
773 |
|
|
|
204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash at end of year
|
|
$ |
796 |
|
|
$ |
473 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-57
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
(Unaudited)
|
|
1. |
Organization and Nature of Operations |
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries (the
Company) manufactures airguns, paintball markers,
ammunition, accessories and slingshots. They sell primarily to
retailers, mass merchandisers, and distributors. The Company has
a 50% ownership interest in Diablo Marketing, LLC, d/b/a as
Gameface Paintball.
|
|
2. |
Significant Accounting Policies |
The Company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable
and earned. The Company considers revenue realized or realizable
and earned when it has persuasive evidence of an arrangement and
the product has been shipped to the customer, the sales price is
fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonable assured.
The Company reduces revenue for estimated customer returns and
other allowances.
The Company records accruals for cooperative charges and sales
rebates to distributors at the time of shipment based upon
historical experience. Changes in such allowances may be
required if future rebates differ from historical experience.
In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue
No. 00-10,
Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs, shipping
and handling costs billed to customers are included in sales and
the related costs are included in cost of sales in the
Consolidated Statements of Income.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant
intercompany transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Investments in which the Company has a 20 to 50 percent
ownership interest are accounted for on the equity method.
Accounts receivable are shown net of allowances for doubtful
accounts, returns, allowances and discounts, which approximated
$1,843 (unaudited), as of January 1, 2006. Receivables are
charged against reserves when claims are paid or when they are
deemed uncollectible, as appropriate for the circumstance. The
Company generally extends credit to its customers for a period
of zero to sixty days without any charge for interest.
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out
(FIFO) method. The Company writes down its inventories for
estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the
difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated
market value based upon assumptions about future demand and
market conditions.
|
|
|
Property, Plant and Equipment |
Property, plant and equipment, tooling costs, company-owned
molds capitalized, and software are recorded at cost.
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from 3 to
25 years. When assets are retired or sold the cost and
related accumulated
F-58
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
(Unaudited)
depreciation is removed from the accounts with any resulting
gain or loss reflected in other operating income and expense.
Impairment of long-lived assets is reviewed whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts of
long-lived assets may not be fully recoverable. Impairment would
be measured by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived
asset to its estimated fair value.
The Company reviews goodwill annually for impairment, and
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the
carrying amount of this asset may not be recoverable. Goodwill
is tested using a two-step process. The first step is to
identify any potential impairment by comparing the carrying
value of the Company to its fair value. If a potential
impairment is identified, the second step is to compare the
implied fair value of goodwill with its carrying amount to
measure the impairment loss. A severe decline in fair value
could result in an impairment charge to goodwill, which could
have a material adverse effect on the Companys business,
financial condition and results of operations. The Company
tested its goodwill in its fourth fiscal quarter and deemed the
goodwill not impaired. In addition to not having any impairment
losses, the Company did not acquire or write off any goodwill
during the year. Goodwill is not subject to amortization.
All advertising costs are expensed in operations as incurred, or
recorded as a reduction of net sales in the case of cooperative
charges. Cooperative charges and advertising costs are $765
(unaudited) and $3 (unaudited); and $646
(unaudited) and zero (unaudited), for the six-month periods
ended January 1, 2006 and December 26, 2004,
respectively.
The Company is generally self-insured for product liability. The
Company maintains stop loss coverage for both individual and
aggregate claim amounts. Losses are accrued based upon the
Companys estimates of the aggregate liability for claims
based on a specific claim review and Company experience.
Through September 2003, the Company was self-insured for workers
compensation. Losses are accrued based upon estimates of
aggregate liability of claims based on specific claim reviews
and actuarial methods used to measure estimates. Beginning in
October 2003, the Companys insurance covers losses in
excess of a specified amount. Management believes insurance
coverage is adequate to cover these losses.
In November 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45),
Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for
Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of
Others an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and
107 and rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34.
FIN 45 requires additional disclosures to be made by the
Company and requires the Company to record a liability for any
obligations guaranteed by the Company that have been issued or
modified after December 31, 2002 by the Company
(Notes 4 and 7).
|
|
|
New Accounting Pronouncement |
In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
FASB Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), Consolidation of
Variable Interest Entities an interpretation of ARB
No. 51. FIN 46 addresses the consolidation of variable
interest entities that have either of the following
characteristics: (a) equity investment at risk is not
sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without
F-59
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
(Unaudited)
additional subordinated financial support from other parties,
which is provided through other interests that will absorb some
or all of the expected losses of the entity and/or (b) the
equity investors lack one or more of the following essential
characteristics of a controlling financial interest:
(1) direct or indirect ability to make decisions about the
entitys activities through voting rights or similar
rights, (2) obligation to absorb the expected losses of the
entity if they occur, which makes it possible for the entity to
finance its activities and (3) right to receive the
expected residual returns of the entity if they occur, which is
the compensation for the risk of absorbing the expected losses.
FIN 46 is applicable for all variable interest entities
created after January 31, 2003 and for entities in
existence prior to this date. In December of 2003 FIN 46R
was issued deferring the implementation date of this
pronouncement until the end of the first interim or annual
reporting period ending after March 15, 2004. The Company
has adopted FIN 46R for the fiscal period ending
June 30, 2004, but it does not have any impact on the
Company.
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123R (SFAS 123R), Share-Based Payment.
SFAS 123R establishes standards for the accounting for
transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments
for goods or services. This Statement focuses primarily on
accounting for transactions in which an entity obtains employee
services in share-based payment transactions. SFAS 123R
requires that the fair value of such equity instruments be
recognized as an expense in the historical financial statements
as services are performed. Prior to SFAS 123R, only certain
proforma disclosures of fair value were required. The Company
has adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R on a modified
prospective basis, effective for the first quarter of fiscal
2006.
Income taxes have been computed utilizing the asset and
liability approach. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities
arise from differences between the tax basis of an asset or
liability and its reported amount in the financial statements.
Deferred tax balances are determined by using tax rates expected
to be in effect when the taxes will actually be paid or refunds
received. A valuation allowance is recorded when the expected
recognition of a deferred tax asset is not considered to be more
likely than not. The recorded deferred income tax liability
results from a difference between the book and tax basis of
certain assets and liabilities.
On February 10, 2004, the Company entered into a series of
financing transactions (the Recapitalization)
resulting in the redemption and cancellation of 684,917 of the
then outstanding 1,243,390 shares of common stock and all
of the outstanding shares of the Series B convertible
preferred stock. In addition the shareholders redeeming the
shares (the Sellers) sold 518,219 shares of
common stock to third party shareholders (the
Purchasers).
Under the terms of a Stock Purchase and
Redemption Agreement among the Sellers, Purchaser and the
Company, the Company will pay to the Sellers a certain amount of
the 2005 and 2006 earnings before interest, depreciation, taxes,
amortization, transaction related expenses and management fees
(Adjusted EBITDA as defined) that exceeds $14,000.
The Adjusted EBITDA is limited to the business as it existed on
February 10, 2004. No payment was due to the Sellers for
2005 because the 2005 Adjusted EBITDA did not exceed the
baseline amount.
|
|
|
Interim Financial Statements |
The financial information presented as of January 1, 2006
and for the six months ended January 1, 2006 and
December 26, 2004 has been prepared without audit and does
not include all the information
F-60
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
(Unaudited)
and the footnotes required by accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States for complete statements. In the
opinion of management, all normal and recurring adjustments for
a fair statement of such financial information have been made.
The major components of inventories, net of reserves of $511 as
of January 1, 2006, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
Raw materials
|
|
$ |
3,160 |
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
1,358 |
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
7,798 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
12,316 |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company generally warrants its airgun product for one year
and its soft air products for 90 days. The warranty accrual
is based on the prior nine months historical warranty activity
and is included in accrued expenses. The activity in the product
warranty reserve from July 1, 2005 through January 1,
2006 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
Balance at July 1
|
|
$ |
461 |
|
Accruals for warranties issued during period
|
|
|
1,483 |
|
Settlements made during the period
|
|
|
(1,097 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
847 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
Property, Plant and Equipment |
The major components of property, plant and equipment are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
Land
|
|
$ |
256 |
|
Building and improvements
|
|
|
2,349 |
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
7,076 |
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
144 |
|
Computers and software
|
|
|
692 |
|
Tooling
|
|
|
3,220 |
|
Assets under capital lease
|
|
|
254 |
|
Construction-in-progress
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,172 |
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(4,103 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,069 |
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense amounted to $1,121 (unaudited), $1,069
(unaudited), for the six months ended January 1, 2006 and
December 26, 2004, respectively.
F-61
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
(Unaudited)
|
|
6. |
Intangibles and Other Assets |
Intangible and other assets consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing costs
|
|
$ |
1,739 |
|
|
Developed Technology
|
|
|
900 |
|
|
License and distribution agreements
|
|
|
2,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,039 |
|
|
Less: Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(1,254 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,785 |
|
Intangible assets not subject to amortization, excluding
goodwill:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
9,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total intangibles and other assets, excluding goodwill, net
|
|
$ |
13,585 |
|
|
|
|
|
Developed technologies are amortized over 10 years. License
and distribution agreements are amortized over the term of the
related agreement. Financing costs, incurred in connection with
obtaining long-term debt, are amortized over the term of the
related debt. The Company utilizes the straight-line method for
all amortization. Aggregate amortization expense for the six
months ended January 1, 2006 and December 26, 2004 is
$367 (unaudited) and $310 (unaudited), respectively. All
current amortization is deductible for income tax purposes.
The Company has a 50% membership interest in Diablo Marketing,
LLC, d/b/a Gameface Paintball (Gameface). Below is condensed
financial information of Gameface as of and for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
January 1, | |
|
December 26, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
(Unaudited) | |
Summary of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
6,644 |
|
|
$ |
5,841 |
|
|
Costs and expenses
|
|
|
6,693 |
|
|
|
6,105 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$ |
(49 |
) |
|
$ |
(264 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company equity in net loss
|
|
$ |
(24 |
) |
|
$ |
(132 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-62
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, | |
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
|
Balance sheet data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$ |
4,711 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
430 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
5,141 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and membership interests:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$ |
4,382 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Membership interests
|
|
|
759 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and membership interests
|
|
$ |
5,141 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company guarantees the long-term debt of Gameface up to
$1.5 million. The Company has not recorded the fair value
of the liability, if any, in accordance with FIN 45
(Note 2) because the guarantee was issued prior to
December 31, 2002.
The Company performs all selling, administrative, warehousing
and shipping functions for Gameface. Gameface pays the Company
5% of its net sales for these services. 50% of the payment is a
reduction to the Companys selling expense and 50% is a
component of non-operating income. The Company billed Gameface
$332 and $292 for these services for the six months ended
January 1, 2006 and December 26, 2004, respectively.
Additionally, Gameface purchased $1,659 and $1,681 of goods from
Crosman for the six months ended January 1, 2006 and
December 26, 2004, respectively. As of January 1,
2006, Gameface owes the Company $563, for product and services,
which is included in current assets.
At January 1, 2006 long-term debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
Collateralized:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan Facility
|
|
$ |
25,133 |
|
|
Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
|
14,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,133 |
|
|
Less: Current portion
|
|
|
(4,100 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
35,033 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes payable under revolving line of credit
|
|
$ |
11,329 |
|
|
|
|
|
The Term Loan in the original amount of $26,000, is due on
December 31, 2008. The New Term Loan is payable in monthly
installments of $217 for each of the first twenty-four monthly
installments and $271 for each of the next succeeding monthly
payments through the due date. All remaining outstanding
principal and interest under the Term Loan will be due and
payable in full on the due date. The interest on the Term Loan
floats based upon the ratio of total debt to earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and
recapitalization expenses (EBITDA as defined). The Term Loan
currently bears interest at the Companys option of the
banks prime rate + 1.25% or LIBOR + 3.75% subject to
certain
F-63
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
(Unaudited)
restrictions within the loan agreement. Additional principal
payments are contingently payable based on the Companys
future excess cash flows and certain asset sales as defined in
the agreement.
The notes payable under the Revolver are used primarily to fund
the Companys working capital requirements. Maximum
available credit is the lesser of $20,000 or a borrowing base
computed on a percentage of eligible account receivables and
inventories. The interest on the notes payable floats based upon
the ratio of total debt to EBITDA. The notes payable currently
bear interest at the Companys option of the banks
prime rate + 1.0% or LIBOR + 3.50% subject to certain
restrictions within the loan agreement. The outstanding
principal balance is due and payable on December 31, 2008.
As of January 1, 2006 the Company has available borrowings
of $9,074 (unaudited).
The senior credit facility is collateralized by substantially
all of the assets of the Company. The senior credit facility
contains a subjective acceleration (i.e. material adverse
effect) clause, but does not require the remittance of receipts
into an M&T lockbox. Management has no reason to believe the
subjective acceleration clause will be exercised within the next
twelve months and therefore, only the minimum principal payments
are classified as current liabilities.
Senior Subordinated Notes
In connection with the Recapitalization (Note 2), on
February 10, 2004, the Company issued $14 million of
senior subordinated notes to a firm that owns 14% of the
Companys outstanding common stock. The senior subordinated
notes are due on February 10, 2010 and bear interest at
16.5%. Interest is payable monthly at 12%. The remaining 4.5% is
payable on February 10, 2009 (the Deferred
Interest). The Deferred Interest accrues interest at 16.5%
and is compounded monthly. The Company is subject to certain
prepayment penalties if any portion of the $14 million
principal is prepaid prior to February 10, 2006. The
Company may prepay the Deferred Interest at anytime without
penalty.
The senior credit facility and senior subordinated notes contain
restrictive covenants, the more significant of which relate to
fixed charge ratio, debt ratios, current ratio and capital
expenditures, and restriction of dividends. The Company is in
compliance with its covenants.
Refinancing
On August 4, 2005, the Company refinanced its Senior Credit
Facility. Under the terms of the new facility, the then
outstanding balance of $23,708 under the then outstanding Term
Loan was paid in full and the current outstanding term loan was
issued in the original amount of $26 million. The net
proceeds from the above were used to pay, transaction expenses
of the failed offering, and to reduce the borrowings under the
Revolver.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
January 1, | |
|
December 26, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
(Unaudited) | |
Interest expense components are
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
$ |
2,354 |
|
|
$ |
1,910 |
|
Interest deferred on senior subordinated notes
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,695 |
|
|
$ |
2,236 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$ |
2,341 |
|
|
$ |
1,942 |
|
Effective interest rate on all debt
|
|
|
10.6 |
% |
|
|
8.6 |
% |
F-64
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
(Unaudited)
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Companys deferred tax assets and liabilities are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
Current deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$ |
328 |
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
Warranty and product liability
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
Tax credits
|
|
|
275 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net current deferred tax as sets
|
|
|
1,262 |
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental retirement
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(1,698 |
) |
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
(934 |
) |
|
Tax credits
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
(1,130 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net long-term deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(3,522 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liability
|
|
$ |
(2,260 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
January 1, | |
|
December 26, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
(Unaudited) | |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
1,811 |
|
|
$ |
1,445 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
Deferred income tax
|
|
|
(143 |
) |
|
|
(82 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,721 |
|
|
$ |
1,407 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company paid taxes net of refunds of $518, and $622 for the
six months ended January 1, 2006 and December 26,
2004, respectively.
F-65
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
(Unaudited)
Rate Reconciliation
A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the
effective rates for the periods ended:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
January 1, | |
|
December 26, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
(Unaudited) | |
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
$ |
1,544 |
|
|
|
34.0 |
% |
|
$ |
1,277 |
|
|
|
34.0 |
% |
State taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
% |
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
% |
Investment tax credits
|
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
)% |
|
|
(45 |
) |
|
|
(1.1 |
)% |
Non taxable (income) expenses, net
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(0.2 |
)% |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
% |
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
% |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,721 |
|
|
|
37.9 |
% |
|
$ |
1,407 |
|
|
|
37.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has certain tax credits that expire in various
increments from 2014 to 2021. Realization of the deferred income
tax assets relating to these tax credits is dependent on
generating sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of
the credits. Based upon results of operations, management
believes it is more likely than not the Company will generate
sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit of the
tax credits and existing temporary differences, although there
can be no assurance of this.
A) Director Stock Option Plan
The Company adopted a Director Stock Option Plan on
January 1, 1998 for non-employee directors (the
Director Plan). The Director Plan allowed for the
granting of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation
rights and incentive stock options. The Company was authorized
to grant options for up to 30,000 shares for non-employee
directors. Options vested after one year and are exercisable
over 10 years. The exercise price of the options was the
estimated fair market value of the stock on the date of grant.
In connection with the Recapitalization (Note 2), all
options became exercisable and were exercised. The plan was
terminated by the Board of Directors on September 29, 2005;
there were no options granted through the period of termination.
In 2002, the Company adopted the Stock Incentive Plan for
officers and certain other Company employees and subsequently
amended it in 2003. The Stock Incentive Plan allowed for the
purchases of common stock, granting of non-qualified stock
options, stock appreciation rights and other stock-based awards
as described by the Stock Incentive Plan. The Company reserved
73,748 shares of common stock for issuance under the Stock
Incentive Plan. Stock ownership costs were amortized, based upon
the estimated life of ownership, subject to certain provision
within the individual stock purchase agreements. There were
7,624 shares available for future grants and no outstanding
awards at January 1, 2006.
Stock Purchases
In 2002 the Company accepted a note receivable for $505 that was
amended and restated in 2004 to represent payment for the
issuance of 17,494 of its common stock. The note bears interest
at 7% and interest is payable on the maturity date. The note is
due April 23, 2012 and is subject to mandatory prepayment
provisions if certain conditions are met.
F-66
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
(Unaudited)
The Company has classified all of the notes as a reduction of
additional paid-in capital on the balance sheet. In 2005, the
Company accepted a note for $150 in connection with the issuance
of 2,964 shares of its common stock. The notes bear
interest at 6% and interest is payable on the maturity date. The
notes are due April 23, 2011 and are subject to mandatory
prepayment provisions if certain conditions are met.
In 2003, the Company accepted notes totaling $267 in connection
with the issuance of 24,897 of its common stock. The notes were
paid in full in connection with the Recapitalization
(Note 2). The interest rate on the notes was 5%.
In 2004, the Company accepted notes totaling $450 in connection
with the issuance of 11,592 shares of its common stock. The
notes bear interest at 6% and interest is payable on the
maturity date. The notes are due April 23, 2011 and are
subject to mandatory prepayment provisions if certain conditions
are met.
Stock Options
On February 10, 2004 the Company granted options to
purchase 30,000 shares of its common stock that vest
over the time period and exercise prices as described below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
|
|
Minimum | |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Date of Vesting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 10, 2005
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
$ |
73.00 |
|
|
February 10, 2006
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
99.67 |
|
|
February 10, 2007
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
140.33 |
|
|
February 10, 2008
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
194.67 |
|
|
February 10, 2009
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
270.37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
$ |
155.61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the options are not exercised within a year of the date of
vesting, the exercise price will increase to the next
years weighted average minimum exercise price. The
exercise price of the stock options exceeded the Companys
estimate of fair market value on the date of grant.
Previously, the Company elected to follow Accounting Principles
Board Opinion No. 25 (APB No. 25) and
related interpretations in accounting for the stock options
granted under the Plan. Under APB No. 25, because the
exercise price of the Companys stock options approximates
or exceeds the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of
the grant, no compensation expense has been recognized. Under
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123, rights
to acquire company stock are to be valued under the fair value
method and the proforma effect of such value on reported
earnings per share are to be disclosed in the notes to the
financial statements. As the fair value of these rights is not
material, proforma and related disclosures are not presented.
There were no options exercised in 2005 or the first six months
of fiscal year 2006.
|
|
11. |
Commitment and Contingencies |
From time to time the Company defends product liability lawsuits
involving accidents and other claims related to its business
operations. The Company views these actions, and related
expenses of administration, litigation and insurance, as part of
the ordinary course of its business. The Company has a policy of
aggressively defending product liability lawsuits, which
generally take several years to ultimately
F-67
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
(Unaudited)
resolve. A combination of self-insured retention and insurance
is used to manage these risks and management believes that the
insurance coverage and reserves established for self-insured
risks are adequate. The Company is currently defending an
additional 4 lawsuits and is the subject of 22 claims. The
effect of these lawsuits and claims on future results of
operations, if any, cannot be predicted. The Company incurred
$176 and $769, of expenses related to product liability cases
for the six months ended January 1, 2006 and
December 26, 2004, respectively.
The Company has signed consent orders with the New York State
Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC) to
investigate and remediate soil and groundwater contamination at
its primary facility. Pursuant to a contractual indemnity and
related agreements, the costs of investigation and remediation
have been paid by a successor to the prior owner and operator of
the facility, which also has signed the consent orders with the
DEC. In 2002, upon an increase noted in certain contamination
levels, the DEC indicated that additional remediation of
groundwater may be required. Both the Company and the prior
owner and operator have disputed the need for additional
remediation and are pursuing alternate avenues for resolving
site issues with the DEC, including monitored natural
attenuation of the contaminants. Although the Company believes
the prior owner and operator are contractually obligated to pay
any additional costs for resolving site remediation issues with
the DEC and the prior owner and operator will continue to honor
its commitments resulting in no losses to the Company and
accordingly no accrual has been made for this matter. However,
there can be no assurance the prior owner and operator will
continue to pay future site remediation costs, which could be up
to $750 in total over the next 10 years if the DEC requires
additional groundwater remediation. Subsequent to 2002,
contamination levels returned to normalized levels and the DEC
has not pursued any further action.
The Company is also subject to potential liability for
investigation and remediation of environmental contamination
(including contamination caused by other parties) at properties
that it owns and operates and at other properties where the
Company or its predecessors have operated or arranged for the
disposal of hazardous substances. In accordance with the
provisions of Statement of Accounting Standards No. 5 and
AICPA Statement of Position 96-1 the Company has not accrued for
any losses in these cases. There exists, however a reasonable
possibility that the Company will incur up to $1.2 million
of clean-up costs
associated with these sites over the next 10 years.
|
|
12. |
Employee Retirement Plan |
The Company has a contributory profit sharing retirement 401(k)
plan for substantially all of its hourly and salaried employees.
Participants can contribute up to a maximum of 15% of eligible
wages and the Company will make matching contributions based
upon a percentage of participant contributions. Profit sharing
contribution expense was $125 and $148, for the six months ended
January 1, 2006 and December 26, 2004, respectively. A
participant is immediately vested in his or her own contribution
and vests at the rate of 25% per year in the matching
contribution.
The Company has a supplemental retirement agreement covering a
former key employee, which provides for stipulated annual
payments. The present value of these retirement payments at
January 1, 2006 is $518. The amount has been accrued
pursuant to the agreements vesting provisions and is
included in other long-term liabilities.
|
|
13. |
Concentration of Sales and Credit Risk |
For the six months ended January 1, 2006 and
December 26, 2004 one major customer accounted for 37% and
36%, respectively, of the Companys sales. At
January 1, 2006 and this major customer accounted for 46%
of the Companys accounts receivable.
F-68
Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(Dollars are in thousands except share related amounts)
(Unaudited)
|
|
14. |
Related Party Transactions |
In addition to the transactions described in Notes 7
and 8, in 2004 the Company paid $580 in management
consulting costs, incurred concurrent with the Recapitalization
(Note 2), to a company affiliated with the majority
shareholder.
In the six months ended January 1, 2006 and
December 26, 2004, the Company paid $290 to a company
affiliated with the majority shareholder for management services.
The Company will continue to pay $580 per year, subject to
certain limitations imposed under its lending agreements and
continued ownership by the majority shareholder. Other than for
the cost of providing services under the management services
agreement, which are included in the management fee, the
affiliated entity has not paid any obligations nor incurred any
expenses on behalf of the Company.
|
|
15. |
Warrants for Common Stock |
In connection with the Recapitalization (Note 2) the
Company issued warrants for shares of its common stock for
$38.50 per share. The warrants are only exercisable if a
contingent payment is due to the Sellers and the Company is not
or will not be in compliance with its financial covenants under
its lending arrangements (Note 8). In that case, the
warrant holders will be required to make the contingent payment
directly to the sellers. The number of shares issuable under the
warrants will be equal to the contingent payment made by the
warrant holder divided by the warrant price. Management believes
that the likelihood of the warrants being exercised is remote
because the contingent payments are based on EBITDA growth by
the Company which management believes would result in the
Company meeting its financial covenants. In this case, the
warrants would not be exercisable. Accordingly, the value of the
warrants is estimated to be de minimus.
As discussed in Note 1, the Company manufactures air guns,
paintball markers, ammunition, accessories and slingshots, and
distributes paintballs, under one operating segment, selling to
retailers, mass merchandisers, and distributors. Its products
primarily include air rifles, air pistols, soft air, and related
consumables. The Company can serve as a single source of supply
for its customers related requirements. Net sales by
product line are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
January 1, | |
|
December 26, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
(Unaudited) | |
Air rifles
|
|
$ |
14,271 |
|
|
$ |
13,990 |
|
Air pistols
|
|
|
6,691 |
|
|
|
6,384 |
|
Soft air
|
|
|
15,412 |
|
|
|
8,446 |
|
Related consumables
|
|
|
8,210 |
|
|
|
8,566 |
|
Other
|
|
|
639 |
|
|
|
848 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
45,223 |
|
|
$ |
38,234 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys sales are primarily in the United States
which represent approximately 88% of its net sales for both the
six-months ended January 1, 2006 and December 26, 2004.
F-69
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Index to Combined Financial Statements
Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page(s) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-71 |
|
|
|
|
F-72 |
|
|
|
|
F-73 |
|
|
|
|
F-74 |
|
|
|
|
F-75 |
|
|
|
|
F-76 |
|
|
|
|
F-77 |
|
|
|
|
F-78F-87 |
|
F-70
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
Compass AC Holdings, Inc. (The Company and Subsidiaries), as of
December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements
of operations, stockholders equity, and cash flows for the
period from inception (September 20, 2005) to
December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards of
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not
required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its
internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
presents fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Compass AC Holdings, Inc., as of
December 31, 2005, and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for the period from inception
(September 20, 2005) to December 31, 2005, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Denver, Colorado
February 10, 2006
F-71
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT
Board of Directors
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of
Advanced Circuits, Inc., and R.J.C.S., LLC, as of
December 31, 2004 and the related combined statements of
operations, stockholders equity and members capital,
and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the period from
January 1, 2005 through September 19, 2005. These
combined financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the combined financial statement based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States of America. Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the combined financial statements. An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall combined financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to
above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Advanced Circuits, Inc., and R.J.C.S., LLC, as of
December 31, 2004, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31,
2004 and 2003 and for the period from January 1, 2005
through September 19, 2005, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Bauerle and Company, P.C.
Denver, Colorado
January 27, 2006
F-72
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets
December 31, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
|
|
Compass AC | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
Holdings, Inc. | |
|
Combined | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents
|
|
$ |
1,602,329 |
|
|
$ |
6,619,956 |
|
|
Accounts Receivable Net of Allowance of $105,000 and
$80,000 for 2005 and 2004, Respectively
|
|
|
2,847,087 |
|
|
|
2,582,185 |
|
|
Deferred Income Tax Asset
|
|
|
111,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
328,316 |
|
|
|
309,402 |
|
|
Other Current Assets
|
|
|
131,174 |
|
|
|
52,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Assets
|
|
|
5,019,906 |
|
|
|
9,564,043 |
|
|
Property and Equipment Net
|
|
|
3,185,027 |
|
|
|
6,668,509 |
|
Other Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
258,555 |
|
|
Note Receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
297,500 |
|
|
Other Intangibles Net
|
|
|
20,034,722 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt Issuance Cost Net of Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of $51,803
|
|
|
1,071,774 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
50,658,604 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Assets
|
|
|
71,765,100 |
|
|
|
556,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$ |
79,970,033 |
|
|
$ |
16,788,607 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Stockholders Equity and Members
Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable
|
|
$ |
848,410 |
|
|
$ |
1,237,578 |
|
|
Accrued Wages and Payroll Taxes
|
|
|
290,236 |
|
|
|
375,709 |
|
|
Current Portion of Notes Payable
|
|
|
3,875,000 |
|
|
|
380,000 |
|
|
Income Taxes Payable
|
|
|
863,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Accrued Liabilities
|
|
|
711,157 |
|
|
|
385,734 |
|
|
Accrued Vacation
|
|
|
390,542 |
|
|
|
313,769 |
|
|
Accrued Bonuses
|
|
|
295,868 |
|
|
|
375,000 |
|
|
Due to Members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
354,108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Liabilities
|
|
|
7,274,213 |
|
|
|
3,421,898 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Income Tax Liability
|
|
|
249,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Long Term Liabilities
|
|
|
130,801 |
|
|
|
131,000 |
|
|
Notes Payable
|
|
|
45,687,500 |
|
|
|
2,786,667 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Long-Term Liabilities
|
|
|
46,067,301 |
|
|
|
2,917,667 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
53,341,514 |
|
|
|
6,339,565 |
|
Stockholders Equity and Members Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,601,676 |
|
|
Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value; 2,000,000
|
|
|
11,364 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Authorized; 1,136,364 Shares Issued and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding for December 31, 2005 and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No Par Value; 100,000 Shares Authorized; 27,000 Shares Issued
and Outstanding for December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Paid in Capital
|
|
|
28,397,736 |
|
|
|
25,200 |
|
|
Notes Receivable from Stockholders
|
|
|
(3,466,100 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Retained Earnings
|
|
|
1,685,519 |
|
|
|
7,822,166 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Stockholders Equity and Members Capital
|
|
|
26,628,519 |
|
|
|
10,449,042 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities, Stockholders Equity and
Members Capital
|
|
$ |
79,970,033 |
|
|
$ |
16,788,607 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated and combined financial statements.
F-73
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Consolidated and Combined
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Periods Ended December 31, 2005 and September 19, 2005,
and Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass AC | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holdings, Inc. | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated | |
|
Combined | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sept. 20, 2005 | |
|
Jan. 1, 2005 | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
through | |
|
through | |
|
Combined | |
|
Combined | |
|
|
Dec. 31, 2005 | |
|
Sept. 19, 2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net Sales
|
|
$ |
12,243,134 |
|
|
$ |
29,725,862 |
|
|
$ |
36,642,080 |
|
|
$ |
27,796,468 |
|
Cost of Sales
|
|
|
5,142,763 |
|
|
|
12,959,524 |
|
|
|
17,866,698 |
|
|
|
14,568,676 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
7,100,371 |
|
|
|
16,766,338 |
|
|
|
18,775,382 |
|
|
|
13,227,792 |
|
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
|
|
|
2,447,858 |
|
|
|
5,835,356 |
|
|
|
6,564,616 |
|
|
|
5,521,248 |
|
Amortization
|
|
|
717,081 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from Operations
|
|
|
3,935,432 |
|
|
|
10,930,982 |
|
|
|
12,210,766 |
|
|
|
7,706,544 |
|
Other Income (Expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Income
|
|
|
69,221 |
|
|
|
163,972 |
|
|
|
42,079 |
|
|
|
15,705 |
|
|
Other Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,331 |
|
|
|
15,313 |
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
|
(1,318,134 |
) |
|
|
(172,656 |
) |
|
|
(241,903 |
) |
|
|
(203,585 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before Provision for Income Taxes
|
|
|
2,686,519 |
|
|
|
10,922,298 |
|
|
|
12,093,273 |
|
|
|
7,533,977 |
|
Provision for Income Taxes
|
|
|
1,001,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$ |
1,685,519 |
|
|
$ |
10,922,298 |
|
|
$ |
12,093,273 |
|
|
$ |
7,533,977 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated and combined financial statements.
F-74
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders Equity
Period Ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock | |
|
Additional | |
|
|
|
|
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
Paid-In | |
|
Stockholders | |
|
Retained | |
|
Stockholders | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Capital | |
|
Note Receivable | |
|
Earnings | |
|
Equity | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Capital from Acquisition at September 20, 2005
|
|
|
1,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
10,000 |
|
|
$ |
24,990,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
Issuance of Shares to Management
|
|
|
136,364 |
|
|
|
1,364 |
|
|
|
3,407,736 |
|
|
|
(3,409,100 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,685,519 |
|
|
|
1,685,519 |
|
Interest on Notes Receivable from Management
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(57,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(57,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
1,136,364 |
|
|
$ |
11,364 |
|
|
$ |
28,397,736 |
|
|
$ |
(3,466,100 |
) |
|
$ |
1,685,519 |
|
|
$ |
26,628,519 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated and combined financial statements.
F-75
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Combined Statements of Stockholders Equity and
Members Capital
Period Ended September 19, 2005 and Years Ended December 31
2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R.J.C.S. | |
|
Common Stock | |
|
|
|
Total | |
|
|
Members | |
|
| |
|
Retained | |
|
Stockholders | |
|
|
Capital | |
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Earnings | |
|
Equity | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Predecessor Combined Balance at December 31, 2002
|
|
$ |
1,043,763 |
|
|
|
27,000 |
|
|
$ |
25,200 |
|
|
$ |
2,721,916 |
|
|
$ |
3,790,879 |
|
Net Income
|
|
|
973,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,560,773 |
|
|
|
7,533,977 |
|
Distributions
|
|
|
(284,292 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,541,327 |
) |
|
|
(4,825,619 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Combined Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
1,732,675 |
|
|
|
27,000 |
|
|
|
25,200 |
|
|
|
4,741,362 |
|
|
|
6,499,237 |
|
Net Income
|
|
|
869,001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,224,272 |
|
|
|
12,093,273 |
|
Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,143,468 |
) |
|
|
(8,143,468 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Combined Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
2,601,676 |
|
|
|
27,000 |
|
|
|
25,200 |
|
|
|
7,822,166 |
|
|
|
10,449,042 |
|
Net Income
|
|
|
625,243 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,297,055 |
|
|
|
10,922,298 |
|
Distributions
|
|
|
(1,077,610 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,962,692 |
) |
|
|
(17,040,302 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Combined Balance at September 19, 2005
|
|
$ |
2,149,309 |
|
|
|
27,000 |
|
|
$ |
25,200 |
|
|
$ |
2,156,529 |
|
|
$ |
4,331,038 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated and combined financial statements.
F-76
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. And R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows
Periods Ended December 31, 2005 and September 19,
2005,
and Years Ended December, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass AC | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holdings, Inc. | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated | |
|
Combined | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sept. 20, 2005 | |
|
Jan. 1, 2005 | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
through | |
|
through | |
|
Combined | |
|
Combined | |
|
|
Dec. 31, 2005 | |
|
Sept. 19, 2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$ |
1,685,519 |
|
|
$ |
10,922,298 |
|
|
$ |
12,093,273 |
|
|
$ |
7,533,977 |
|
|
Non-Cash Items Included in Net Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
168,578 |
|
|
|
715,347 |
|
|
|
869,203 |
|
|
|
728,756 |
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
717,081 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Income Taxes
|
|
|
138,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Cost For Put Options
|
|
|
130,801 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Increase) Decrease in Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
(526,595 |
) |
|
|
261,693 |
|
|
|
(703,658 |
) |
|
|
(359,253 |
) |
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,500 |
|
|
|
(51,500 |
) |
|
|
Prepaid Expenses
|
|
|
(18,310 |
) |
|
|
(112,864 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
(15,714 |
) |
|
|
(3,200 |
) |
|
|
(5,402 |
) |
|
|
(179,000 |
) |
|
Increase (Decrease) in Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable
|
|
|
186,933 |
|
|
|
(576,101 |
) |
|
|
178,398 |
|
|
|
107,384 |
|
|
|
Other Accrued Liabilities
|
|
|
(69,951 |
) |
|
|
294,410 |
|
|
|
(89,538 |
) |
|
|
139,356 |
|
|
|
Accrued Wages and Payroll Taxes
|
|
|
(69,675 |
) |
|
|
(15,798 |
) |
|
|
(54,095 |
) |
|
|
165,704 |
|
|
|
Income Taxes Payable
|
|
|
863,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued Vacation
|
|
|
21,083 |
|
|
|
55,690 |
|
|
|
99,719 |
|
|
|
10,858 |
|
|
|
Accrued Bonuses
|
|
|
(40,545 |
) |
|
|
(38,587 |
) |
|
|
250,000 |
|
|
|
(75,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities
|
|
|
3,170,205 |
|
|
|
11,502,888 |
|
|
|
12,689,400 |
|
|
|
8,021,282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from Sale and Leaseback of Building
|
|
|
5,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Company, net of cash acquired of $167,984
|
|
|
(79,613,970 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of Property and Equipment
|
|
|
(109,605 |
) |
|
|
(1,075,229 |
) |
|
|
(816,339 |
) |
|
|
(2,087,420 |
) |
|
(Issuance) Repayment of Notes Receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
350,000 |
|
|
|
(350,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
(Increase) Decrease in Annuities and Cash Surrender
Value Life Insurance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
223,555 |
|
|
|
(144,550 |
) |
|
|
(79,005 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities
|
|
|
(74,723,575 |
) |
|
|
(501,674 |
) |
|
|
(1,310,889 |
) |
|
|
(2,166,425 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of Notes Payable
|
|
|
(937,500 |
) |
|
|
(285,000 |
) |
|
|
(756,191 |
) |
|
|
(1,272,445 |
) |
|
Capital from Acquisition
|
|
|
25,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Note Payable in Connection with Acquisition
|
|
|
50,500,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from Notes Payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,355,362 |
|
|
Note Payable Issuance Costs
|
|
|
(1,123,577 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to Members Net
|
|
|
(226,224 |
) |
|
|
(127,884 |
) |
|
|
69,816 |
|
|
|
284,292 |
|
|
Interest on Notes Receivable from Stockholders
|
|
|
(57,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,040,302 |
) |
|
|
(8,143,468 |
) |
|
|
(4,825,619 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities
|
|
|
73,155,699 |
|
|
|
(17,453,186 |
) |
|
|
(8,829,843 |
) |
|
|
(4,458,410 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
1,602,329 |
|
|
|
(6,451,972 |
) |
|
|
2,548,668 |
|
|
|
1,396,447 |
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD/ YEAR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,619,956 |
|
|
|
4,071,288 |
|
|
|
2,674,841 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD/ YEAR
|
|
$ |
1,602,329 |
|
|
$ |
167,984 |
|
|
$ |
6,619,956 |
|
|
$ |
4,071,288 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Paid
|
|
$ |
1,312,394 |
|
|
$ |
163,997 |
|
|
$ |
241,903 |
|
|
$ |
203,585 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated and combined financial statements.
F-77
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
On September 20, 2005, a group of unaffiliated investors
and certain members of senior management formed Compass AC
Holdings, Inc. (Compass), (a Delaware Corporation)
who then purchased 100% of the outstanding stock of Advanced
Circuits, Inc. and 100% of the membership interest of
R.J.C.S. LLC, an entity previously established solely to
hold Advanced Circuits real estate and equipment assets.
Immediately following the acquisitions, R.J.C.S. LLC was
merged into Advanced Circuits, Inc. The accompanying
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Compass and its wholly owned subsidiary, Advanced Circuits, Inc.
Prior to the formation of Compass, the accompanying combined
balance sheet and the related statements of operations,
stockholders equity and members capital, and cash
flows included the accounts of Advanced Circuits, Inc. and
R.J.C.S., LLC (Predecessor), both of which were
under common ownership and management. The periods prior to the
date of acquisition have been labeled as Predecessor.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. was incorporated under the laws
of the State of Colorado on March 8, 1989, with 100,000
shares of authorized common stock at no par value. The
Companys principal business activity is the marketing,
sales and manufacturing of circuit boards within the United
States and operates as a single business segment.
R.J.C.S., LLC was organized under the laws of the State
of Colorado on May 13, 1997. The Companys principal
business activity was the rental of a building and equipment to
an affiliated company.
|
|
2. |
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated
financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its
wholly owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
The Predecessor financial statements include the accounts of
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC on a combined basis.
All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated
in the combination of these two entities.
Accounts Receivable and Concentration of Credit
Risk. The Company is subject to credit risk from
accounts receivable with its customers. The Companys
accounts receivable are due from various business entities from
the sale of circuit boards. Credit is extended based on
evaluation of the customers financial condition and
generally, collateral is not required.
Trade receivables are recorded when invoices are issued.
Receivables are written off when they are determined to be
uncollectible. The allowance for doubtful accounts receivable
reflects the Companys best estimate of probable losses
inherent in the Companys receivable portfolio determined
on the basis of historical experience, specific allowances for
known troubled accounts and on other currently available
evidence. Accounts for which no payments have been received for
90 days are considered delinquent and customary collection
efforts will be initiated. Upon completion of collection
efforts, any remaining accounts receivable balance will be
written off and charged against the allowance for doubtful
accounts.
Accounting Estimates. The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that effect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. The Company is subject to uncertainties such
as the impact of future events, economic, environmental and
political factors and
F-78
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
(Continued)
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
changes in the Companys business environment; therefore,
actual results could differ from these estimates. Accordingly,
the accounting estimates used in the preparation of the
Companys financial statements will change as new events
occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information
is obtained and as the Companys operating environment
changes. Changes in estimates are made when circumstances
warrant. Such changes in estimates and refinements in estimation
methodologies are reflected in reported results of operations;
if material, the effects of changes in estimates are disclosed
in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Significant estimates and assumptions by management effect: the
allowance of doubtful accounts, the carrying value of inventory,
the carrying value of long-lived assets, (including goodwill and
intangible assets), the amortization period of long-lived assets
(excluding goodwill), certain accrued expenses and other loss
contingencies. Accordingly, actual results could differ from
these estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Company considers
all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three
months or less to be cash equivalents.
Inventory. Inventory is stated at the lower of
cost or market using the first-in, first-out method. Cost
includes raw materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead.
Inventory consisted of the following as of December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Raw Materials and Supplies
|
|
$ |
142,526 |
|
|
$ |
115,402 |
|
Work-in-Process
|
|
|
185,790 |
|
|
|
194,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
328,316 |
|
|
$ |
309,402 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advertising Costs. Advertising costs are expensed
as they are incurred. Advertising expense charged to operations
for the year ended December 31, 2005, was $639,573, of
which $178,574 was for the period from September 20, 2005
through December 31, 2005 and $460,999 was for the
preacquisition period ended September 19, 2005. Advertising
expense for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, was
$475,951 and $439,703, respectively.
Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are
recorded at cost. Depreciation is calculated principally on the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. The useful lives are as follows:
|
|
|
Machinery and Equipment
|
|
5 to 7 years |
Office Furniture and Equipment
|
|
5 to 7 years |
Buildings and Building Improvements
|
|
7 to 39 years |
Vehicles
|
|
5 years |
Leasehold Improvements
|
|
Shorter of useful life or lease term |
Expenditures for maintenance, repair and renewals of minor items
are charged to expense as incurred and improvements are
capitalized.
Long-Lived Assets. In accordance with SFAS
No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment of Disposal of
Long-Lived Assets, long-lived assets used in operations,
including identifiable intangible assets, are reviewed for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If that analysis
indicates that an impairment has occurred, Compass and
Predecessor
F-79
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
(Continued)
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
measure the impairment loss based on the difference between the
carrying amount and the undiscounted cash flows or fair value,
whichever is more readily determinable.
Revenue Recognition. Revenue is recognized upon
shipment of circuit boards, net of sales returns and allowances.
The Company records revenue when persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, delivery has occurred and all significant
obligations have been satisfied, the fee is fixed or
determinable and collection is considered probable. Appropriate
reserves are established for anticipated returns and allowances
based on past experience. Revenue is typically recorded at
F.O.B. shipping point but for sales of certain custom products,
revenue is recognized upon completion and customer acceptance.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill
represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value
of identifiable tangible and intangible net assets relating to
business acquisitions. The Company accounts for goodwill and
intangible assets in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, (SFAS 142), which it
adopted January 1, 2002. SFAS 142 requires that
goodwill no longer be amortized but instead that it be tested
for impairment at least annually. For purposes of testing for
goodwill impairment, the Company has determined that it has one
reporting unit. Goodwill was subjected to fair value impairment
tests in 2005.
The company reviews the carrying value of goodwill annually, or
more often in certain circumstances. The performance of the test
involves a two-step process. The first step of the impairment
test involves comparing the fair value of the Companys
reporting unit with the reporting units carrying amount,
including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit
exceeds its fair value, we perform the second step to determine
the amount of the impairment loss. The impairment loss is
determined by comparing the implied fair value of our goodwill
with the carrying amount of that goodwill. We believe that our
estimates of fair value are reasonable. Changes in estimates of
such fair value, however, could effect the calculation. It is at
least reasonably possible that the estimates we use to evaluate
the realizability of goodwill will be materially different from
actual amounts or results.
Other intangible assets include customer relationships and
technology, which were valued by independent appraisers and
recorded as part of the acquisition on September 20, 2005.
Income Taxes. Prior to its acquisition on
September 20, 2005, Advanced Circuits, Inc. was taxed as a
Subchapter S Corporation and R.J.C.S. LLC was taxed
as a partnership. As a result, no tax liability was recorded in
the financial statements since the tax was a liability of the
stockholders or members. Subsequent to the acquisition, the
Companys income tax liability has been determined under
the provisions of Statement on Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes, requiring an asset and liability approach for
financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. The
liability is based on the current and deferred tax consequences
of all events recognized in the consolidated financial
statements as of the date of the balance sheet. Deferred taxes
are provided for temporary differences which will result in
taxable or deductible amounts in future years, primarily
attributable to a different basis in certain assets for
financial and tax reporting purposes, including recognition of
deferred tax assets, net of a related valuation allowance.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The
Companys financial instruments consist principally of cash
and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and
borrowing under notes payable. The Company believes that all of
the financial instruments recoverable values approximate
fair value because of their short-term nature, or in the case of
notes payable because of its floating market rate interest.
F-80
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
(Continued)
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
3. |
Acquisition of Company |
The acquisition of Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S. LLC
on September 20, 2005 as described in Note 1 resulted
in total purchase consideration of $79,781,954. This amount is
comprised of $78,421,180 paid in cash to the former owner and
$1,360,774 of acquisition costs. In accordance with SFAS
No. 141, the Company has accounted for this transaction
using the purchase method of accounting, in which the purchase
price was allocated across all classes of tangible and
intangible assets in accordance with their fair values, and in
connection with the preliminary allocation of the purchase price
and intangible asset valuation, goodwill of $50,658,604 was
recorded.
The following is a condensed balance sheet showing the
preliminary purchase price allocation as of the date of
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tangible Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$ |
167,984 |
|
|
Other Current Assets
|
|
|
2,740,959 |
|
|
Property, Plant and Equipment
|
|
|
8,176,327 |
|
Identifiable Intangible Assets
|
|
|
20,700,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,785,270 |
|
Less: Current Liabilities Assumed
|
|
|
(2,661,920 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,123,350 |
|
Goodwill Recorded
|
|
|
50,658,604 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Assets Acquired
|
|
$ |
79,781,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
The funding for the purchase price and for the $1,123,577 of
debt issuance cost as described in Note 10 was accomplished
by the issuance of a $50.5 million term loan,
$25.0 million in cash, $5.0 million from the proceeds
from the sale of the building as described in Note 5, and
the remainder of approximately $0.4 million from the
revolving credit facility.
|
|
4. |
Property and Equipment |
The following is a summary of the investment in property and
equipment for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Machinery and Equipment
|
|
$ |
2,846,910 |
|
|
$ |
5,005,409 |
|
Office Furniture and Fixtures
|
|
|
298,734 |
|
|
|
479,427 |
|
Buildings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,161,155 |
|
Land
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115,615 |
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,154 |
|
Leasehold Improvements
|
|
|
207,961 |
|
|
|
861,313 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,353,605 |
|
|
|
10,646,073 |
|
Less: Accumulated Depreciation
|
|
|
168,578 |
|
|
|
3,977,564 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,185,027 |
|
|
$ |
6,668,509 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-81
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
(Continued)
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2005
was $883,925, of which $168,578 was for the period of
September 20, 2005 through December 31, 2005 and
$715,347 was for the preacquisition period ended
September 19, 2005. For the years ended December 31,
2004 and 2003, depreciation expense was $869,203 and 728,756,
respectively.
|
|
5. |
Sale and Leaseback of Building |
In connection with the acquisition of Advanced Circuits, Inc.
and R.J.C.S. LLC as described in Note 3, the Company
completed a simultaneous transaction whereby it sold its Aurora,
Colorado facility to an independent third party and leased the
facility back from this third party. The Company received
approximately $4.9 million of proceeds from the sale, which
was the fair market value of the building and the value assigned
as part of the purchase price allocation. Accordingly, no gain
or loss was recognized on this transaction. The proceeds were
used to partially fund the acquisition.
The lease, which is being accounted for as an operating lease,
calls for the Company to be responsible for all costs related to
maintenance, insurance, taxes and other property related
expenses. The initial term is for 15 years with two
ten-year renewal options available at the end of the initial
lease. The initial rent will be $482,500 per year and is subject
to CPI increases beginning in year 4 of the lease. Rent expense
for the period September 20, 2005 through December 31,
2005 was $135,938.
Minimum future rental payments under non-cancelable operating
leases having remaining terms in excess of one year as of
December 31, 2005, for each of the next five years and in
the aggregate are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
December 31: |
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
482,500 |
|
2007
|
|
|
482,500 |
|
2008
|
|
|
482,500 |
|
2009
|
|
|
482,500 |
|
2010
|
|
|
482,500 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
4,689,062 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Minimum Future Rental Payments
|
|
$ |
7,101,562 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. |
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Net. |
The Company acquired goodwill and other intangible assets as the
result of its acquisition on September 20, 2005. Goodwill
and intangible assets are as follows at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value | |
|
Impairment |
|
Goodwill | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
Goodwill
|
|
$ |
50,658,604 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
50,658,604 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-82
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
(Continued)
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
Intangible assets with definite lives at December 31, 2005,
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated | |
|
Gross | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Useful | |
|
Carrying | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
Net | |
|
|
Lives | |
|
Value | |
|
Amortization | |
|
Intangibles | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Customer Relationships
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
$ |
18,100,000 |
|
|
$ |
502,778 |
|
|
$ |
17,597,222 |
|
Technology
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
2,600,000 |
|
|
|
162,500 |
|
|
|
2,437,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,700,000 |
|
|
$ |
665,278 |
|
|
$ |
20,034,722 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total amortization expense relating to the above intangibles for
the period of September 20, 2005 to December 31, 2005,
amounted to $665,278. Annual estimated amortization expense,
based on the Companys intangible assets at
December 31, 2005, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
2,661,111 |
|
2007
|
|
|
2,661,111 |
|
2008
|
|
|
2,661,111 |
|
2009
|
|
|
2,498,611 |
|
2010
|
|
|
2,011,111 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
7,541,667 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,034,722 |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company loaned $350,000 on October 1, 2004, to W.S.O.P.
Investments, LLC, an unrelated third party. The loan is
evidenced by a note that calls for interest on the unpaid
principal balance at the rate of 15% per annum with quarterly
principal payments due of $13,125 beginning on January 1,
2005. The remaining principal is due on April 1, 2006. The
loan is secured by a subordinated deed of trust on approximately
3 acres of property in Douglas County, Colorado. The former
owner retained this asset as part of the agreement in connection
with the acquisition of the Company on September 20, 2005.
|
|
8. |
Shareholders Note Receivable |
In connection with the acquisition of Advanced Circuits, Inc.
and R.J.C.S. LLC, as described in Note 3, the Company
loaned certain officers and members of management of the Company
$3,466,100 for the purchase of 136,364 shares of common stock.
The note bears interest at 6% and interest is added to the note.
For the period ended December 31, 2005, $57,000 of accrued
interest has been included in the note balance. The note is due
in September 2010 and is subject to mandatory prepayment
provisions if certain conditions are met. The Company has
classified the note as a reduction of equity as of
December 31, 2005, in accordance with current accounting
standards.
The Company has granted the purchasers of the shares the right
to put to the Company a sufficient number of shares at the then
fair market value of such shares, to cover the tax liability
that each purchaser may have. The Company recorded, pursuant to
SFAS No. 123, $130,801 of compensation expense calculated
using the Black-Scholes model related to this put for the period
ended December 31, 2005.
F-83
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
(Continued)
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
9. |
Related Party Transactions |
During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Members
loaned $354,108 to the Company for working capital purposes.
This amount was repaid by the Company in 2005.
For the period ended December 31, 2005, the Company paid
approximately $139,000 to a company affiliated with the majority
shareholder for management services. The Company will pay
$500,000 per year under this management service agreement. The
Company also paid this affiliated party a $500,000 transaction
fee in connection with the acquisition of the Company in
September 2005. Other than for the cost of providing services
under the management services and transactional agreements,
which are included in the management and transactional fee, the
affiliated entity has not paid any obligations nor incurred any
expenses on behalf of the Company.
In connection with the acquisition of Advanced Circuits, Inc. in
September 2005, as described in Note 3, the Company entered
into a credit agreement with Madison Capital Funding LLC and
other institutions that provided for $54.5 million of
revolving and term loan credit. The proceeds from these
borrowings were used to fund the purchase of Advanced Circuits,
Inc. and to provide for working capital. The $54.5 million
of facilities are comprised of a $4 million revolving
credit facility, a $35 million term A loan facility and a
$15.5 million term B loan facility and are described as
follows:
|
|
|
Facility:
|
|
$4 million of which $-0- was outstanding at
December 31, 2005. |
Term:
|
|
5 years. |
Availability:
|
|
Revolving loans availability is equal to the sum of 85% of
eligible accounts receivable and 50% of eligible inventory as
defined in the credit agreement. The Company had borrowing
capability of approximately $2.5 million at December 31,
2005, under this facility. |
Interest Rate:
|
|
2.75% over the Base Rate or 3.75% over the LIBOR Rate. |
Interest Payable:
|
|
Monthly on Base Rate loans or at the end of the LIBOR period on
LIBOR Rate loans. The rate of interest on these borrowings would
have been 7.91% at December 31, 2005. |
|
|
|
Facility:
|
|
$35 million of which $34,062,500 was outstanding at
December 31, 2005. |
Term:
|
|
6 years. |
Amortization:
|
|
Payments are due quarterly on the last day of each calendar
quarter commencing December 31, 2005. |
Interest Rate:
|
|
2.75% over the Base Rate or 3.75% over the LIBOR Rate and is
paid in the same manner as is done for revolving credit loans.
The rate of interest at December 31, 2005 was 7.91%. |
F-84
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
(Continued)
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
Facility:
|
|
$15.5 million, all of which was outstanding at December 31,
2005. |
Term:
|
|
6.5 years. |
Amortization:
|
|
Due in full on March 31, 2012. |
Interest Rate:
|
|
6.50% over the Base Rate or 7.50% over the LIBOR Rate and is
paid in the same manner as is done for revolving credit loans.
The rate of interest at December 31, 2005 was 11.66%. |
The revolving credit facility and term loan agreement contain
various covenant requirements. The Company was in compliance
with all covenants at December 31, 2005. The credit
agreement is secured by substantially all of the Companys
assets.
The Company paid a closing fee of $1,123,577 in connection with
this agreement. This amount is being amortized using the
effective interest method over the term of the agreement and is
recorded as a component of amortization expense. Amortization
expense related to this closing fee was $51,803 for the period
of September 20, 2005 through December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Term A Loan
|
|
$ |
34,062,500 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Term B Loan
|
|
|
15,500,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Key Bank (payable in monthly installments of $31,667, plus
interest at 6.5%, adjusted by the LIBOR index, through April,
2013; secured by real estate)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,166,667 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,562,500 |
|
|
|
3,166,667 |
|
Less: Current Maturities included in Current Liabilities
|
|
|
3,875,000 |
|
|
|
380,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes Payable
|
|
$ |
45,687,500 |
|
|
$ |
2,786,667 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Following are the future maturities of long-term debt
outstanding at December 31, 2005, for the years ending
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
Year |
|
Repayment | |
|
|
| |
December 31, 2006
|
|
$ |
3,875,000 |
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
4,437,500 |
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
5,125,000 |
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
5,625,000 |
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
7,125,000 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
23,375,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
49,562,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. |
Defined Contribution Plan |
The Company has adopted a 401(k) Employee Benefit Plan. All
employees who are at least 21 years old and have three
months of service are eligible to participate. The Board of
Directors, at its discretion, may make contributions to the
Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the company
elected to
F-85
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
(Continued)
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
contribute $186,031, of which $34,318 was contributed for the
period September 20, 2005 through December 31, 2005
and $151,712 was contributed for the preacquisition period ended
September 19, 2005. The Company elected to contribute $154,048
and $123,522 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and
2003, to the Plan, respectively.
|
|
12. |
Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan |
During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company
implemented a deferred compensation plan for its key employees.
The plan calls for discretionary awards of deferred compensation
for five years beginning in 2003. The key employees vest in
their share of the deferral based on the number of years of
service with the Company. The Company has invested in annuities
and life insurance policies to fund the future deferred
compensation liability. For the years ended December 31,
2005 and 2004, the Company elected to contribute $140,000 for
each year into the plan, of which $-0- was for the period of
September 20, 2005 through December 31, 2005 and $140,000
was for the preacquisition period ended September 19, 2005. Key
employee vesting at December 31, 2005 and 2004, was $96,000
and $-0-, respectively, which is included in Long-Term
Liabilities.
Effective September 19, 2005, the plan was terminated and
pre-acquisition management elected to fully vest the key
employees for the five-year term of the plan. Deferred
compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2005
was $624,000, of which all was for the period from
January 1, 2005 to September 19, 2005. For the years
ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, deferred compensation
expense was $71,500 and $24,500, respectively.
Prior to its acquisition on September 20, 2005, Advanced
Circuits, Inc. was taxed as a Subchapter S
Corporation and R.J.C.S. LLC was taxed as a partnership. As a
result, no tax liability was recorded in the financial
statements since the tax was a liability of the stockholders or
members. Subsequent to the acquisition, the Companys
income tax liability has been determined under the provisions of
Statement on Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes, requiring an asset and liability approach for
financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. The
provision for income taxes at December 31, 2005 is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9/20/2005- | |
|
|
12/31/2005 | |
|
|
| |
Current Income Taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
755,000 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
108,000 |
|
Deferred Income Taxes
|
|
|
138,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,001,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-86
Compass AC Holdings, Inc.
Advanced Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC
(Predecessor to Compass AC Holdings, Inc.)
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
(Continued)
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
The components of the net deferred tax asset and liability at
December 31, 2005, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Asset:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
|
|
$ |
40,000 |
|
|
|
Deferred Vacation
|
|
|
71,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Deferred Tax Asset
|
|
$ |
111,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Liability:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and Amortization
|
|
$ |
249,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
On January 1, 2006, the Company loaned certain officers and
members of management of the Company $4,834,150 for the purchase
of 193,366 shares of common stock. The notes bear interest at 6%
and interest is added to the notes. The notes are due in
December 2010 and are subject to mandatory prepayment provisions
if certain conditions are met. The company will classify all of
these notes as a reduction of equity on its future financial
statements.
F-87
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page(s) | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
F-89 |
|
|
|
|
F-90 |
|
|
|
|
F-91 |
|
|
|
|
F-92 |
|
|
|
|
F-93 |
|
|
|
|
F-94F-95 |
|
|
|
|
F-96F-113 |
|
F-88
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company)
as of December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive income,
stockholders equity, and cash flows for the year then
ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards of
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not
required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its
internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005, and the consolidated
results of their operations and their cash flows for the year
then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 1, 2006
F-89
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT
To the Board of Directors
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Anaheim, California
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004, and the related
consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income,
stockholders equity, and cash flows for the periods
January 1, 2004 through September 2, 2004, and
September 3, 2004 through December 31, 2004, and for
the year ended December 31, 2003 . These consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States of America. Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as
of December 31, 2004, and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for the periods January 1, 2004
through September 2, 2004, and September 3, 2004
through December 31, 2004, and for the year-ended
December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Note T of the financial statements, the
Company has restated the consolidated financial statements as of
December 31, 2004 and for the years ended December 31,
2004 and 2003.
/s/ White, Nelson & Co. LLP
Anaheim, CA
September 9, 2005
Except for Footnotes R and T which are as of March 1, 2006.
F-90
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(Restated)(1) | |
Assets |
Current Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents
|
|
$ |
1,515,731 |
|
|
$ |
1,006,720 |
|
|
Trade Accounts and Other Receivables, Net of Allowance of $5,213
and $3,019, Respectively
|
|
|
2,240,173 |
|
|
|
1,738,005 |
|
|
Inventories, Net
|
|
|
626,696 |
|
|
|
430,778 |
|
|
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
|
|
|
342,909 |
|
|
|
138,697 |
|
|
Deferred Income Tax Asset
|
|
|
397,799 |
|
|
|
396,519 |
|
|
Current Assets of Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
901,271 |
|
|
|
1,032,131 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Assets
|
|
|
6,024,579 |
|
|
|
4,742,850 |
|
Property, Plant and Equipment
|
|
|
1,769,344 |
|
|
|
857,530 |
|
|
Less: Accumulated Depreciation
|
|
|
(511,941 |
) |
|
|
(107,889 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Property, Plant and Equipment at Net Book Value
|
|
|
1,257,403 |
|
|
|
749,641 |
|
Other Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment in Joint Venture
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,474,793 |
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
11,265,603 |
|
|
|
9,108,727 |
|
|
Other Intangible Assets, Net
|
|
|
11,907,830 |
|
|
|
10,485,143 |
|
|
Other Assets
|
|
|
508,719 |
|
|
|
430,965 |
|
|
Other Assets of Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
280,539 |
|
|
|
509,189 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Assets
|
|
|
23,962,691 |
|
|
|
23,008,817 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$ |
31,244,673 |
|
|
$ |
28,501,308 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
Current Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable
|
|
$ |
464,765 |
|
|
$ |
621,332 |
|
|
Accrued Bonuses
|
|
|
404,640 |
|
|
|
371,423 |
|
|
Other Accrued Expenses
|
|
|
1,275,312 |
|
|
|
355,710 |
|
|
Income Taxes Payable
|
|
|
1,917,010 |
|
|
|
1,724,789 |
|
|
Current Liabilities of Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
290,563 |
|
|
|
552,076 |
|
|
Current Maturities of Long-Term Debt
|
|
|
1,620,843 |
|
|
|
1,053,213 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Liabilities
|
|
|
5,973,133 |
|
|
|
4,678,543 |
|
Long-Term Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Liabilities of Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
114,787 |
|
|
|
413,243 |
|
|
Other Liabilities
|
|
|
137,360 |
|
|
|
48,917 |
|
|
Long-Term Debt
|
|
|
11,591,467 |
|
|
|
11,787,886 |
|
|
Net Deferred Income Tax Liability
|
|
|
4,488,508 |
|
|
|
3,996,443 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Long-Term Liabilities
|
|
|
16,332,122 |
|
|
|
16,246,489 |
|
Cumulative Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock $1.00 par
value; authorized 1,500,000 shares in 2005 and
30,000,000 shares in 2004; issued and outstanding
4,500 shares and 90,000 shares at December 31,
2005 and 2004, respectively
|
|
|
90,000 |
|
|
|
90,000 |
|
Stockholders Equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible Preferred Stock $.01 par value;
authorized 150,000 shares; issued and outstanding
22,432 shares at December 31, 2005 and
3,000,000 shares authorized and 448,645 shares issued
and outstanding at December 31, 2004, respectively
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
4,486 |
|
|
Common Stock, Series A $.01 par value;
authorized 100,000 shares in 2005 and 2,000,000 shares
in 2004, issued and outstanding 14,037 shares and
280,734 shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004,
respectively
|
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
2,807 |
|
|
Common Stock, Series B $.01 par value;
authorized 50,000 shares in 2005 and 1,000,000 shares
in 2004, issued and outstanding 5,000 shares and
100,000 shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004,
respectively
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
Additional Paid in Capital
|
|
|
9,140,667 |
|
|
|
8,176,583 |
|
|
Accumulated Deficit
|
|
|
(82,036 |
) |
|
|
(641,675 |
) |
|
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
|
|
|
(209,627 |
) |
|
|
(56,925 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
8,849,418 |
|
|
|
7,486,276 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Stockholders Equity
|
|
$ |
31,244,673 |
|
|
$ |
28,501,308 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements
F-91
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive
Income
For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
|
|
Silvue | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
Consolidated | |
|
Sept. 3, 2004 | |
|
Jan. 1, 2004 | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
Through | |
|
Through | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
Dec. 31, 2005 | |
|
Dec. 31, 2004 | |
|
Sept. 2, 2004 | |
|
Dec. 31, 2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(Restated)(1) | |
|
(Restated)(1) | |
|
(Restated)(1) | |
Net Sales
|
|
$ |
17,092,933 |
|
|
$ |
4,532,475 |
|
|
$ |
7,604,112 |
|
|
$ |
10,446,074 |
|
Cost Of Sales
|
|
|
3,815,509 |
|
|
|
611,588 |
|
|
|
1,094,565 |
|
|
|
1,555,465 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
13,277,424 |
|
|
|
3,920,887 |
|
|
|
6,509,547 |
|
|
|
8,890,609 |
|
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
|
|
|
7,491,317 |
|
|
|
2,319,566 |
|
|
|
4,005,513 |
|
|
|
5,275,891 |
|
Research and Development Costs
|
|
|
1,072,063 |
|
|
|
636,931 |
|
|
|
447,929 |
|
|
|
549,400 |
|
Amortization of Intangibles
|
|
|
708,657 |
|
|
|
208,857 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
4,005,387 |
|
|
|
755,533 |
|
|
|
2,056,105 |
|
|
|
3,065,318 |
|
Other Income (Expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Income
|
|
|
336 |
|
|
|
618 |
|
|
|
5,436 |
|
|
|
7,814 |
|
|
Other Income
|
|
|
19,395 |
|
|
|
40,609 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity In Net Income of Joint Venture
|
|
|
69,885 |
|
|
|
94,604 |
|
|
|
174,487 |
|
|
|
376,840 |
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
|
(1,438,523 |
) |
|
|
(366,363 |
) |
|
|
(4,835 |
) |
|
|
(30,754 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Income (Expense)
|
|
|
(1,348,907 |
) |
|
|
(230,532 |
) |
|
|
175,088 |
|
|
|
353,900 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from Continuing Operations before Provision for Income
Taxes
|
|
|
2,656,480 |
|
|
|
525,001 |
|
|
|
2,231,193 |
|
|
|
3,419,218 |
|
Provision for Income Taxes
|
|
|
1,257,662 |
|
|
|
472,254 |
|
|
|
734,712 |
|
|
|
1,062,230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from Continuing Operations
|
|
|
1,398,818 |
|
|
|
52,747 |
|
|
|
1,496,481 |
|
|
|
2,356,988 |
|
Income (loss) from Discontinued Operations,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net of Income Taxes
|
|
|
132,637 |
|
|
|
59,720 |
|
|
|
(225,019 |
) |
|
|
(842,697 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
1,531,455 |
|
|
|
112,467 |
|
|
|
1,271,462 |
|
|
|
1,514,291 |
|
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax Foreign Currency
Translation Adjustment
|
|
|
(152,702 |
) |
|
|
(56,925 |
) |
|
|
37,538 |
|
|
|
68,426 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Income
|
|
$ |
1,378,753 |
|
|
$ |
55,542 |
|
|
$ |
1,309,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,582,717 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements
F-92
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
|
|
Convertible Preferred | |
|
|
|
Common Stock | |
|
|
|
|
|
Other | |
|
|
|
|
Stock | |
|
Common Stock Series A | |
|
Series B | |
|
Additional | |
|
Retained | |
|
Comprehensive | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
Paid-In | |
|
Earnings | |
|
Income | |
|
Stockholders | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Capital | |
|
(Deficit) | |
|
(Loss) | |
|
Equity | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Restated)(1) | |
|
(Restated)(1) | |
|
(Restated)(1) | |
|
(Restated)(1) | |
Predecessor Consolidated Balance At December 31, 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
$ |
200,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,327,505 |
|
|
$ |
5,466,071 |
|
|
$ |
(154,688 |
) |
|
$ |
6,838,888 |
|
Net Income (restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,514,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,514,291 |
|
Other Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68,426 |
|
|
|
68,426 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Consolidated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance At December 31, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,327,505 |
|
|
|
6,980,362 |
|
|
|
(86,262 |
) |
|
|
8,421,605 |
|
Net Income (restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,271,462 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,271,462 |
|
Dividends Paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,000,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,000,000 |
) |
Other Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,538 |
|
|
|
37,538 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Consolidated Balance at September 2, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
$ |
200,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,327,505 |
|
|
$ |
5,251,824 |
|
|
$ |
(48,724 |
) |
|
$ |
6,730,605 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital From Acquisition
|
|
|
448,645 |
|
|
$ |
4,486 |
|
|
|
280,734 |
|
|
$ |
2,807 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
|
$ |
7,422,441 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
7,430,734 |
|
Net Income (restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112,467 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112,467 |
|
Beneficial Conversion Feature of Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
448,645 |
|
|
|
(448,645 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion in Value of Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
305,497 |
|
|
|
(305,497 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Comprehensive Loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56,925 |
) |
|
|
(56,925 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance At December 31, 2004
|
|
|
448,645 |
|
|
|
4,486 |
|
|
|
280,734 |
|
|
|
2,807 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
8,176,583 |
|
|
|
(641,675 |
) |
|
|
(56,925 |
) |
|
|
7,486,276 |
|
Reverse Stock Split
|
|
|
(426,213 |
) |
|
|
(4,262 |
) |
|
|
(266,697 |
) |
|
|
(2,667 |
) |
|
|
(95,000 |
) |
|
|
(950 |
) |
|
|
7,879 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,531,455 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,531,455 |
|
Dividends Declared
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,611 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,611 |
) |
Accretion in Value of Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
956,205 |
|
|
|
(956,205 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Comprehensive Loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(152,702 |
) |
|
|
(7,702 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance At December 31, 2005
|
|
|
22,432 |
|
|
$ |
224 |
|
|
|
14,037 |
|
|
$ |
140 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
$ |
50 |
|
|
$ |
9,140,667 |
|
|
$ |
(82,036 |
) |
|
$ |
(209,627 |
) |
|
$ |
8,994,418 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements
F-93
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
|
|
Silvue | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
Consolidated | |
|
Sept. 3, 2004 | |
|
Jan. 1, 2004 | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
Through | |
|
Through | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
Dec. 31, 2005 | |
|
Dec. 31, 2004 | |
|
Sept. 2, 2004 | |
|
Dec. 31, 2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(Restated)(1) | |
|
(Restated)(1) | |
|
(Restated)(1) | |
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$ |
1,531,455 |
|
|
$ |
112,467 |
|
|
$ |
1,271,462 |
|
|
$ |
1,514,291 |
|
|
Noncash Items Included In Net Income of
Continuing Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
404,052 |
|
|
|
104,499 |
|
|
|
218,909 |
|
|
|
195,584 |
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
708,657 |
|
|
|
208,857 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance For Doubtful Accounts
|
|
|
2,194 |
|
|
|
2,458 |
|
|
|
(3,771 |
) |
|
|
439 |
|
|
|
Reserve For Inventory Obsolescence
|
|
|
21,732 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,387 |
) |
|
|
Loss on Sale of Property, Plant and Equipment
|
|
|
22,520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
|
|
|
(164,356 |
) |
|
|
(114,053 |
) |
|
|
61,158 |
|
|
|
180,100 |
|
|
|
Equity In Net Income Of Joint Venture
|
|
|
(69,885 |
) |
|
|
(94,604 |
) |
|
|
(174,487 |
) |
|
|
(376,839 |
) |
|
|
Write off of IPR&D
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
458,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes In Assets And Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade Accounts And Other Receivables
|
|
|
31,517 |
|
|
|
(302,499 |
) |
|
|
(710,371 |
) |
|
|
(211,180 |
) |
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(158,572 |
) |
|
|
42,731 |
|
|
|
(146,980 |
) |
|
|
(91,275 |
) |
|
|
Prepaid Expenses
|
|
|
20,971 |
|
|
|
71,926 |
|
|
|
(69,558 |
) |
|
|
51,035 |
|
|
|
Accounts Payable
|
|
|
(387,492 |
) |
|
|
177,201 |
|
|
|
(78,921 |
) |
|
|
188,102 |
|
|
|
Other Accrued Expenses
|
|
|
653,992 |
|
|
|
334,742 |
|
|
|
(65,909 |
) |
|
|
(30,524 |
) |
|
|
Income Taxes Payable
|
|
|
(62,078 |
) |
|
|
(75,835 |
) |
|
|
961,414 |
|
|
|
215,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Provided By Continuing Operations:
|
|
|
2,554,707 |
|
|
|
925,890 |
|
|
|
1,262,946 |
|
|
|
1,614,846 |
|
|
|
(Income)Loss from Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
(132,637 |
) |
|
|
(59,720 |
) |
|
|
225,019 |
|
|
|
842,697 |
|
|
|
Changes In Net Assets and Liabilities of Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
(84,548 |
) |
|
|
1,243 |
|
|
|
(109,250 |
) |
|
|
(603,691 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
(217,185 |
) |
|
|
(58,477 |
) |
|
|
115,769 |
|
|
|
239,006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Provided By Operating Activities
|
|
|
2,337,522 |
|
|
|
867,413 |
|
|
|
1,378,715 |
|
|
|
1,853,852 |
|
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases Of Property, Plant, And Equipment
|
|
|
(178,313 |
) |
|
|
(1,546 |
) |
|
|
(168,820 |
) |
|
|
(1,091,928 |
) |
|
Dividends Received From Joint Venture
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
392,941 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232,561 |
|
|
Acquisition Of Company
|
|
|
(398,944 |
) |
|
|
(8,851,600 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Acquired in Acquisition of Remaining Joint Venture Interest
|
|
|
511,791 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Used In Continuing Operations
|
|
|
(65,466 |
) |
|
|
(8,460,205 |
) |
|
|
(168,820 |
) |
|
|
(859,367 |
) |
|
|
|
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
90,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41,427 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Investing Activities
|
|
|
24,534 |
|
|
|
(8,460,205 |
) |
|
|
(210,247 |
) |
|
|
(859,367 |
) |
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Payments on Bank Line of Credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(270,216 |
) |
|
Borrowings on Long-Term Debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,027 |
|
|
|
767,346 |
|
|
Payments On Long-Term Debt
|
|
|
(1,692,211 |
) |
|
|
(252,980 |
) |
|
|
(71,537 |
) |
|
|
(354,704 |
) |
|
Dividends Paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,000,000 |
) |
|
|
(350,352 |
) |
|
Proceeds from Issuance of Capital Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,520,734 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,500 |
) |
|
|
(9,097 |
) |
|
|
(20,096 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities
|
|
|
(1,692,211 |
) |
|
|
7,264,254 |
|
|
|
(3,044,607 |
) |
|
|
(228,022 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash And Cash Equivalents
|
|
|
669,845 |
|
|
|
(328,538 |
) |
|
|
(1,876,139 |
) |
|
|
766,463 |
|
Currency Adjustments
|
|
|
(91,862 |
) |
|
|
27,653 |
|
|
|
(23,620 |
) |
|
|
76,770 |
|
Beginning Cash And Cash Equivalents
|
|
|
1,009,289 |
|
|
|
1,310,174 |
|
|
|
3,209,933 |
|
|
|
2,366,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending Cash And Cash Equivalents
|
|
$ |
1,587,272 |
|
|
$ |
1,009,289 |
|
|
$ |
1,310,174 |
|
|
$ |
3,209,933 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash of Continuing Operations
|
|
$ |
1,515,731 |
|
|
$ |
1,006,720 |
|
|
$ |
1,307,157 |
|
|
$ |
3,168,999 |
|
Cash of Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
71,541 |
|
|
|
2,569 |
|
|
|
3,017 |
|
|
|
40,934 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Cash and Cash Equivalents
|
|
$ |
1,587,272 |
|
|
$ |
1,009,289 |
|
|
$ |
1,310,174 |
|
|
$ |
3,209,933 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements
F-94
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
|
|
Silvue | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
Consolidated | |
|
Sept. 3, 2004 | |
|
Jan. 1, 2004 | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
through | |
|
through | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
Dec. 31, 2005 | |
|
Dec. 31, 2004 | |
|
Sept. 2 ,2004 | |
|
Dec. 31, 2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Taxes Paid
|
|
$ |
1,350,192 |
|
|
$ |
291,641 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
268,933 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Paid
|
|
$ |
1,240,819 |
|
|
$ |
360,323 |
|
|
$ |
29,429 |
|
|
$ |
58,073 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash Investing And Financing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Of Property, Plant And Equipment Through Equipment Loan
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(36,027 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition Of Company Through Financing
|
|
$ |
2,381,000 |
|
|
$ |
13,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase In Equipment Line And Long-Term Debt
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
36,027 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend Payable
|
|
$ |
15,611 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements
F-95
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE A: Description of
Company
On August 31, 2004, Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. (the
Company) was formed and on September 2, 2004,
it acquired 100 percent of the outstanding stock of SDC
Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries (SDC). The periods prior to
the date of acquisition have been labeled as
Predecessor.
On March 24, 2005, SDC Asia Tech, Ltd. was established as a
wholly owned subsidiary of SDC Technologies, Inc. (Parent
Company). On April 1, 2005, SDC Asia Tech, Ltd.
acquired the remaining 50% equity interest in Nippon ARC
Co., Ltd. (NAR) from Nippon Sheet Glass Co., Ltd.
(NSG). NAR had been established in 1989 as a Joint Venture
between NSG and the Parent Company. In June 2005 NAR changed its
name to SDC Technologies-Asia Ltd. Prior to acquiring a
controlling interest in NAR, the Parent Company accounted for
its interest in NAR using the equity method of accounting. Since
April 1, 2005, the results of operations of SDC Asia Tech,
Ltd. are being consolidated with those of the Parent Company.
The Company develops and manufactures proprietary, high
performance liquid coating systems used in high-end eyeware,
aerospace, automotive and industrial markets. The Company has
operations in California, Nevada, the United Kingdom and Japan.
NOTE B: Significant
Accounting Policies:
(1) Accounting Estimates The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that effect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes. The Company is subject to
uncertainties such as the impact of future events, economic,
environmental and political factors and changes in the
Companys business environment. Therefore, actual results
could differ from these estimates. Accordingly, the accounting
estimates used in the preparation of the Companys
financial statements will change as new events occur, as more
experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained
and as the Companys operating environment changes. Changes
in estimates are made when circumstances warrant. Such changes
in estimates and refinements in estimation methodologies are
reflected in reported results of operations. If material, the
effects of changes in estimates are disclosed in the notes to
the consolidated financial statements.
Significant estimates and assumptions by management affect: the
allowance for doubtful accounts, the carrying value of
inventory, the carrying value of long-lived assets (including
goodwill and intangible assets), the amortization period of
long-lived assets (excluding goodwill), the provision for income
taxes and related deferred tax accounts, and accrued expenses.
(2) Principles Of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and all of its
wholly owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
The consolidated subsidiaries are SDC Technologies, Inc., SDC
Coatings, Inc. (SDC), Applied Hardcoating Technologies, Inc.
(AHT), and SDC Asia Tech, Ltd.
(3) Cash And Cash Equivalents The
Company considers all short-term investments with an original
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The
Company maintains its cash balances in two financial
institutions. The balances are insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation up to $100,000. At December 31, 2005
and 2004 the amount of uninsured cash balances of the Company
totaled $1,415,731 and $977,962, respectively. Included in these
balances was cash in foreign bank accounts at December 31,
2005 and 2004 totaling $1,057,896 and $550,667, respectively.
F-96
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(4) Revenue Recognition
Product Revenue The Company develops,
manufactures and distributes high-end specialty chemicals.
Revenue is recognized upon shipment of product, net of sales
returns and allowances, in accordance with Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition. For
certain UK customers, revenue is recognized after receipt by the
customer as the terms are f.o.b. destination. This standard
established that revenue can be recorded when persuasive
evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred and all
significant obligations have been satisfied, the fee is fixed or
determinable and collection is considered probable. Reserves are
established for anticipated returns and allowances based on past
experience. Reserves totaled $103,911 and $46,679 at
December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Shipping And Handling Costs Shipping
and handling cost are charged to operations when incurred and
are classified as a component of cost of sales.
Accounts Receivable Accounts
receivable consists of trade receivables arising in the normal
course of business. The Company sells its products primarily on
net 30 terms. The allowance for doubtful accounts receivable
reflects the Companys best estimate of probable losses
inherent in the Companys receivable portfolio determined
on the basis of historical experience, specific allowances for
known troubled accounts and other currently available evidence.
Accounts for which no payments have been received for
90 days are considered delinquent and customary collection
efforts will be initiated. Upon completion of collection
efforts, any remaining accounts receivable balance will be
written off and charged against the allowance for doubtful
accounts.
(5) Inventories Inventories are
stated at the lower of cost or market determined on the
first-in, first-out
method. Cost includes raw materials, direct labor and
manufacturing overhead. Market value is based on current
replacement cost for raw materials and supplies and on net
realizable value for finished goods. Inventory consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31 | |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Raw Materials And Supplies
|
|
$ |
261,057 |
|
|
$ |
173,370 |
|
Finished Goods
|
|
|
387,371 |
|
|
|
257,408 |
|
Less Obsolescence Reserve
|
|
|
(21,732 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
626,696 |
|
|
$ |
430,778 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6) Property, Plant, And
Equipment Property, plant, and equipment are
stated at cost. Major improvements and betterments are
capitalized. Maintenance, repairs, and minor tooling are
expensed as incurred. Property, plant, and equipment are
depreciated over their estimated useful lives of 2 to
38 years. The straight-line depreciation method is used for
financial reporting.
(7) Long-Lived Assets - The Company accounts
for long-lived assets in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144, Accounting for
the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.
SFAS No. 144 requires impairment losses to be
recognized for long-lived assets used in operations when events
and circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired and
the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by
those assets are less than the carrying amounts of those assets.
(8) Investments Accounted For By The Equity
Method Investments in entities in which the
Company has a 20 to 50 percent interest are carried at cost
adjusted annually for the Companys proportionate share of
their undistributed earnings or losses. (See Note A)
(9) Research And Development
Research and development costs are charged to operations when
incurred and totaled $1,072,063 for the year ended
December 31, 2005. For the year ended December 31,
F-97
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
2004 research and development costs were $1,084,860, of which
$447,929 was for the pre-acquisition period ended
September 2, 2004, and $636,931 was for the post
acquisition period September 3, 2004 to December 31,
2004. The research and development expense for the period
September 3, 2004 to December 31, 2004 includes a
charge of $458,000 for the write-off of
In-Process Research and
Development cost recognized as part of the purchase price
allocation in connection with the acquisition of the Parent
Company on September 2, 2004 (See Note T). Research
and Development expense was $549,400 for the year ended
December 31, 2003.
(10) Advertising Cost Advertising
costs are charged to operations when incurred. Advertising
expense for the year ended December 31, 2005, totaled
$29,551. For the year ended December 31, 2004 advertising
costs were $18,507 of which $1,289 was for the pre-acquisition
period ended September 2, 2004. Advertising expense was
$1,417 for the year ended December 31, 2003.
(11) Income Taxes The
Companys income tax liability has been determined under
the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes, requiring an asset and liability approach for
financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. The
liability is based on the current and deferred tax consequences
of all events recognized in the consolidated financial
statements as of the date of the balance sheet. Deferred taxes
are provided for temporary differences which will result in
taxable or deductible amounts in future years, primarily
attributable to a different basis in certain assets for
financial and tax reporting purposes, including recognition of
deferred tax assets net of a related valuation allowance.
(12) Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
The Company has adopted SFAS No. 130, Reporting
Comprehensive Income, which requires the reporting of
comprehensive income in addition to net income from operations.
Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial reporting
methodology that includes disclosure of certain financial
information that historically has not been recognized in the
determination of net income. Comprehensive income consists of
foreign currency translation adjustments.
(13) Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets,
Net Goodwill represents the excess of cost
over the fair value of net tangible assets acquired. Other
intangible assets include trademarks, patented technology,
customer relations and other technology. In accordance with
SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,
goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are
tested for impairment annually. Other intangible assets that are
subject to amortization are reviewed for potential impairment
whenever events or circumstances indicate that carrying amounts
may not be recoverable.
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually at December 31
or if any triggering event occurs or circumstances change that
reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its book
value. No impairments have been recognized.
(14) Derivative Instruments And Hedging
Transactions Effective December 31,
2004, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, relative
to its interest rate swap agreement (see Note S). This
standard requires that all derivative instruments be recorded on
the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of
derivatives are recorded each period in current results of
operations or other comprehensive income (loss). For a
derivative designated as part of a hedge transaction, where it
is recorded is dependent on whether it is a fair value hedge or
a cash flow hedge.
For a derivative designated as a fair value hedge, the gain or
loss of the derivative in the period of change and the
offsetting gain or loss of the hedged item attributed to the
hedged risk are recognized in results of operations. For a
derivative designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective
portion of the derivatives gain or loss is initially
reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) and
subsequently reclassified into results of operations when the
hedged exposure affects results of operations. The ineffective
portion of the gain or loss of a cash flow hedge is recognized
currently in results of operations. For a derivative not
designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is
recognized currently
F-98
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
in results of operations. The Companys derivative
financial instrument does not qualify for hedge accounting.
Thus, the changes in fair value of the derivative is recognized
currently in results of operations. The fair market value of the
instrument was $125,290 at December 31, 2005 and was not
material at December 31, 2004.
(15) Foreign Currency The
financial statements and transactions of the Companys
foreign facilities are maintained in their local currency. In
accordance with SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency
Translation, the translation of foreign currencies into
United States dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts
using current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date
and for revenue and expense accounts using an average exchange
rate for the period. The gains or losses resulting from
translation are included as a component of accumulated other
comprehensive income within stockholders equity. Foreign
currency transaction gains and losses are included in net income
and were not material in any of the periods presented.
(16) Stock Options The Company
accounts for stock-based employee compensation as prescribed by
Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB)
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,
and has adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and
SFAS 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation-Transition and Disclosure-an amendment of
SFAS 123. Under SFAS 123, compensation cost for
options stated is recognized over the vesting period (See
Note P). The following table presents pro forma net income
had compensation costs been determined on the fair value at the
date of grant for awards under the Companys plan in
accordance with SFAS 123.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
Sep. 3, 2004 thru | |
|
Jan. 1, 2004 thru | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
Dec. 31, 2005 | |
|
Dec. 31, 2004 | |
|
Sep. 2, 2004 | |
|
Dec. 31, 2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net Income as Reported
|
|
$ |
1,531,455 |
|
|
$ |
112,467 |
|
|
$ |
1,271,462 |
|
|
$ |
1,514,291 |
|
Less Fair Value of Stock Options (net of tax)
|
|
|
(55,866 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma Net Income
|
|
$ |
1,475,589 |
|
|
$ |
112,467 |
|
|
$ |
1,271,462 |
|
|
$ |
1,514,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17) Related Parties Effective
September 2, 2004 the Company entered into an agreement
with WAJ, LLC (formerly Kilgore Consulting III, LLC) a
management firm controlled by the Compass Group, who is the
majority shareholder of the Company, to provide executive,
financial and managerial oversight services to the Company
(Note L).
(18) Recent Accounting
Pronouncements In December 2004, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
SFAS No. 123R, (Revised 2004): Share
Based Payment (SFAS 123R), which replaces
SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB No. 25.
SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees,
including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in
the financial statements based on their fair values beginning
with the fiscal year that begins after June 15, 2005. The
pro forma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS 123
no longer will be an alternative to financial statement
recognition. The Company is required to adopt SFAS 123R in
the first quarter of fiscal 2006, beginning January 1,
2006. Under SFAS 123R, the Company must determine the
appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based
payments, the amortization method for compensation cost and the
transition method to be used at the date of adoption. The
transition methods include prospective and retroactive adoption
options. Under the retroactive option, prior periods may be
restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or
for all periods presented. The prospective method requires that
compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options
and restricted stock at the beginning of the first quarter of
adoption of SFAS 123R. The Company is evaluating the
requirements of SFAS 123R and has not yet determined the
method of adoption or the effect of adopting SFAS 123R.
F-99
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
Inventory Costs An Amendment of ARB No. 43,
Chapter 4. SFAS No. 151 requires abnormal
amounts of inventory costs related to idle facility, freight
handling and wasted material expenses to be recognized as
current period charges. Additionally, SFAS No. 151
requires that allocation of fixed production overhead to the
costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the
production facilities. The standard is effective for fiscal
years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company believes
the adoption of SFAS No. 151 will not have a material
impact on its consolidated financial position or results of
operations.
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting
Changes and Corrections. SFAS No. 154 replaces APB
Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes and
SFAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim
Financial Statements, and changes the requirements for the
accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting
principle. SFAS No. 154 also provides guidance on the
accounting for and reporting of error corrections. This
statement is applicable for accounting changes and corrections
of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2005. The Company does not anticipate any effects for this
statement on our consolidated financial position and results of
operations.
NOTE C: Risks And
Uncertainties
Foreign Sales For the year ended
December 31, 2005, the Company had sales of $4,309,142 in
the United Kingdom and $4,350,093 in Japan. For the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003 the Company had sales in the
United Kingdom of $4,026,311 and $3,038,045, respectively.
Major Customers During 2005, the
Company sold a substantial volume of its product to one
customer. Sales to this customer totaled $2,220,678 or 13.0% of
sales. At December 31, 2005, the amount due from this
customer, and included in accounts receivable, was $301,508,
which represents approximately 13.5% of trade accounts
receivable at December 31, 2005.
During 2004, the Company sold a substantial volume of its
products to one customer. During the period January 1, 2004
through September 2, 2004, sales to this customer were
$968,021 or 12.7% of sales. For the period September 3,
2004 through December 31, 2004, sales to this customer were
$837,392 or 18.5% of sales. At December 31, 2004, the
amount due from this customer, and included in accounts
receivable, was $400,339, which represents approximately 23.1%
of trade accounts receivable at December 31, 2004.
Credit is extended for all customers based on financial
condition, and generally, collateral is not required. Credit
losses are provided for in the financial statements and
consistently have been within managements expectations.
NOTE D: Acquisitions
Acquisition of NAR As discussed in
Note A, in March 2005, the Company established SDC Asia
Tech, Ltd., for the purpose of acquiring NAR. On April 1,
2005, SDC Asia Tech. Ltd. purchased the remaining 50% of the
outstanding stock of NAR from NSG. Results of operations for the
remaining 50% of NAR acquired in 2005 have been included in the
financial statements of SDC from the date of acquisition through
December 31, 2005. The acquisition was made for the purpose
of acquiring access to certain markets in Asia, to expand
manufacturing capabilities and to have global facilities to
provide sales and technical support to customers.
The Company issued a non-interest bearing promissory note to NSG
for 400,000,000 Japanese Yen in payment for NSGs equity
and incurred acquisition related expenses of approximately
$398,944. The note has a term of 5 years. The Company has
accounted for the liability at the present value of the future
payments using the cost of capital of SDC Asia Tech, Ltd. At
March 31, 2005, this rate was 13.2%. At the acquisition
date, the present value of the debt totaled $2,381,000.
F-100
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting and, accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to
the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities
assumed on the basis of their respective fair values. In
connection with the allocation of the purchase price and
intangible asset valuation, additional goodwill of $2,257,926
was recorded. Intangible assets acquired include technology and
customer relationships.
The following is a condensed balance sheet showing the fair
value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed as of
the date of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$ |
511,791 |
|
|
Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
730,908 |
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
74,167 |
|
|
Other Assets
|
|
|
253,208 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Assets
|
|
|
1,570,074 |
|
Property, Plant and Equipment
|
|
|
844,473 |
|
Other Assets
|
|
|
72,821 |
|
Intangible Assets
|
|
|
2,340,000 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
2,257,926 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$ |
7,085,294 |
|
Current Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable
|
|
$ |
(334,311 |
) |
|
Other Current Liabilities
|
|
|
(871,728 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Liabilities
|
|
|
(1,206,039 |
) |
Deferred Tax Liability
|
|
|
(950,776 |
) |
Long-Term Liabilities
|
|
|
(69,854 |
) |
Pre-Acquisition Equity in Joint Venture
|
|
|
(806,324 |
) |
Write-up of investment in Joint Venture as part of purchase
price allocation done in September 2004
|
|
|
(1,671,301 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Assets Acquired
|
|
$ |
2,381,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
The following unaudited Pro Forma financial information for the
year ended December 31, 2005, for the period
September 3, 2004 through December 31, 2004, for the
period January 1, 2004 through September 2, 2004 and
gives effect to the acquisition of NAR including the
amortization of intangible assets, as if it had occurred on
January 1, 2004. The information is provided for
illustrative purpose only and is not necessarily indicative of
the operating results that would have occurred if the
transaction had been consummated on the date indicated, nor is
it necessarily indicative of future operating results of the
consolidated companies and should not be construed as
representative of these results for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sept. 3, 2004 | |
|
Jan. 1, 2004 | |
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
through | |
|
through | |
|
|
Dec. 31, 2005 | |
|
Dec. 31, 2004 | |
|
Sept. 2, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Revenue
|
|
$ |
18,561,135 |
|
|
$ |
5,912,762 |
|
|
$ |
11,744,972 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$ |
1,419,613 |
|
|
$ |
81,896 |
|
|
$ |
1,540,058 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-101
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Acquisition of SDC Technologies, Inc.
On September 2, 2004, the Company purchased 100% of the
stock of SDC. Results of operations for SDC are included in the
consolidated financial statements since that date. The
acquisition was made for investment purposes. The aggregate cost
of the acquisition was $21,851,600 of which $8,851,600 was paid
in cash. The remaining cost of the acquisition was funded
through the issuance of debt and equity. The following is a
condensed balance sheet showing the fair values of the assets
acquired and the liabilities assumed as of the date of
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets
|
|
$ |
4,428,735 |
|
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
|
|
|
855,984 |
|
Other Assets
|
|
|
336,385 |
|
Investment In Joint Venture
|
|
|
2,404,908 |
|
Deferred Financing Cost
|
|
|
447,059 |
|
Intangible Assets Arising From The Acquisition
|
|
|
11,152,000 |
* |
Goodwill Arising From The Acquisition
|
|
|
9,108,727 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
28,733,798 |
|
Current Liabilities
|
|
|
3,100,087 |
|
Long-Term Liabilities
|
|
|
3,782,111 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
6,882,198 |
|
|
|
|
|
Net Assets Acquired
|
|
$ |
21,851,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Amount includes $458,000 of In-Process Research and Development
which was subsequently written-off (see Note B(9)). |
Of the total amount of goodwill, $0 is expected to be deductible
for income tax purposes.
In connection with the purchase of SDC, the Company entered into
an agreement with the sellers requiring that in the event the
Company is merged, consolidated, recapitalized, reorganized, or
there is a similar change of control within two years following
the date of purchase (September 2, 2004), to the extent the
consideration received is greater than $21 million plus the
amount of any new equity investment or indebtedness incurred
with any acquisition of a business, the sellers are entitled to
receive a percentage of the excess consideration received.
At the time that SDC was acquired (see Note A), no value
was assigned to the Property, Plant and Equipment used in the
application business located in Nevada (See Note R).
NOTE E: Property, Plant And
Equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Useful Life | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Building
|
|
|
3-38 |
|
|
$ |
575,645 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Transportation Equipment
|
|
|
3-4 |
|
|
|
16,859 |
|
|
|
15,011 |
|
Machinery And Equipment
|
|
|
4-15 |
|
|
|
536,690 |
|
|
|
215,537 |
|
Furniture, Fixtures, And Office Equipment
|
|
|
2-15 |
|
|
|
561,754 |
|
|
|
548,586 |
|
Leasehold Improvements
|
|
shorter of 10 years or the lease term |
|
|
45,058 |
|
|
|
45,058 |
|
|
Capital Projects In Progress
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
33,338 |
|
|
|
33,338 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Property, Plant And Equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,769,344 |
|
|
$ |
857,530 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-102
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2005
was $404,052. Depreciation expense for the year ended
December 31, 2004 was $323,408, of which $218,909 was for
the pre-acquisition period ended September 2, 2004.
Depreciation expense was $195,584 for the year ended
December 31, 2003.
NOTE F: Goodwill And Other
Intangible Assets, Net
The Company acquired goodwill and other intangible assets during
2005 and 2004. The changes in the net carrying amounts of
goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill | |
|
|
| |
Balance December 31, 2003
|
|
$ |
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
9,108,727 |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2004
|
|
|
9,108,727 |
|
Acquired
|
|
|
2,156,876 |
* |
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2005
|
|
$ |
11,265,603 |
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets other than goodwill and trademarks, will be
amortized by the Company using estimated useful lives of 6 to
17 years with no residual values. Intangible assets at
December 31, 2005, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patented | |
|
Customer | |
|
Other | |
|
|
|
|
Trademarks | |
|
Technology | |
|
Relations | |
|
Technology | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Bal. Dec 31, 2003
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
709,000 |
|
|
|
4,441,000 |
|
|
|
4,610,000 |
|
|
|
934,000 |
|
|
|
10,694,000 |
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92,521 |
) |
|
|
(90,392 |
) |
|
|
(25,944 |
|
|
|
(208,857 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bal. Dec 31, 2004
|
|
|
709,000 |
|
|
|
4,348,479 |
|
|
|
4,519,608 |
|
|
|
908,056 |
|
|
|
10,485,143 |
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,915,778 |
|
|
|
215,566 |
|
|
|
2,131,344 |
* |
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(277,563 |
) |
|
|
(341,957 |
) |
|
|
(89,137 |
) |
|
|
(708,657 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bal. Dec 31, 2005
|
|
$ |
709,000 |
|
|
$ |
4,070,916 |
|
|
$ |
6,093,429 |
|
|
$ |
1,034,485 |
|
|
$ |
11,907,830 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
The difference in international goodwill and intangible assets
reported at December 31, 2005, as compared to the goodwill
and intangible assets presented in Note D as of
April 1, 2005, was the result of fluctuations in the
foreign currency exchange rates used to translate the balance in
U.S. dollars. |
Total amortization expense relating to the above intangibles for
the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 amounted to
$708,657 and $208,857, respectively.
Annual estimated amortization expense, based on the
Companies intangible assets subject to amortization at
December 31, 2005 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
733,197 |
|
2007
|
|
|
733,197 |
|
2008
|
|
|
733,197 |
|
2009
|
|
|
733,197 |
|
2010
|
|
|
733,197 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
7,532,845 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
11,198,830 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-103
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
NOTE G: Investment In Joint
Venture
Investments accounted for under the equity method at
December 31, 2004 consisted of a joint venture
(NAR) that was operated in Japan (see Note A). On
April 1, 2005 the Company acquired the remaining
outstanding stock of the Joint Venture and has included the
operating results of NAR for the period April 1, 2005
through December 31, 2005 in the consolidated results of
the Company.
As of December 31, 2004 the Investment in the Joint Venture
consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Nippon ARC Company, Ltd. (NAR) (50%)
|
|
$ |
2,474,793 |
|
|
|
|
|
Following is a summary of financial position and results of
operations of the investee company as of December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
Current Assets
|
|
$ |
1,354,483 |
|
Other Assets (Net)
|
|
|
1,047,632 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$ |
2,402,115 |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities
|
|
$ |
629,554 |
|
Long-Term Liability
|
|
|
165,577 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
$ |
795,131 |
|
|
|
|
|
Joint Venture Equity
|
|
$ |
1,606,984 |
|
|
|
|
|
The results of operations of NAR were as follows for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
|
Three Months Ended | |
|
| |
|
|
March 31, 2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited) | |
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$ |
1,468,202 |
|
|
$ |
5,521,146 |
|
|
$ |
6,165,002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$ |
139,770 |
|
|
$ |
538,182 |
|
|
$ |
753,680 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Companys Proportionate Share of Earnings
|
|
$ |
69,885 |
|
|
$ |
269,091 |
|
|
$ |
376,840 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE H: DEBT
In connection with the acquisition of SDC in September 2004, the
Company entered into a credit agreement with US Bank National
Association and Wisconsin Capital Corporation that provided for
a revolving credit facility (line of credit) and various term
loans. The proceeds from these borrowings were used to fund the
purchase of SDC and to provide for working capital. The
revolving credit facility and term loan agreements contain
various covenant requirements, the most significant of which
relate to fixed charge ratio, debt ratio, current ratio,
limitations on capital expenditures and restrictions on dividend
payments. The Company was in compliance with its covenants as of
December 31, 2005.
Line Of Credit In 2005 and 2004, the
Company had available a revolving line of credit up to
$2,000,000. Borrowings under this facility at December 2005 and
2004 were $0. Monthly interest payments are made at a rate equal
to one of the following as selected by the Company: LIBOR plus a
margin ranging from 2.75% to 3.5% depending on the
Companys ratio of consolidated debt to earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), or
Prime plus a margin ranging from 1.25% to 2%, depending on the
Companys ratio of consolidated debt to EBITDA. The line of
credit is secured by substantially all of the Companys
assets. The line of credit expires in September 2010.
F-104
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Long-Term Debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Note payable to a bank, due in twenty-three quarterly
installments ranging from $250,000 to $400,000 plus accrued
interest. Interest accrues at a rate equal to one of the
following as selected by the Company: LIBOR plus a margin
ranging from 2.75% to 3.5% depending on the Companys ratio
of consolidated debt to EBITDA, or Prime plus a margin ranging
from 1.25% to 2% depending on the Companys ratio of
consolidated debt to EBITDA. At December 31, 2005 and 2004,
the rate was based on LIBOR and was 7.66% and 5.66%,
respectively. The final principal and interest payment is due
September 2010. The note is secured by all assets of the Company
|
|
$ |
5,975,000 |
|
|
$ |
7,750,000 |
|
Note payable to a bank, interest only payments are due
quarterly. All outstanding principal and unpaid interest is due
at maturity. Interest accrues at a rate equal to one of the
following as selected by the Company: LIBOR plus a margin
ranging from 3.25% to 4.0% depending on the Companys ratio
of consolidated debt to EBITDA, or Prime plus a margin ranging
from 1.75% to 2.5%, depending on the Companys ratio of
consolidated debt to EBITDA. At December 31, 2005 and 2004,
the rate was based on LIBOR and was 8.16% and 6.16%,
respectively. The final principal and interest payment is due
September 2010. The note is secured by all assets of the Company
|
|
|
2,000,000 |
|
|
|
2,000,000 |
|
Note payable to bank, interest only payments are due quarterly.
All outstanding principal and unpaid interest is due at
maturity. For the period September 2, 2004 through
September 1, 2005, the rate of interest is equal to one of
the following as selected by the Company: LIBOR plus a margin of
5.0%, or Prime plus a margin of 3%. Commencing on the first
anniversary date and ending at the maturity date, the interest
rate is equal to one of the following as selected by the
Company: LIBOR plus a margin of 7%, or Prime plus a margin of
5%. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the rate was based on
LIBOR and was 11.19% and 7.16%, respectively. In addition to the
quarterly interest payments, a yield enhancement fee equal to 5%
for the period September 2, 2004 through September 1,
2005, and 3% for the period September 2, 2005 through
maturity is due on the outstanding principal balance. The final
interest payment, yield enhancement fee and principal are due
September 2010. The note is secured by all assets of the Company
|
|
|
3,000,000 |
|
|
|
3,000,000 |
|
Note payable to a bank, payable in monthly installments of
$2,121, including principal and interest at a fixed rate of
6.24%, final payment January 2009, secured by equipment
|
|
|
71,168 |
|
|
|
91,099 |
|
On April 1, 2005 the Company acquired the remaining 50%
interest in NAR, held by its former joint venture partner, for
total consideration of 400,000,000 Japanese Yen (see also
Note D). Terms of the note require 5 annual non-interest
bearing payments on March 31 as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31 |
|
Yen | |
|
|
| |
2006
|
|
|
50,000,000 |
|
2007
|
|
|
50,000,000 |
|
2008
|
|
|
75,000,000 |
|
2009
|
|
|
75,000,000 |
|
2010
|
|
|
150,000,000 |
|
F-105
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
The note is carried at the net present value of the future
payments. The note is secured by the shares of stock of SDC Asia
Tech, LTD. and by a standby letter of credit
|
|
|
2,164,184 |
|
|
|
|
|
Note payable to a Bank, with a maturity date of March 31,
2006, with interest calculated at a rate of 1.375%
|
|
|
127,248 |
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on interest rate swap (See Note S)
|
|
|
(125,290 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
13,212,310 |
|
|
|
12,841,099 |
|
Less: Current Maturities Of Long-Term Debt
|
|
|
1,620,843 |
|
|
|
1,053,213 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt
|
|
$ |
11,591,467 |
|
|
$ |
11,787,886 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturities of long-term debt outstanding as of December 31,
2005 exclusive of the unrealized gain on the interest rate swap
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31: |
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
1,620,843 |
|
2007
|
|
|
1,647,713 |
|
2008
|
|
|
1,851,143 |
|
2009
|
|
|
1,876,583 |
|
2010
|
|
|
6,341,318 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
13,337,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE I: Provision For Income
Taxes
The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes. The provision (benefit) for
income taxes from continuing operations for the year ended
December 31, 2005, the pre-acquisition period ended
September 2, 2004, the period of September 3, 2004 to
December 31, 2004, and for the year ended December 31,
2003 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
Period of Sep. 3 to | |
|
Jan. 1 2004 to | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
Dec. 31, 2005 | |
|
Dec. 31, 2004 | |
|
Sep. 2, 2004 | |
|
Dec. 31, 2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
719,336 |
|
|
$ |
388,019 |
|
|
$ |
505,443 |
|
|
$ |
485,774 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
73,429 |
|
|
|
(35,831 |
) |
|
|
128,486 |
|
|
|
17,568 |
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
740,999 |
|
|
|
261,697 |
|
|
|
271,824 |
|
|
|
348,938 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,533,764 |
|
|
|
613,885 |
|
|
|
905,753 |
|
|
|
852,280 |
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(241,811 |
) |
|
|
(229,180 |
) |
|
|
(140,198 |
) |
|
|
215,519 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
(34,291 |
) |
|
|
87,549 |
|
|
|
(30,843 |
) |
|
|
(5,569 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(276,102 |
) |
|
|
(141,631 |
) |
|
|
(171,041 |
) |
|
|
209,950 |
|
Provision For Income Taxes
|
|
$ |
1,257,662 |
|
|
$ |
472,254 |
|
|
$ |
734,712 |
|
|
$ |
1,062,230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys effective income tax rate is different than
what would be expected if the federal statutory rate were
applied to income from continuing operations, primarily because
of the valuation allowance for the foreign tax credit carry
forward.
At December 31, 2005 the Company has available Federal
research and development credits of $227,123 fully expiring in
2025 and foreign tax credits of $1,361,661 fully expiring in
2015. At
F-106
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2004, the Company had available Federal
research and development credits of $42,388 fully expiring in
2024 and $635,135 of foreign tax credits fully expiring in 2014.
A valuation allowance has been established for 100% of the
foreign tax credit carry forwards as of December 31, 2005
and 2004.
Deferred income taxes consist of the following components at
December 31, 2005 and 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 263(a) Inventory Costs
|
|
$ |
6,495 |
|
|
$ |
4,028 |
|
Exclusion Of Accrued Expenses
|
|
|
254,065 |
|
|
|
203,129 |
|
State Income Taxes
|
|
|
153,621 |
|
|
|
159,949 |
|
Amounts Applicable to Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
(16,382 |
) |
|
|
29,413 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Deferred Income Tax Asset
|
|
$ |
397,799 |
|
|
$ |
396,519 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess Amortization
|
|
$ |
(4,621,119 |
) |
|
$ |
(4,074,527 |
) |
Excess Depreciation
|
|
|
382,398 |
|
|
|
556,521 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal and State Tax Credits
|
|
|
1,588,748 |
|
|
|
1,402,392 |
|
Less Amounts Applicable to Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
(249,787 |
) |
|
|
(478,437 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,899,724 |
) |
|
|
(2,594,051 |
) |
Valuation Allowance
|
|
|
(1,588,784 |
) |
|
|
(1,402,392 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Deferred Income Tax Liability
|
|
$ |
(4,488,508 |
) |
|
$ |
(3,996,443 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences resulting
from income and expense items reported for financial accounting
and tax purposes in different periods. Deferred taxes are
classified as current or non-current, depending on the
classification of the assets and liabilities to which they
relate. Deferred taxes arising from temporary differences that
are not related to an asset or liability are classified as
current or non-current depending on the periods in which the
timing differences are expected to reverse.
SFAS No. 109 requires a valuation allowance against
deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of available
evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the
deferred foreign tax assets and liabilities will not be
realized. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company
believes that none of the deferred tax credit carry forward
assets will be realized in the future and thus, has recorded a
valuation allowance equal to 100% of the deferred foreign tax
credit carry forward and the deferred research and development
tax credit carry forward assets.
Included in Net Income from Discontinued Operations are the
following tax provisions (Benefits):
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended Dec. 31, 2005
|
|
$ |
71,594 |
|
Sept. 3, 2004 Dec. 31, 2004
|
|
$ |
(6,942 |
) |
Jan. 1, 2004 Sept. 2, 2004
|
|
$ |
(66,649 |
) |
Year Ended Dec. 31, 2003
|
|
$ |
(283,151 |
) |
F-107
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
NOTE J: Capital Stock
On February 24, 2005 the Board of Directors authorized a
one-for-twenty reverse stock split of all classes of capital
stock to stockholders of record as of that date.
At December 31, 2005, the Company has the following classes
of stock authorized and outstanding:
Preferred stock:
2,000,000 shares authorized, of which 150,000 shares
are Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value
$0.01 per share and 1,500,000 shares are Series B
13% Cumulative Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value
$1.00 per share. The remaining 350,000 shares may be
issued in one or more series as authorized by the Board of
Directors. At December 31, 2005, total shares of
Series A and Series B preferred stock issued and
outstanding are 22,432 and 4,500, respectively. Preferred
stockholders are entitled to a liquidation preference of the
original issue price per share upon the liquidation,
dissolution, or winding up of affairs of the Company. The
original issue price for Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock and Series B 13% Cumulative Mandatorily Redeemable
Preferred Stock was $314.20 and $20.00 per share,
respectively. At December 31, 2005 and 2004 the par value
of the outstanding Series A preferred stock is $224 and
$4,486, respectively.
Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is
convertible into both (i) one share of Series A common
stock and (ii) that number of shares of Series B
redeemable preferred stock which equals an amount equal to the
original issue price of the series A convertible preferred
stock plus a 13% per annum return, compounded annually from
the original issue date of such shares. Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of
two-thirds of the holders there of voting as a class (each share
entitled to one vote) at any time or from time to time. The
Company reduced retained earnings by approximately
$0.5 million to record the beneficial conversion feature of
receiving Common Stock upon conversion as a deemed distribution
in September 2004. In addition, the Company has recorded the
accretion for the 13% per annum increase in the value of
the Series B Redeemable Preferred Stock also as a reduction
of retained earnings (See Note T).
Common Stock:
At December 31, 2005, the Company has 250,000 shares
of common stock authorized, of which 100,000 shares are
Series A, par value $0.01 per share and
50,000 shares are Series B, par value $0.01 per
share. The remaining 100,000 shares may be issued in one or
more series as authorized by the Board of Directors. Each share
of Series A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each
share of Series B common stock is entitled to 10 votes. At
December 31, 2005, total shares of Series A and
Series B common stock issued and outstanding are 14,037 and
5,000, respectively. At December 31, 2005, the par value of
the issued Series A and B common stock is $140 and $50,
respectively. At December 31, 2004 the par value of the
outstanding Series A and B common stock is $2,807 and
$1,000, respectively.
F-108
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
NOTE K: Operating
Leases
The Company leases building space under non-cancelable leases
expiring between October 2006 and March 2015. The leases contain
escalation clauses. Minimum future rental payments under
non-cancelable operating leases having remaining terms in excess
of one year as of December 31, 2005, for each of the next
five years and in the aggregate are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
210,230 |
|
2007
|
|
|
216,411 |
|
2008
|
|
|
218,299 |
|
2009
|
|
|
201,381 |
|
2010
|
|
|
47,367 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
140,792 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Minimum Future Rental Payments
|
|
$ |
1,034,480 |
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 was
$206,160. Rent expense for the year ended December 31,
2004, totaled $131,836, of which $79,288 was for the
pre-acquisition period ended September 2, 2004. Rent
expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $114,699.
NOTE L: Management Services
Agreement
Effective September 2, 2004, the Company has an agreement
with WAJ, LLC, (formerly Kilgore Consulting III, LLC) a
management firm controlled by the Compass Group to provide
executive, financial and managerial oversight services to the
Company. The Company has agreed to pay the management firm an
annual fee of $350,000 in four equal quarterly installments of
$87,500 commencing December 31, 2004. The term of the
agreement is for a three year period and automatically renews
for successive one year periods unless terminated by either
party. Other than for the cost of providing services under the
management services agreement, which are included in the
management fee, WAJ, LLC has not paid any obligations nor
incurred any expenses on behalf of the Company. As of
December 31, 2005 and 2004 there was no outstanding balance
payable to WAJ, LLC.
NOTE M: Employment
Agreements
Effective September 2, 2004, the Company has employment
agreements with certain members of management. The Company has
agreed to pay each member an annual base salary and performance
bonus based on a target EBITDA level beginning with the year
ended December 31, 2005. The aggregate of the base salaries
under the contract is $648,000. Each employment agreement is for
a three year period and automatically renews for successive one
year periods unless terminated by either party.
NOTE N: Current
Vulnerability Foreign Operations
At December 31, 2005, the balance sheet includes cash,
accounts receivable, inventories and property and equipment, net
of accumulated depreciation, of $3,131,973, located at the
Companys operating facilities in England and Japan. At
December 31, 2004 the balance sheets includes cash,
accounts receivable, inventories and property and equipment, net
of accumulated depreciation, of $1,324,023, located at the
Companys operating facilities in England. Although these
countries are considered politically and economically stable, it
is always possible that unanticipated events in foreign
locations could disrupt the Companys operations and
realization of its assets.
F-109
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
NOTE O: Retirement Savings
Plans
The Company has established a 401(k) savings plan (the
Plan). The Plan is offered to all employees meeting
minimum age and service requirements. Under the terms of the
401(k) savings plan the Company is required to contribute 3% of
each participating employees salary with additional
contributions at the discretion of the Company. Contributions to
this Plan for the year ended December 31, 2005 totaled
$170,779. Contributions to this Plan for the year ended
December 31, 2004, totaled $164,083, of which $50,214 was
for the pre-acquisition period ended September 2, 2004.
Contributions to this plan for the year ended December 31,
2003 were $171,229.
NOTE P: Stock Option
Plan
The Company implemented a stock option plan during 2005 which
provides for the issuance of non-qualified and incentive stock
options to employees, consultants, and directors of the Company
and its subsidiaries. Under the plan, the maximum number of
options that may be granted is 2,183. Under the terms of this
plan, options are granted at not less than fair market value of
the Companys common stock, become exercisable as
established by the Board of Directors (generally ratably over 3
to 5 years) and generally expire within 10 years from
the date of grant. Fair value of the options at the date of
grant is determined by the Company through the use of the
minimum value method as provided in SFAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.
During December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued a revision of its Statement No. 123. The revised
standard requires, among other things, that compensation cost
for employee stock options be measured at fair value on the
grant date and charged to expense over the employees
requisite service period for the option. This standard is
required to be adopted by the Company effective January 1,
2006.
The following table summarizes stock option activity for the
year ended December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,663 |
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(82 |
) |
Cancelled
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2005
|
|
|
1,581 |
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes stock options outstanding and
exercisable at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding | |
|
|
| |
|
Weighted Average | |
Shares |
|
Exercise Price | |
|
Contractual Remaining Life | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
1,066
|
|
$ |
183.60 |
|
|
|
9.33 Years |
|
515
|
|
$ |
350.00 |
|
|
|
9.75 Years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
Weighted Average | |
Shares |
|
Exercise Price | |
|
Contractual Remaining Life | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
-0-
|
|
$ |
183.60 |
|
|
|
9.33 Years |
|
-0-
|
|
$ |
350.00 |
|
|
|
9.75 Years |
|
The weighted average estimated fair market value of the employee
stock options granted during 2005 was $56.09.
F-110
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Under SFAS 123R, compensation cost for options granted is
recognized over the vesting period. The Company used the
Black-Scholes pricing model to estimate the value of the
options. The following assumptions were used:
|
|
|
|
|
Risk Free Interest Rate
|
|
|
4.21% and 4.39 |
% |
Expected Life
|
|
|
10 years |
|
Expected Volatility
|
|
|
0 |
% |
Expected Dividend Yield
|
|
|
0 |
% |
NOTE Q: Fair Value Of
Financial Instruments
The following disclosure of the estimated fair value of
financial instruments is made in accordance with the
requirements of SFAS No. 107, Disclosures
about Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The
estimated fair values have been determined using available
market information. However, considerable judgment is required
in interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value.
Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily
indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a
current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions
and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on
the estimated fair value amounts. Accounts receivable, accounts
payable and accrued expenses are not presented in the table
below as the carrying amount for these items approximate fair
value because of the short maturity of these instruments or
because they are carried at fair value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005 | |
|
December 31, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Cost Basis | |
|
Fair Value | |
|
Cost Basis | |
|
Fair Value | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash & Cash Equivalents
|
|
$ |
1,515,731 |
|
|
$ |
1,515,731 |
|
|
$ |
1,006,720 |
|
|
$ |
1,006,720 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt
|
|
$ |
11,591,467 |
|
|
$ |
11,591,467 |
|
|
$ |
11,787,886 |
|
|
$ |
11,787,886 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE R: Discontinued
Operations
During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company made the decision
to sell or otherwise divest its Application business in
Henderson, Nevada. The Company determined that this decision met
the criteria to classify it as held for sale. Accordingly, the
Company has reflected this operation as discontinued in
accordance with SFAS No. 144. For the year ended
December 31, 2005, the Application business generated
revenues of $4,010,827 and net income of $132,637. Assets and
liabilities of the discontinued operations were as follows as of
December 31:
F-111
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Current Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$ |
71,541 |
|
|
$ |
2,569 |
|
|
|
Accounts Receivable (net of allowance of $169,547 and $5,470)
|
|
|
511,947 |
|
|
|
646,309 |
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
168,893 |
|
|
|
266,128 |
|
|
|
Prepaid Expenses
|
|
|
132,508 |
|
|
|
117,125 |
|
|
|
Deferred Taxes
|
|
|
16,382 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
901,271 |
|
|
$ |
1,032,131 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
$ |
30,752 |
|
|
$ |
30,752 |
|
|
Deferred Taxes
|
|
|
249,787 |
|
|
|
478,437 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
280,539 |
|
|
$ |
509,189 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable
|
|
$ |
61,480 |
|
|
$ |
315,125 |
|
|
Accrued Expenses
|
|
|
168,522 |
|
|
|
66,072 |
|
|
Deferred Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,413 |
|
|
Current Portion of Bank Loan
|
|
|
60,561 |
(A) |
|
|
141,466 |
(A) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
290,563 |
|
|
$ |
552,076 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Portion of Bank Loan
|
|
$ |
114,787 |
(A) |
|
$ |
413,243 |
(A) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
These amounts represent a note payable to a bank which is
payable in monthly installments. At December 31, 2005 and
2004, the monthly payment was $6,466 and $14,628, respectively,
including principal and interest at a variable rate. At
December 31, 2005 and 2004, this variable rate was 7.62%,
and 5.9%, respectively. Final payment on the note is due April
2008. The note is secured by the equipment at the Nevada
location. |
NOTE S: Interest Rate Swap
Agreement
On December 21, 2004, the Company entered into an interest
rate swap agreement to manage its exposure to interest rate
movements in its variable rate debt. The Company pays interest
at a fixed rate of 3.6% and receives interest from the counter
party at three month LIBOR. At December 31, 2005 and 2004
the LIBOR rate was 4.53% and 2.56%, respectively. The notional
principal amount at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was
$7,000,000 and $8,500,000, respectively and decreases to
$4,375,000 over the term of the agreement. The termination date
of this agreement is September 30, 2007. As of
December 31, 2005, the fair market value of the instrument
was $125,290 and is reflected as an offset to interest expense
of the period. As of December 31, 2004, the fair value of
the instrument was not material.
NOTE T: Restatement of Previously Issued Financial
Statements
The Company has restated its previously issued consolidated
financial statements to reflect the following adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
to expense in-process research and development (IPR&D) of
$458,000 that was recorded as part of the purchase price
allocation in September 2004 (adjustment A), |
|
|
|
|
|
to further reallocate the purchase price between goodwill and
intangibles (adjustment B), |
|
|
|
|
|
to record the accretion and beneficial conversion features for
the convertible preferred stock not previously recognized
(adjustment C), |
|
F-112
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
to correct an error in the provision for income taxes to reflect
a lower utilization of foreign tax credits (adjustment D). |
The reallocation of the purchase price was made to reflect the
related tax benefit of the intangibles that was not previously
considered. The impact of this adjustment was to reclassify
approximately $1.8 million from goodwill to other
intangibles and to reflect $34,594 of additional amortization
expense. The Company also recorded approximately
$0.7 million of additional deferred tax liabilities
associated with this change. The IPR&D did not have any
alternative use and therefore should have been expensed at the
time of acquisition. The impact of this adjustment was to reduce
previously recorded intangibles by $458,000 and to reduce
previously recorded net income by the same $458,000. The impact
of recording the beneficial conversion and accretion features of
the convertible preferred stock was to reduce retained earnings
by $754,142 and to increase additional paid in capital by the
same amount. The provision for income taxes was corrected to
properly reflect the foreign tax credits available to offset the
federal tax liability. As a result of this correction additional
income tax expense of $328,163 and $202,281 was recorded for the
years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 and additional
goodwill of $1,168,570 was recorded to reflect the additional
purchase consideration paid in connection with this change.
The following table summarizes the impact of the above
adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase | |
|
Beneficial | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount | |
|
|
|
Price | |
|
Conversion Feature | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previously | |
|
I P R & D | |
|
Allocation | |
|
and Accretion | |
|
Tax Credit | |
|
Restated | |
|
|
Reported(1) | |
|
Adjustment A | |
|
Adjustment B | |
|
Adjustment C | |
|
Adjustment D | |
|
Amounts | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance Sheet at Dec. 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Asset
|
|
$ |
1,153,899 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(757,380 |
) |
|
$ |
396,519 |
|
Intangible Assets
|
|
$ |
9,161,282 |
|
|
$ |
(458,000 |
) |
|
$ |
1,781,861 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
10,485,143 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
$ |
9,066,612 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(1,126,455 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,168,570 |
|
|
$ |
9,108,727 |
|
Income Taxes Payable
|
|
$ |
876,380 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
848,409 |
|
|
$ |
1,724,789 |
|
Deferred Tax Liability
|
|
$ |
3,600,980 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
690,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(294,537 |
) |
|
$ |
3,996,443 |
|
Additional Paid-In Capital
|
|
$ |
7,422,441 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
754,142 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
8,176,583 |
|
Retained Earnings (Deficit)
|
|
$ |
747,743 |
|
|
$ |
(458,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(34,594 |
) |
|
$ |
(754,142 |
) |
|
$ |
(142,682 |
) |
|
$ |
(641,675 |
) |
|
Income Statement Period 9/3/04 through 12/31/04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and Development Expense
|
|
$ |
178,931 |
|
|
$ |
458,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
636,931 |
|
Amortization of Intangibles
|
|
$ |
174,263 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
34,594 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
208,857 |
|
Income Tax Expense
|
|
$ |
329,572 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
142,682 |
|
|
$ |
472,254 |
|
|
Income Statement Period 1/1/04 to 9/2/04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Expense
|
|
$ |
549,231 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
185,481 |
|
|
$ |
734,712 |
|
|
Income Statement Year Ended 12/31/03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Expense
|
|
$ |
859,949 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
202,281 |
|
|
$ |
1,062,230 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Adjusted for Discontinued Operations Classification |
F-113
No dealer, salesperson or other
individual has been authorized to give any information or to
make any representation other than those contained in this
prospectus and, if given or made, such information or
representations must not be relied upon as having been
authorized by us or the underwriters. This prospectus does not
constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy
any securities in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or
solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making
such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the
person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do
so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer
or solicitation. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any
sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any
implication that there has been no change in our affairs or that
information contained herein is correct as of any time
subsequent to the date hereof.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
|
134 |
|
|
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
|
190 |
|
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
|
207 |
|
|
|
|
220 |
|
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
|
225 |
|
|
|
|
226 |
|
|
|
|
F-1 |
|
Until (25 days
after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell
or trade our shares, whether or not participating in this
offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in
addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus
when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.
Shares
Each Share Represents
One Beneficial Interest
in the Trust
PROSPECTUS
Ferris, Baker Watts
Incorporated
BB&T Capital Markets
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons Inc.
Oppenheimer & Co.
Sanders Morris Harris
,
2006
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13. |
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution. |
The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the
offering described in this registration statement (other than
the underwriting discount and commissions and the representative
non-accountable expense allowance) will be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
SEC Registration Fee
|
|
$ |
30,763 |
|
Trustees Fees
|
|
$ |
* |
|
NASD Filing Fee
|
|
$ |
* |
|
Accounting Fees and Expenses
|
|
$ |
* |
|
Printing and Engraving Expenses
|
|
$ |
* |
|
Legal Fees and Expenses
|
|
$ |
* |
|
Blue Sky Services and Expenses
|
|
$ |
* |
|
Miscellaneous(1)
|
|
$ |
* |
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
This amount represents additional expenses that may be incurred
by the company or underwriters in connection with the offering
over and above those specifically listed above, including
distribution and mailing costs. |
|
|
* |
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
Item 14. |
Indemnification of Directors and Officers. |
Certain provisions of our LLC agreement are intended to be
consistent with Section 145 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which provides that a corporation has the power
to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of
the corporation in related capacities against amounts paid and
expenses incurred in connection with an action or proceedings to
which he is, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of
such position, if such person shall have acted in good faith and
in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal
proceedings, if such person had no reasonable cause to believe
his conduct was unlawful; provided that, in the case of actions
brought by or in the right of the corporation, no
indemnification shall be made with respect to any matter as to
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the
corporation unless and only to the extent that the adjudicating
court determines that such indemnification is proper under the
circumstances.
Our LLC agreement includes a provision that eliminates the
personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:
|
|
|
|
|
for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the
company or its members; |
|
|
|
for acts or omissions not in good faith or a knowing violation
of law; |
|
|
|
regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases analogous to
Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or |
|
|
|
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
benefit. |
Our LLC agreement provides that:
|
|
|
|
|
we must indemnify our directors and officers to the equivalent
extent permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law; |
|
|
|
we may indemnify our other employees and agents to the same
extent that we indemnified our officers and directors, unless
otherwise determined by the companys board of
directors; and |
|
|
|
we must advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and
executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the
extent permitted by Delaware law and may advance expenses as
incurred to our other employees and agents, unless otherwise
determined by the companys board of directors. |
The indemnification provisions contained in our LLC agreement
are not exclusive of any other rights to which a person may be
entitled by law, agreement, vote of members or disinterested
directors or otherwise.
II-1
In addition, we will maintain insurance on behalf of our
directors and executive officers and certain other persons
insuring them against any liability asserted against them in
their respective capacities or arising out of such status.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and
controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment
of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person in a successful defense of any action, suit
or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to the
court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1
to this registration statement, we have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify us
against certain civil liabilities that may be incurred in
connection with this offering, including certain liabilities
under the Securities Act.
|
|
Item 15. |
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. |
Not Applicable
|
|
Item 16. |
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules. |
(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this
Registration Statement:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
1 |
.1 |
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement* |
|
2 |
.1 |
|
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC Stock Purchase Agreement* |
|
2 |
.2 |
|
Form of Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Group Investments, Inc.,
Compass CS Partners, L.P., Compass CS II Partners, L.P., Compass
Crosman Partners, L.P., Compass Advanced Partners, L.P. and
Compass Silvue Partners, L.P.* |
|
3 |
.1 |
|
Certificate of Trust of Compass Diversified Trust |
|
3 |
.2 |
|
Trust Agreement dated as of November 18, 2005 of Compass
Diversified Trust |
|
3 |
.3 |
|
Certificate of Formation of Compass Group Diversified Holdings
LLC |
|
3 |
.4 |
|
LLC Agreement dated as of November 18, 2005 of Compass
Group Diversified Holdings LLC |
|
3 |
.5 |
|
Form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Compass
Diversified Trust* |
|
3 |
.6 |
|
Form of Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Compass
Diversified Holdings LLC* |
|
4 |
.1 |
|
Specimen certificate evidencing share of trust stock of Compass
Diversified Trust (included in 3.2) |
|
4 |
.2 |
|
Specimen certificate evidencing LLC interest of Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC* |
|
5 |
.1 |
|
Form of Opinion* |
|
8 |
.1 |
|
Form of Tax Opinion* |
|
10 |
.1 |
|
Form of Management Services Agreement among Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC and certain of its subsidiaries named
therein and Compass Group Management LLC* |
|
10 |
.2 |
|
Form of Option Plan* |
|
10 |
.3 |
|
Form of Registration Rights Agreement* |
|
10 |
.4 |
|
Form of Supplemental Put Agreement* |
|
10 |
.5 |
|
Form of Employment Agreement by and between Compass Group
Management LLC and James Bottiglieri* |
|
10 |
.6 |
|
Form of Private Placement Agreement by and between Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC and Compass Group Investments, Inc.* |
|
10 |
.7 |
|
Form of Private Placement Agreement by and between Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC and Pharos I LLC.* |
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
10 |
.8 |
|
Form of Credit Agreement by and between Compass Group
Diversified Holdings
and dated as
of , 2006* |
|
10 |
.9 |
|
Form of Credit Agreement by and between the Compass Group
Diversified Holdings, LLC and CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.* |
|
10 |
.10 |
|
Form of Credit Agreement by and between the Compass Group
Diversified Holdings, LLC and Crosman Acquisition Corp.* |
|
10 |
.11 |
|
Form of Credit Agreement by and between the Compass Group
Diversified Holdings, LLC and Advanced Circuits, Inc.* |
|
10 |
.12 |
|
Form of Credit Agreement by and between the Compass Group
Diversified Holdings, LLC and Silvue Technologies Group, Inc.* |
|
10 |
.13 |
|
Shareholders Agreement for holders of CBS Personnel Holdings,
Inc. Class C common stock* |
|
10 |
.14 |
|
Shareholders Agreement for holders of Crosman Acquisition Corp.
common stock* |
|
10 |
.15 |
|
Shareholders Agreement for holders of Advanced Circuits, Inc.
common stock* |
|
10 |
.16 |
|
Shareholders Agreement for holders of Silvue Technologies Group,
Inc. common stock* |
|
10 |
.17 |
|
Form of Lock-up Agreement* |
|
10 |
.18 |
|
Diablo Marketing LLC Members Agreement* |
|
10 |
.19 |
|
Directors Share Plan* |
|
10 |
.20 |
|
Management Services Agreement by and between Compass CS Inc. and
Kilgore Consulting II LLC dated as of October 13, 2000* |
|
10 |
.21 |
|
Management Services Agreement by and between Crosman Corporation
and Kilgore Consulting III LLC dated as of February 10,
2004* |
|
10 |
.22 |
|
Management Services Agreement by and between Advanced Circuits,
Inc. and WAJ, LLC dated as of September 20, 2005* |
|
10 |
.23 |
|
Management Services Agreement by and between Kilgore Consulting
III and SDC Technologies, Inc. dated as of September 2,
2004* |
|
23 |
.1 |
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP |
|
23 |
.2 |
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP |
|
23 |
.3 |
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP |
|
23 |
.4 |
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP |
|
23 |
.5 |
|
Consent of Bauerle and Company, P.C. |
|
23 |
.6 |
|
Consent of White, Nelson & Co. LLP |
|
23 |
.7 |
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP |
|
23 |
.8 |
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP |
|
23 |
.9 |
|
Consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP* |
|
24 |
|
|
Powers of Attorney |
|
|
* |
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
Previously filed on December 14, 2005. |
|
|
(b) |
All financial statement schedules required pursuant to this item
were either included in the financial information set forth in
the prospectus or are inapplicable, and, therefore, have been
omitted. |
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering
of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this
registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method
used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities
are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the
following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a
seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell
such securities to such purchaser:
|
|
|
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the
undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424; |
II-3
|
|
|
(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering
prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used
or referred to by the undersigned registrant; |
|
|
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus
relating to the offering containing material information about
the undersigned registration or its securities provided by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant; and |
|
|
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the
offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser. |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers,
and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the
foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer,
or controlling person of the registrant in the successful
defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that
contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Westport,
in the State of Connecticut, on March 20, 2006.
|
|
|
COMPASS DIVERSIFIED TRUST |
|
|
|
|
By: |
COMPASS GROUP DIVERSIFIED |
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ I. Joseph Massoud
|
|
|
|
|
|
I. Joseph Massoud |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Westport,
in the State of Connecticut, on March 20, 2006.
|
|
|
COMPASS GROUP DIVERSIFIED HOLDINGS LLC |
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ I. Joseph Massoud
|
|
|
|
|
|
I. Joseph Massoud |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 2 to the registration statement has been
signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ I. Joseph Massoud
I. Joseph Massoud |
|
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
and Director |
|
March 20, 2006 |
|
/s/ James J.
Bottiglieri
James J. Bottiglieri |
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
and Director |
|
March 20, 2006 |
|
*
C. Sean Day |
|
Director |
|
March 20, 2006 |
|
*
D. Eugene Ewing |
|
Director |
|
March 20, 2006 |
|
*
Ted Waitman |
|
Director |
|
March 20, 2006 |
|
*
Harold S. Edwards |
|
Director |
|
March 20, 2006 |
|
*
Mark H. Lazarus |
|
Director |
|
March 20, 2006 |
|
*By: |
|
/s/ I. Joseph Massoud
I. Joseph Massoud
Attorney-in-fact |
|
|
|
|
II-6
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have issued our report dated February 9, 2006, accompanying
the December 31, 2005 consolidated
financial statements of Compass Diversified Trust contained in
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement and
Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned reports in
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement and
Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption Experts.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
New York, New York
March 17, 2006
exv23w2
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have
issued our report dated February 14, 2006, accompanying the financial statements of CBS
Personnel Holdings, Inc. contained in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement and Prospectus of Compass
Diversified Trust. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report
in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption Experts.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Cincinnati, Ohio
March 16, 2006
exv23w3
Exhibit 23.3
Consent of Independent Accountants
We hereby consent to the use in this
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated December 12, 2005, relating
to the financial statements of Crosman Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries
as of June 30, 2005 and 2004, for the year ended June 30, 2005 and the period
from February 10, 2004 to June 30, 2004, which appear in such
Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the heading
Experts in such Registration
Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Syracuse, New York
March 17, 2006
exv23w4
Exhibit 23.4
Consent of Independent Accountants
We hereby consent
to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated
August 31, 2004, relating to the financial statements of Crosman Acquisition
Corporation and Subsidiaries for the period from July 1, 2003 to February 9,
2004 and the year ended June 30, 2003, which appear in such Registration
Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading
Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Syracuse, New York
March 17, 2006
exv23w5
Exhibit 23.5
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We have
issued our report dated January 27, 2006, accompanying the
financial statements and schedules of Advanced
Circuits, Inc. and R.J.C.S., LLC contained in the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement and Prospectus of Compass
Diversified Trust. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration
Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption Experts.
/s/ Bauerle and Company, P.C.
Denver, Colorado
March 17, 2006
exv23w6
Exhibit 23.6
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We have
issued our report dated September 9, 2005 except for Footnotes R
and T which are as of March 1, 2006, accompanying the financial statements of Silvue
Technologies Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries contained in Amendment No.
2 to the Registration Statement and Prospectus of
Compass Diversified Trust. We consent to the use of the
aforementioned report in Amendment No. 2 in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption Experts.
/s/ White, Nelson & Co. LLP
Anaheim, California
March 17, 2006
exv23w7
Exhibit 23.7
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have issued our report dated February 10, 2006, accompanying
the consolidated financial statements of Compass AC Holdings, Inc. as of
December 31, 2005 and for the period from September 20,
2005 (inception) through December 31, 2005 contained in
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement and Prospectus of Compass
Diversified Trust. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report
in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our
name as it appears under the caption Experts.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Denver, Colorado
March 14, 2006
exv23w8
Exhibit 23.8
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have
issued our report dated March 1, 2006, accompanying the
December 31, 2005 consolidated financial statements of Silvue
Technologies Group, Inc. and subsidiaries contained in Amendment
No. 2 to the Registration Statement and Prospectus of Compass
Diversified Trust. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report
in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration
Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption Experts.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 20, 2006
corresp
[Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP Letterhead]
March 20, 2006
VIA COURIER
Mr. Larry Spirgel
Assistant Director
Office of Telecommunications
Mail Stop 3561
Division of Corporation Finance
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549
|
|
Re: |
|
Compass Diversified Trust and Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC
Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1
filed March 20, 2006 File No. 333-130326; File No. 333-120326-01 |
Dear Mr. Spirgel:
On behalf of Compass Diversified Trust (the Trust) and Compass Group Diversified Holdings
LLC (the Company), set forth below are the responses to the comments provided by the Staff of the
Division of Corporation Finance (the Staff) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC)
in a letter dated February 15, 2006. For your convenience, we have set forth below the Staffs
comments in bold, italic typeface followed by responses to each comment. Reference to we, us
and our refer to the Trust and the Company collectively. All responses are those of the Trust
and the Company only.
Concurrently with the submission of this response letter, the Trust and the Company are filing
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (the Amended
Registration Statement). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meaning attributable to the analogous terms used in the Amended Registration Statement.
Prospectus Summary, page 1
|
1. |
|
Include CGI in your organizational chart and indicate in the footnotes that Mr. Massoud does
not control CGI. |
|
|
|
|
We have revised the organizational chart as requested. |
|
|
2. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 10 (and 85 and 86). We continue to believe it is
important for investors to understand the total fees paid to the manager; therefore, |
|
|
|
disclose in the prospectus summary the pro forma total of the Management Fee and Profit Allocation if both had been in place as of December 31, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
Management Fee |
|
|
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure in The Offering section of the
Summary to include an estimated quarterly and annual Management Fee
that would have been payable to the Manager, on a pro forma basis, for the fiscal
year and fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2005, together with a cross-reference to the more
detailed tabular disclosure set forth in the section entitled
Our Manager Our Manager as a Service Provider Management Fee. We have also added additional risk factor disclosure to clarify
that fees paid for transaction services or offsetting Management Fees in excess of the fees
due under the Management Services Agreement may result in the manager receiving total fees
in excess of those proscribed in just the Management Services
Agreement. In addition, we have provided a single section setting
forth all amounts that could be payable to the Manager, which section
appears earlier in the Amended Registration Statement than these
discussions did in prior filings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma Presentation of Profit Allocation |
|
|
|
|
|
We respectfully inform the Staff that the current pro forma information contained in the
registration statement does not include any Profit Allocation amount since no trigger event
has occurred, nor would a trigger event have occurred on a pro forma basis. Profit Allocation is paid only upon the occurrence of a trigger event (i.e., a sale event or a
holding event) and not on an annual basis or any periodic basis. Until the occurrence of a
trigger event, the Company is under no obligation to pay a Profit Allocation to the Manager.
In addition, a Profit Allocation is a distribution in respect of an interest in a limited
liability company as opposed to a payment pursuant to a services agreement or other
contractual agreement. In this regard, we respectfully refer the Staff to our response to
comment #38. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
We believe that any attempt to show a pro forma calculation of a Profit Allocation would be misleading because (i) the most significant component of the Profit Allocation is likely to be the cumulative gains or losses realized by the
Company upon the
occurrence of a sale event, which gains or losses are fundamentally impossible to predict,
(ii) the component of the Profit Allocation attributable to a business contribution to profit is calculated quarterly and measured over a multi-year period, which can vary
materially based on a business performance in a single year or single quarter, and (iii)
investors may draw inferences or be confused about the method or timing of the calculation
of a Profit Allocation due to a pro forma example that covered only one year, which would
depart from the terms and conditions relating to the calculation and payment of a Profit Allocation, and excluded the ultimate effect of gain or loss upon sale of the business. As
a result, we believe it is more appropriate and less confusing to state that a Profit Allocation has not been included in the pro forma financial information because no trigger
event has occurred, nor would one have occurred on a pro forma basis. In
that regard, we believe, and respectfully submit, that the comprehensive hypothetical
example of the calculation provided in the Registration Statement
under the section entitled Our Manager at pages 64
through 68 provides investors with an accurate and transparent
depiction of the operation of Profit Allocation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, we further advise the Staff supplementally that if we were to
hypothetically change the nature of the Profit Allocation to assume that Profit Allocation
were paid annually (which we believe would be far less advantageous for shareholders, as we
describe below) on a Company-wide basis, and if we further assumed that (x) the |
|
|
|
|
Company acquired all of the businesses on January 1, 2005, and (y) the businesses maintained
a steady asset level over the period and produced exactly the same amount of net income
during 2005 as we have calculated on a pro forma basis, we believe that the amount of Profit Allocation that would be due and payable to the Manager would have been $0. |
|
|
|
|
|
This belief is based upon the fact that the Companys total pro forma net income, as shown
in the combined pro forma statement of operations, would have been
approximately $17.3 million. This, in turn, would be further reduced by approximately $5.0 million of corporate
overhead, as disclosed in footnote 4 to the pro forma statement of operations, yielding pro
forma net income after corporate overhead of approximately $12.3 million. As a whole, the
Companys consolidated net equity based upon the initial purchase prices and the fact that
the Company will have no net debt at close would have been
approximately $315.2 million,
yielding an annual level 1 hurdle amount of approximately
$22.1 million. Because $12.3 million is
less than $22.1 million, there would have been no Profit Allocation to the Manager based on
the assumptions described above. However, these amounts are, at best, based on rough
estimations and unrealistic assumptions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Presentation of Projected Profit Allocation |
|
|
|
|
|
We continue to maintain that providing projected Profit Allocation information is not
possible because the Company would be required to use numerous estimates or assumptions,
some of which relate to significant components of the calculation. In addition, the
calculation of a Profit Allocation is dependent on numerous components that are calculated
on a quarterly basis over a multi-year period. This, in our opinion, would render any
projections relating to Profit Allocation inappropriate and misleading and, thus,
meaningless to investors as such amount would not be based on a reasonable or reliable basis
and, therefore, would not assist investors in making their investment decision. In this respect, we
believe that disclosure of projected Profit Allocation information would fall outside the
protections generally afforded forward-looking statements as such information would be based
on estimates and assumptions that the Company does not consider reasonable or reliable. See
Rule 175 (A forward-looking statement made in a document filed with the Commission shall be
deemed not to be a fraudulent statement ..., unless it is shown that such statement was made
or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis) and Item 10(b)(1) of Regulation S-K (requiring
that management have a reasonable basis for an assessment
of future performance). We have added additional risk factor
disclosure stating that the amount of Profit Allocation that will be
paid over time cannot be determined with any certainty currently. |
|
|
|
|
|
Calculation of Profit Allocation is not possible without extensive use of estimates or
assumptions |
|
|
|
|
The most important variables impacting the calculation of Profit Allocation: |
|
|
|
the ultimate capital gains associated with the sale of any of the Initial Businesses or additional businesses to be acquired; |
|
|
|
|
the existence or lack thereof of cumulative gains or losses realized by the
Company in connection with prior trigger events; and |
|
|
|
the profit contribution of each business over the relevant measurement
period, which will be no less than five years in any case absent an earlier sale. |
|
|
|
We are unable to estimate what the above amounts might be as they cannot be known currently
and available historical data does not provide us a reasonable basis upon which to
extrapolate these amounts. In this respect, the concept of a Profit Allocation was designed
and tailored specifically for the post-closing Company, based on agreements to be entered
into at the closing of the offering; comparable agreements do not currently exist.
Furthermore, such amounts are affected by multiple uncertainties,
including: |
|
|
|
how long the
Company will own a business; |
|
|
|
|
the sale price to be received upon sale of one of the
businesses; |
|
|
|
|
the capital structure of the Company on a quarter-by-quarter
basis; |
|
|
|
|
the
operating results of each business over a multi-year period; and |
|
|
|
|
the relative growth rates of
each business. |
|
|
|
None of these factors can be analyzed by reference to historical data, and
because these factors are unpredictable, it is impossible to reasonably and reliably project
Profit Allocation information. Indeed, the only reliable projection that can be made is
that as profits grow and are realized by the Company, the Profit Allocation will likewise
grow; the inverse is also true. |
|
|
|
|
The following discussion provides examples of components of the Profit Allocation
calculation that would require significant estimations or assumptions. |
Cumulative Gains and Losses
|
|
|
Cumulative Gains and Losses represents the aggregate gains and losses realized by the
Company from a material sale of assets or stock in connection with sale events since
inception of the Company. |
|
|
|
Estimation of aggregate gains and losses realized by the Company from the sale
of assets or stock of a particular business is not possible as it would require
estimating growth rates, market and general economic conditions, regulatory
requirements and various other uncertainties. These factors would likely affect
the sales price of any of the businesses or their respective assets. Likewise,
reference to historical cumulative gains and losses would not be relevant, as the
gains and losses of CGI or prior owners of the businesses are based on different
bases in the businesses and different operating results in potentially different
operating environments, yielding different sales prices. In short, it is impossible
to predict what the businesses (or any of their assets) would be sold for in the
future. |
|
|
|
|
We cannot reasonably estimate, at this time, the length of time we will hold any
of our businesses (or any of their assets) before selling an asset or stock of a
particular business. The length of time we hold a business (or its assets) can
impact our bases in a business (or its assets), the businesses operating results
and the amount of gains or losses realized from the sale of assets or stock. In
short, it is impossible to predict how long the Company will own a
business (or its assets) and
time, as discussed above, is a key component of cumulative gains and losses. |
|
|
|
|
Profit Contribution of each Business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
A significant component of contribution-based profit is a
businesss profit, determined
on a quarterly basis, during the relevant measurement period. Since absent a sale event,
the relevant measurement period is at least five years from the date of acquisition, we
believe it is impossible to project the profit, on a quarterly basis, for a business
over such an extended period of time without significant use of estimates and assumptions.
To provide such a projection would require the Company to make estimates and assumptions
relating to: |
|
|
|
|
The rate of growth for revenues and expenses over the relevant measurement
period; |
|
|
|
|
The impact of expansions of facilities or services, either through external or
internal growth; |
|
|
|
|
The potential closing of facilities or operations or elimination of services
and the impact of such action on revenues and expenses; |
|
|
|
|
Changes in management or management strategy; |
|
|
|
|
Improvements or degradation in the competitive environment; |
|
|
|
|
The general economic market conditions of the businesses customers; and |
|
|
|
|
The general condition of the U.S. economy. |
|
|
|
Many factors outside of the control of the Company impact the factors above, including
competitors actions, technological improvements and international economic conditions. As
a result, any estimates or assumptions made would be subject to significant fluctuations
and, hence, would be unreliable. We believe it would be inappropriate and unreasonable to
make projections based on such unreliable information as it renders the projections
unreliable and, therefore, meaningless to investors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Summary |
|
|
|
|
|
While we understand and appreciate the utility of providing the requested disclosure, we
believe that the extensive use of estimates and assumptions, including multiple layers of
estimates, would render any resulting projected Profit Allocation information of little use
to an investor. Further, we believe providing such information may mislead investors as to
the actual Profit Allocation that may be due and payable by the Company in the future. In
this respect, disclosure of such information may expose the Company to litigation when
actual amounts are actually calculated and paid in the future, as the actual Profit Allocation amount paid in the future will likely be significantly different from any
projected Profit Allocation information currently disclosed. Therefore, we believe the
utility of providing this information is significantly outweighed by the practical
impossibility of producing reasonable, relevant and reliable projected information. |
|
|
|
|
|
We believe that the primary component of the Profit Allocation over time will relate to
cumulative gains and losses realized by the Company in connection with sale events, which
gains and losses are impossible to estimate or predict, as discussed in more detail below.
Furthermore, unlike the contribution-based component of the Profit Allocation, the
cumulative gains and losses component cannot be subjected to broad simplification |
|
|
|
|
|
We believe that to assume a disposition of any of the Initial Businesses at a certain value would be to imply to investors that we expect to receive such
a value, which expectation we do not currently have. As a result, we have chosen not to give
this example in the Amended Registration Statement, as we believe it may potentially be
misleading to investors. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The concept of providing for a Profit Allocation and the components in the calculation
of the Profit Allocation are designed to provide our Manager a long-term interest in the
performance and growth of our businesses. |
|
|
|
|
As noted above, the concept of providing a Profit Allocation to the Manager as a holder of a
class of security is unique to the current proposed structure and is not present under the
current ownership structure of the Initial Businesses. The components of the Profit Allocation relate to calculations that will only arise under agreements to be entered into
in connection with closing the offering, which are unique to our structure and transaction;
comparable agreements do not currently exist under the current structure of the Initial Businesses and it is impossible to simulate those calculations. |
|
|
|
|
The concept of providing for Profit Allocation stemmed from the Companys desire to provide
the Manager and the management team a long-term participating interest in the overall success and growth
of the Company and its businesses. To achieve this, it was determined that the Manager, as
holder of the Allocation Interests, will receive some form of preferred or advantaged
distributions on its equity investment, similar to preferred distributions on preferred
stock or any class of equity stock senior to common, upon the occurrence of certain significant events, including the passage of time.
This is how the concept of trigger events, such as the five-year holding period and sale of
stock or assets of a business, came about. This model is analogous to that of other
companies with external management structures such as master limited partnerships. In fact,
we believe that the Companys structure is more aligned with investors than those of certain
other public companies with external managers, as this Profit Allocation is only made upon
sale of a business or passage of a five-year period, as opposed to annual allocations. |
|
|
|
|
|
To ensure that the Managers Profit Allocation reflected both longer term ongoing
performance of the businesses (as opposed to short term performance) as well as profits
achieved on the sale of those businesses above their bases, it was determined that any form
of distribution to be provided at the occurrence of a triggering event should be derived
from (i) each business profit contribution realized by the overall consolidated Company
over a measurement period of at least five years (absent an earlier sale event), and (ii)
the increased value of each business (or its assets) realized upon the sale of that business
(or its assets). Hurdle rates are used to make sure that a Profit Allocation is provided
only after a minimal threshold of profits or gains are achieved by
the Company for the benefit of the holders of trust Shares. It is important to note that the
Profit Allocation is based solely on a look forward (i.e., performance following the closing
of this offering) as opposed to a look back (i.e., performance since the management team
began managing these Initial Businesses). In this respect, historical reference is not
relevant as the management team is not seeking to receive a Profit Allocation with respect
to prior performance improvements. |
|
|
|
|
As noted above, the intent of Profit Allocation is to ensure
the Managers interest in
growing the Company, which is similar to the intent of long-term incentive plans. However,
companies with long-term incentive plans are not required to disclose the projected payment
amounts to their executives under such plans. Instead, companies are only required to
disclose the various components used to determine the amount to be paid under such plans.
We respectfully submit that the same treatment should be provided in the present situation
and that we have provided such disclosure through the comprehensive hypothetical example
provided in our Registration Statement under the section entitled
Our Manager Our Manager as an Equity Holder
Managers Profit Allocation at pages 64 through
68. |
|
|
|
|
We wish to stress to the Staff that the components of Profit Allocation, including the
trigger events, were determined based on the above factors and not based on any prior
calculation of Profit Allocation, or similar incentive payment, for the benefit of the
management team. As discussed above, the inputs for the calculation of Profit Allocation
are subject to significant estimates and assumptions and, in some
cases, are unavailable.
Accordingly, the formulation of the Profit Allocation was primarily driven by the concept of
providing a participating interest that would promote the continued involvement of the management team
and improvement of the Companys businesses. In terms of more fully describing an estimated
amount of Profit Allocation, we are genuinely interested in providing complete disclosure to
investors and have made every effort to fully describe this aspect of our transaction. In
that regard, we believe, and respectfully submit, that the comprehensive hypothetical
example of the calculation provided in the Registration Statement
under the section entitled Our Manager at pages 64
through 68 provides investors with an accurate and transparent
depiction of the operation of Profit Allocation. |
Risk Factors, page 14
3. |
|
Include a separate subheading highlighting your various risk factors relating to your
relationship with your manager. |
|
|
|
We have provided a separate subheading entitled Risks Relating to Our Manager as
requested. |
|
4. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 15; however, you have not included risk factor
disclosure highlighting the board of directors inability to control the level of compensation
paid to the companys CEO Mr. Massoud. Please revise the appropriate risk factor to
highlight. |
|
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure in the section entitled
Management to indicate that the Companys
compensation committee will review the compensation of the
Companys Chief Executive Officer. |
|
Risks Related to Our Business and Structure, page 14
The terms of the stock purchase agreement with respect to our Initial Businesses..., page
22
5. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 18. Although you have removed the words CGI and
Pharos, the risk factor still indicates that you consider certain terms of |
|
|
CGIs and Pharos private placement purchase a potential risk. Tell us in your response
letter why you consider the terms of the registration rights agreement a potential risk when
each will be purchasing Shares at the IPO price. |
|
|
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure to remove the reference to the registration rights agreement. |
Defects
in the products that Advanced Circuits produces for their customers...., page 36
6. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 22. Your disclosure at page 146 still indicates that
Advanced Circuits manufactures electronic components for use by customers in defense and
biotechnology. In light of this disclosure, tell us in your response letter why you believe
that Advanced Circuits does not have significant customers in fields with high potential for
liability such as security and medical devices. |
|
|
|
We do not believe Advanced Circuits has significant customers in fields with high potential
liability. Customers in the biotechnology and defense industries represent approximately 3%
of net sales for Advanced Circuits. In addition, Advanced Circuits does not provide volume
production PCBs for its customers in these industries, only prototype and quick-turn
production PCBs. None of the PCBs produced for such customers are used in the final
products for such customers. Thus, we do not believe further revisions are necessary to
this risk factor. |
Condensed Combined Pro Forma Financial statements, page 57
7. |
|
We reiterate the question we raised in the first bullet in prior comment 33. We understand
and do not disagree with the statement you make in the first paragraph following the bullet
that [t]he proposed transaction does not represent a reorganization by CGI of the Initial Businesses that CGI now controls as CGI will only be a minority shareholder in the trust
following the transaction. This appears to be a result of how you chose to structure the
transactions. It appears CGI could have reorganized the businesses under a holding company
that would then have a public offering, resulting in CGI holding only a minority interest in
the public company. Cash proceeds from the offering could have been transferred to CGI in the
form of a dividend rather than being treated as purchase consideration. The result would be
the same but there would not be a step-up in the historic carrying value of the assets and
liabilities of the businesses. |
|
|
|
To address the Staffs concerns concerning how the current structure was developed and why
the current structure was chosen, we are providing background information about how this
transaction and structure arose and the negotiations that have occurred between the
Companys management team and representatives of CGI. In this regard, the decision to
create an entity that will conduct a public offering and use the proceeds from that offering
to acquire and operate the Initial Businesses was driven by the management team of the
Company and not CGI or its representatives. Indeed, CGI has indicated that absent the
management teams initiative to engage in the transaction at hand, CGI would neither engage
in an initial public offering itself nor engage in a spin-off initial public |
|
|
offering of its subsidiaries. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys management teams desire to separate from CGI is the driving force behind
the proposed transaction |
|
|
|
|
As disclosed in the Amended Registration Statement, the Companys management team is currently
employed by The Compass Group, a wholly owned subsidiary of CGI. For nearly a year, the
management team has been considering various means by which they could, generally, establish
their independence from CGI in managing the Initial Businesses and augment their ability to
raise additional capital for this purpose and possible future acquisitions. One solution
the management team had for achieving independence would be to conduct a management buy-out
of the Initial Businesses. However, the management team lacked the resources to conduct
such a management buy-out of the Initial Businesses. Further, absent such resources, a
buy-out would not achieve the important objective of augmenting their ability to conduct
future acquisitions. Therefore, the management team sought a solution by reviewing current
structures in the market, including those, such as Macquarie Infrastructure Trust, whose
registration statement was previously reviewed by the Staff. The management teams review
resulted in the current structure. |
|
|
|
|
In essence, the structure represents a modified management buy-out structure one in which
the management team creates a public vehicle to allow them to access the capital markets to
raise the necessary resources to conduct both the acquisition of the Initial Businesses and
the acquisition of future businesses, while at the same time allowing them to achieve their
independence from CGI. Significantly, certain members of the management team will invest
(along the lines of a management buy-out) approximately $4.0 million in the trust Shares,
which Shares will be acquired at the initial public offering price, as discussed further
below. The structure has the additional advantage, as compared to a leveraged structure, in
that it will not, at least initially, significantly leverage the Company or the underlying
businesses, thereby avoiding adverse consequences to the business, operations and employees
of the Initial Businesses to be acquired. However, as compared to current transactions in
the market, certain elements of the proposed transaction have been modified or implemented
to accommodate the on-going negotiations with CGI, as discussed in more detail below. |
|
|
|
|
Once identified by the management team, the proposed structure and related transaction were
presented to CGIs representatives, Mr. Arthur Coady, President and Mr. Lindsey Cancino,
Treasurer in late spring of 2005 by the representative of the management team, Mr. Massoud.
After due consideration of the proposed transaction, Mr. Coady informed Mr. Massoud that CGI
may be receptive to selling certain of their businesses, which represented less than 30% of
CGIs overall assets or investments, pursuant to the proposed structure and related
transaction, subject to mutually agreeable terms and conditions. Thereafter, Mr. Massoud,
recognizing the challenges posed by the related nature of the transaction and acting in the
best interests of his management team and the Company, engaged special transaction counsel
(which had no previous relationship with CGI) and independent public accountants on behalf
of the Company, who will, |
|
|
|
review and pass upon the transaction documents, on behalf of the Company, and the
financial statements of the Company, respectively. Likewise, Mr. Massoud engaged a
valuation firm to pass upon the fairness of the valuation of the Initial Businesses and
implemented a board of directors of the Company, the majority of its members being
independent (as defined under Nasdaq rules), to review and approve the terms and conditions
of the acquisitions and other related transactions. |
|
|
|
The terms and conditions of the proposed transaction have been the subject of on-going
negotiations between Mr. Massoud and representatives of CGI. Absent the urging of Mr.
Massoud and the management team, CGI had no intention of engaging in the proposed
transaction or any other transaction that would be structured to achieve a public spin-off
of CGIs subsidiaries. CGI has indicated that the principal motivation in engaging in the
proposed transaction is its recognition of the significant role the management team has
played in managing these businesses and achieving significant returns on CGIs investments
generally. CGIs additional motivation results from its ability to reinvest approximately
$96.0 million of the proceeds of the sale of the Initial Businesses in the trust Shares,
which Shares will be acquired at the initial public offering price, and the negotiated outcome of
which has resulted in their ongoing ownership of 10% of the Profit Allocation from the
Manager, as we describe below. |
|
|
|
While we appreciate the Staffs statement that CGI
could have structured this transaction
differently resulting in no step-up basis accounting, we would like to stress to the Staff
that CGI is not driving the pursuit of the proposed transaction, which has been led entirely
by the management team and Mr. Massoud. For this reason, we respectfully believe this
transaction should most appropriately be viewed in the manner identified above as a
modified management buy-out. |
|
|
|
Current negotiations between CGI and Mr. Massoud represent negotiations between two
parties with separate and distinct interests |
|
|
|
In support of the foregoing, the following discussion addresses some of the negotiations
that have occurred between Mr. Massoud, as representative of the management team, and Mr.
Arthur Coady, as representative of CGI. Although there is an employment relationship
currently between CGI and Mr. Massoud, he is not representing the interests of CGI in these
negotiations, as an employee of CGI or otherwise. In addition, the negotiations that are
currently ongoing between Mr. Coady and Mr. Massoud represent negotiations that would be
conducted between unrelated parties, with each participant representing distinct and
separate interests. The subject of these negotiations have included: |
|
|
|
No public auction of the Initial Businesses As part of the negotiation for
the purchase of the Initial Businesses, the Company has insisted that CGI
effectively enter into a no-shop period and not broadly market these businesses
for sale. In return for agreement, CGI has required a portion of the Profit Allocation to be paid to the Manager pursuant to its allocation interest in the
Company. Through extensive negotiation, the parties agreed to provide CGI with a
10% interest in |
|
|
|
such Profit Allocation. CGI will receive this interest pursuant to its
non-management interest in the Manager, which will be issued to CGI in connection
with the closing of the offering. |
|
|
|
|
Purchase price adjustment for the Initial Businesses In discussing the
proposed transaction, the parties agreed upon a purchase price for the Initial Businesses, with certain related terms to be further discussed. However, the
Initial Businesses experienced positive year-end results for the fiscal year 2005.
As a result, during the course of negotiations in mid-February 2006, CGI insisted
that the purchase price for each of the Initial Businesses be increased. Mr.
Massoud objected to this increase, but the parties subsequently agreed upon a
mutually agreeable adjustment resulting in an increase to the purchase price. |
|
|
|
|
Ongoing management services to CGI CGI has required that, as part of the
proposed transaction, the employees of The Compass Group, who will resign following
this transaction and be employed with the Manager, continue to provide advisory
services on CGIs other businesses not being sold in the transaction. The creation
of the external manager structure is, in large part, an accommodation to meet this
requirement. |
|
|
|
|
|
Special shareholder rights to CGI In exchange for CGIs investment in the
proposed structure, CGI requested that they receive special equity interests in the
Trust with built in corporate governance rights that would not mirror the rights of
the trust Shares offered in the public offering. As a means to achieving
independence from CGI, Mr. Massoud refused to provide these special oversight
rights to CGI and such rights are not a part of this transaction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Representations and warranties and indemnity obligations The Company and CGI
are currently negotiating the representations and warranties to be provided in the
stock purchase agreement, as well as the corresponding indemnity obligations to
exist post-closing. The Company, through counsel, maintains that the
representations and warranties and indemnity obligations to be provided should be
similar to those commonly provided in acquisition agreements between unrelated
parties. |
|
|
In addition to the foregoing, the acquisition of the Initial Businesses will be subject to
Hart-Scott-Rodino approval, closing conditions and other terms and conditions that are
customary in transactions negotiated among unrelated parties. |
|
|
|
We recognize that this transaction represents a related party transaction because of the
current employment relationship between the management team and CGI. Nonetheless, the
extent of negotiations that have been ongoing are very similar to the type of negotiations
that would occur between two unrelated parties, as reflected by the discussion above, and is
consistent with our change in control analysis in our response to prior comment #33. |
|
|
|
We believe that the purchase method of accounting for the Initial Businesses is appropriate
as this method appropriately follows the flow of funds and appropriately accounts for the
business combination. The purchase of these businesses will only be completed by the Company
after receiving the proceeds from the offering, thus making |
|
|
|
the Company the acquiring entity. CGI will only be reinvesting some of the cash proceeds
that it will receive from the sale of its equity ownership in the
Initial Businesses. We
would also like to advise the Staff that the amount of Management Fees would not be impacted
by whether the transaction was accounted for using fair values or simply recording the
excess of the purchase price of the historical values to goodwill. |
|
|
|
|
Consistent with your response to the first bullet appearing on page 19 of your
letter, disclose that the manager paid $100,000 for its allocation interest in the
company. |
|
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
|
|
|
|
Reference is made to your response in the penultimate paragraph on page 19 of your
letter. Clearly disclose that CGI did not pay any cash consideration for its interest
in Compass Group Management LLC. Also, disclose and explain to us how you will treat
the value of the non-managing member interest in your purchase accounting. |
|
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. We do not believe that CGIs
non-management interests in the Manager will impact the Companys accounting treatment
for the proposed transaction, as such, we have not disclosed the treatment of the
non-managing member interest in the Manager in our purchase accounting. |
|
|
|
|
Tell us who controls CGI. If it is not the Compass Group, explain to us in detail
why it does not control. You should discuss CGIs ability to terminate its
relationship with the Compass Group. |
|
|
|
|
|
CGI is a wholly owned subsidiary of Concord Equity Inc., a Bahamian corporation, which
is in turn owned by The Kattegat Trust, a Bahamian trust, whose sole beneficiary is a
philanthropic foundation mandated by the late J. Torben Karlshoej, the founder of Teekay
Shipping Corporation. CGIs ownership interest is disclosed in the Summary section of
the Amended Registration Statement. The Compass Group is a wholly owned subsidiary of
CGI and thus controlled by CGI. The Compass Group does not have any ownership interest
in CGI, Concord Equity Inc., or The Kattegat Trust. Furthermore, none of the members of
the management team serve as officers or directors of any of these entities, have any
other ability to control any of these entities or have any other relationship at all,
with Concord Equity Inc. or The Kattegat Trust. CGIs officers are Mr. Arthur Coady,
President; Mr. Lindsey Cancino, Treasurer; and Ms. Francelyn Bethel, Secretary. Mr.
Coady and Mr. Cancino also serve as CGIs sole directors. |
|
|
|
|
|
CGI currently has an advisory agreement with the Compass Group. CGI has the ability to
terminate this advisory agreement and cease making payments to it at will and without
any penalty. |
|
|
|
|
As disclosed in the Amended Registration Statement, concurrently with the closing of
this offering, all the employees of The Compass Group will become employees of the
Manager. In this respect, following the acquisition, the management team will cease to
manage the Initial Businesses on behalf of CGI and will, instead, manage the Initial Businesses on behalf of the Company. Therefore, following the proposed offering, The
Compass Group will not be associated with the management team any of the Initial Businesses, the Trust or
the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
We note in the table on page 17 of your response that CGI will realize a gain on
the sale of each of the businesses to the Company. If any employee of the manager or
other related party will realize a bonus or fee from CGI in connection with the
realization of the gains, you should clearly disclose this fact and advise us in
detail. |
|
|
|
|
Certain members of the management team will receive
approximately $6.0 million, before
taxes, in connection with the acquisition of the Initial Businesses by the Company as a
result of profit payments, which will be paid through a partnership in which they are
partners, and the sale by such members of the management team of their interests in the
Initial Businesses to the Company at the same price as the Company is acquiring the
interests from CGI. A substantial portion of the $6.0 million is composed of profit
payments. The terms and conditions relating to these profit payments were negotiated
and agreed upon in connection with CGIs investment in the Initial Businesses. Mr.
Massoud will receive less than 50% of these proceeds. |
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Massoud and other members of the management team
intend to reinvest approximately $4.0 million of the net proceeds of such sales, net after giving effect to taxes, in the
purchase of Shares at the initial public offering price. This investment will be
made through Pharos I LLC, an entity owned by our management team and controlled by Mr.
Massoud, as disclosed in the Amended Registration Statement. Such an investment is
similar to what would occur in connection with a management buy-out. |
|
|
|
|
|
Other than the above proceeds, CGI is not paying Mr. Massoud or the management team a
fee or bonus in connection with this transaction. |
|
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure in the Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Ownership Interest in the Initial Businesses to disclose this
information as requested. |
|
|
|
|
Tell us if CGI avoided paying the Compass Group any fees, Profit Allocations, or
other payments as a result of the negotiated transactions. |
|
|
|
|
CGI has not avoided and is not avoiding the payment of any fees, Profit Allocations or
other payments as a result of this transaction. |
|
|
|
|
We await your supplemental information regarding the amount of the consideration
Sostratus will pay for its interest in the manager. You should also |
|
|
|
disclose this information. |
|
|
|
|
Sostratus has paid $100,000 for its interest in the Manager, which was used by the
Manager to make its investment in the Company. We have revised the disclosure to
provide this information. |
8. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 36. Disclose the assumptions and the valuation
methodologies utilized by the independent valuation firm in fair valuing the assets and
liabilities of the businesses to be acquired. Also, provide a written consent from the
independent valuation firm in your next amendment to Form S-1. Refer to Securities Act Rule
436. |
|
|
|
We have added the disclosures for the assumptions and valuation methodologies utilized to
fair market value the assets and liabilities of the businesses to be acquired within the
revised December 31, 2005 pro forma notes. We respectfully inform the staff that although
the fair value amounts were determined with the assistance of an independent valuation firm,
these amounts represent managements assessments based on managements assumptions.
Accordingly, we have deleted any references to an independent valuation firm. |
|
9. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 38. We also note the disclosures in Note 2b, c, d, e
to the pro-forma financial statements that [t]he value assigned to minority interest was
determined through a calculation that multiplied the minority interest ownership percentage
calculated on a fully diluted basis by a per share value. The per share value was determined
using the enterprise value that will be used to purchase the business. Explain to us your
basis in GAAP for adjusting in your purchase accounting the historic carrying value of
minority interest. |
|
|
|
We agree with the Staffs observation and have recorded minority interest at the historical
carrying value in the revised December 31, 2005 pro forma balance sheet. |
|
10. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 40 and the related disclosure in Note 3. Disclose,
and explain to us, why you are using $350 million offering proceeds instead of $331 million
you have disclosed elsewhere in the filing, when computing the pro forma EPS number. |
|
|
|
The $350.0 million of offering proceeds represents the gross proceeds expected to be realized
and is comprised of the $96.0 million that CGI will invest, $4.0 million to be invested by
Pharos I LLC, an entity owned by the management team, and $250.0 million (not including Shares
for the underwriters overallotment option) of gross proceeds expected to be realized from
the offering before the underwriting discounts and commissions of $18.1 million. The $331.9
million represents the net proceeds after the $18.1 million of
underwriting discounts and commissions. Since the
number of Shares is determined before the underwriting commissions, the calculation was done
using the gross proceeds of $350.0 million. |
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, page
77
Overview, page 77
11. |
|
We note your response to prior comments 43, 85 and 86. We reiterate our request that you
provide a comprehensive, forward-looking discussion of the anticipated financial statement
impact of the Management Services Agreement, LLC Agreement, and the Supplemental Put Agreement
in MD&A. You should describe your accounting for these agreements and how you anticipate they
will affect your financial condition and future results of operations. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested with respect to
the Management Services Agreement. With respect to the LLC Agreement
and the Supplemental Put Agreement, we refer the Staff to our
response to comments #38 and #37, respectively. |
Dividend and Distribution Policy, page 83
12. |
|
We note your revision in response to prior comment 47. Revise to clarify your statement that
you intend to pursue a policy of making regular distributions on [y]our outstanding Shares,
by disclosing clearly how this intention will be constrained by your obligations to pay
Management Fees and Profit Allocations to Compass Group Management. Also briefly disclose how
this policy relates to the cash sweep obligations under the loans to your operating
subsidiaries. Similarly revise to clarify your disclosure on page 44 so that these
discussions briefly highlight the constraints on your ability to make distributions. This
revised disclosure should be clear from its context and specific. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
CBS Personnel, page 83
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004, page
84
13. |
|
We note your revisions in response to prior comment 51. However, much of your disclosure
under Results of Operations is still merely recitation of changes in line items from the
financial statements or vague assertions of the intermediate effects of trends and
uncertainties alone, without describing the reasons underlying these effects. Please revise
to provide analysis of the reasons underlying the effects you identify and identify and
quantify each material factor that contributes to a change in a reported result. Although we
give specific examples below, we believe you should generally revise your Managements
Discussion and Analysis and consider the guidance in SEC Release No. 33-8350. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
Revenues, page 84
14. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 52. However, the revisions, on pages 84 and 87 do not
provide the detail and analysis requested and your response does not provide enough
explanation for us to evaluate your reasons for not disclosing this information. On page 84,
you state that revenues increased primarily due to both increased demand from new and
existing customers and the acquisition of VSP. Provide more detail and analysis to clarify
non-generically what the increased demand consisted of and discuss and analyze the reasons
underlying this effect. For example, was the increased demand nationwide or in specific
markets? Similarly revise your discussions of Revenues elsewhere in your Managements
Discussion and Analysis. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
Direct cost of revenues, page 85
15. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 53. However, the revisions, on pages 85 and 87, are
still not sufficiently detailed. You initially disclosed on page 86 that the direct cost of
revenues increased primarily due to the increase in revenues from the increased activity
levels and from the acquisition of VSP. Rather than providing more detail about the areas in
which activity levels increased, as requested, you instead revised to state simply that the
direct cost of revenues increased primarily due to increased revenues. Provide more detail
regarding what types of activity you are referencing and the underlying reasons for their
increase. Similarly revise your discussion of direct cost of revenues at pages 85, 87 and
elsewhere in your Managements Discussion and Analysis. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
Liquidity and Capital Resources, page 90
Discussion
of changes in cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 versus the nine
months ended September 30, 2004, page 90
16. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 56. Although your response says [w]e have revised
the disclosure as requested, the blacklined copy of your amendment shows no revisions to this
discussion. Much of this discussion is merely recitation of changes in line items. Please
generally revise your Liquidity and Capital Resources discussions on pages 90, 100, 107, 114
and elsewhere to provide a discussion and analysis of your liquidity and capital resources
that provides more detailed historical information regarding your sources of cash and capital
expenditures, clarifies the extent to which you have funded your operations from revenues and
external financing and discusses your expenditures on the business activities you disclose
elsewhere. This discussion should permit investors to evaluate known trends and commitments
for cash outlays. For example, the discussion should identify briefly, but clearly from its
context, the intragroup debt obligations with enough detail for investors to evaluate the
interactions between your presentation of financial results at both the individual business
and the overall group levels. See Section IV of SEC Release No. 33-8350. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk, page 92
17. |
|
We note your revision in response to prior comment 57, in which you indicate that you removed
the reference to an interest rate swap agreement as it is no longer necessary. However, you
still have substantially the same disclosure at page 117 and possibly at other locations in
your registration statement. Please revise to provide more easily followed references than
the section entitled Other for the description of the interest rate swap agreement. |
|
|
|
We have revised the reference as requested. |
Business, page 118
Advanced Circuits, page 142
Industry, page 143
18. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 70. Revise to disclose clearly your supplemental
explanation of your references to competitive threats from Asian suppliers. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
Silvue, page 150
Customers, page 155
19. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 73 but disagree with your conclusion. The disclosure
suggests that Silvue has a large, stable, lucrative, long-term customer relationship, but does
not identify the other party to the relationship. Though the loss of this customer might not
have a material effect on the companys overall financial statements, it would have a material
effect on Silvues operations. Identification of the other party is necessary for the reader
to assess the significance of the existing disclosure. |
|
|
|
|
We respectfully submit to the Staff that disclosure of this customer is not warranted as it
is not material to the overall consolidated company. Item 101(c)(1)(vii) of Regulation S-K
specifically states that an identity of a customer is required if sales to the customer by
one or more segments are made in an aggregate amount equal to 10 percent or more of the
registrants consolidated revenues and the loss of such customer would have a material
adverse effect on the registrant and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (emphasis added). Total sales to
this customer by Silvue were approximately $2.2 million for fiscal year 2005. This amount
represents only approximately 0.3% of the Companys (i.e. the registrant) pro forma consolidated total revenues.
Therefore, we do not believe that the loss of this customer would represent a material
adverse effect on the consolidated company. |
|
Management Services Agreement, page 168
Offsetting Management Services Agreements, page 168
20. |
|
We note your revisions in response to prior comment 79. Further revise to disclose more
clearly that the offsetting management services agreements and the transaction services
agreements may result in fees in addition to the 2% annual fee disclosed elsewhere. Similarly
revise your risk factor disclosure on page 20 to assist investors in understanding that the
risk is that the 2% fee you disclose on page 8 may be less than the amount of the aggregate
fees you will pay the management company. Refer specifically to the 2% figure, rather than
providing vague references to an amount otherwise payable by the company. These discussions
should be clear from their context. Also, your Summary reference at page 2 to Management Fees
of 0.5% suggests that the fee is lower than the 2% annual fee you disclose on page 8.
Generally revise as necessary to clearly disclose the rate of the fee on an annual basis. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
Secondment of Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, page 170
21. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 81. However, the disclosure still seems to imply that
the board has the power to remove your CEO. Since Mr. Massoud controls your manager, revise
the disclosure here, and in the appropriate risk factor, to explain how the board anticipates
ever severing ties with Mr. Massoud short of terminating the management services agreement. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
Acquisition and Disposition Opportunities, page 170
22. |
|
We note your revisions here and on page 17 to provide disclosure related to the conflict that
results from your CEOs and the management companys discretion in evaluating acquisition
candidates. Revise here and in the appropriate risk factor to identify more clearly the
source of the conflict of interest. Also disclose more clearly what steps you will take to
mitigate this conflict of interest. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
Termination of Management Services Agreement, page 171
23. |
|
We note your revisions and response to prior comment 83. Your response letter indicates that
termination of the management services agreement will not affect obligations under the
offsetting management services agreements or the transaction services agreement. Your
disclosure indicates that you expect that you will be able to terminate the offsetting
management services agreements and the transaction services agreements on 30 days written
notice. Revise to disclose the source of uncertainty about your ability to terminate these
agreements and disclose clearly whether or not termination fees, or similar fees, will be
payable on termination of those agreements. |
|
|
We have revised the disclosure to state that the offsetting Management Services Agreements
will be terminable by us upon 30 days notice. |
Management Fee, page 172
24. |
|
We note your revisions in response to prior comment 85. Revise your tabular disclosure of a
quarterly fee estimate on page 173 to make it more easily comparable to the pro forma amounts
you disclose for three quarters on page 61. For example, disclose clearly that the $1.25
million fee you disclose represents 35% of the $10.7 million pro forma net income you disclose
on page 61 if both figures are considered on an annualized basis. Since 35% is significantly
greater than the 0.5% figure you disclose in the prospectus summary at page 2, revise the
summary to disclose more prominently the fee as a percentage of net income. In this regard,
investors will be more familiar with the concept of net income than with your
privately-defined measurement of adjusted net assets. |
|
|
|
|
We have revised the tabular disclosure relating to the
Management Fee set forth in the section entitled Our
Manager and the disclosure in the section entitled Pro
Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements to make the
disclosure internally consistent. We have also added a new risk
factor to explicitly disclose that Management Fees are unrelated to
net income and can vary as a percentage of net income.
|
|
|
|
We have revised the summary to disclose the Management Fee on
a pro forma basis. As the calculation of the
Management Fee is based on adjusted net assets and not net income, we
have not disclosed
the amount of Management Fee as a percentage of net income so as not
to confuse investors, and not to imply that the Management Fee will
decline solely if the Companys net income declines or increase
solely if the Companys net income increases.
However, we have also revised the MD&A to disclose the amount of Management Fee as well as the
percentage of net income, before the Management Fee. We believe
disclosing the Management Fee as a percentage of net income in the
MD&A is more appropriate because the section follows the
Our Manager section which includes a detailed discussion
of the calculation of Management Fee, and, therefore, we believe
investor confusion will be less likely. |
|
25. |
|
Additionally, we do not agree with the reasons you advance in your response to prior comment
85 in support of your conclusion that it is inappropriate to provide investors with a single,
easy to understand, tabular discussion of the intragroup payments and obligations to the
management company. Revise to clarify how the Management Fee and the Profit Allocation
operate by providing tabular disclosure of representative examples based on the amounts as
they would be calculated as of the most recent practicable date. Revise to discuss the
intra-group payments in a single location to assist investors in evaluating what portion of
net income will remain for distribution to them after obligations to the management company
are satisfied. |
|
|
|
We respectfully refer the Staff to the tabular disclosure of the calculation of the
Management Fee in the section entitled Our ManagerOur Manager as a Service
ProviderManagement Fee. We have revised the section to provide additional disclosure to
extrapolate the information for a full year analysis. We have also added a risk factor
stating that the amount of Management Fee that will be paid over time cannot be determined
with certainty currently. |
|
|
|
With respect to Profit Allocation, we respectfully refer the Staff to our response to
comment #2. We have added a risk factor to address the fact that we cannot determine the
Profit Allocation to be paid over time currently. |
|
|
|
We have also revised the Our Manager section to discuss the relationships with our
manager and payments to our manager in one location. |
|
|
26. |
|
We note your response to prior comments 85 and 86. Your response letter appears to state
that management is unable to evaluate whether or not the fees under the management services
agreement will continue to represent 35% of pro forma net income on an annualized basis. If
true, disclose that prominently at the beginning of the Prospectus Summary. Alternatively,
considering the significance of the management services agreements, offsetting management
services agreements, transaction services agreements and any similar agreements, revise under
Managements Discussion and Analysis to discuss and analyze historical and expected payments
under the agreements, including those between your operating subsidiaries and Compass Group
Investments and its affiliates. If you expect to engage in transactions that will materially
alter your assets from those you have disclosed, which your response letter indicates would
cause the current disclosure of your assets not to provide a meaningful basis for analyzing
expected payments to the manager, then revise to disclose those expected transactions. To
aid investors in evaluating these payments, provide tabular disclosure for each of your four
operating subsidiaries. See Section III.A of SEC Release No. 33-8350. |
|
|
|
We refer the staff to our response to comment # 24. We
currently do not expect to engage in any specific additional
acquisitions. |
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, page 176
Agreements Among CGI Affiliated Entities, page 177
27. |
|
We note your revision and response to prior comment 90. Your response indicates that you
will file additional agreements, including various agreements referred to in the prospectus
currently in place, with subsequent amendments. Your response and exhibit index, however,
does not confirm that you intend to file the offsetting management services agreements and the
transaction services agreements as exhibits, although your disclosure indicates that they are
material agreements. You are required to file all material agreements, not just various
agreements referred to in the prospectus as exhibits. File the offsetting management
services agreements and the transaction services agreements as exhibits. See Item 601(b)(10)
of Regulation S-K. |
|
|
|
We respectfully refer the Staff to exhibits 10.20 to 10.24, which represent the current
Offsetting Management Services Agreements currently in place at each of the Initial Businesses. We will file all required agreements with subsequent amendments to the |
|
|
|
registration statement. We advise the Staff that there are
currently no Transaction
Services Agreements in place with respect to any of the Initial Businesses. Accordingly,
the exhibit list does not include any reference to such agreements. |
|
|
|
|
28. |
|
Describe in detail within your related party disclosures here and elsewhere, as applicable,
the nature of the relationships among CGI, CGI Diversified Holdings LP, and Navco Management,
Inc. Explain who controls whom and explain any relationships they may have with the Company
or any other related party. If the executive officers of Navco Management, Inc. have
relationships with or have engaged in transactions with any of the other related parties, your
should explain to readers in detail. |
|
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure to explain the relationship between CGI, CGI Diversified
Holdings, Inc. and Navco Management, Inc., as well as whether any of the foregoing have
engaged in any transactions with the Company or the Manager, other than as described in the
Amended Registration Statement. |
|
|
29. |
|
Disclose under relationships with related parties that Mr. Day, the companys chairman of the
board, also serves as chairman of the board of the Compass Group. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
|
30. |
|
Please clearly disclose the information provided in the last paragraph on page 18 of your
response letter under this heading. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
Description of Shares, page 181
Distributions, page 182
General, page 182
31. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 92. Revise to state more clearly whether and how
distributions will be paid to holders of management and non-management interests in the
company. You should also revise, including in the organizational structure at page 7, to
assist investors in evaluating what percentage of the equity interests and distribution rights
are held by the various entities. Your current reference to distributions in proportion to
the capital contributions made to the company by the trust and the manager is not
sufficiently clear from its context to permit investors to evaluate the amounts of
distribution rights held by the management company, Compass Group and its affiliates that will
operate to reduce the amount of distributions to investors in this offering, in addition to
the reductions due to various contractual rights under the management services agreements and
similar agreements. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
Amendment of the LLC Agreement, page 193
32. |
|
We note your revision in response to prior comment 94. Revise to disclose more clearly, so
that this disclosure is clear from its context, whether or not the board of directors of the
LLC or any Compass Group Investments affiliates will have the power to amend the LLC agreement
or other corporate charter documents without shareholder approval to modify shareholders
voting rights or the distribution provisions described in the prospectus. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations, page 198 Status of the Trust, page 199
33. |
|
We note your revisions in response to prior comment 96. Please revise to disclose more
clearly what will be the consequences to shareholders if the trust is not characterized as a
grantor trust and if the board dissolves the trust. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. |
Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders, page 201
Allocation of Company Profits and Losses, page 201
34. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 97. Your response letter does not provide enough
factual and legal analysis of your situation for us to evaluate your assertion that no
tax opinion is required pursuant to Item 601(b)(8) of Regulation S-K. The determination
whether the allocations under the LLC agreement should have substantial economic
effect is a legal analysis, and if the consequences of such a determination is a material tax
consideration to investors, then an opinion of tax counsel is required. Please advise in your
response letter or revise accordingly. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure to include the allocation
having substantial economic effect as part of our tax opinion. |
Management Fees and Other Expenses, Page 204
35. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 98. Your response letter does not provide enough
factual and legal analysis of your situation for us to evaluate your assertion that no
tax opinion is required pursuant to Item 601(b)(8) of Regulation S-K. We disagree that the
determination as to whether the company is deemed to be engaged in a trade or business is a
factual determination. Such a determination is a legal conclusion that requires an analysis
of the applicable facts. If the tax consequences of the company not being deemed to be
engaged in a trade or business are material to investors, then a tax opinion of counsel is
required. Please advise in your response letter or revise accordingly. Also clarify what
will be the consequences to shareholders if the company deduct(s) such fees and expenses to
the extent that they are reasonable in amount and are not capital in nature or otherwise
nondeductible. Disclose more clearly what will be the company-level and shareholder-level
tax consequences. |
|
|
|
We have revised the disclosure as requested. We have deleted the reference as to whether
the company is deemed to be engaged in a trade or business as this item is embedded in the
opinion provided in this section. We have deleted it to eliminate any confusion. |
Financial Statements, page F-1
General
36. |
|
We note in your response to prior comment 101 that there are no shared expense arrangements.
Please clarify in the financial statements of each of the businesses that neither the parent
company nor any of its affiliates has paid any obligations of the business nor incurred any
expense on behalf of the business. In addition, with respect to the management services
agreements, explain to us why you believe the management services fees charged the businesses
are reasonable. Pursuant to Question 2 of SAB Topic 1:B, please disclose in the notes to the
financial statements managements assertion that this method of allocating expenses is
reasonable. |
|
|
|
The disclosure indicating that neither the parent company nor any of its affiliates paid any
obligations of the business or incurred any expense on behalf of the business as required by
the Staff was added to the financial statements of each of the businesses. |
|
|
|
Employees of the Manager, as well as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, provide
services to the Initial Businesses, including but not limited to the following: |
|
|
|
Analysis and development of overall business strategy, including strategies
relating to the development of new products, entry into new markets, making of
adjustments to the organizational structure, making of capital expenditures,
development or modification of information systems; |
|
|
|
|
Analysis and execution of transactions relating to the capital structure,
including debt financings, credit arrangements and equity offerings; |
|
|
|
|
Evaluation and execution of acquisitions and divestitures, including evaluation
of target acquisitions, valuation of target acquisitions or divestitures, drafting
or negotiating letters of intent, negotiating terms and conditions relating to
purchase or sale agreements and other related matters; and |
|
|
|
|
Evaluation and execution of exit strategies, including strategies relating to
timing of a disposition, developing structures during the acquisition or
disposition phase of a purchase or sale event, maintaining investments in
businesses that are sold, maintaining relationships with key personnel or advisors
and other related matters. |
|
|
We believe that the management services fees charged to the
businesses were comparable, or
even less, than those charged by investment banks performing substantially similar services.
Accordingly, we have added disclosure that the management of each business believes the
fees charged under the Offsetting Management Services Agreements are reasonable in the
section entitled Management Services Agreement Offsetting Management Services
Agreements. |
|
|
|
We note that each of the Offsetting Management Services Agreements were negotiated
individually, and were agreed to and executed by officers of each of the Initial Businesses
on behalf of the independent, third party minority shareholders of each business, which
include officers and directors of each business as well as institutional investors. |
|
|
Notwithstanding their minority shareholder status, these shareholders have sufficient
knowledge, sophistication and access with respect to these businesses such that they could
meaningfully object to the terms of an Offsetting Management Services Agreement that they
deemed unreasonable or unfair. More specifically, we believe that the officers and
directors of these businesses that have reviewed and have knowledge of these agreements,
some of whom are minority shareholders themselves, would not assent to the entry into these
agreements that they determined to be unreasonable or unfair in their
terms. We are not aware of any objections by the minority shareholders to the terms of the Offsetting Management
Services Agreements. |
|
|
|
We also note that while the employees of the Manager and the Chief Executive Officer of the
Company each serve as board members to certain of the Initial Businesses, there is no
compensation provided for such board service. All compensation for these services is
provided through the individual Offsetting Management Services Agreements. It is important
to note that these positions serve to integrate the employees of the Manager with the
operations and affairs of the businesses so as to provide more comprehensive and
knowledgeable advice to these businesses as part of the offsetting
management services provided.
These positions further facilitate or make more efficient the ability to deliver this advice
and to otherwise take actions on behalf of these businesses when time is of the essence. |
|
|
|
Although it is not the practice of the employees of the Manager and the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company to formally track their time spent on specific matters associated
with each of the Initial Businesses, the employees of the Manager and the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company estimate that approximately 70% of their time is dedicated to
actively working with the Initial Businesses. |
|
37. |
|
Disclose, and explain to us, how you intend to account for your obligation under the
Supplemental Put Agreement. |
|
|
|
The Supplemental Put Agreement will not be signed until the closing of the offering and
related transactions. We would therefore disclose this agreement in our financial
statements included in our first Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed thereafter. The
disclosure would describe the significant terms of the agreement. |
|
|
|
The Company does not believe that it would be appropriate to accrue for the potential
payments in advance of the triggering events that would cause any payments to be paid under
the Supplemental Put Agreement. In this regard, we refer the staff to
our response to comment #38. The Company would record its estimated liability for these
potential payments upon the occurrence of a triggering event, which would allow the Manager,
at its discretion, to put its Allocation Interests to the Company for purchase. The Company
would continue to update its estimated liability at any subsequent reporting period for any
changes in the estimated amount due. |
|
38. |
|
Disclose, and explain to us, how you intend to account for the managers Profit Allocation in
the period of a triggering event and in the periods prior to a triggering event. It appears
it may be necessary to record an accrual for the companys obligation under SFAS No. 5 and FIN
14. |
|
|
|
As disclosed in the Amended Registration Statement, as holder of Allocation Interests, the Manager
is entitled to a Profit Allocation payment upon the occurrence of either: |
|
|
|
|
A sale event The sale of a material amount of the capital stock or assets of one
of our businesses or a subsidiary of one of our businesses; or |
|
|
|
|
A holding event At the option of our Manager, for the 30-day period following
the fifth anniversary of the date upon which we acquired a controlling interest in a
business. |
|
|
|
The payment of Profit Allocation is directly tied to the Allocation Interests, meaning any
holder of Allocation Interests would be entitled to receive a Profit Allocation upon the
occurrence of either events listed above. The calculation of a Profit Allocation is
delineated in the LLC Agreement which relates to and describes the rights of each class of
equity securities in the Company, similar to a corporations certificate of incorporation,
where economic rights are described. As such, we believe the appropriate accounting
treatment is to treat a Profit Allocation as a distribution on equity as it relates to the
preferred rights of the Manager as holder of the Allocation Interests. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Manager will only receive a Profit Allocation upon the occurrence of a trigger event.
Therefore, we would not account for the payment of any Profit Allocation until the
occurrence of a trigger event. In addition, until the occurrence of a trigger event, we do not believe
that recording an amount would be appropriate as the amount to be paid cannot be assured or
reasonably estimated. In this regard, we refer the staff to our
response to comment to #2. |
|
Compass Diversified Trust
39. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 102. Please
explain to us your consideration of the
substantive protective and participating rights of the manager under LLC agreement (as
described on page 187) and the supplemental put agreements (as described on page 194) and
other decision making rights such as the rights to appoint officers and the rights to approve
transactions etc. in determining whether the trust or the manager should consolidate the
Company. Refer to EITF 96-16 and EITF 04-05. |
|
|
|
|
We agree that the Manager has substantial rights in this transaction as described in the
registration statement. However, we believe that the ultimate control of the company
resides with the Trust Interests and therefore, with the Trust, which owns these interests.
Thus, we believe that the appropriate consolidated entity is the Trust. |
|
|
|
|
The Trust cannot remove the Manager except in limited circumstances but it effectively
controls and participates in the management of the Company through the Companys board of
directors, six of which will be elected by the Trust and its shareholders out of a total of
seven. In addition, the majority of the board of directors is composed of independent
directors, as defined under Nasdaq rules. Many of the rights of the Manager as described in
the section entitled Description of Shares are protective in nature but, although
substantial, do not rise to the level of control. |
|
|
|
The Board of Directors in combination of its committees effectively controls the Company.
The compensation committee will be responsible for reviewing the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief
Financial Officer, reviewing the remuneration of our Manager, and making recommendations to
the Companys board of directors regarding equity-based and incentive compensation plans,
policies and programs amongst its other responsibilities. The Board of Directors will also
establish the operating and capital decision process for the Company that will include
approving the annual budget, approving any distributions to be made to shareholders,
reviewing and approving any acquisition or disposition of any of the individual businesses
owned by the Company and approving various other decisions that will require board approval.
The audit committee will also perform the various functions as described in the Amended
Registration Statement, all of which will be beyond the control of the Manager as only
independent board members are members of board committees. |
|
|
40. |
|
We note your response to prior comment 103. It seems the managers allocation interest in
the company should be reflected as minority interest in the Trusts financial statements.
Please tell us if this is so, and if not, explain to us why not. |
|
|
|
|
We agree that the Managers allocation interest will represent a minority interest in the
Trusts financial statements upon the completion of the offering. We have revised the pro
forma balance sheet to reflect the investment as a minority interest. The Managers
allocation interest was not reflected as a minority interest in the December 31, 2005
Compass Diversified Trust financial statements because there were no other equity interests at
this time. Discussion has been added in the footnotes to the pro forma financial
statements to clarify this point. |
|
* * *
If you have any questions or additional comments concerning the foregoing, please contact
Cynthia M. Krus at (202) 383-0218.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sincerely,
/s/ Cynthia M. Krus
Cynthia M. Krus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|